J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Fund Trust

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2026

Securities Act File No. 333-191837
Investment Company Act File No. 811-22903

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933	☒
Pre-Effective Amendment No.	☐
Post-Effective Amendment No. 510	☒

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940	☒
Amendment No. 512	☒

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Fund Trust

(Exact Name of Registrant Specified in Charter)

390 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10017

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (844) 457-6383

Gregory S. Samuels, Esq.
J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.
270 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

With copies to:

Elizabeth A. Davin, Esq.

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

1111 Polaris Parkway

Columbus, OH 43240

Allison M. Fumai, Esq.

Dechert LLP

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Stephen T. Cohen, Esq.

Dechert LLP

1900 K Street NW

Washington, DC 20006

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

☐	immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
☐	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
☐	60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
☐	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
☒	75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
☐	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)

If appropriate, check the following box:

☐	The post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF

Ticker: [ ]

What is the goal of the Fund?

The Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

The following table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold and sell Shares of the Fund. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and example below.

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (Expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fees	[ ]%
Other Expenses1	[ ]
Dividend and Interest Expense on Short Sales	[ ]
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses2	[ ]

“Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

The Fund’s management agreement provides that the adviser will pay substantially all expenses of the Fund (including expenses of the Trust relating to the Fund), except for the management fees, payments under the Fund’s 12b-1 plan (if any), interest expenses, dividend and interest expenses related to short sales, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses (other than fees for funds advised by the adviser and/or its affiliates), costs of holding shareholder meetings, and litigation and potential litigation and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business. Additionally, the Fund shall be responsible for its non-operating expenses, including brokerage commissions and fees and expenses associated with the Fund’s securities lending program, if applicable.

Example

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example does not take into account brokerage commissions that you pay when purchasing or selling Shares of the Fund. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

WHETHER OR NOT YOU SELL YOUR SHARES, YOUR COST WOULD BE:
	1 Year	3 Years
SHARES ($)	[ ]	[ ]

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs

and may result in higher taxes when Shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. The Fund has not yet commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus. Therefore, there is no portfolio turnover rate for the Fund to report at this time.

What are the Fund’s main investment strategies?

Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of the Fund’s Assets, which are expected to include both long positions and short positions, will consist of positions in U.S. large capitalization value companies. Large capitalization companies are companies with market capitalizations equal to those within the universe of the Russell 1000 Value Index (the Index) at the time of purchase. As of [ ], the market capitalizations of the companies in the Index ranged from $[ ] to $[ ]. Value companies are those that the adviser believes are undervalued or attractively valued, based on one or more of the following factors: how the stock price compares to the company’s sales, earnings and assets, as well as the overall value of the company compared to its sales and the capital invested in it. The short positions will be positions in U.S. large capitalization companies that the adviser expects to underperform based on the same factors. If the short positions do underperform and the value of the securities decreases, the short positions may end up as positions in small or mid capitalization companies. “Assets” means net assets, plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes. In calculating the 80% policy, the Fund’s equity investments will include common stocks and derivatives on common stocks and real estate investment trusts (REITs), as well as other equity securities.

An issuer of a security will be deemed to be located in the United States if: (i) the principal trading market for the security is in the United States, (ii) the issuer is organized under the laws of the United States, or (iii) the issuer derives at least 50% of its revenues or profits from the United States or has at least 50% of its total assets situated in the United States.

“Plus” in the Fund’s name refers to the additional return the Fund endeavors to add both relative to the Index as well as relative to traditional strategies which do not have the ability to sell stock short. Selling stock short allows the Fund to more fully exploit insights in stocks that the adviser expects to underperform, as well as enabling the Fund to establish additional long positions while keeping the Fund’s net exposure to the market at a level similar to a traditional “long only” strategy. Traditional short sales involve the sale of a security which the Fund does not own in the hopes of purchasing the same security at a later date at a lower price. To make delivery to the buyer, the Fund must borrow the security, and the Fund is obligated to return the security to the lender, which is accomplished by a later purchase of the security by the Fund. As an alternative to traditional short sales, the Fund may gain synthetic short exposure through the use of derivatives, particularly swaps, which are instruments that have a value based on individual securities or the Fund’s aggregate portfolio.

[ ], 2026 | 1

JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF (continued)

The Fund intends to maintain an approximate net 100% long exposure to the equity market (long market value minus short market value). However, the long and short positions held by the Fund will vary in size as market opportunities change. The Fund’s long positions and their equivalents will range between 90% and 150% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. The Fund’s short positions will range between 0% and 50% of the value of the Fund’s net assets.

Many of the equity securities in the Fund’s portfolio will be in the financials, healthcare and industrials sectors.

The Fund’s investment strategies may involve active and frequent trading resulting in high portfolio turnover.

Investment Process – Long Portfolio: The adviser seeks to invest in companies whose securities it believes are undervalued when purchased. In managing the Fund, the adviser employs a three-step process that combines research, valuation and stock selection. The research findings allow the adviser to rank the companies in each industry group according to their relative value.

As part of its investment process, the adviser seeks to assess the impact of environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors on many issuers in the universe in which the Fund may invest. The adviser’s assessment is based on an analysis of key opportunities and risks across industries to seek to identify financially material issues with respect to the Fund’s investments in securities and ascertain key issues that merit engagement with issuers. These assessments may not be conclusive, and securities of issuers that may be negatively impacted by such factors may be purchased and retained by the Fund while the Fund may divest or not invest in securities of issuers that may be positively impacted by such factors.

On behalf of the Fund, the adviser then buys and sells securities, using the research and valuation rankings as a basis. In general, the adviser buys equity securities that are identified as attractively valued and considers selling them when they appear overvalued. Along with attractive valuation, the adviser often considers a number of other criteria, including:

●

catalysts that could trigger a rise in a stock’s price

●

high potential reward compared to potential risk

●

temporary mispricings caused by market overreactions.

Investment process - Short Portfolio: The adviser uses the insights gleaned from its three-step process to identify companies that the adviser expects to underperform. Companies may underperform for a number of reasons including, but not limited to, the following:

●

Companies that are competitively disadvantaged;

●

Companies that are cyclically challenged;

●

Companies are structurally flawed.

The Fund’s Main Investment Risks

The Fund is subject to management risk and may not achieve its objective if the adviser’s expectations regarding particular instruments or markets are not met.

An investment in this Fund or any other fund may not provide a complete investment program. The suitability of an investment in the Fund should be considered based on the investment objective, strategies and risks described in this prospectus, considered in light of all of the other investments in your portfolio, as well as your risk tolerance, financial goals and time horizons. You may want to consult with a financial advisor to determine if this Fund is suitable for you.

The Fund is subject to the main risks noted below, any of which may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value (NAV), market price, performance and ability to meet its investment objective.

General Market Risk. Economies and financial markets throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, which increases the likelihood that events or conditions in one country or region will adversely impact markets or issuers in other countries or regions. Securities in the Fund’s portfolio may underperform in comparison to securities in general financial markets, a particular financial market or other asset classes due to a number of factors, including inflation (or expectations for inflation), deflation (or expectations for deflation), interest rates, global demand for particular products or resources, market instability, financial system instability, debt crises and downgrades, embargoes, tariffs, sanctions and other trade barriers, supply chain disruptions, regulatory events, other governmental trade or market control programs and related geopolitical events. In addition, the value of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by the occurrence of global events such as war, terrorism, environmental disasters, natural disasters or events, country instability, and infectious disease epidemics or pandemics or the threat or potential of one or more such factors and occurrences.

Value Investing Risk. A value stock may decrease in price or may not increase in price as anticipated by the adviser if other investors fail to recognize the company’s value or the factors that the adviser believes will cause the stock price to increase do not occur.

2 | J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds

Large Cap Company Risk. Because the Fund invests in large cap company securities, it may underperform other funds during periods when the Fund’s large cap securities are out of favor.

Smaller Company Risk. Investments in securities of smaller companies (mid cap and small cap companies) may be riskier, less liquid, more volatile and more vulnerable to economic, market and industry changes than securities of larger, more established companies. The securities of smaller companies may trade less frequently and in smaller volumes than securities of larger companies. As a result, changes in the price of securities issued by such companies may be more sudden or erratic than the prices of securities of larger companies, especially over the short term. These risks are higher for small cap companies.

Long/Short Strategy Risk. The success of the Fund’s strategy depends on the adviser’s ability to profit from differences in the returns of certain securities by maintaining long and short positions. There is no guarantee that the returns on the Fund’s long or short positions will produce positive returns and the Fund could lose money if either or both the Fund’s long and short positions produce negative returns. Seeking short exposure may be considered an aggressive investment technique. Any income, dividends, or payments by the assets underlying the Fund’s short positions will negatively impact the Fund. Additionally, the long/short positions may subject the Fund to greater volatility and loss. These risks are in addition to those risks with direct investments in securities described herein, including leverage risk and the risks described under “Derivatives Risk” and “Short Selling Risk.”

Short Selling Risk. The Fund will incur a loss as a result of a short sale or other short equity position if the price of the security sold short increases in value between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund purchases the security to replace the borrowed security or is required to pay under the swap agreement. In addition, when the Fund engages in short sales, a lender may request, or market conditions may dictate, that securities sold short be returned to the lender on short notice, and the Fund may have to buy the securities sold short at an unfavorable price. If this occurs, any anticipated gain to the Fund may be reduced or eliminated or the short sale may result in a loss. The Fund’s losses are potentially unlimited in a short sale transaction or other short equity position. Short sales or other short equity positions are speculative transactions and involve special risks, including greater reliance on the adviser’s ability to accurately anticipate the future value of a security. Furthermore, taking short positions in securities results in a form of leverage which may cause the Fund to be more volatile.

effectively results in similar risk exposures as would be the case if the Fund entered into a physical short position on the underlying security, including the risk of total loss.

Derivatives Risk. Derivatives, including swaps, may be riskier than other types of investments and may increase the volatility of the Fund. Derivatives may be sensitive to changes in economic and market conditions and may create leverage, which could result in losses that significantly exceed the Fund’s original investment. The Fund may be more volatile than if the Fund had not been leveraged because the leverage tends to exaggerate any effect on the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Certain derivatives expose the Fund to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the derivative counterparty will not fulfill its contractual obligations (and includes credit risk associated with the counterparty). Certain derivatives are synthetic instruments that attempt to replicate the performance of certain reference assets. With regard to such derivatives, the Fund does not have a claim on the reference assets and is subject to enhanced counterparty risk. Derivatives may not perform as expected, so the Fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the security or other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose the Fund to risks of mispricing or improper valuation. Derivatives also can expose the Fund to derivative liquidity risk, which includes risks involving the liquidity demands that derivatives can create to make payments of margin, collateral, or settlement payments to counterparties, legal risk, which includes the risk of loss resulting from insufficient or unenforceable contractual documentation, insufficient capacity or authority of the Fund’s counterparty and operational risk, which includes documentation or settlement issues, system failures, inadequate controls and human error. Certain of the Fund’s transactions in foreign currency derivatives and other derivatives could also affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders which may result in the Fund realizing more ordinary income and short-term capital gain subject to tax at ordinary income tax rates than it would if it did not engage in such transactions, which may adversely impact the Fund’s after-tax returns.

Swap Agreement Risk. In addition to the risks associated with derivatives in general, the Fund may also be subject to risks related to swap agreements. The Fund may use swaps to establish both long and short positions in order to gain the desired exposure. Because certain swap agreements are not cleared and exchange-traded, but are private contracts into which the Fund and a swap counterparty enter as principals, the Fund may experience a loss or delay in recovering assets if the counterparty defaults on its obligations.

Real Estate Securities Risk. The Fund’s investments in real estate securities, including REITs, are subject to the same risks as direct investments in real estate and mortgages, and their value will depend on the value of the underlying real estate interests. These risks include default, prepayments, changes in value

[ ], 2026 | 3

JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF (continued)

resulting from changes in interest rates and demand for real and rental property, and the management skill and credit-worthiness of REIT issuers. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses, including management fees, paid by each REIT in which it invests in addition to the expenses of the Fund.

Industry and Sector Focus Risk. At times, the Fund may increase the relative emphasis of its investments in a particular industry or sector. The prices of securities of issuers in a particular industry or sector may be more susceptible to fluctuations due to changes in economic or business conditions, government regulations, availability of basic resources or supplies, contagion risk within a particular industry or sector or to other industries or sectors, or other events that affect that industry or sector more than securities of issuers in other industries and sectors. To the extent that the Fund increases the relative emphasis of its investments in a particular industry or sector, the value of the Fund’s Shares may fluctuate in response to events affecting that industry or sector.

Financials Sector Risk. Financial services companies are subject to extensive governmental regulation which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments they can make, the interest rates and fees they can charge, the scope of their activities, the prices they can charge and the amount of capital they must maintain. Profitability is largely dependent on the availability and cost of capital funds and can fluctuate significantly when interest rates change or due to increased competition. In addition, deterioration of the credit markets generally may cause an adverse impact in a broad range of markets, including U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, thereby affecting a wide range of financial institutions and markets. Certain events in the financials sector may cause an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestic and foreign, and cause certain financial services companies to incur large losses. Securities of financial services companies may experience a dramatic decline in value when such companies experience substantial declines in the valuations of their assets, take action to raise capital (such as the issuance of debt or equity securities), or cease operations. Credit losses resulting from financial difficulties of borrowers and financial losses associated with investment activities can negatively impact the sector. Insurance companies may be subject to severe price competition. Adverse economic, business or political developments could adversely affect financial institutions engaged in mortgage finance or other lending or investing activities directly or indirectly connected to the value of real estate.

Companies in the healthcare sector are heavily dependent on obtaining and defending patents, which may be time consuming and costly, and the expiration of patents may also adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Healthcare companies are also subject to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims. In addition, their products can become obsolete due to industry innovation, changes in technologies or other market developments. Many new products in the healthcare sector require significant research and development and may be subject to regulatory approvals, all of which may be time consuming and costly with no guarantee that any product will come to market.

Industrials Sector Risk. The industrials sector may be adversely affected by changes in the supply of and demand for products and services, product obsolescence, claims for environmental damage or product liability and general economic conditions, among other factors.

ETF Shares Trading Risk. Shares are listed for trading on the [ ] (the Exchange) and are bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. The market prices of Shares are expected to fluctuate, in some cases materially, in response to changes in the Fund’s NAV, the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings and supply and demand for Shares. The adviser cannot predict whether Shares will trade above, below or at their NAV. Disruptions to creations and redemptions, the existence of significant market volatility or potential lack of an active trading market for the Shares (including through a trading halt), as well as other factors, may result in the Shares trading significantly above (at a premium) or below (at a discount) to NAV or to the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings. During such periods, you may incur significant losses if you sell your Shares.

Authorized Participant Concentration Risk. Only an authorized participant may engage in creation or redemption transactions directly with the Fund. The Fund has a limited number of intermediaries that act as authorized participants and none of these authorized participants is or will be obligated to engage in creation or redemption transactions. The Fund has a limited number of institutions that may act as authorized participants on an agency basis (i.e., on behalf of other market participants). To the extent that these intermediaries exit the business or are unable to or choose not to proceed with creation and/or redemption orders with respect to the Fund and no other authorized participant creates or redeems, Shares may trade at a discount to NAV and possibly face trading halts and/or delisting. Authorized participant concentration risk may be heightened for exchange-traded funds (ETFs) that invest in securities issued by non-U.S. issuers.

High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund will likely engage in active and frequent trading leading to increased portfolio turnover, higher transaction costs, and the possibility that the recognition of capital gains will be accelerated, including short-term capital gains that will generally be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

4 | J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds

Investments in the Fund are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank and are not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

You could lose money investing in the Fund.

The Fund’s Past Performance

The Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus and therefore, has no reportable performance history. Once the Fund has operated for at least one calendar year, a bar chart and performance table will be included in the prospectus to show the performance of the Fund. When such information is included, this section will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance history from year to year and showing how the Fund’s average annual total returns compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. Although past performance of the Fund is no guarantee of how it will perform in the future, historical performance may give you some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Updated performance information is available by visiting www.jpmorganfunds.com or by calling 1-844-457-6383 (844-4JPM ETF).

Management

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (the adviser)

Portfolio Manager	Managed the Fund Since	Primary Title with Investment Adviser
Scott Blasdell	2026	Managing Director
James Brown	2026	Managing Director

Purchase and Sale of Shares

Individual Shares of the Fund may only be purchased and sold in secondary market transactions through brokers or financial intermediaries. Shares of the Fund are listed for trading on the

Exchange, and because Shares trade at market prices rather than NAV, Shares of the Fund may trade at a price greater than NAV (premium) or less than NAV (discount). Certain affiliates of the Fund and the adviser may purchase and resell Shares pursuant to this prospectus.

An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase Shares of the Fund (bid) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for Shares (ask) when buying or selling Shares in the secondary market (the bid-ask spread).

Recent information, including information about the Fund’s NAV, market price, premiums and discounts, and bid-ask spreads (when available), is included on the Fund’s website at jpmorganfunds.com.

Tax Information

To the extent the Fund makes distributions, those distributions will be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, except when your investment is in an IRA, 401(k) plan or other tax-advantaged investment plan, in which case you may be subject to federal income tax upon withdrawal from the tax-advantaged investment plan.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase Shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the adviser and its related companies may pay the financial intermediary for the sale of Shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

[ ], 2026 | 5

More About the Fund

Additional Information About the Fund’s Investment Strategies

The Fund is an ETF, which is a fund that trades like other publicly-traded securities. The Fund is not an index fund. The Fund is actively managed and does not seek to replicate the performance of a specified index.

The name, investment objective and policies of the Fund may be similar to other funds advised by the adviser or its affiliates. However, the investment results of the Fund may be higher or lower than, and there is no guarantee that the investment results of the Fund will be comparable to, any other of these funds. A new fund or a fund with fewer assets under management may be more significantly affected by purchases and redemptions of its Creation Units (as defined below) than a fund with relatively greater assets under management would be affected by purchases and redemptions of its shares. As compared to a larger fund, a new or smaller fund is more likely to sell a comparatively large portion of its portfolio to meet significant Creation Unit redemptions, or invest a comparatively large amount of cash to facilitate Creation Unit purchases, in each case when the fund otherwise would not seek to do so. Such transactions may cause funds to make investment decisions at inopportune times or prices or miss attractive investment opportunities. Such transactions may also accelerate the realization of taxable income if sales of securities resulted in gains and the fund redeems Creation Units for cash, or otherwise cause a fund to perform differently than intended. While such risks may apply to funds of any size, such risks are heightened in funds with fewer assets under management. In addition, new funds may not be able to fully implement their investment strategy immediately upon commencing investment operations, which could reduce investment performance.

Main Investment Strategies

Many of the equity securities in the Fund’s portfolio will be in the financials, healthcare and industrials sectors.

The Fund’s investment strategies may involve active and frequent trading resulting in high portfolio turnover.

6 | J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds

●

catalysts that could trigger a rise in a stock’s price

●

high potential reward compared to potential risk

●

temporary mispricings caused by market overreactions.

●

Companies that are competitively disadvantaged;

●

Companies that are cyclically challenged;

●

Companies are structurally flawed.

Additional Investment Strategies

Although not part of the Fund’s main investment strategies, the Fund may also utilize the following:

●

preferred stock

●

warrants and rights to buy common stock

●

convertible securities

●

equity securities purchased in initial public offerings

●

trusts or partnership interests

●

private placement securities, restricted securities and other unregistered securities.

In addition to the securities described above, all of these securities may be included as equity securities for the purpose of calculating the 80% policy.

In addition, the Fund may also utilize the following, some of which may be equity securities:

●

real estate investment trusts (REITs), which are pooled vehicles which invest primarily in income-producing real estate or loans related to real estate

●

affiliated money market funds

●

foreign securities, often in the form of depositary receipts

●

securities lending

The Fund will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior notice of any change in its 80% investment policies as described herein.

The frequency with which the Fund buys and sells securities will vary from year to year, depending on market conditions.

NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

An investment objective is fundamental if it cannot be changed without the consent of a majority of the outstanding Shares of the

Fund. The Fund’s investment objective is not fundamental and may be changed without the consent of a majority of the outstanding

Shares of the Fund.

Securities Lending. The Fund may engage in securities lending to increase its income. Securities lending involves the lending of securities owned by the Fund to financial institutions such as certain broker-dealers in exchange for cash collateral. The Fund will invest cash collateral in one or more money market funds advised by the adviser or its affiliates. The adviser or its affiliates will receive additional compensation from the affiliated money market funds on the Fund’s investment in such money market funds. During the term of the loan, the Fund is entitled to receive amounts equivalent to distributions paid on the loaned securities as well as

[ ], 2026 | 7

More About the Fund (continued)

the return on the cash collateral investments. Upon termination of the loan, the Fund is required to return the cash collateral to the borrower plus any agreed upon rebate. Cash collateral investments will be subject to market depreciation or appreciation, and the Fund will be responsible for any loss that might result from its investment of cash collateral. If the adviser determines to make securities loans, the value of the securities loaned may not exceed 33 1∕3% of the value of total assets of the Fund. Loan collateral (including any investment of that collateral) is not subject to the percentage limitations regarding the Fund’s investments described elsewhere in this prospectus. Securities lending is not a principal strategy of the Fund.

The Fund also may use other non-principal strategies that are not described herein, but which are described in the Statement of Additional Information.

Investment Risks

There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

The main risks associated with investing in the Fund are summarized in the “Risk/Return Summary” at the front of this prospectus. In addition to the Fund’s main risks, the Fund may be subject to additional risks in connection with investments and strategies used by the Fund from time to time. The table below identifies main risks and some of the additional risks for the Fund.

An investment in the Fund or any other fund may not provide a complete investment program. The suitability of an investment in the Fund should be considered based on the investment objective, strategies and risks described in this prospectus, considered in light of all of the other investments in your portfolio, as well as your risk tolerance, financial goals and time horizons. You may want to consult with a financial advisor to determine if the Fund is suitable for you.

The Fund is subject to the main risks designated as such in the table below, any of which may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value (NAV), market price, performance and ability to meet its investment objective. The Fund may also be subject to additional risks that are noted in the table below, as well as those that are not described herein but which are described in the Statement of Additional Information.

	U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF
Authorized Participant Concentration Risk	•
Cyber Security Risk	○
Depositary Receipts Risk	○
Derivatives Risk	•
Equity Market Risk	•
Financial Sector Risk	•
Foreign Securities Risk	○
General Market Risk	•
Healthcare Sector Risk	•
High Portfolio Turnover Risk	•
Industrials Sector Risk	•
Industry and Sector Focus Risk	•
Large Cap Company Risk	•
Long/Short Strategy Risk	•
Market Trading Risk	•
New Fund Risk	○
Preferred Securities Risk	○
Prepayment Risk	○
Real Estate Securities Risk	•
Regulatory and Legal Risk	○
Securities Lending Risk	○

●

Main Risks

○

Additional Risks

8 | J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds

	U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF
Short Selling Risk	•
Smaller Company Risk	•
Swap Agreement Risk	•
Transactions and Liquidity Risk	○
Value Investing Risk	•
Volcker Rule Risk	○

●

Main Risks

○

Additional Risks

Equity Market Risk. The price of equity securities may rise or fall because of changes in the broad market or changes in a company’s financial condition, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, sectors or industries selected for the Fund’s portfolio or the securities market as a whole, such as changes in economic or political conditions. Equity securities are subject to “stock market risk” meaning that stock prices in general (or in particular, the prices of the types of securities in which the Fund invests) may decline over short or extended periods of time. When the value of the Fund’s securities goes down, your investment in the Fund decreases in value.

The U.S. and other governments may renegotiate their global trade relationships and impose or threaten to impose significant import tariffs. The implementation of tariffs, trade restrictions, currency controls, or similar measures (including retaliatory actions) could result in price volatility and overall declines in U.S. and global investment markets.

In addition, the value of the Fund’s investments may be negatively affected by the occurrence of global events such as war, terrorism, environmental disasters, natural disasters or events, country instability, and infectious disease epidemics or pandemics, or the threat or potential of one or more such factors and occurrences.

The effects of a global event to public health and business and market conditions may have a significant negative impact on the performance of the Fund’s investments, increase the Fund’s volatility, negatively impact the Fund’s arbitrage and pricing mechanisms, exacerbate pre-existing political, social and economic risks to the Fund, and negatively impact broad segments of businesses and populations. In addition, governments, their regulatory agencies, or self-regulatory organizations have taken or may take actions in response to a global event that affect the instruments in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that could have a significant negative impact on the Fund’s investment performance. The ultimate impact of a global event and the extent to which the associated conditions and governmental responses impact the Fund will also depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, difficult to accurately predict and subject to frequent changes.

Value Investing Risk. Value investing attempts to identify companies that, according to the adviser’s estimate of their true worth, are undervalued or attractively valued. The adviser selects stocks at prices that it believes are temporarily low relative to factors such as the company’s earnings, cash flow or dividends. A value stock may decrease in price or may not increase in price as anticipated by the adviser if other investors fail to recognize the company’s value or the factors that the adviser believes will cause the stock price to increase do not occur. The Fund’s performance may be better or worse than the performance of equity funds that focus on growth stocks or that have a broader investment style.

Large Cap Company Risk. If the Fund invests in large cap company securities, it may underperform other funds during periods when the Fund’s large cap securities are out of favor. In addition, large cap companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology or consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful small cap companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.

[ ], 2026 | 9

More About the Fund (continued)

Smaller Company Risk. (Small Cap Company and Mid Cap Company Risks) Investments in securities of smaller companies (mid cap and small cap companies) may be riskier, less liquid, more volatile and more vulnerable to economic, market and industry changes than securities of larger, more established companies. The securities of smaller companies may trade less frequently and in smaller volumes than securities of larger companies. As a result, changes in the price of securities issued by such companies may be more sudden or erratic than the prices of securities of larger companies, especially over the short term. These risks are higher for small cap companies.

In addition, the Fund may gain enhanced long exposure to certain securities (i.e., obtain investment exposure that exceeds the amount directly invested in those assets, a form of leverage) and, under such circumstances, will lose more money in market environments that are adverse to its long positions than funds that do not employ such leverage. The use of leverage increases the volatility of your returns. The cost of obtaining this leverage will lower your returns.

Short Selling Risk. The Fund’s strategy may involve more risk than other funds that do not engage in short selling or other short equity positions. The Fund’s use of short sales or other short equity positions in combination with long positions in the Fund’s portfolio in an attempt to improve performance or to reduce overall portfolio risk may not be successful and may result in greater losses or lower positive returns than if the Fund held only long positions. It is possible that the Fund’s long equity positions will decline in value at the same time that the value of its short equity positions increases, thereby increasing potential losses to the Fund.

In order to establish a short position in a security, the Fund must first borrow the security from a lender, such as a broker or other institution. The Fund may not always be able to obtain the security at a particular time or at an acceptable price. Thus, there is risk that the Fund may be unable to implement its investment strategy due to the lack of available securities or for other reasons.

After short selling a security, the Fund may subsequently seek to close this position by purchasing and returning the security to the lender on a later date. The Fund may not always be able to complete or “close out” the short position by replacing the borrowed securities at a particular time or at an acceptable price.

In addition, the Fund may be prematurely forced to close out a short position if the lender demands the return of the borrowed security. The Fund incurs a loss as a result of a short sale or other short equity position if the market value of the borrowed security increases between the date of the short sale and the date when the Fund replaces the security. The Fund’s loss on a short sale or other short equity position is potentially unlimited because there is no upward limit on the price a borrowed security could attain.

Further, if other short sellers of the same security want to close out their positions at the same time, a “short squeeze” can occur. A short squeeze occurs when demand exceeds the supply for the security sold short. A short squeeze makes it more likely that the Fund will need to replace the borrowed security at an unfavorable price, thereby increasing the likelihood that the Fund will lose some or all of the potential profit from, or incur a loss on, the short sale. Furthermore, taking short positions in securities results in a form of leverage. Leverage involves special risks described under “Derivatives Risk.”

The Fund will engage in transactions through which it obtains synthetic short exposure to equities through derivative investments (such as swaps). A synthetic short position replicates the economic effect of a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own but has borrowed. The Fund will lose money when the value of the reference asset rises. This effectively results in similar risk exposures as would be the case if the Fund entered into a physical short position on the underlying security, including the risk of total loss.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and financial industry regulatory authorities in other countries have, in the past, imposed temporary prohibitions and restrictions on certain types of short sale transactions. These prohibitions and restrictions, or the imposition of other regulatory requirements on short selling in the future, could inhibit the ability of the adviser to sell securities short on behalf of the Fund.

Derivatives Risk. The Fund may use derivatives in connection with its investment strategies. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments because they may be more sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions than other types of investments and could result in losses that significantly exceed the Fund’s original investment. Derivatives are subject to the risk that changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. The use of derivatives may not be successful, resulting in losses to the Fund, and the cost of such strategies may reduce the Fund’s returns. Certain derivatives

10 | J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds

also expose the Fund to counterparty risk (the risk that the derivative counterparty will not fulfill its contractual obligations), including credit risk of the derivative counterparty. Certain derivatives are synthetic instruments that attempt to replicate the performance of certain reference assets. With regard to such derivatives, the Fund does not have a claim on the reference assets and is subject to enhanced counterparty risk. In addition, the Fund may use derivatives for non-hedging purposes, which increases the Fund’s potential for loss.

Investing in derivatives will result in a form of leverage. Leverage involves special risks. The Fund may be more volatile than if the Fund had not been leveraged because the leverage tends to exaggerate any effect on the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. The Fund cannot assure you that the use of leverage will result in a higher return on your investment, and using leverage could result in a net loss on your investment. Registered investment companies are limited in their ability to engage in derivative transactions.

The Fund’s transactions in derivatives could also affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders, which may result in the Fund realizing more short-term capital gain and ordinary income subject to tax at ordinary income tax rates than it would if it did not engage in such transactions, which may adversely impact the Fund’s after-tax return.

The possible lack of a liquid secondary market for derivatives and the resulting inability of the Fund to sell or otherwise close a derivatives position could expose the Fund to losses and could make derivatives more difficult for the Fund to value accurately. Derivatives also can expose the Fund to derivative liquidity risk, which includes the risks involving the liquidity demands that derivatives can create to make payments of margin, collateral, or settlement payments to counterparties, legal risk, which includes the risk of loss resulting from insufficient or unenforceable contractual documentation, insufficient capacity or authority of the Fund’s counterparty and operational risk, which includes documentation or settlement issues, system failures, inadequate controls and human error.

Derivatives may not perform as expected, so the Fund may not realize the intended benefits. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the security or other risk being hedged. In addition, given their complexity, derivatives expose the Fund to risks of mispricing or improper valuation.

WHAT IS A DERIVATIVE?

Derivatives are securities or contracts (for example, futures and options) that derive their value from the performance of underlying

assets or securities.

Swap Agreement Risk. The Fund may be subject to risks related to swap agreements, including total return swaps. Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments based on the change in market value of the underlying assets, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swaps may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or market and may be used to establish both long and short positions in order to gain the desired exposure. Because certain swap agreements are not cleared and exchange-traded, but are private contracts into which the Fund and a swap counterparty enter as principals, the Fund may experience a loss or delay in recovering assets if the counterparty defaults on its obligations. The Fund’s returns are reduced or its losses increased by the costs associated with the swap, which may be significant. In addition, there is the risk that the swap may be terminated by the Fund or the counterparty in accordance with its terms or as a result of regulatory changes. If the swap were to terminate, the Fund may be unable to employ its investment strategy and may suffer losses.

Real Estate Securities Risk. The value of real estate securities in general, and REITs in particular, are subject to the same risks as direct investments in real estate and mortgages, which include, but are not limited to, sensitivity to changes in real estate values and property taxes, interest rate risk, tax and regulatory risk, fluctuations in rent schedules and operating expenses, adverse changes in local, regional or general economic conditions, including reduced demand for commercial and office space as well as increased maintenance or tenant improvement costs to convert properties for other uses, default risk of tenants and borrowers, the financial condition of tenants, buyers and sellers, and the inability to re-lease space on attractive terms or to obtain mortgage financing on a timely basis or at all, unfavorable changes in zoning, building, environmental and other laws, the need for unanticipated renovations and unexpected increases in the cost of energy and environmental factors. Furthermore, a REIT could fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of its income under the Internal Revenue Code or fail to maintain its exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (1940 Act), which could produce adverse economic consequences for the REIT and its investors, including the Fund.

The underlying mortgage loans may be subject to the risks of default or of prepayments that occur earlier or later than expected, and such loans may also include so-called “sub-prime” mortgages. The value of REITs will also rise and fall in response to the management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer. In particular, the value of these securities may decline when interest rates rise

[ ], 2026 | 11

More About the Fund (continued)

and will also be affected by the real estate market and by the management of the underlying properties. REITs may be more volatile and/or more illiquid than other types of equity securities. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses, including management fees, paid by each REIT in which it invests in addition to the expenses of the Fund.

In addition, certain of the companies in which the Fund intends to invest may have developed or commenced development on properties and may develop additional properties in the future. Real estate development involves significant risks in addition to those involved in the ownership and operation of established properties, including the risks that financing, if needed, may not be available on favorable terms for development projects, that construction may not be completed on schedule (resulting in increased debt service expense and construction costs), that estimates of the costs of construction may prove to be inaccurate and that properties may not be leased, rented or operated on profitable terms and therefore will fail to perform in accordance with expectations. As a result, the value of the Fund’s investment may decrease in value. Real estate securities have limited diversification and are, therefore, subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. Real estate securities are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency and defaults by borrowers or tenants.

Healthcare Sector Risk. Companies in the healthcare sector are subject to extensive government regulation and their profitability can be significantly affected by restrictions on government reimbursement for medical expenses, rising costs of medical products and services, pricing pressure (including price discounting), limited product lines and an increased emphasis on the delivery of healthcare through outpatient services. Companies in the healthcare sector are heavily dependent on obtaining and defending patents, which may be time consuming and costly, and the expiration of patents may also adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Healthcare companies are also subject to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims. In addition, their products can become obsolete due to industry innovation, changes in technologies or other market developments. Many new products in the healthcare sector require significant research and development and may be subject to regulatory approvals, all of which may be time consuming and costly with no guarantee that any product will come to market. Several legislative proposals concerning healthcare have been considered by the U.S. Congress in recent years and it is unclear what proposals will ultimately be enacted, if any, and what effect they may have on companies in the healthcare sector.

Industrials Sector Risk. The value of securities issued by companies in the industrials sector may be adversely affected by supply and demand related to their specific products or services and industrials sector products in general. The products of manufacturing companies may face obsolescence due to rapid technological developments and frequent new product introduction. Government regulations, world events, economic conditions and exchange rates may adversely affect the performance of companies in the industrials sector. Companies in the industrials sector may be adversely affected by liability for environmental damage and product liability claims. The industrials sector may also be adversely affected by changes or trends in commodity prices, which may be influenced by unpredictable factors. Companies in the industrials sector, particularly aerospace and defense companies, may also be adversely affected by government spending policies because companies in this sector tend to rely to a significant extent on government demand for their products and services.

12 | J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds

Market Trading Risk

Risk that Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. Shares of the Fund may trade on the Exchange at prices above, below or at their most recent NAV. The NAV of the Fund’s Shares, which is calculated at the end of each business day, will generally fluctuate with changes in the market value of the Fund’s holdings. The market prices of the Shares will also fluctuate, in some cases materially, in accordance with changes in NAV and the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings, as well as the relative supply of and demand for the Shares on the Exchange. Differences between secondary market prices of Shares and the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings may be due largely to supply and demand forces in the secondary market, which may not be the same forces as those influencing prices for securities held by the Fund at a particular time.

Given the fact that Shares can be created and redeemed by authorized participants in Creation Units, the adviser believes that large discounts or premiums to the NAV of Shares should not be sustained in the long-term. While the creation/redemption feature is designed to make it likely that Shares normally will trade close to the value of the Fund’s holdings, market prices are not expected to correlate exactly to the Fund’s NAV due to timing reasons, supply and demand imbalances and other factors. In addition, disruptions to creations and redemptions, adverse developments impacting market makers, authorized participants or other market participants, or high market volatility may result in market prices for Shares of the Fund that differ significantly from its NAV or to the intraday value of the Fund’s holdings. As a result of these factors, among others, the Fund’s Shares may trade at a premium or discount to NAV, especially during periods of significant market volatility.

Cost of Buying or Selling Shares. When you buy or sell Shares of the Fund through a broker, you will likely incur a brokerage commission or other charges imposed by brokers. In addition, the market price of Shares, like the price of any exchange-traded security, includes a “bid-ask spread” charged by the market makers or other participants that trade the particular security. The spread of the Fund’s Shares varies over time based on the Fund’s trading volume and market liquidity and may increase as a result of a decrease in the Fund’s trading volume, the spread of the Fund’s underlying securities, or reduced market liquidity. In times of severe market disruption, including when trading of the Fund’s holdings may be halted, the bid-ask spread may increase significantly. This means that Shares may trade at a discount to the Fund’s NAV. Such discount is likely to be greatest during significant market volatility.

Short Selling Risk. Shares of the Fund, similar to shares of other issuers listed on a stock exchange, may be sold short and are therefore subject to the risk of increased volatility and price decreases associated with being sold short.

No Guarantee of Active Trading Market Risk. While Shares are listed on the Exchange, there can be no assurance that active trading markets for the Shares will be maintained by market makers or by authorized participants. JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc., the distributor of the Fund’s Shares, does not maintain a secondary market in the Shares.

Trading Issues Risk. Trading in Shares on the Exchange may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in Shares inadvisable. In addition, trading in Shares on the Exchange is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to the Exchange “circuit breaker” rules. If a trading halt or unanticipated early closing of the Exchange occurs, a shareholder may be unable to purchase or sell Shares of the Fund. Under such circumstances, the Fund may be unable to buy or sell certain portfolio securities or financial instruments, may be unable to rebalance its portfolio, may be unable to accurately price its investments, and may experience disruptions to the Fund’s creation/redemption process which means the Fund may be unable to achieve its investment objective and it may incur substantial losses.

There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of the Fund will continue to be met or will remain unchanged.

Authorized Participant Concentration Risk. Only an authorized participant may engage in creation or redemption transactions directly with the Fund. The Fund has a limited number of intermediaries that act as authorized participants and none of these authorized participants is or will be obligated to engage in creation or redemption transactions. The Fund has a limited number of institutions that may act as authorized participants on an agency basis (i.e., on behalf of other market participants). To the extent that these intermediaries exit the business or are unable to or choose not to proceed with creation and/or redemption orders with respect to the Fund and no other authorized participant creates or redeems, Shares may trade at a discount to NAV and possibly face trading halts and/or delisting. Authorized participant concentration risk may be heightened for ETFs that invest in securities issued by non-U.S. issuers.

Foreign Securities Risk. Investments in foreign securities (including depositary receipts), are subject to special risks in addition to those of U.S. investments. These risks include political and economic risks, unstable governments, civil conflicts and war, greater volatility, decreased market liquidity, expropriation and nationalization risks, sanctions or other measures by the United States or other governments, currency fluctuations, higher transaction costs, delayed settlement, possible foreign controls on investment, and

[ ], 2026 | 13

More About the Fund (continued)

less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of foreign markets. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. If foreign securities are denominated and traded in a foreign currency, the value of the Fund’s foreign holdings can be affected by currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations. In certain markets where securities and other instruments are not traded “delivery versus payment,” the Fund may not receive timely payment for securities or other instruments it has delivered or receive delivery of securities paid for and may be subject to increased risk that the counterparty will fail to make payments or delivery when due or default completely.

Foreign market trading hours, clearance and settlement procedures, and holiday schedules may limit the Fund’s ability to buy and sell securities. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of capital controls, nationalization of companies or industries, expropriation of assets or the imposition of punitive taxes. The governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain sectors or industries. In addition, a foreign government may limit or cause delay in the convertibility or repatriation of its currency which would adversely affect the U.S. dollar value and/or liquidity of investments denominated in that currency. Certain foreign investments may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions, or become illiquid after purchase by the Fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil. Moreover, the growing interconnectivity of global economies and financial markets has increased the probability that adverse developments and conditions in one country or region will affect the stability of economies and financial markets in other countries or regions. A reduction in trading in securities of issuers located in countries whose economies are heavily dependent upon trading with key partners may have an adverse impact on the Fund’s investments.

Events and evolving conditions in certain economies or markets may alter the risks associated with investments tied to countries or regions that historically were perceived as comparatively stable becoming riskier and more volatile. Securities registration, custody, and settlement may in some instances be subject to delays and legal and administrative uncertainties. Foreign investment in the securities markets of certain foreign countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude investment in certain securities and may increase the costs and expenses of the Fund. In addition, the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities from certain of the countries is controlled under regulations, including in some cases the need for certain advance government notification or authority, and if a deterioration occurs in a country’s balance of payments, the country could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. The Fund also could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation, as well as by the application to it of other restrictions on investment. In addition, the Fund is limited in its ability to exercise its legal rights or enforce a counterparty’s legal obligations in certain jurisdictions outside of the United States. From time to time, certain companies in which the Fund invests may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or in countries the U.S. government identified as state sponsors of terrorism. One or more of these companies may be subject to constraints under U.S. law or regulations that could negatively affect the company's performance. Additionally, one or more of these companies could suffer damage to its reputation if the market identifies it as a company that invests or deals with countries that the U.S. government identifies as state sponsors of terrorism or subjects to sanctions.

Depositary Receipts Risk. The Fund’s investments may take the form of depositary receipts, including unsponsored depositary receipts. Unsponsored depositary receipts may not provide as much information about the underlying issuer and may not carry the same voting privileges as sponsored depositary receipts. Unsponsored depositary receipts are issued by one or more depositaries in response to market demand, but without a formal agreement with the company that issues the underlying securities.

Preferred Securities Risk. Preferred securities generally have a preference as to dividends and liquidation over an issuer’s common stock but ranks junior to debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, dividends on preferred securities are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. As a consequence, if the board of directors of an issuer does not declare dividends or distributions for the relevant dividend or distribution periods, the issuer will not be obligated to pay dividends or distributions on the relevant payment date, and such dividends and distributions may be forfeited. Holders of preferred securities typically do not have voting rights except in certain circumstances where they may be given only limited voting rights. Preferred securities also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions. Preferred shares may carry different rights or obligations in jurisdictions outside of the United States.

Securities Lending Risk. The Fund may engage in securities lending. Securities lending involves counterparty risk, including the risk that the loaned securities may not be returned or returned in a timely manner and/or a loss of rights in the collateral if the borrower or the lending agent defaults. This risk is increased when the Fund’s loans are concentrated with a single or limited number of borrowers. In addition, the Fund bears the risk of loss in connection with its investments of the cash collateral it receives from the borrower. To the extent that the value or return of the Fund’s investments of the cash collateral declines below the amount owed to a borrower, the Fund may incur losses that exceed the amount it earned on lending the security. In situations where the adviser does not believe that it is prudent to sell the cash collateral investments in the market, the Fund may borrow money to repay the borrower

14 | J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds

the amount of cash collateral owed to the borrower upon return of the loaned securities. This will result in financial leverage, which may cause the Fund to be more volatile because financial leverage tends to exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

Transactions and Liquidity Risk. The Fund could experience a loss when selling securities to meet redemption requests and its liquidity may be negatively impacted. The risk of loss increases if the redemption requests are large or frequent, occur in times of overall market turmoil or declining prices for the securities sold, or when the securities the Fund wishes to or is required to sell are illiquid. To the extent a large proportion of Shares are held by a small number of shareholders (or a single shareholder), including funds or accounts over which the adviser or its affiliates have investment discretion, the Fund is subject to the risk that these shareholders will purchase or redeem Shares in large amounts rapidly or unexpectedly, including as a result of an asset allocation decision made by the adviser or its affiliates. To the extent these larger shareholders transact in the secondary market, such transactions may account for a large percentage of the Fund’s trading volume on the Exchange, which may have a material effect (upward or downward) on the market price of Shares. In addition to the other risks described in this section, these transactions could adversely affect the ability of the Fund to conduct its investment program. The Fund may be unable to sell illiquid securities at its desired time or price or the price at which the securities have been valued for purposes of the Fund’s NAV. Illiquidity can be caused by a drop in overall market trading volume, an inability to find a buyer, or legal restrictions on the securities’ resale. Disruption to the activities of market makers and a limited pool of authorized participants could also contribute to decreased liquidity. Certain securities that were liquid when purchased may later become illiquid, particularly in times of overall economic distress.

Similarly, large purchases of Shares may adversely affect the Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is delayed in investing new cash and is required to maintain a larger cash position than it ordinarily would. Large redemptions also could accelerate the realization of capital gains, increase the Fund’s transaction costs and impact the Fund’s performance. To the extent redemptions are effected in cash, an investment in the Fund may be less tax-efficient than an investment in an ETF that distributes portfolio securities entirely in-kind.

Cyber Security Risk. As the use of technology has become more prevalent in the course of business, the Fund has become more susceptible to operational and financial risks associated with cyber security, including: theft, loss, misuse, fraud, improper release, corruption and destruction of, or unauthorized access to, confidential, personal or highly restricted data relating to the Fund and its shareholders; and compromises or failures to systems, networks, devices and applications relating to the operations of the Fund and its service providers. Cyber security risks may result in financial losses to the Fund and its shareholders; the inability of the Fund to transact business with its shareholders; delays or mistakes in the calculation of the Fund’s NAV or other materials provided to shareholders; the inability to process transactions with shareholders or other parties; violations of privacy and other laws; regulatory fines, penalties and reputational damage; and compliance and remediation costs, legal fees and other expenses. The Fund’s service providers (including, but not limited to, the adviser, any sub-advisers, administrator, transfer agent, and custodian or their agents), financial intermediaries, companies in which the Fund invests and parties with which the Fund engages in portfolio or other transactions also may be adversely impacted by cyber security risks in their own businesses, which could result in losses to the Fund or its shareholders. The Fund and its service providers’ use of internet, technology and information systems may expose the Fund to potential risks linked to processing and human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology, cyberattacks, and similar events. While the Fund and its service providers may establish business continuity and other plans and processes that seek to address the possibility of and fallout from such events, there are inherent limitations to these plans and systems, and certain risks may not yet be identified. While measures have been developed which are designed to reduce the risks associated with cyber security, there is no guarantee that those measures will be effective, particularly since the Fund does not directly control the cyber security defenses or plans of its service providers, financial intermediaries and companies in which it invests or with which it does business.

Regulatory and Legal Risk. U.S. and non-U.S. governmental agencies and other regulators regularly implement additional regulations or amend regulations and legislators pass new laws that affect the investments held by the Fund, the strategies used by the Fund or the level of regulation or taxation applying to the Fund (such as regulations related to investments in derivatives and other transactions). These regulations and laws may adversely impact the investment strategies, performance, costs and operations of the Fund or taxation of shareholders.

Volcker Rule Risk. Pursuant to Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and certain rules promulgated thereunder known as the Volcker Rule, if the adviser and/or its affiliates own 5% or more of the outstanding ownership interests of the Fund after the permitted seeding period from the implementation of the Fund’s investment strategy, the Fund could be subject to restrictions on trading that would adversely impact the Fund’s ability to execute its investment strategy. Generally, the permitted seeding period is three years from the implementation of the Fund’s investment strategy, with permissible extensions

[ ], 2026 | 15

More About the Fund (continued)

under certain circumstances. As a result, the adviser and/or its affiliates may be required to reduce their ownership interests in the Fund at a time that is sooner than would otherwise be desirable, which may result in the Fund’s liquidation or, if the Fund is able to continue operating, may result in losses, increased transaction costs and adverse tax consequences as a result of the sale of portfolio securities.

New Fund Risk. The Fund is new with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors have no track record or history on which to base their investment decisions. In addition, until the Fund achieves a certain size, the performance of certain of its investments may disproportionately impact the performance of the Fund, which may be subject to heightened volatility. As a new fund, the Fund also may be subject to a “ramp-up” period during which it may not be fully invested or able to meet its investment objective or investment policies. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Fund will grow to or maintain an economically viable size.

For more information about risks associated with the types of investments that the Fund purchases, please read the “Risk/Return Summary” at the front of this prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information.

Conflicts of Interest

An investment in a Fund is subject to a number of actual or potential conflicts of interest. For example, the Adviser and/or its affiliates provide a variety of different services to a Fund, for which the Fund compensates them. As a result, the Adviser and/or its affiliates have an incentive to enter into arrangements with a Fund, and face conflicts of interest when balancing that incentive against the best interests of a Fund. The Adviser and/or its affiliates also face conflicts of interest in their service as investment adviser to other clients, and, from time to time, make investment decisions that differ from and/or negatively impact those made by the Adviser on behalf of a Fund. In addition, affiliates of the Adviser provide a broad range of services and products to their clients and are major participants in the global currency, equity, commodity, fixed income and other markets in which a Fund invests or will invest. In certain circumstances by providing services and products to their clients, these affiliates’ activities will disadvantage or restrict the Funds and/or benefit these affiliates. The Adviser may also acquire material non-public information which would negatively affect the Adviser’s ability to transact in securities for a Fund. JPMorgan and the Funds have adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to appropriately prevent, limit or mitigate conflicts of interest. In addition, many of the activities that create these conflicts of interest are limited and/or prohibited by law, unless an exception is available. For more information about conflicts of interest, see the Potential Conflicts of Interest section in the Statement of Additional Information.

Temporary Defensive and Cash Positions

For liquidity and to respond to unusual market conditions, the Fund may invest all or most of its total assets in cash and cash equivalents for temporary defensive purposes. These investments may result in a lower yield than lower-quality or longer-term investments.

WHAT IS A CASH EQUIVALENT?

Cash equivalents are highly liquid, high-quality instruments with maturities of three months or less on the date they are purchased.

They include securities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, repurchase agreements, certificates of

deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, variable rate master demand notes, money market mutual funds and bank deposit

accounts.

While the Fund is engaged in a temporary defensive position, it may not meet its investment objective. These investments may also be inconsistent with the Fund’s main investment strategies. Therefore, the Fund will pursue a temporary defensive position only when market conditions warrant.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

A description of the policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

Additional Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement

Service providers to the Fund may, from time to time, voluntarily waive all or a portion of any fees to which they are entitled and/or reimburse certain expenses as they may determine from time to time. The Fund’s service providers may discontinue or modify these voluntary actions at any time without notice. Performance for the Fund, when available, will reflect the voluntary waiver of fees and/or the reimbursement of expenses, if any. Without these voluntary waivers and/or expense reimbursements, performance would be less favorable.

16 | J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds

The Fund’s Management and Administration

The Fund is a series of J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the Trust). The Trust is governed by the Board of Trustees, which is responsible for overseeing all business activities of the Fund.

The Fund’s Investment Adviser and Administrator

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (JPMIM or the adviser) is the investment adviser and administrator to the Fund. JPMIM is located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017. In addition to managing the Fund’s portfolio, JPMIM also provides administrative services for and oversees the other service providers of the Fund.

JPMIM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co. (JPMorgan Chase), a bank holding company.

In rendering investment advisory services to the Fund, JPMIM uses the portfolio management, research and other resources of a foreign (non-U.S.) affiliate of JPMIM and may provide services to the Fund through a “participating affiliate” arrangement, as that term is used in relief granted by the staff of the SEC. Under this relief, U.S. registered investment advisers are allowed to use portfolio management or research resources of advisory affiliates subject to the regulatory supervision of the registered investment adviser.

A discussion of the basis the Board of Trustees of the Trust used in approving the management agreement for the Fund will be in the financial statements and other information filed with the SEC on Form N-CSR (Financial Statements and Other Information), which will be available online at www.jpmorganfunds.com.

Management Fee and Other Expenses

Pursuant to the Fund’s management agreement, JPMIM is entitled to a management fee, incurred daily and paid monthly of the Fund’s average daily net assets at the rate[ ]%. Under the management agreement, JPMIM is responsible for substantially all the expenses of the Fund (including expenses of the Trust relating to the Fund), except for the management fees, payments under the Fund’s 12b-1 plan (if any), interest expenses, dividend and interest expenses related to short sales, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses (other than fees for funds advised by the adviser and/ or its affiliates), costs of holding shareholder meetings, and litigation and potential litigation and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business. Additionally, the Fund shall be responsible for its non-operating expenses, including brokerage commissions and fees and expenses associated with the Fund’s securities lending program, if applicable.

The Portfolio Managers

The portfolio management team for the Fund is comprised of Scott Blasdell, Managing Director of JPMIM and a CFA charterholder, and James Brown, Managing Director of JPMIM. An employee of JPMIM since 1999, Mr. Blasdell has been a portfolio manager since 2001 and is a senior member of the U.S. Equity Value portfolio management team. An employee of JPMIM since 1987, Mr. Brown has been an analyst on Value Plus Strategy within the U.S. Equity Value Group since 2016 and a portfolio manager since 2023. From 1987 to 2016, Mr. Brown was an analyst in the U.S. Equity Core Research Group.

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund.

The Fund’s Distributor

JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. (the Distributor) is the distributor of the Fund’s Shares. The Distributor or its agent distributes Creation Units for the Fund on an agency basis. The Distributor does not maintain a secondary market in Shares of the Fund. The Distributor has no role in determining the investment policies of the Fund or the securities that are purchased or sold by the Fund. The Distributor’s principal address is 1111 Polaris Parkway, Columbus, OH 43240.

Payments to Financial Intermediaries

JPMIM and, from time to time, other affiliates of JPMorgan Chase may, at their own expense and out of their own legitimate profits, provide cash payments to Financial Intermediaries whose customers invest in Shares of the Fund. For this purpose, Financial Intermediaries include financial advisors, investment advisers, brokers, financial planners, banks, insurance companies, retirement or 401(k) plan administrators and others, including various affiliates of JPMorgan Chase, that may enter into agreements with JPMIM and/or its affiliates. These cash payments may relate to marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, the support of technology platforms and/or reporting systems, or the Financial Intermediaries’ making Shares of the Fund available to their customers. Such compensation may provide such Financial Intermediaries with an incentive to favor sales of Shares of the Fund over other investment options they make available to their customers. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information.

[ ], 2026 | 17

Purchase and Redemption of Shares

Buying and Selling Shares

In the Secondary Market. Most investors will buy and sell Shares of the Fund in secondary market transactions through brokers. Shares of the Fund are listed and traded on the secondary market on the Exchange. Shares can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like other publicly traded shares. There is no minimum investment. Although Shares are generally purchased and sold in “round lots” of 100 Shares, brokerage firms typically permit investors to purchase or sell Shares in smaller “odd lots,” at no per-Share price differential. When buying or selling Shares through a broker, you will incur customary brokerage commissions and charges, and you may pay some or all of the spread between the bid and the offered price in the secondary market on each leg of a round trip (purchase and sale) transaction. The spread varies over time for Shares of the Fund based on the Fund’s trading volume and market liquidity, and is generally lower if the Fund has a lot of trading volume and market liquidity.

Shares of the Fund trade on the Exchange at prices that may differ to varying degrees from the daily NAV of the Shares.

Directly with the Fund. The Fund’s Shares are issued or redeemed by the Fund at NAV per Share only in a large specified number of Shares called a “Creation Unit” or multiples thereof. Investors such as market makers, large investors and institutions who wish to deal in Creation Units directly with the Fund must have entered into an authorized participant agreement with the Distributor, or purchase through a dealer that has entered into such an agreement. Set forth below is a brief description of the procedures applicable to purchases and redemptions of Creation Units. For more detailed information, see “Appendix A - Purchases and Redemptions” in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

Beneficial Ownership. The Depository Trust Company (DTC) serves as securities depository for the Shares. (The Shares may be held only in book-entry form; stock certificates will not be issued.) DTC, or its nominee, is the record or registered owner of all outstanding Shares. Beneficial ownership of Shares will be shown on the records of DTC or its participants (described below). Beneficial owners of Shares are not entitled to have Shares registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificates in definitive form and are not considered the registered holder thereof. Accordingly, to exercise any rights of a holder of Shares, each beneficial owner must rely on the procedures of: (i) DTC; (ii) “DTC Participants” (i.e., securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations), some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC; and (iii) “Indirect Participants” (i.e., brokers, dealers, banks and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly, through which such beneficial owner holds its interests). The Trust understands that under existing industry practice, in the event the Trust requests any action of holders of Shares, or a beneficial owner desires to take any action that DTC, as the record owner of all outstanding Shares, is entitled to take, DTC would authorize the DTC Participants to take such action and that the DTC Participants would authorize the Indirect Participants and beneficial owners acting through such DTC Participants to take such action and would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them. As described above, the Trust recognizes DTC or its nominee as the owner of all Shares for all purposes. For more detailed information, see “Book Entry Only System” in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

Premium/Discount Information

The Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus and, therefore, does not have information about the differences between the Fund’s daily market price on the Exchange (Market Price) and its NAV. When available, information regarding how often the Shares of the Fund traded on the Exchange at a price above (i.e., at a premium) or below (i.e., at a discount) the NAV of the Fund for the most recently completed calendar year and the most recently completed calendar quarters since that year (or the life of the Fund, if shorter) can be found at www.jpmorganfunds.com.

Pricing Shares

Investors that purchase or sell Shares on the secondary market transact at the Market Price on the Exchange. The Market Price may differ from the Fund’s daily NAV and can be affected by market forces of supply and demand, economic conditions and other factors.

The Exchange disseminates the approximate value of Shares of the Fund periodically throughout the trading day. This approximate value should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of the NAV per Share of the Fund because the approximate value may not be calculated in the same manner as the NAV, which is computed only once a day. The approximate value is generally determined by using both current market quotations and/or price quotations obtained from broker-dealers and other market intermediaries that may trade in the portfolio securities held by the Fund. The Fund is not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or dissemination of the approximate value and the Fund does not make any representation or warranty as to its accuracy.

NAV is calculated each business day as of the close of the [ ], which is typically 4:00 p.m. E.T. On occasion, the [ ] will close before 4:00 p.m. E.T. When that happens, NAV will be calculated as of the time the [ ] closes. The Fund will not treat an intraday unscheduled disruption or closure in the [ ] trading as a closure of the [ ], and will calculate NAV as of 4:00 p.m. E.T. if the particular disruption or closure directly affects only the [ ]. The price at which a purchase of a Creation Unit is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is received in proper form in accordance with this prospectus. To the extent the Fund invests in securities that are

18 | J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds

primarily listed on foreign exchanges or other markets that trade on weekends or other days when the Fund does not price its Shares, the value of the Fund’s Shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem your Shares. There may be changes in the value of securities listed on a foreign exchange during the period between the last quote from the Fund’s closed foreign markets and times during the Fund’s domestic trading day. During the time when Fund Shares are trading but a foreign exchange is closed, there may be bid/ask spreads and the resulting premium or discount to the Fund Shares’ NAV may widen. The NAV per share of the Fund is equal to the value of all its assets minus its liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding Shares.

Securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued at their current market value. Other securities and assets, including securities for which market quotations are not readily available, market quotations are determined not to be reliable, or, their value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of trading on the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded but before the Fund’s NAV is calculated, may be valued at fair value in accordance with policies and procedures adopted by the Trust’s Board of Trustees. Fair value represents a good faith determination of the value of a security or other asset based upon specifically applied procedures. Fair valuation may require subjective determinations. There can be no assurance that the fair value of an asset is the price at which the asset could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair value was used in determining the Fund’s NAV.

Equity securities listed on a North American, Central American, South American or Caribbean securities exchange are generally valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which the security is principally traded. Other foreign equity securities are fair valued using quotations from independent pricing services, as applicable. The value of securities listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. is generally the NASDAQ official closing price.

Fixed income securities are valued using prices supplied by an approved independent third party or affiliated pricing services or broker/dealers. Those prices are determined using a variety of inputs and factors as more fully described in the Statement of Additional Information.

Assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currencies are converted into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates from an approved independent pricing service as of 4:00 p.m. E.T.

Shares of ETFs are generally valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which the ETF is principally traded. Shares of other open-end investment companies are valued at their respective NAVs.

Options traded on U.S. securities exchanges are valued at the composite mean price, using the National Best Bid and Offer quotes.

Options traded on foreign exchanges are valued at the settled price, or if no settled price is available, at the last sale price available prior to the calculation of the Fund’s NAV and will be fair valued by applying fair value factors provided by independent pricing services, as applicable, for any options involving equity reference obligations listed on exchanges other than North American, Central American, South American or Caribbean securities exchanges.

Exchange traded futures are valued at the last sale price available prior to the calculation of the Fund’s NAV. Any futures involving equity reference obligations listed on exchanges other than North American, Central American, South American or Caribbean securities exchanges will be fair valued by applying fair value factors provided by independent pricing services, as applicable.

Swaps and structured notes are valued at the price provided by an approved independent third party or affiliated pricing service or at an evaluated price provided by a counterparty or broker/dealer.

Any derivatives involving equity reference obligations listed on exchanges other than North American, Central American, South American or Caribbean securities exchanges will be fair valued by applying fair value factors provided by independent pricing services, as applicable.

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions

The Fund imposes no restrictions on the frequency of purchases and redemptions. The Board of Trustees evaluated the risks of market timing activities by the Fund’s shareholders when they considered that no restriction or policy was necessary. The Board considered that, unlike mutual funds, the Fund issues and redeems its Shares at NAV only in Creation Units, and the Fund’s Shares may be purchased and sold on the Exchange at prevailing Market Prices.

[ ], 2026 | 19

Shareholder Information

Taxes on Distributions

The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each taxable year as a regulated investment company. A regulated investment company is not subject to tax at the corporate level on income and gains from investments that are distributed to shareholders. The Fund’s failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would result in corporate-level taxation and, consequently, a reduction in income available for distribution to shareholders.

The Fund can earn income and realize capital gain. The Fund deducts any expenses and then pays out the earnings, if any, to shareholders as distributions.

The Fund generally declares and distributes net investment income, if any, at least annually. The Fund will distribute net realized capital gain, if any, at least annually. For each taxable year, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net realized capital gain. The amounts of the Fund’s distributions are driven by federal tax requirements. Such required taxable distributions to shareholders may be significant even if the Fund’s overall performance for the applicable taxable year is negative.

Distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income. Dividends of net investment income paid to a non-corporate U.S. shareholder that are properly reported as qualified dividend income generally will be taxable to such shareholder at a maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” of either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. The amount of dividend income that may be so reported by the Fund generally will be limited to the aggregate of the eligible dividends received by the Fund. In addition, the Fund must meet certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the shares on which the Fund received the eligible dividends, and the non-corporate U.S. shareholder must meet certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund. The amount of the Fund’s distributions that would otherwise qualify for this favorable tax treatment will be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities or high portfolio turnover rate. Dividends of net investment income that are not reported as qualified dividend income and dividends of net short-term capital gain will be taxable to a U.S. shareholder as ordinary income.

Distributions of net capital gain (that is, the excess of the net gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned for more than one year over the net losses from investments that the Fund owned for one year or less) that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends will be taxable as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your Shares in the Fund. The maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (that is, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss), if any, will be taxable to U.S. shareholders as ordinary income. Capital gain of a corporate shareholder is taxed at the same rate as ordinary income.

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.

Except when your investment is in an IRA, 401(k) plan or other tax-advantaged investment plan, or you are a tax-exempt investor, if you buy Shares of the Fund before a distribution, you will be subject to tax on the entire amount of the taxable distribution you receive. This is known as “buying a dividend”. Distributions are taxable to you even if they are paid from income or gain earned by the Fund before your investment (and thus were included in the price you paid for your Shares). To avoid buying a dividend, please check the Fund’s Dividend and Capital Gain Schedule before you invest.

The Fund’s investment in derivative instruments may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to liquidate other investments in its portfolio that it otherwise would have continued to hold, including at times when it is not advantageous to do so.

The Fund’s transactions in derivatives will be subject to special tax rules, the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, and convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. The Fund’s use of these types of transactions may result in the Fund realizing more short-term capital gain and ordinary income subject to tax at ordinary income tax rates than it would if it did not engage in such transactions.

Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional discussion of the tax consequences of the above-described and other investments to the Fund and its shareholders.

The dates on which dividends and capital gain, if any, will be distributed are available online at www.jpmorganfunds.com.

Early in each calendar year, you will receive a notice showing the amount of distributions you received during the preceding calendar year and the tax status of those distributions.

20 | J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds

Any foreign shareholder would generally be subject to U.S. tax-withholding on distributions by the Fund, as discussed in the Statement of Additional Information.

Any investor for whom the Fund does not have a valid Taxpayer Identification Number may be subject to backup withholding.

The tax considerations described in this section do not apply to tax-deferred accounts or other non-taxable entities.

Taxes on Exchange-Listed Shares Sales

Currently, any capital gain or loss realized upon a sale of Shares is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Shares have been held for more than one year and as short-term capital gain or loss if the Shares have been held for one year or less. Capital loss realized on the sale or exchange of Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholder. The ability to deduct capital losses may be limited.

Taxes on Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units

At the time of purchase, an Authorized Participant who exchanges equity securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time and the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and the cash paid. At redemption, a person who exchanges Creation Units for equity securities will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Units and the aggregate market value of the securities received and the cash received in connection with the redemption. The Internal Revenue Service, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales” on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Persons exchanging securities should consult their own tax advisor with respect to whether the wash sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible.

Under current federal tax laws, any capital gain or loss realized upon redemption of Creation Units is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Shares have been held for more than one year and as a short-term capital gain or loss if the Shares have been held for one year or less.

If you purchase or redeem Creation Units, you will be sent a confirmation statement showing how many and at what price you purchased or sold Shares.

The above is a general summary of tax implications of investing in the Fund. Because each investor’s tax consequences are unique, please consult your tax advisor to see how investing in the Fund and, for individuals and S corporations, selection of a particular cost method of accounting will affect your own tax situation.

Tax-Advantaged Product Structure

Unlike interests in many conventional mutual funds, the Shares are traded throughout the day on a national securities exchange, whereas mutual fund interests are typically only bought and sold at closing NAVs. The Shares have been designed to be tradable in the secondary market on a national securities exchange on an intra-day basis, and to be created and redeemed in Creation Units at each day’s next calculated NAV. Shares are created and redeemed principally in kind. The in-kind arrangements are designed to protect ongoing shareholders from adverse effects on the Fund’s portfolio that could arise from frequent cash creation and redemption transactions. In a conventional mutual fund, redemptions can have an adverse tax impact on taxable shareholders because the mutual fund may need to sell portfolio securities to obtain cash to meet fund redemptions. These sales may generate taxable gains for the shareholders of the mutual fund, whereas the Shares’ in-kind redemption mechanism generally will not lead to a tax event for the Fund or its ongoing shareholders.

Other Information

For purposes of the 1940 Act, the Fund will be treated as a registered investment company. Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act restricts investments by investment companies in the securities of other investment companies, including Shares of the Fund. Registered investment companies are permitted to invest in the Fund beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1), subject to certain terms and conditions.

[ ], 2026 | 21

How to Reach Us

MORE INFORMATION

For investors who want more information on the Fund, the following documents are available free upon request:

ANNUAL REPORTS, SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS, AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION

The Fund’s annual reports, semi-annual reports, and Financial Statements and Other Information, when available, will contain more information about the Fund’s investments and performance. The annual report will also include details about the market conditions and investment strategies that have a significant effect on the Fund’s performance.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI)

The SAI contains more detailed information about the Fund and its policies. It is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. This means, by law, it is considered to be part of this prospectus.

You can get a free copy of these documents and other information, or ask us any questions, by calling us at 1-844-457-6383 (844-4JPM ETF) or writing to:

J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds
390 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017

If you buy your Shares through a Financial Intermediary, you should contact that Financial Intermediary directly for more information. You can also find information online at www.jpmorganfunds.com.

Reports, a copy of the SAI, and the Financial Statements and Other Information about the Fund are also available on the EDGAR Database on the Commission’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies of this information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

Investment Company Act File No.:

J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Fund Trust……………………………………811-22903

PR-USLCVPETF-x26

The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DATED MARCH 11, 2026

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

PART I

[ ], 2026

J.P. MORGAN EXCHANGE-TRADED FUND TRUST (the “Trust”)

Fund Name	Ticker	Listing Exchange
JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF (the “U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF” or the “Fund”)	[ ]	[ ]

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, but contains additional information which should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Fund, dated [ ], 2026, as supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectus”). The Prospectus is available online at www.jpmorganfunds.com or without charge upon request by contacting JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. (“JPMDS” or the “Distributor”), the Fund’s distributor, at 1111 Polaris Parkway, Columbus, OH 43240.

This SAI is divided into two Parts – Part I and Part II. Part I of this SAI contains information that is particular to the Fund. Part II of this SAI contains additional information that more generally applies to the Trust’s funds.

For more information about the Fund, simply write or call:

J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Funds
390 Madison Ave
New York, NY 10017
1-844-457-6383 (844-4JPM ETF)

SAI-USLCVPETF-x26

GENERAL

The Trust and the Fund

The Fund is a series of the Trust, an open-end, management investment company formed as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware on February 25, 2010 and governed by a Declaration of Trust as amended and restated on February 19, 2014.

The Fund will offer and issue shares at net asset value (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each a “Creation Unit” or a “Creation Unit Aggregation”). The shares of the Fund are collectively referred to as the “Shares” in this SAI. The Fund’s Shares will be listed and traded on the [ ] (the “Exchange”). Fund Shares will trade on the Exchange at market prices that may be below, at or above NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Unit Aggregations and generally in exchange for portfolio securities held by the Fund and/or a specified cash payment.

In the event of the liquidation of the Fund, the Trust may lower the number of Shares in a Creation Unit. The Trust reserves the right to permit or require a full or partial “cash” option for creations and/or redemptions of Fund Shares. Fund Shares may be issued in advance of receipt of a basket of securities and other investments (“Deposit Instruments”) subject to various conditions. See the “Creation and Redemption of Creation Units” section in Appendix A. In each instance of such cash creations or redemptions, transaction fees may be imposed that will be higher than the transaction fees associated with in-kind creations or redemptions. In all cases, such fees will be limited in accordance with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities.

Miscellaneous

This SAI describes the financial history, investment strategies and policies, management and operation of the Fund in order to enable investors to determine whether the Fund best suits their needs.

This SAI provides additional information with respect to the Fund and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s current Prospectus. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings accorded to them in the Prospectus. The Fund’s executive offices are located at 390 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

The Trust’s Board of Trustees is referred to herein as the “Board of Trustees” or “Board,” and each trustee is referred to as a “Trustee.” J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMIM” or the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser to the Fund. Investments in the Fund are not deposits or obligations of, nor guaranteed or endorsed by, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan Chase Bank”), an affiliate of the Adviser, or any other bank. Shares of the Fund are not federally insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other governmental agency. An investment in the Fund is subject to risks that may cause the value of the investment to fluctuate, and when the investment is redeemed, the value may be higher or lower than the amount originally invested by the investor.

The Adviser, with respect to the Fund, has filed a notice of eligibility with the National Futures Association (“NFA”) claiming an exclusion from the definition of the term Commodity Pool Operator (“CPO”) with respect to the Fund’s operations. Therefore, the Fund and the Adviser, with respect to the Fund, are not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool or CPO under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended. Changes to the Fund’s investment strategies or investments may cause the Fund to lose the benefits of this exclusion and may trigger additional Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) requirements. If the Adviser or the Fund becomes subject to these requirements, as well as related NFA rules, the Fund may incur additional compliance and other expenses.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The following investment policies have been adopted by the Trust with respect to the Fund. The investment policies listed below under the heading “Fundamental Investment Policies” are “fundamental” policies which, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, as such term is defined in the “Additional Information” section in Part II of this SAI. All other investment policies of the Fund (including its investment objective) are non-fundamental, unless otherwise designated in the Prospectus or herein, and may be changed by the Trustees without shareholder approval.

Part I - 1

Except for each of the restrictions on borrowings set forth in the fundamental investment policies below, the percentage limitations contained in the policies below apply at the time of purchase of the securities. If a percentage or rating restriction on investment or use of assets set forth in the Fundamental investment policy or a non-fundamental investment policy or in the Prospectus is adhered to at the time of investment, later changes in percentage resulting from any cause will not be considered a violation and such Fund may continue to hold any securities affecting that percentage or rating policy. If the value of the Fund’s holdings of illiquid securities at any time exceeds the percentage limitation applicable at the time of acquisition due to subsequent fluctuations in value or other reasons, the Fund’s Adviser, or persons designated by the Board to make such determination, will consider what actions, if any, are appropriate to maintain adequate liquidity. With respect to the fundamental investment policy on borrowing, the 1940 Act generally limits the Fund’s ability to borrow money on a non-temporary basis if such borrowings constitute “senior securities.” As noted in “Investment Strategies and Policies — Miscellaneous Investment Strategies and Risks — Borrowings” in SAI Part II, in addition to temporary borrowing, the Fund may borrow from any bank, provided that immediately after any such borrowing there is an asset coverage of at least 300% for all borrowings by the Fund and provided further, that in the event that such asset coverage shall at any time fall below 300%, the Fund shall, within three days (not including Sundays or holidays) thereafter or such longer period as the SEC may prescribe by rules and regulations, reduce the amount of its borrowings to such an extent that the asset coverage of such borrowing shall be at least 300%. The Fund may also borrow money if such borrowing does not constitute “senior securities” under the 1940 Act or engage in economically similar transactions if those transactions comply with the applicable requirements of the SEC under the 1940 Act.

For purposes of the Fund’s fundamental investment policy regarding industry concentration, “to concentrate” generally means to invest more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets, taken at market value at the time of investment. This fundamental investment policy regarding concentration does not apply to securities issued by other investment companies, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, any state or territory of the U.S., its agencies, instrumentalities, or political subdivisions, or repurchase agreements secured thereby, and futures and options transactions issued or guaranteed by any of the foregoing. For purposes of the fundamental investment policy involving industry concentration, “group of industries” means a group of related industries, as determined in good faith by the Adviser, based on published classifications or other sources. For purposes of the fundamental investment policy regarding industry concentration, the Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry and/or sub-industry classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by the Adviser. The Adviser may classify and re-classify companies in a particular industry or sub-industry and define and re-define industries and sub-industries in any reasonable manner, consistent with SEC guidance. Accordingly, the composition of an industry or group of industries may change from time to time. The policy will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Adviser as to how to classify issuers.

In addition, the Fund has an 80% investment policy which is described in the Fund’s Prospectus. In calculating “Assets” for the purposes of the Fund’s 80% investment policy, Assets are net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. This policy may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. However, the Fund will provide shareholders with written notice at least 60 days prior to a change in its 80% investment policy.

Finally, the Fund is subject to the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies and investment restrictions applicable to the Fund that are described herein and by any restrictions imposed by applicable law.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund:

(1) May not purchase any security which would cause the Fund to concentrate its investments in the securities of issuers primarily engaged in any particular industry, except as permitted by the 1940 Act or any applicable law, rule, order or interpretation. For purposes of fundamental investment policies regarding industry concentration, the Fund may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in the securities of issuers primarily engaged in any particular industry (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, any state or territory of the U.S., its agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions);

(2) May issue senior securities, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any applicable law, rule, order or interpretation;

(3) May borrow money to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any applicable law, rule, order or interpretation;

Part I - 2

(4) May not underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the Fund, may be deemed an underwriter under certain securities laws in disposing of portfolio securities;

(5) May not purchase or sell real estate, except that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund may (a) invest in securities or other instruments directly or indirectly secured by real estate, and (b) invest in securities or other instruments issued by issuers that invest in real estate;

(6) May not purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments issued by persons that purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts; but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing, selling and entering into financial futures contracts (including futures contracts on indices of securities, interest rates and currencies), options on financial futures contracts (including futures contracts on indices of securities, interest rates and currencies), warrants, swaps, forward contracts, foreign currency spot and forward contracts or other derivative instruments that are not related to physical commodities;

(7) May make loans to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any applicable law, rule, order or interpretation; and

(8) May not make any investment inconsistent with its classification as a diversified investment company as that term is defined in the 1940 Act or as interpreted, modified or applied by the SEC or its staff.

Other Policy

The Fund may not acquire any securities of other registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act.

INVESTMENT PRACTICES

The Fund invests in a variety of securities and employs a number of investment techniques. What follows is a list of some of the securities and techniques which may be utilized by the Fund. For a more complete discussion, see the “Investment Strategies and Policies” section in Part II of this SAI.

Instrument	Part II Section Reference
Bank Obligations: Bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit and time deposits. Bankers’ acceptances are bills of exchange or time drafts drawn on and accepted by a commercial bank. Maturities are generally six months or less. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued by a bank for a specified period of time and earning a specified return. Time deposits are non-negotiable receipts issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds.	Bank Obligations
Borrowings: The Fund may borrow for temporary purposes and/or for investment purposes. Such a practice will result in leveraging of the Fund’s assets and may cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. The Fund must maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% of the amount borrowed, with the exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets made for temporary administrative purposes.	Miscellaneous Investment Strategies and Risks
Commercial Paper: Secured and unsecured short-term promissory notes issued by corporations and other entities. Maturities generally vary from a few days to nine months.	Commercial Paper
Common Stock: Shares of ownership of a company.	Equity Securities, Warrants and Rights
Common Stock Warrants and Rights: Securities, typically issued with preferred securities or bonds, that give the holder the right to buy a proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price.	Equity Securities, Warrants and Rights
Convertible Securities: Bonds or preferred securities that can convert to common stock.	Convertible Securities

Part I - 3

Instrument	Part II Section Reference
Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”): Ownership interest in unit investment trusts, depositary receipts, and other pooled investment vehicles that hold a portfolio of securities or stocks designed to track the price performance and dividend yield of a particular broad-based, sector or international index. ETFs include a wide range of investments.	Investment Company Securities and Exchange- Traded Funds
Foreign Investments: Equity and debt securities (e.g., bonds and commercial paper) of foreign entities and obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks. Foreign securities may also include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and American Depositary Securities (“ADSs”).	Foreign Investments (including Foreign Currencies)
Futures Transactions: The Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts on securities and indexes of securities.	Futures Transactions
Initial Public Offering (“IPOs”): A transaction in which a previously private company makes its first sale of stock to the public.	Equity Securities, Warrants and Rights
Interfund Lending: Involves lending money and borrowing money for temporary purposes through a credit facility.	Miscellaneous Investment Strategies and Risks
Investment Company Securities: Shares of other investment companies, including money market funds for which the Adviser and/or its affiliates serve as investment adviser or administrator. The Adviser will waive certain fees when investing in funds for which it serves as investment adviser, to the extent required by law or by contract.	Investment Company Securities and Exchange- Traded Funds
Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”): Limited partnerships that are publicly traded on a securities exchange.	Master Limited Partnerships
Options and Futures Transactions: The Fund may purchase and sell (a) exchange traded and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, indexes of securities and futures contracts on securities and indexes of securities and (b) futures contracts on securities and indexes of securities.	Options and Futures Transactions
Preferred Securities: A class of stock that generally pays a dividend at a specified rate and has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and in liquidation.	Equity Securities, Warrants and Rights
Private Placements, Restricted Securities and Other Unregistered Securities: Securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, such as privately placed commercial paper and Rule 144A securities.	Miscellaneous Investment Strategies and Risks
Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”): Pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interest.	Real Estate Investment Trusts
Securities Issued in Connection with Reorganizations and Corporate Restructurings: In connection with reorganizing or restructuring of an issuer, an issuer may issue common stock or other securities to holders of its debt securities.	Miscellaneous Investment Strategies and Risks
Securities Lending: The lending of up to 33 1∕3% of the Fund’s total assets. In return the Fund will receive cash as collateral.	Securities Lending
Short Selling: The Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security. To complete the transaction, the Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it subsequently at the market price at the time of replacement.	Short Selling
Structured Investments: A security having a return tied to an underlying index or other security or asset class. Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. Structured investments are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying index, currency, commodity or financial instrument.	Structured Investments

Part I - 4

Instrument	Part II Section Reference
Swaps and Related Swap Products: Swaps involve an exchange of obligations by two parties. Caps and floors entitle a purchaser to a principal amount from the seller of the cap or floor to the extent that a specified index exceeds or falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount. The Fund may enter into these transactions to manage its exposure to changing interest rates and other factors.	Swaps and Related Swap Products
Temporary Defensive Positions: To respond to unusual circumstances the Fund may invest a portion of its total assets in cash and cash equivalents for temporary defensive purposes.	Miscellaneous Investment Strategies and Risks
Treasury Receipts: The Fund may purchase interests in separately traded interest and principal component parts of U.S. Treasury obligations that are issued by banks or brokerage firms and that are created by depositing U.S. Treasury notes and U.S. Treasury bonds into a special account at a custodian bank. Receipts include Treasury Receipts (TRs), Treasury Investment Growth Receipts (TIGRs), and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (CATS).	Treasury Receipts
U.S. Government Agency Securities: Securities issued or guaranteed by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government. These include all types of securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), including funding notes, subordinated benchmark notes, CMOs and REMICs.	U.S. Government Obligations
U.S. Government Obligations: May include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, including Treasury bills, notes and bonds, all of which are backed as to principal and interest payments by the full faith and credit of the United States, and separately traded principal and interest component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the Federal book-entry system known as Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”) and Coupons Under Book Entry Safekeeping (“CUBES”).	U.S. Government Obligations
Variable and Floating Rate Instruments: Obligations with interest rates which are reset daily, weekly, quarterly or some other frequency and which may be payable to the Fund on demand or at the expiration of a specified term.	Debt Instruments
When-Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments: Purchase or contract to purchase securities at a fixed price for delivery at a future date.	When-Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments

DIVERSIFICATION

The Trust is a registered management investment company. The Fund intends to meet the diversification requirements of the 1940 Act. For a more complete discussion, see the “Diversification” section in Part II of this SAI.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

A portfolio turnover rate is, in summary, the percentage computed by dividing the lesser of the Fund’s purchases or sales of securities (excluding short-term securities) by the average market value of the Fund. The Adviser intends to manage the Fund’s assets by buying and selling securities to help attain its investment objective. A rate of 100% indicates that the equivalent of all of the Fund’s assets have been sold and reinvested in a year. Higher portfolio turnover may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions, and, as a result, may increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. High portfolio turnover also results in higher transaction costs. To the extent that net short-term capital gains are realized by the Fund, any distributions resulting from such gains are considered ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. For a more complete discussion, see the “Distributions and Tax Matters” section in Part II of this SAI. The Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI. Therefore, there is no portfolio turnover rate for the Fund to report at this time.

Part I - 5

TRUSTEES

Standing Committees

As of the fiscal year ended [ ], there were seven standing committees of the Board of Trustees: (i) the Audit and Valuation Committee, (ii) the Compliance Committee, (iii) the Governance Committee, (iv) the Equity Committee, (v) the ETF Committee, (vi) the Fixed Income Committee, and (vii) the Money Market and Alternative Products Committee. The following table shows how often each Committee met during the fiscal year ended [ ]:

Committee	Fiscal Year Ended [ ]
Audit and Valuation Committee	[ ]
Compliance Committee	[ ]
Governance Committee	[ ]
Equity Committee	[ ]
ETF Committee	[ ]
Fixed Income Committee	[ ]
Money Market and Alternative Products Committee	[ ]

For a more complete discussion, see the “Trustees” section in Part II of this SAI.

Ownership of Securities

The following table shows the dollar range of each Trustee’s beneficial ownership of equity securities in the Fund and each Trustee’s aggregate dollar range of ownership in the J.P. Morgan Funds as of December 31, 2025:

Name of Trustee	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by the Trustee in Family of Investment Companies1, 2
Independent Trustees
Stephen P. Fisher	None	Over $100,000
Gary L. French	None	Over $100,000
Kathleen M. Gallagher	None	Over $100,000
Robert J. Grassi	None	Over $100,000
Frankie D. Hughes	None	Over $100,000
Raymond Kanner	None	Over $100,000
Thomas P. Lemke	None	Over $100,000
Mary E. Martinez	None	Over $100,000
Marilyn McCoy	None	Over $100,000
Shaun Real3	None	Over $100,000
Emily A. Youssouf	None	Over $100,000
Interested Trustees
Robert Deutsch	None	Over $100,000
Nina O. Shenker	None	Over $100,000

A Family of Investment Companies means any two or more registered investment companies that share the same investment adviser or principal underwriter and hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services. The Family of Investment Companies for which the Board of Trustees currently serves includes eight registered investment companies (174 J.P. Morgan Funds).

For Mses. Gallagher, McCoy, Youssouf and Shenker and Messrs. French, Grassi, Kanner, Lemke and Deutsch, these amounts include deferred compensation balances, as of 12/31/25, through participation in the J.P. Morgan Funds’ Deferred Compensation Plan for Eligible Trustees. For a more complete discussion, see the “Trustee Compensation” section in Part II of this SAI.

Mr. Real became a Trustee, effective 1/1/26.

As of December 31, 2025, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned securities of the Adviser or JPMDS or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Adviser or JPMDS.

Part I - 6

Trustee Compensation

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Trustees were paid an annual fee of $460,000 (with any new trustees receiving a pro rata portion of the base fee depending on when each became a trustee) and reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with service as a Trustee. Committee chairs who were not already receiving an additional fee were each paid $65,000 annually in addition to their base fee. In addition to the base fee, the Chair of the Board of Trustees received $240,000 annually and was reimbursed expenses in the amount of $4,000 per month. In addition to the base fee, the Vice Chair of the Board of Trustees received $140,000 annually. Effective January 1, 2026, the Trustees are paid an annual fee of $480,000 (with any new trustees receiving a pro rata portion of the base fee depending on when each became a trustee) and are reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with service as a Trustee. Committee chairs who are not already receiving an additional fee are each paid $70,000 annually in addition to their base fee. In addition to the base fee, the Chair of the Board of Trustees receives $250,000 annually and an expense stipend of $10,000 monthly.

For funds that are series of the J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Fund Trust and which have a unitary management fee, Trustee compensation for the funds is paid from the management fee by JPMIM. For all other funds, Trustee compensation is paid by the fund. Aggregate Trustee compensation for each Trustee paid by the Fund and all funds in the Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2025, is set forth below:

Name of Trustee	Total Compensation Paid From the Fund Complex1
Independent Trustees
John F. Finn2	$700,000
Stephen P. Fisher	525,000
Gary L. French	460,0003
Kathleen M. Gallagher	525,0004
Robert J. Grassi	525,0005
Frankie D. Hughes	460,000
Raymond Kanner	525,0006
Thomas P. Lemke	525,000
Lawrence R. Maffia2	460,000
Mary E. Martinez	600,000
Marilyn McCoy	460,0007
Shaun Real8	-
Emily A. Youssouf	460,0003
Interested Trustees
Robert Deutsch	525,0008
Nina O. Shenker	460,0007

A Fund Complex means two or more registered investment companies that (i) hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services or (ii) have a common investment adviser or have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies. The J.P. Morgan Funds Complex for which the Board of Trustees currently serves includes eight registered investment companies (174 J.P. Morgan Funds).

Mr. Finn and Mr. Maffia retired as Trustees, effective 12/31/25.

Includes $138,000 of Deferred Compensation.

Includes $157,200 of Deferred Compensation.

Includes $105,000 of Deferred Compensation.

Includes $262,500 of Deferred Compensation.

Includes $460,000 of Deferred Compensation.

Mr. Real became a Trustee, effective 1/1/26.

Includes $210,000 of Deferred Compensation.

For a more complete discussion, see the “Trustee Compensation” section in Part II of this SAI.

INVESTMENT ADVISER AND ADMINISTRATOR

Management Fees

Since the Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the Fund has not paid any management fees. For more information about the Adviser and the Administrator, see the “Investment Adviser” and “Administrator” sections in Part II of this SAI.

Part I - 7

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Portfolio Managers’ Other Accounts Managed*

The following table shows information regarding the other accounts managed for which advisory fees are not based on the performance of the accounts that are managed by each portfolio manager as of [ ]:

	Non-Performance Based Fee Advisory Accounts
	Registered Investment Companies		Other Pooled Investment Vehicles		Other Accounts
	Number of Accounts	Total Assets ($ thousands)	Number of Accounts	Total Assets ($ thousands)	Number of Accounts	Total Assets ($ thousands)
U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF
Scott Blasdell		$		$		$
James Brown

The following table shows information regarding the other accounts managed for which advisory fees are based on the performance of the accounts that are managed by each portfolio manager as of [ ]:

	Performance Based Fee Advisory Accounts
	Registered Investment Companies		Other Pooled Investment Vehicles		Other Accounts
	Number of Accounts	Total Assets ($ thousands)	Number of Accounts	Total Assets ($ thousands)	Number of Accounts	Total Assets ($ thousands)
U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF
Scott Blasdell		$		$		$
James Brown

The total value and number of accounts managed by a portfolio manager may include sub-accounts of asset allocation, multi-managed and other accounts.

Portfolio Managers’ Ownership of Securities

Since the Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the portfolio managers do not own any Shares of the Fund.

Portfolio Managers’ Compensation

In evaluating each portfolio manager’s performance with respect to the Fund he or she manages, the Adviser uses the following index as a benchmark to evaluate the performance of the portfolio manager with respect to the Fund:

Name of Fund	Benchmark
U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF	[ ]

Please see “Portfolio Manager Compensation” section in Part II of this SAI for a description of the structure and method of determining the compensation of the portfolio managers identified above.

FUND ACCOUNTING AGENT

Fund Accounting Fees

Since the Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the Fund has not paid any accounting fees. For more information, see the “Custody and Fund Accounting Fees and Expenses” section in Part II of this SAI.

SECURITIES LENDING ACTIVITIES

Since the Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the Fund has not engaged in securities lending. For more information, see the “Securities Lending Agent” section in Part II of this SAI.

BROKERAGE

Brokerage Commissions

Since the Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the Fund has not paid any brokerage commissions.

Part I - 8

Broker Research

Since the Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, there has been no allocation of brokerage commissions to brokers who provided broker research including third party broker research for the Fund.

Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers

Since the Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the Fund did not own securities of its regular broker-dealers (or parents thereof).

For a more complete discussion, see the “Portfolio Transactions” section in Part II of this SAI.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS

The Trust will issue and sell its Shares only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load, at the NAV next determined after receipt of an order in proper form as described in Appendix A to Part II of this SAI.

CREATION AND REDEMPTION TRANSACTION FEES. A transaction fee may be imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the purchase or redemption of Creation Units, as applicable. Investors who are authorized to deal in Creation Units (“Authorized Participants”) will be required to pay a fixed creation transaction fee and/or a fixed redemption transaction fee, as applicable, on a given day regardless of the number of Creation Units created or redeemed on that day. The Fund may adjust the transaction fee from time to time, and the Fund may waive all or a portion of its applicable transaction fee. An additional charge or a variable charge may be applied to certain creation and redemption transactions, including non-standard orders and whole or partial cash purchases or redemptions. Specifically, the Fund may charge an additional variable fee for creations and redemptions in cash of up to 3% of the amount of a creation transaction and of up to 2% of the amount of a redemption transaction to offset brokerage and other impact expenses associated with the cash transaction. With respect to creation orders, Authorized Participants are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Instruments to the account of the Trust and with respect to redemption orders, Authorized Participants are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities received on redemption from the Trust to their account or on their order. Investors who use the services of a broker or other such intermediary may also be charged a fee for such services.

FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

Compensation Payments

Since the Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, neither JPMIM nor any other affiliates of JPMorgan Chase & Co. has made any compensation payments to intermediaries with respect to the Fund. For a more complete discussion, see the “Compensation to Intermediaries” section in Part II of this SAI.

TAX MATTERS

Capital Loss Carryforwards

Since the Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the Fund has not had any capital loss carryforwards. For more information on tax matters, see the “Distributions and Tax Matters” section in Part II of this SAI.

SHARE OWNERSHIP

Trustees and Officers

Since the Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI, the officers and Trustees do not own any Shares of the Fund.

Principal Holders

No Shares of the Fund have been issued as of the date of this SAI.

Part I - 9

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND POLICIES

As noted in the applicable Prospectuses for each of the Funds, in addition to the investment strategies and the investment risks described in the Prospectuses, each Fund may employ other investment strategies and may be subject to other risks, which are described below. Each Fund may engage in the practices described below to the extent consistent with its investment objectives, strategies, policies and restrictions. Because the following is a combined description of investment strategies of all of the Funds, certain matters described herein may not apply to particular Funds. However, no Fund is required to engage in any particular transaction or purchase any particular type of securities or investment even if to do so might benefit the Fund. Because the following is a combined description of investment strategies of all of the Funds, (i) certain matters described herein may not apply to particular Funds and (ii) certain references to the Adviser may also include a Sub-Adviser, as the context requires.

An investment in a Fund or any other fund may not provide a complete investment program. The suitability of an investment in a Fund should be considered based on the investment objective, strategies and risks described in the Fund’s prospectus and this SAI, considered in light of all of the other investments in your portfolio, as well as your risk tolerance, financial goals and time horizons. You may want to consult with a financial advisor to determine if a Fund is suitable for you. The value of your investment in a Fund will fluctuate in response to movements in the market. Fund performance also will depend on the effectiveness of the Adviser’s research and the management team’s investment decisions. Tax considerations may limit a Fund’s ability to pursue an investment opportunity or influence portfolio management decisions for the Fund. Future legislative and regulatory determinations may adversely affect the overall market for an instrument in which a Fund may invest and the Fund itself. There is no assurance that any Fund investment can be successfully employed. An investment in a Fund involves risk of a total loss.

For a list of investment strategies and policies employed by each Fund, see “INVESTMENT PRACTICES” in Part I of this SAI.

Asset-Backed Securities

Asset-backed securities consist of securities secured by company receivables, home equity loans, truck and auto loans, leases, or credit card receivables. Asset-backed securities also include other securities backed by other types of receivables or other assets, including collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) and other similarly structured securities. CDOs include collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and collateral bond obligations (“CBOs”). Such assets are generally securitized through the use of trusts or special purpose corporations. Asset-backed securities are backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations often of a number of different parties. Certain of these securities may be illiquid.

Asset-backed securities are generally subject to the risks of the underlying assets. In addition, asset-backed securities, in general, are subject to certain additional risks including depreciation, damage or loss of the collateral backing the security, risks related to the capability of the servicer of the securitized assets, failure of the collateral to generate the anticipated cash flow or in certain cases more rapid prepayment because of events affecting the collateral, such as accelerated prepayment of loans backing these securities or destruction of equipment subject to equipment trust certificates. In addition, the underlying assets (for example, underlying home equity loans) may be refinanced or paid off prior to maturity during periods of increasing or declining interest rates. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of loans underlying asset-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. Changes in prepayment rates can result in greater price and yield volatility. If asset-backed securities are pre-paid, a Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds from the securities at a lower rate. Potential market gains on a security subject to prepayment risk may be more limited than potential market gains on a comparable security that is not subject to prepayment risk. Under certain prepayment rate scenarios, a Fund may fail to recover additional amounts paid (i.e., premiums) for securities with higher interest rates, resulting in an unexpected loss.

A CBO is a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) which is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities). A CLO is a trust or other SPE that is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. While many CDOs may receive credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, over-collateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present and may fail to protect a Fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral. Certain CDOs may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic”

Part II - 1

exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly, which entails the risks of derivative instruments described elsewhere in this SAI. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of a Fund.

The cash flows for CDOs from the SPE usually are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the first loss from defaults from the bonds or loans in the SPE and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default (though such protection is not complete). Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CDO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, downgrades of the underlying collateral by rating agencies, forced liquidation of the collateral pool due to a failure of coverage tests, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as investor aversion to CDO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in-kind or deferred and capitalized (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral or securities and the class of the CDO in which a Fund invests. CDO tranches often have credit ratings and are typically issued in classes with various priorities. Normally, CDOs are privately offered and sold (that is, they are not registered under the securities laws), and may be subject to additional liquidity risks. However, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs, allowing a CDO to be sold pursuant to Rule 144A. In addition to the risks typically associated with fixed income securities and asset-backed securities generally discussed elsewhere in this SAI, CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the risk that the collateral may default or decline in value or be downgraded, if rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”); (iii) a Fund may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches; (iv) the structure and complexity of the transaction and the legal documents could lead to disputes among investors regarding the characterization of proceeds; (v) the investment return achieved by the Fund could be significantly different than those predicted by financial models; (vi) the lack of a readily available secondary market for CDOs; (vii) risk of forced “fire sale” liquidation due to technical defaults such as coverage test failures; (viii) values may be volatile; (ix) disputes with the issuer may produce unexpected results; and (x) the CDO’s manager may perform poorly.

Certain Funds may purchase ABCP that is issued by conduits sponsored by banks, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies, hedge funds, private equity firms and special purpose finance entities. ABCP typically refers to a debt security with an original term to maturity of up to 270 days, the payment of which is supported from underlying assets, or one or more liquidity or credit support providers, or both. Assets backing ABCP, which may be included in revolving pools of assets with large numbers of obligors, include credit card, car loan and other consumer receivables and home or commercial mortgages, including subprime mortgages. To protect investors from the risk of non-payment, ABCP programs are generally structured with various protections, such as credit enhancement, liquidity support, and commercial paper stop issuance and wind-down triggers. There can be no guarantee that these protections will be sufficient to prevent losses to investors in ABCP. The repayment of ABCP issued by a conduit depends primarily on the conduit’s ability to issue new ABCP, access to the liquidity or credit support and, to a lesser extent, cash collections received from the conduit’s underlying asset portfolio. There could be losses to a Fund’s investing in ABCP in the event that: (i) the Fund is unable to access the liquidity or credit support for the ABCP; (ii) the conduit is unable to issue new ABCP; (iii) there is credit or market deterioration in the conduit’s underlying portfolio; and (iv) there are mismatches in the timing of the cash flows of the underlying asset interests and the repayment obligations of maturing ABCP.

Some ABCP programs historically have provided for an extension of the maturity date of the ABCP if, on the related maturity date, the conduit is unable to access sufficient liquidity by issuing additional ABCP. This may delay the sale of the underlying collateral and a Fund may incur a loss if the value of the collateral deteriorates during the extension period. Alternatively, if collateral for ABCP deteriorates in value, the collateral may be required to be sold at inopportune times or at prices insufficient to repay the principal and interest on the ABCP. ABCP programs may provide for the issuance of subordinated notes as an additional form of credit enhancement. The subordinated notes are typically of a lower credit quality and have a higher risk of default. A Fund purchasing these subordinated notes will therefore have a higher likelihood of loss than investors in the senior notes.

Part II - 2

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses set forth in the fee table and Financial Highlights section of each Fund’s Prospectuses do not include any expenses associated with any Fund investments in certain structured or synthetic products that may rely on the exception for the definition of “investment company” provided by Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

Auction Rate Securities

Auction rate securities consist of auction rate municipal securities and auction rate preferred securities sold through an auction process issued by closed-end investment companies, municipalities and governmental agencies. For more information on risks associated with municipal securities, see “Municipal Securities” below.

Provided that the auction mechanism is successful, auction rate securities usually permit the holder to sell the securities in an auction at par value at specified intervals. The dividend is reset by “Dutch” auction in which bids are made by broker-dealers and other institutions for a certain amount of securities at a specified minimum yield. The dividend rate set by the auction is the lowest interest or dividend rate that covers all securities offered for sale. While this process is designed to permit auction rate securities to be traded at par value, there is the risk that an auction will fail due to insufficient demand for the securities. Failed auctions may adversely impact the liquidity of auction rate securities investments. There is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for a Fund’s investments in auction rate securities at a time when the Fund wishes to dispose of such securities.

Dividends on auction rate preferred securities issued by a closed-end fund may be designated as exempt from federal income tax to the extent they are attributable to tax-exempt interest income earned by the closed-end fund on the securities in its portfolio and distributed to holders of the preferred securities. However, such designation may be made only if the closed-end fund treats preferred securities as equity securities for federal income tax purposes and the closed-end fund complies with certain requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

A Fund’s investment in auction rate preferred securities of closed-end funds is subject to limitations on investments in other U.S. registered investment companies, which limitations are prescribed under the 1940 Act. A Fund is generally prohibited from acquiring more than 3% of the voting securities of any other such investment company, and investing more than 5% of a Fund’s total assets in securities of any one such investment company or more than 10% of its total assets in securities of all such investment companies. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees paid by such closed-end funds in addition to the advisory fee payable directly by the Fund.

Bank Obligations

Bank obligations include bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit, bank notes and time deposits.

Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange typically drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity.

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank or a savings and loan association for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Certificates of deposit may also include those issued by foreign banks outside the United States (“U.S.”). Such certificates of deposit include Eurodollar and Yankee certificates of deposit. Eurodollar certificates of deposit are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit issued by branches of foreign and domestic banks located outside the U.S. Yankee certificates of deposit are certificates of deposit issued by a U.S. branch of a foreign bank denominated in U.S. dollars and held in the U.S. Certain Funds may also invest in obligations (including bankers’ acceptances and certificates of deposit) denominated in foreign currencies (see “Foreign Investments (including Foreign Currencies)”) herein. With regard to certificates of deposit issued by U.S. banks and savings and loan associations, to be eligible for purchase by a Fund, a certificate of deposit must be issued by (i) a domestic or foreign branch of a U.S. commercial bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System or the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or (ii) a domestic savings and loan association, the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Time deposits are interest-bearing non-negotiable deposits at a bank or a savings and loan association that have a specific maturity date. A time deposit earns a specific rate of interest over a definite period of time. Time deposits cannot be traded on the secondary market.

Part II - 3

The Funds will not invest in obligations for which the Adviser, or any of its affiliated persons, is the ultimate obligor or accepting bank, provided, however, that the Funds maintain demand deposits at their affiliated custodian, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan Chase Bank”).

Subject to a Fund’s limitations on concentration in a particular industry, there is no limitation on the amount of a Fund’s assets which may be invested in obligations of banks which meet the conditions set forth herein.

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper is a short-term obligation, generally with a maturity from 1 to 270 days, issued by a bank or bank holding company, corporation or finance company. Although commercial paper is generally unsecured, the Funds may also purchase secured commercial paper. In the event of a default of an issuer of secured commercial paper, a Fund may hold the securities and other investments that were pledged as collateral even if it does not invest in such securities or investments. In such a case, the Fund would take steps to dispose of such securities or investments in a commercially reasonable manner. Commercial paper includes master demand obligations. See “Variable and Floating Rate Instruments” below.

Certain Funds may also invest in Canadian commercial paper, which is commercial paper issued by a Canadian corporation or a Canadian counterpart of a U.S. corporation, and in Europaper, which is U.S. dollar denominated commercial paper of a foreign issuer. See “Risk Factors of Foreign Investments” below. Certain Funds may purchase commercial paper that is issued by conduits, including ABCP. Additional information about ABCP is included under “Asset-Backed Securities.”

Convertible Securities

Certain Funds may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities include any debt securities or preferred securities which may be converted into common stock or which carry the right to purchase common stock. Generally, convertible securities entitle the holder to exchange the securities for a specified number of shares of common stock, usually of the same company, at specified prices within a certain period of time.

The terms of any convertible security determine its ranking in a company’s capital structure. In the case of subordinated convertible debentures, the holders’ claims on assets and earnings are subordinated to the claims of other creditors, and are senior to the claims of preferred and common shareholders. In the case of convertible preferred securities, the holders’ claims on assets and earnings are subordinated to the claims of all creditors and are senior to the claims of common shareholders.

Convertible securities have characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. Due to the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to move together with the market value of the underlying common stock. As a result, selection of convertible securities, to a great extent, is based on the potential for capital appreciation that may exist in the underlying stock. The value of convertible securities is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer, and any call provisions. In some cases, the issuer may cause a convertible security to convert to common stock. In other situations, it may be advantageous for a Fund to cause the conversion of convertible securities to common stock. If a convertible security converts to common stock, a Fund may hold such common stock in its portfolio even if it does not ordinarily invest in common stock.

Certain Funds invest in contingent securities structured as contingent convertible securities also known as CoCos. Contingent convertible securities are typically issued by non-U.S. banks and are designed to behave like bonds in times of economic health yet absorb losses when a pre-determined trigger event occurs. A contingent convertible security is a hybrid debt security either convertible into equity at a predetermined share price or written down in value (including potentially to zero) based on the specific terms of the individual security if a pre-specified trigger event occurs (the “Trigger Event”). Unlike traditional convertible securities, the conversion of a contingent convertible security from debt to equity is “contingent” and will occur only in the case of a Trigger Event. Trigger Events vary by instrument and are defined by the documents governing the contingent convertible security. Such Trigger Events may include a decline in the issuer’s capital below a specified threshold level, increase in the issuer’s risk weighted assets, the share price of the issuer falling to a particular level for a certain period of time and certain regulatory events.

Contingent convertible securities are subject to the credit, interest rate, high yield security, foreign security and markets risks associated with bonds and equities, and to the risks specific to convertible securities in general. Contingent convertible securities are also subject to additional risks specific to their

Part II - 4

structure including conversion risk. Because Trigger Events are not consistently defined among contingent convertible securities, this risk is greater for contingent convertible securities that are issued by banks with capital ratios close to the level specified in the Trigger Event.

In addition, coupon payments on contingent convertible securities are discretionary and may be cancelled by the issuer at any point, for any reason, and for any length of time. The discretionary cancellation of payments is not an event of default and there are no remedies to require re-instatement of coupon payments or payment of any past missed payments. Coupon payments may also be subject to approval by the issuer’s regulator and may be suspended in the event there are insufficient distributable reserves. Due to uncertainty surrounding coupon payments, contingent convertible securities may be volatile and their price may decline rapidly in the event that coupon payments are suspended.

Contingent convertible securities typically are structurally subordinated to traditional convertible bonds in the issuer’s capital structure. In certain scenarios, investors in contingent convertible securities may suffer a loss of capital ahead of equity holders or when equity holders do not. Contingent convertible securities are also subject to extension risk. Contingent convertible securities are perpetual instruments and may only be callable at pre-determined dates upon approval of the applicable regulatory authority. There is no guarantee that a Fund will receive return of principal on contingent convertible securities.

Convertible contingent securities are a newer form of instrument and the regulatory environment for these instruments continues to evolve. Because the market for contingent convertible securities is evolving, it is uncertain how the larger market for contingent convertible securities would react to a Trigger Event or coupon suspension applicable to a single issuer.

The value of contingent convertible securities is unpredictable and will be influenced by many factors such as: (i) the creditworthiness of the issuer and/or fluctuations in such issuer’s applicable capital ratios; (ii) supply and demand for contingent convertible securities; (iii) general market conditions and available liquidity; and (iv) economic, financial and political events that affect the issuer, its particular market or the financial markets in general.

Custodial Receipts

Certain Funds may acquire securities in the form of custodial receipts that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain U.S. Treasury notes or bonds in connection with programs sponsored by banks and brokerage firms. These are not considered U.S. government securities and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. These notes and bonds are held in custody by a bank on behalf of the owners of the receipts.

Debt Instruments

Below Investment Grade Securities. Securities that were rated investment grade at the time of purchase may subsequently be rated below investment grade (BB+ or lower by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) and Bal or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”)). Certain Funds that do not invest in below investment grade securities as a main investment strategy may nonetheless continue to hold such securities if the Adviser believes it is advantageous for the Fund to do so. The high degree of risk involved in these investments can result in substantial or total losses. These securities are subject to greater risk of loss, greater sensitivity to interest rate and economic changes, valuation difficulties, and a potential lack of a secondary or public market for securities. The market price of these securities also can change suddenly and unexpectedly.

Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities may include bonds and other debt securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including obligations of industrial, utility, banking and other corporate issuers. All debt securities are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligation and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

High Yield/High Risk Securities/Junk Bonds. Certain Funds may invest in high yield securities, to varying degrees. High yield, high risk bonds are securities that are generally rated below investment grade by the primary rating agencies (BB+ or lower by S&P and Bal or lower by Moody’s) or unrated but determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. Other terms used to describe such securities include “lower rated bonds,” “non-investment grade bonds,” “below investment grade bonds,” and “junk bonds.” These securities are considered to be high-risk investments. In addition, high yield securities generally are less liquid than investment-grade securities and the risks associated with high yield securities

Part II - 5

are heightened during times of weakening economic, political, unusual or adverse market conditions or changing interest rates. Any investment in distressed or defaulted securities subjects a Fund to even greater credit risk than investments in other below-investment-grade securities.

High yield securities are regarded as predominately speculative. There is a greater risk that issuers of lower rated securities will default than issuers of higher rated securities. Issuers of lower rated securities generally are less creditworthy and may be highly indebted, financially distressed, or bankrupt. These issuers are more vulnerable to real or perceived economic changes, political changes or adverse industry developments. In addition, high yield securities are frequently subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. If an issuer fails to pay principal or interest, a Fund would experience a decrease in income and a decline in the market value of its investments. A Fund may also incur additional expenses in seeking recovery from the issuer.

The income and market value of lower rated securities may fluctuate more than higher rated securities. Non-investment grade securities are more sensitive to short-term corporate, economic and market developments. During periods of economic uncertainty and change, the market price of the investments in lower rated securities may be volatile. The default rate for high yield bonds tends to be cyclical, with defaults rising in periods of economic downturn.

It is often more difficult to value lower rated securities than higher rated securities. If an issuer’s financial condition deteriorates, accurate financial and business information may be limited or unavailable. The lower rated investments may be thinly traded and there may be no established secondary market. Because of the lack of market pricing and current information for investments in lower rated securities, valuation of such investments is much more dependent on the judgment of the Adviser than is the case with higher rated securities. In addition, relatively few institutional purchasers may hold a major portion of an issue of lower-rated securities at times. As a result, a Fund that invests in lower rated securities may be required to sell investments at substantial losses or retain them indefinitely even where an issuer’s financial condition is deteriorating.

Credit quality of non-investment grade securities can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks posed by a particular high-yield security.

Future legislation may have a possible negative impact on the market for high yield, high risk bonds. As an example, in the late 1980’s, legislation required federally-insured savings and loan associations to divest their investments in high yield, high risk bonds. New legislation, if enacted, could have a material negative effect on a Fund’s investments in lower rated securities.

Inflation-Linked Debt Securities. Inflation-linked securities include fixed and floating rate debt securities of varying maturities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, such as Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“TIPS”), as well as securities issued by other entities such as corporations, municipalities, foreign governments and foreign issuers, including foreign issuers from emerging markets. See also “Foreign Investments (including Foreign Currencies).” Typically, such securities are structured as fixed income investments whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The U.S. Treasury, among some other issuers, issues inflation-linked securities that accrue inflation into the principal value of the security and other issuers may pay out the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon. Other types of inflation-linked securities exist which use an inflation index other than the CPI.

Inflation-linked securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, such as TIPS, have maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. Typically, TIPS pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and the rate of inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation of 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of TIPS, even during a period of deflation, although the inflation-adjusted principal received could be less than the inflation-adjusted principal that had accrued to the bond at the time of purchase. However, the current market value of the bonds is not

Part II - 6

guaranteed and will fluctuate. Other inflation-related bonds may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-linked securities is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in the value of inflation-linked securities.

While inflation-linked securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-linked securities is tied to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is not seasonally adjusted and which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-linked securities issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or a foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the U.S.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-linked security will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Variable and Floating Rate Instruments. Certain obligations purchased by the Funds may carry variable or floating rates of interest, may involve a conditional or unconditional demand feature and may include variable amount master demand notes. Variable and floating rate instruments are issued by a wide variety of issuers and may be issued for a wide variety of purposes, including as a method of reconstructing cash flows.

Subject to their investment objective policies and restrictions, certain Funds may acquire variable and floating rate instruments. A variable rate instrument has terms that provide for the adjustment of its interest rate on set dates and which, upon such adjustment, can reasonably be expected to have a market value that approximates its par value. Certain Funds may purchase extendable commercial notes. Extendable commercial notes are variable rate notes which typically mature within a short period of time (e.g., 1 month) but which may be extended by the issuer for a maximum maturity of thirteen months.

A floating rate instrument has terms that provide for the adjustment of its interest rate whenever a specified interest rate changes and which, at any time, can reasonably be expected to have a market value that approximates its par value. Floating rate instruments are frequently not rated by credit rating agencies; however, unrated variable and floating rate instruments purchased by a Fund will be determined by the Fund’s Adviser to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase to rated instruments eligible for purchase under the Fund’s investment policies. In making such determinations, a Fund’s Adviser will consider the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuers of such instruments (such issuers include financial, merchandising, bank holding and other companies) and will continuously monitor their financial condition. There may be no active secondary market with respect to a particular variable or floating rate instrument purchased by a Fund. The absence of such an active secondary market could make it difficult for a Fund to dispose of the variable or floating rate instrument involved in the event the issuer of the instrument defaulted on its payment obligations, and the Fund could, for this or other reasons, suffer a loss to the extent of the default. Variable or floating rate instruments may be secured by bank letters of credit or other assets. A Fund may purchase a variable or floating rate instrument to facilitate portfolio liquidity or to permit investment of the Fund’s assets at a favorable rate of return.

As a result of the floating and variable rate nature of these investments, the Funds’ yields may decline, and they may forego the opportunity for capital appreciation during periods when interest rates decline; however, during periods when interest rates increase, the Funds’ yields may increase, and they may have reduced risk of capital depreciation.

Past periods of high inflation, together with the fiscal measures adopted to attempt to deal with it, have seen wide fluctuations in interest rates, particularly “prime rates” charged by banks. While the value of the underlying floating or variable rate securities may change with changes in interest rates generally, the nature of the underlying floating or variable rate should minimize changes in value of the instruments.

Part II - 7

Accordingly, as interest rates decrease or increase, the potential for capital appreciation and the risk of potential capital depreciation is less than would be the case with a portfolio of fixed rate securities. A Fund’s portfolio may contain floating or variable rate securities on which stated minimum or maximum rates, or maximum rates set by state law limit the degree to which interest on such floating or variable rate securities may fluctuate; to the extent it does, increases or decreases in value may be somewhat greater than would be the case without such limits. Because the adjustment of interest rates on the floating or variable rate securities is made in relation to movements of the applicable banks’ “prime rates” or other short-term rate securities adjustment indices, the floating or variable rate securities are not comparable to long-term fixed rate securities. Accordingly, interest rates on the floating or variable rate securities may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed rate obligations of comparable quality with similar maturities.

Variable Amount Master Notes. Variable amount master notes are notes, which may possess a demand feature, that permit the indebtedness to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate according to the terms of the instrument. Variable amount master notes may not be secured by collateral. To the extent that variable amount master notes are secured by collateral, they are subject to the risks described under the section “Loans— Collateral and Subordination Risk.”

Because master notes are direct lending arrangements between a Fund and the issuer of the notes, they are not typically traded. Although there is no secondary market in the notes, a Fund may demand payment of principal and accrued interest. If a Fund is not repaid such principal and accrued interest, the Fund may not be able to dispose of the notes due to the lack of a secondary market.

While master notes are not typically rated by credit rating agencies, issuers of variable amount master notes (which are typically manufacturing, retail, financial, brokerage, investment banking and other business concerns) must satisfy the same criteria as those set forth with respect to commercial paper, if any, in Part I of this SAI under the heading “Diversification.” A Fund’s Adviser will consider the credit risk of the issuers of such notes, including its earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios of such issuers and will continuously monitor their financial status and ability to meet payment on demand. In determining average weighted portfolio maturity, a variable amount master note will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period of time remaining until the principal amount can be recovered from the issuer.

Limitations on the Use of Variable and Floating Rate Notes. Variable and floating rate instruments for which no readily available market exists will be purchased in an amount which, together with securities with legal or contractual restrictions on resale or for which no readily available market exists (including repurchase agreements providing for settlement more than seven days after notice), exceeds 15% of a Fund’s net assets only if such instruments are subject to a demand feature that will permit the Fund to demand payment of the principal within seven days after demand by the Fund. Please see the “Liquidity Risk Management Program” section for more details. There is no limit on the extent to which a Fund may purchase demand instruments that are not illiquid or deemed to be liquid in accordance with the Adviser’s liquidity determination procedures. If not rated, such instruments must be found by the Adviser to be of comparable quality to instruments in which a Fund may invest. A rating may be relied upon only if it is provided by an NRSRO that is not affiliated with the issuer or guarantor of the instruments.

Zero-Coupon, Pay-in-Kind and Deferred Payment Securities. Zero-coupon securities are securities that are sold at a discount to par value and on which interest payments are not made during the life of the security. Upon maturity, the holder is entitled to receive the par value of the security. Pay-in-kind securities are securities that have interest payable by delivery of additional securities. Upon maturity, the holder is entitled to receive the aggregate par value of the securities. A Fund accrues income with respect to zero-coupon and pay-in-kind securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero-coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals. While interest payments are not made on such securities, holders of such securities are deemed to have received “phantom income.” Because a Fund will distribute “phantom income” to shareholders, to the extent that shareholders elect to receive dividends in cash rather than reinvesting such dividends in additional shares, the applicable Fund will have fewer assets with which to purchase income-producing securities. Zero-coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred payment securities may be subject to greater fluctuation in value and lesser liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparably rated securities paying cash interest at regular interest payment periods.

Negative Interest Rates. In a low or negative interest rate environment, debt instruments may trade at negative yields, which means the purchaser of the instrument may receive at maturity less than the total amount invested. In addition, in a negative interest rate environment, if a bank charges negative interest,

Part II - 8

instead of receiving interest on deposits, a depositor must pay the bank fees to keep money with the bank. To the extent a Fund holds a negatively-yielding debt instrument or has a bank deposit with a negative interest rate, the Fund would generate a negative return on that investment.

If negative interest rates become more prevalent in the market and/or if low or negative interest rates persist for a sustained period of time, some investors may seek to reallocate assets to other income-producing assets, such as investment-grade and higher-yield debt instruments, or equity investments that pay a dividend, absent other market risks that may make such alternative investments unattractive. This increased demand for higher yielding assets may cause the price of such instruments to rise while triggering a corresponding decrease in yield over time, thus reducing the value of such alternative investments. In addition, a move to higher yielding investments may cause investors, including a Fund (to the extent permitted by its investment objective and strategies), to seek fixed-income investments with longer maturities and/or potentially reduced credit quality in order to seek the desired level of yield. These considerations may limit a Fund’s ability to locate fixed-income instruments containing the desired risk/return profile. Changing interest rates, including, but not limited to, rates that fall below zero, could have unpredictable effects on the markets and may expose fixed-income and related markets to heightened volatility and potential illiquidity.

Impact of Market Conditions on the Risks Associated with Debt Securities

Investments in certain debt securities will be especially subject to the risk that, during certain periods, the liquidity of particular issuers or industries, or all securities within a particular investment category, may shrink or disappear suddenly and without warning as a result of adverse economic, market or political events, or adverse investor perceptions, whether or not accurate.

Current market conditions pose heightened risks for Funds that invest in debt securities given the current interest rate environment. Any future interest rate increases or other adverse conditions (e.g., inflation/deflation, increased selling of certain fixed-income investments across other pooled investment vehicles or accounts, changes in investor perception, or changes in government intervention in the markets) could cause the value of any Fund that invests in debt securities to decrease. As such, debt securities markets may experience heightened levels of interest rate and liquidity risk, as well as increased volatility. If rising interest rates cause a Fund to lose value, the Fund could also face increased shareholder redemptions, which would further impair the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.

The capacity for traditional dealers to engage in fixed-income trading for certain fixed income instruments has not kept pace with the growth of the fixed income market, and in some cases has decreased. As a result, because dealers acting as market makers provide stability to a market, the significant reduction in certain dealer inventories could potentially lead to decreased liquidity and increased volatility in the fixed income markets. Such issues may be exacerbated during periods of economic uncertainty or market volatility.

Debt market conditions are highly unpredictable and some parts of the market are subject to dislocations. In response to serious economic disruptions, governmental authorities and regulators may enact significant fiscal and monetary policy changes. These actions could present heightened risks to debt instruments, and such risks could be even further heightened if these actions are unexpectedly or suddenly reversed or are ineffective in achieving their desired outcomes. These actions could expose the debt markets to significant volatility and reduced liquidity for Fund investments.

Demand Features

Certain Funds may acquire securities that are subject to puts and standby commitments (“Demand Features”) to purchase the securities at their principal amount (usually with accrued interest) within a fixed period (usually seven days) following a demand by the Fund. Demand Features may be issued by the issuer of the underlying securities, a dealer in the securities or by another third party and may not be transferred separately from the underlying security. The underlying securities subject to a put may be sold at any time at market rates. To the extent that a Fund invests in such securities, the Fund expects that it will acquire puts only where the puts are available without the payment of any direct or indirect consideration. However, if determined by the Adviser to be advisable or necessary, a premium may be paid for put features. A premium paid will have the effect of reducing the yield otherwise payable on the underlying security. Demand Features provided by foreign banks involve certain risks associated with foreign investments. See “Foreign Investments (including Foreign Currencies)” for more information on these risks.

Part II - 9

Under a “stand-by commitment,” a dealer would agree to purchase, at a Fund’s option, specified securities at a specified price. A Fund will acquire these commitments solely to facilitate portfolio liquidity and does not intend to exercise its rights thereunder for trading purposes. Stand-by commitments may also be referred to as put options.

The purpose of engaging in transactions involving puts is to maintain flexibility and liquidity to permit a Fund to meet redemption requests and remain as fully invested as possible.

Equity Securities, Warrants and Rights

Common Stock. Common stock represents a share of ownership in a company and usually carries voting rights and may earn dividends. Unlike preferred securities, common stock dividends are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the issuer’s board of directors. Common stock occupies the most junior position in a company’s capital structure. As with all equity securities, the price of common stock fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition, including those that result from management’s performance or changes to the business of the company, and overall market and economic conditions.

Common Stock Warrants and Rights. Common stock warrants entitle the holder to buy common stock from the issuer of the warrant at a specific price (the “strike price”) for a specific period of time. The market price of warrants may be substantially lower than the current market price of the underlying common stock, yet warrants are subject to similar price fluctuations. As a result, warrants may be more volatile investments than the underlying common stock. If a warrant is exercised, a Fund may hold common stock in its portfolio even if it does not ordinarily invest in common stock.

Rights are similar to warrants but normally have a shorter duration and are typically distributed directly by the issuers to existing shareholders, while warrants are typically attached to new debt or preferred securities issuances.

Warrants and rights generally do not entitle the holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying common stock and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. Warrants and rights will expire if not exercised on or prior to the expiration date.

Preferred Securities. Preferred securities are a class of stock that generally pays dividends at a specified rate and has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and during a liquidation. Preferred securities generally do not carry voting rights. Outside of the United States, preferred securities may carry different rights or obligations. In some jurisdictions, preferred securities may have different voting rights and there may be more robust trading markets and liquidity in preferred securities than the common or ordinary stock of the company. As with all equity securities, the price of preferred securities fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and on overall market and economic conditions. Because preferred securities generally pay dividends only after the issuing company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt, the value of preferred securities is more sensitive than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Similar to common stock rights described above, rights may also be issued to holders of preferred securities.

Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”). Certain Funds may purchase securities in IPOs. These securities are subject to many of the same risks as investing in companies with smaller market capitalizations. Securities issued in IPOs have no trading history, and there may be limited information about the companies. The prices of securities sold in IPOs may be highly volatile. At any particular time or from time to time, a Fund may not be able to invest in securities issued in IPOs, or invest to the extent desired, because, for example, only a small portion (if any) of the securities being offered in an IPO may be made available to the Fund. In addition, under certain market conditions, a relatively small number of companies may issue securities in IPOs. Similarly, as the number of Funds to which IPO securities are allocated increases, the number of securities issued to any one Fund may decrease. The investment performance of a Fund during periods when it is unable to invest significantly or at all in IPOs may be lower than during periods when the Fund is able to do so. In addition, as a Fund increases in size, the impact of IPOs on the Fund’s performance will generally decrease.

Foreign Investments (including Foreign Currencies)

Some of the Funds may invest in certain obligations or securities of foreign issuers. For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies and unless described otherwise in a Fund’s prospectus, an issuer of a security will be deemed to be located in a particular country if: (i) the principal trading market for the security is in

Part II - 10

such country, (ii) the issuer is organized under the laws of such country or (iii) the issuer derives at least 50% of its revenues or profits from such country or has at least 50% of its total assets situated in such country. Possible investments include equity securities and debt securities (e.g., bonds and commercial paper) of foreign entities, obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and of foreign banks, including, without limitation, eurodollar certificates of deposit, eurodollar time deposits, eurodollar bankers’ acceptances, Canadian time deposits and yankee certificates of deposit, and investments in Canadian commercial paper, and europaper. Securities of foreign issuers may include sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). Sponsored ADRs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange; unsponsored ADRs are not. Therefore, there may be less information available about the issuers of unsponsored ADRs than the issuers of sponsored ADRs. Unsponsored ADRs are restricted securities. EDRs and GDRs are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, it may be difficult to obtain information about EDRs and GDRs.

Risk Factors of Foreign Investments. The following is a summary of certain risks associated with foreign investments:

Political and Exchange Risks. Foreign investments may subject a Fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. Such risks include potential future adverse political and economic developments, sanctions or other measures by the United States or other governments, possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest or other income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source, greater fluctuations in value due to changes in exchange rates, or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on such obligations. The U.S. and governments of other countries may renegotiate some or all of its global trade relationships and may impose or threaten to impose significant import tariffs. The imposition of tariffs, trade restrictions, currency restrictions or similar actions (or retaliatory measures taken in response to such actions) could lead to price volatility and overall declines in U.S. and global investment markets. In addition, the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “HFCAA”) could cause securities of a foreign (non-U.S.) company, including ADRs, to be delisted from U.S. stock exchanges if the company does not allow the U.S. government to oversee the auditing of its financial information. Although the requirements of the HFCAA apply to securities of all foreign (non-U.S.) issuers, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has thus far limited its enforcement efforts to securities of Chinese companies. If securities are delisted, a Fund’s ability to transact in such securities will be impaired, and the liquidity and market price of the securities may decline. A Fund may also need to seek other markets in which to transact in such securities, which could increase a Fund’s costs. Certain foreign exchanges impose requirements on the transaction settlement process with respect to certain securities, such as requirements to pre-deliver securities (for a sale) or pre-fund cash (for a buy) to a broker’s account. Such requirements may limit a Fund’s ability to transact in such securities in a timely manner and will subject a Fund to the risk of loss that could result if the broker is unable or unwilling to meet its obligations with respect to pre-delivered securities or pre-funded cash.

Higher Transaction Costs. Foreign investments may entail higher custodial fees and sales commissions than domestic investments.

Accounting and Regulatory Differences. Foreign issuers of securities or obligations are often subject to accounting treatment and engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. In addition, foreign issuers are usually not subject to the same degree of regulation as domestic issuers, and their securities may trade on relatively small markets, causing their securities to experience potentially higher volatility and more limited liquidity than securities of domestic issuers. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks are not regulated by U.S. banking authorities and may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks. In addition, foreign banks generally are not bound by accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards comparable to those applicable to U.S. banks. Dividends and interest paid by foreign issuers may be subject to withholding and other foreign taxes which may decrease the net return on foreign investments as compared to dividends and interest paid to a Fund by domestic companies.

Currency Risk. Foreign securities may be denominated in foreign currencies, although foreign issuers may also issue securities denominated in U.S. dollars. The value of a Fund’s investments denominated in foreign currencies and any funds held in foreign currencies will be affected by changes in currency exchange rates, the relative strength of those currencies and the U.S. dollar, and exchange-control regulations. Changes in the foreign currency exchange rates also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities and net investment income and gains, if

Part II - 11

any, to be distributed to shareholders by a Fund. The exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies are determined by the forces of supply and demand in foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different countries, actual or anticipated changes in interest rates and other complex factors, as seen from an international perspective. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. Currency exchange rates also can be affected by intervention (or lack of intervention) by the United States or foreign governments or central banks or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or elsewhere. Accordingly, the ability of a Fund that invests in foreign securities as part of its principal investment strategy to achieve its investment objective may depend, to a certain extent, on exchange rate movements. In addition, while the volume of transactions effected on foreign stock exchanges has increased in recent years, in most cases it remains appreciably below that of domestic securities exchanges. Accordingly, a Fund’s foreign investments may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile than comparable investments in securities of U.S. companies. In buying and selling securities on foreign exchanges, purchasers normally pay fixed commissions that are generally higher than the negotiated commissions charged in the U.S. In addition, there is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and issuers located in foreign countries than in the U.S.

Settlement Risk. The settlement periods for foreign securities and instruments are often longer than those for securities or obligations of U.S. issuers or instruments denominated in U.S. dollars. Pursuant to regulatory changes effective in May 2024, many U.S., Canadian, and Mexican securities transitioned to a T+1 (trade date plus one day) settlement cycle, while securities trading in most other markets typically have longer settlement cycles. As a result, there can be potential operational, settlement and other risks for a Fund associated with differences in settlement cycles between markets. Delayed settlement may affect the liquidity of a Fund’s holdings. Certain types of securities and other instruments are not traded “delivery versus payment” in certain markets (e.g., government bonds in Russia) meaning that a Fund may deliver securities or instruments before payment is received from the counterparty. In such markets, a Fund may not receive timely payment for securities or other instruments it has delivered and may be subject to increased risk that the counterparty will fail to make payments when due or default completely. Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a Fund remains uninvested and no return is earned on such assets. The inability of a Fund to make intended security purchases or sales due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio securities, in the Fund deeming those securities to be illiquid, or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the securities, in possible liability to the purchaser.

A Fund’s income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign stocks and securities, will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the countries in which it invests and treaties between the U.S. and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates.

Brady Bonds. Brady bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to public and private entities in certain emerging markets for new bonds in connection with debt restructurings. In light of the history of defaults of countries issuing Brady bonds on their commercial bank loans, investments in Brady bonds may be viewed as speculative and subject to the same risks as emerging market securities. Brady bonds may be fully or partially collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (but primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in over-the-counter (“OTC”) secondary markets. Incomplete collateralization of interest or principal payment obligations results in increased credit risk. Dollar-denominated collateralized Brady bonds, which may be either fixed-rate or floating rate bonds, are generally collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities.

Global Depositary Notes. Foreign securities and emerging markets securities include Global Depositary Notes (“GDNs”). A GDN is a debt instrument created by a bank that evidences ownership of local currency-denominated debt securities. GDNs reflect the terms of particular local currency-denominated bonds. GDNs trade, settle, and pay interest and principal in U.S. dollars but typically are restricted securities that do not trade on an exchange. Any distributions paid to the holders of GDNs are usually subject to a fee charged by the depositary bank. In addition to the risks associated with foreign investments, a Fund’s investments in GDNs is subject to the risks associated with the underlying local currency-denominated bond and derivative instruments including credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk, liquidity risk, and management risk. Holders of GDNs

Part II - 12

may have limited rights, and investment restrictions in certain countries may adversely impact the value of GDNs because such restrictions may limit the ability to convert the bonds into GDNs and vice versa. Such restrictions may cause bonds of the underlying issuer to trade at a discount or premium to the market price of the GDN.

Obligations of Supranational Entities. Obligations of supranational entities include securities designated or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development of international banking institutions and related government agencies, such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development. Each supranational entity’s lending activities are limited to a percentage of its total capital (including “callable capital” contributed by its governmental members at the entity’s call), reserves and net income. There is no assurance that participating governments will be able or willing to honor their commitments to make capital contributions to a supranational entity.

Sukuk. Foreign securities and emerging market securities include sukuk. Sukuk are certificates, similar to bonds, issued by the issuer to obtain an upfront payment in exchange for an income stream. Sukuks are also known as Islamic financial certificates that are designed to comply with Islamic religious law commonly known as Sharia. Such income stream may or may not be linked to a tangible asset. For sukuk that are not linked to a tangible asset, the sukuk represents a contractual payment obligation of the issuer or issuing vehicle to pay income or periodic payments to the investor, and such contractual payment obligation is linked to the issuer or issuing vehicle and not from interest on the investor’s money for the sukuk. For sukuk linked to a tangible asset, a Fund will not have a direct interest in the underlying asset or pool of assets. The issuer also makes a contractual promise to buy back the certificate at a future date at par value. Even when the certificate is linked to the returns generated by certain assets of the issuer, the underlying assets are not pledged as security for the certificates, and a Fund (as the investor) is relying on the creditworthiness of the issuer for all payments required by the sukuk. The issuer may be a special purpose vehicle (“SPV”) with no other assets. Investors do not have direct legal ownership of any underlying assets. In the event of default, the process may take longer to resolve than conventional bonds. Changing interpretations of Islamic law by courts or prominent scholars may affect the free transferability of sukuk in ways that cannot now be foreseen. In such an event, a Fund may be required to hold its sukuk for longer than intended, even if their condition is deteriorating.

Issuers of sukuk may include international financial institutions, foreign governments and agencies of foreign governments. Underlying assets may include, without limitation, real estate (developed and undeveloped), lease contracts and machinery and equipment. Although the sukuk market has grown significantly in recent years, there may be times when the market is illiquid and where it is difficult for a Fund to make an investment in or dispose of sukuk at the Fund’s desired time. Furthermore, the global sukuk market is significantly smaller than conventional bond markets, and restrictions imposed by the Shariah board of the issuing entity may limit the number of investors who are interested in investing in particular sukuk. The unique characteristics of sukuk may lead to uncertainties regarding their tax treatment within a Fund.

A Fund’s ability to pursue and enforce actions with respect to these payment obligations or to otherwise enforce the terms of the sukuk, restructure the sukuk, obtain a judgment in a court of competent jurisdiction, and/or attach assets of the obligor may be limited. Sukuk are also subject to the risks associated with developing and emerging market economies, which include, among others, the risk of sanctions and inconsistent accounting and legal principles.

Emerging Market Securities. Investing in companies domiciled in emerging market countries (i.e., emerging market securities) may be subject to potentially higher risks than investments in companies in developed countries. These risks include the risk that there is, or there may likely be: (i) less social, political, and economic stability; (ii) greater illiquidity and price volatility due to smaller or limited local capital markets for such securities, or low non-existent trading volumes; (iii) less scrutiny and regulation by local authorities of the foreign exchanges and broker-dealers; (iv) the seizure or confiscation by local governments of securities held by foreign investors, and the possible suspension or limiting by local governments of an issuer’s ability to make dividend or interest payments; (v) limiting or entirely restricting repatriation of invested capital, profits, and dividends by local governments; (vi) local taxation of capital gains, including on a retroactive basis; (vii) the attempt by issuers facing restrictions on dollar or euro payments imposed by local governments to make dividend or interest payments to foreign investors in the local currency; (viii) difficulty in enforcing legal claims related to the securities and/or local judges favoring the interests of the issuer over those of foreign investors; (ix) bankruptcy judgments being paid in the local currency; and (x) greater difficulty in determining market valuations of the securities due to limited public information regarding the issuer. Countries with emerging securities markets may additionally experience problems with share registration, settlement and custody, which may result in

Part II - 13

losses to the Funds. Additionally, certain emerging market countries may be subject to less stringent requirements regarding accounting, auditing, financial reporting and record keeping and therefore, all material information may not be available or reliable. In addition, a Fund is limited in its ability to exercise its legal rights or enforce a counterparty’s legal obligations in certain jurisdictions outside of the United States, in particular, in emerging market countries. In addition, due to jurisdictional limitations, U.S. regulators may be limited in their ability to enforce regulatory or legal obligations in emerging market countries. Also, U.S. regulators may not have sufficient access to adequately audit and oversee issuers. For example, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) is responsible for inspecting and auditing the accounting practices and products of U.S.-listed companies, regardless of the issuer’s domicile. However, certain emerging market countries, including China, do not provide sufficient access to the PCAOB to conduct its inspections and audits. As a result, U.S. investors, including the Funds, may be subject to risks associated with less stringent accounting oversight.

Emerging market securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. Although some emerging markets have become more established and issuers in such markets tend to issue securities of higher credit quality, the markets for securities in other emerging countries are in the earliest stages of their development, and these countries issue securities across the credit spectrum. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for various reasons. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging country securities may also affect a Fund’s ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Many emerging market countries suffer from uncertainty and corruption in their legal frameworks. Legislation may be difficult to interpret and laws may be too new to provide any precedential value. Laws regarding foreign investment and private property may be weak or non-existent. Sudden changes in governments may result in policies which are less favorable to investors, such as policies designed to expropriate or nationalize “sovereign” assets. In the past, some emerging market countries have expropriated large amounts of private property, in many cases with little or no compensation, and there can be no assurance that such expropriation will not occur in the future.

Foreign investment in certain emerging market securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees, which may limit a Fund’s investment in such securities and may increase the expenses of the Fund. Certain countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or to a specific class of securities, which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals.

Many emerging market countries lack the same social, political, and economic stability characteristics of the U.S. Political instability among emerging market countries can be common and may be caused by an uneven distribution of wealth, social unrest, labor strikes, civil wars, and religious oppression. Economic instability in emerging market countries may take the form of: (i) high interest rates; (ii) high levels of inflation, including hyperinflation; (iii) high levels of unemployment or underemployment; (iv) changes in government economic and tax policies, including confiscatory taxation; and (v) imposition of trade barriers.

Currencies of emerging market countries are subject to significantly greater risks than currencies of developed countries. Many emerging market countries have experienced steady declines or even sudden devaluations of their currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. Some emerging market currencies may not be internationally traded or may be subject to strict controls by local governments, resulting in undervalued or overvalued currencies.

Some emerging market countries have experienced balance of payment deficits and shortages in foreign exchange reserves. Governments have responded by restricting currency conversions. Future restrictive exchange controls could prevent or restrict a company’s ability to make dividend or interest

Part II - 14

payments in the original currency of the obligation (usually U.S. dollars). In addition, even though the currencies of some emerging market countries may be convertible into U.S. dollars, the conversion rates may be artificial to their actual market values.

In the past, governments within the emerging markets have become overly reliant on the international capital markets and other forms of foreign credit to finance large public spending programs which cause huge budget deficits. Often, interest payments have become too overwhelming for a government to meet, representing a large percentage of total gross domestic product. Some foreign governments were forced to seek a restructuring of their loan and/or bond obligations, have declared a temporary suspension of interest payments or have defaulted. These events have adversely affected the values of securities issued by foreign governments and corporations domiciled in emerging market countries and have negatively affected not only their cost of borrowing, but their ability to borrow in the future as well.

A Fund may invest in companies organized or with their principal place of business, or majority of assets or business, in pre-emerging markets, also known as frontier markets. A Fund’s exposure to the risks associated with investing in emerging market countries are magnified if the Fund invests in frontier market countries. Investments in frontier markets generally are subject to a greater risk of loss than investments in developed markets or traditional emerging markets. Frontier market countries have smaller economies, less developed capital markets, more political and economic instability, weaker legal, financial accounting and regulatory infrastructure, and more governmental limitations on foreign investments than typically found in more developed countries, and frontier markets typically have greater market volatility, lower trading volume, lower capital flow, less investor participation, fewer large global companies and greater risk of a market shutdown than more developed markets. Frontier markets are more prone to economic shocks associated with political and economic risks than are emerging markets generally. Many frontier market countries may be dependent on commodities, foreign trade or foreign aid.

Custodial and/or settlement systems in frontier market countries may not be fully developed. Banks in frontier market countries used to hold a Fund’s securities and other assets in that country may lack the same operating experience as banks in developed markets. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of a Fund to recover assets held by a foreign bank in the event of the bankruptcy of the bank. Settlement systems in frontier markets may be less organized than in developed markets. As a result, there is greater risk than in developed countries that settlements will take longer and that the cash or securities of a Fund may be in jeopardy because of failures of or defects in the settlement systems.

Sovereign Obligations. Sovereign debt includes investments in securities issued or guaranteed by a foreign sovereign government or its agencies, authorities or political subdivisions. An investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations. The issuer of the sovereign debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and a Fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations. In the past, certain emerging markets have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts.

A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange, the relative size of the debt service burden, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and local political constraints. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and other entities to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The failure of a sovereign debtor to implement economic reforms, achieve specified levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of third-party commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts.

Foreign Currency Transactions. Certain Funds may engage in foreign currency transactions which include the following, some of which also have been described elsewhere in this SAI: options on currencies, currency futures, options on such futures, forward foreign currency transactions, forward rate agreements and currency swaps, caps and floors. Certain Funds may engage in such transactions in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. To the extent a Fund enters into such transactions in markets other than in the U.S., the Fund may be subject to certain currency, settlement, liquidity, trading and other risks similar to those described in this SAI with respect to the Fund’s investments in foreign securities, including emerging markets securities and derivatives (to the extent applicable). Certain Funds may engage in such

Part II - 15

transactions to hedge against currency risks as a substitute for securities in which the Fund invests, to increase or decrease exposure to a foreign currency, to shift exposure from one foreign currency to another, for risk management purposes or to increase income or gain to the Fund. To the extent that a Fund uses foreign currency transactions for hedging purposes (as described herein), the Fund may hedge either specific transactions or portfolio positions. A Fund may enter into foreign currency transactions as a substitute for cash investments and for other investment purposes not involving hedging, including, without limitation, to exchange payments received in a foreign currency into U.S. dollars or in anticipation of settling a transaction that requires a Fund to deliver a foreign currency.

While a Fund’s use of hedging strategies is intended to reduce the volatility of the net asset value (“NAV”) of Fund Shares, the NAV of the Fund will fluctuate. There can be no assurance that a Fund’s hedging transactions will be effective. Furthermore, a Fund may only engage in hedging activities from time to time and may not necessarily be engaging in hedging activities when movements in currency exchange rates occur.

Certain Funds are authorized to deal in forward foreign exchange between currencies of the different countries in which the Fund will invest and multi-national currency units as a hedge against possible variations in the foreign exchange rate between these currencies. This is accomplished through contractual agreements entered into in the interbank market to purchase or sell one specified currency for another currency at a specified future date (up to one year) and price at the time of the contract.

Transaction Hedging. Generally, when a Fund engages in foreign currency transaction hedging, it enters into transactions with respect to specific receivables or payables of the Fund generally arising in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities. A Fund may engage in transaction hedging when it desires to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price (or a non-U.S. dollar currency (“reference currency”)) of a security it has agreed to purchase or sell, or the U.S. dollar equivalent of a dividend or interest payment in a foreign currency. By transaction hedging, a Fund attempts to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar or other reference currency and the applicable foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

A Fund may purchase or sell a foreign currency on a spot (or cash) basis at the prevailing spot rate in connection with the settlement of transactions in portfolio securities denominated in that foreign currency. Certain Funds reserve the right to purchase and sell foreign currency futures contracts traded in the U.S. and subject to regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).

For transaction hedging purposes, a Fund may also purchase U.S. exchange-listed call and put options on foreign currency futures contracts and on foreign currencies. A put option on a futures contract gives a Fund the right to assume a short position in the foreign currency futures contract until expiration of the option. A put option on currency gives a Fund the right to sell a currency at an exercise price until the expiration of the option. A call option on a futures contract gives a Fund the right to assume a long position in the futures contract until the expiration of the option. A call option on currency gives a Fund the right to purchase a currency at the exercise price until the expiration of the option.

Position Hedging. When engaging in position hedging, a Fund will enter into foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which their portfolio securities are denominated or an increase in the value of currency for securities which the Adviser expects to purchase. In connection with the position hedging, the Fund may purchase or sell foreign currency forward contracts or foreign currency on a spot basis. A Fund may purchase U.S. exchange-listed put or call options on foreign currency and foreign currency futures contracts and buy or sell foreign currency futures contracts traded in the U.S. and subject to regulation by the CFTC.

The precise matching of the amounts of foreign currency exchange transactions and the value of the portfolio securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the dates the currency exchange transactions are entered into and the dates they mature.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. Certain Funds may purchase forward foreign currency exchange contracts, sometimes referred to as “currency forwards” (“Forward Contracts”), which involve an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract as agreed by the parties in an amount and at a price set at the time of the contract. In the case of a cancelable Forward Contract, the holder has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. The contracts are traded in the interbank market

Part II - 16

conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, so no intermediary is required. A Forward Contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades.

At the maturity of a Forward Contract, a Fund may either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract or, at or prior to maturity, enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract. Certain Funds may also engage in non-deliverable forwards which are cash settled and which do not involve delivery of the currency specified in the contract. For more information on Non-Deliverable Forwards, see “Non-Deliverable Forwards” below.

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts. Certain Funds may purchase foreign currency futures contracts. Foreign currency futures contracts traded in the U.S. are designed by and traded on exchanges regulated by the CFTC, such as the New York Mercantile Exchange. A Fund may enter into foreign currency futures contracts for hedging purposes and other risk management purposes as defined in CFTC regulations. Certain Funds may also enter into foreign currency futures transactions to increase exposure to a foreign currency, to shift exposure from one foreign currency to another or to increase income or gain to the Fund.

At the maturity of a futures contract, a Fund may either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract, or at or prior to maturity enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to futures contracts are effected on a commodities exchange; a clearing corporation associated with the exchange assumes responsibility for closing out such contracts.

Positions in the foreign currency futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange or board of trade which provides a secondary market in such contracts. There is no assurance that a secondary market on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures position; in the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

For more information on futures contracts, see “Futures Contracts” under the heading “Options and Futures Transactions” below.

Foreign Currency Options. Certain Funds may purchase and sell U.S. exchange-listed and OTC call and put options on foreign currencies. Such options on foreign currencies operate similarly to options on securities. When a Fund purchases a put option, the Fund has the right but not the obligation to exchange money denominated in one currency into another currency at a pre-agreed exchange rate on a specified date. When a Fund sells or writes a call option, the Fund has the obligation to exchange money denominated in one currency into another currency at a pre-agreed exchange rate if the buyer exercises option. Some of the Funds may also purchase and sell non-deliverable currency options (“Non-Deliverable Options”). Non-Deliverable Options are cash-settled, options on foreign currencies (each a “Option Reference Currency”) that are non-convertible and that may be thinly traded or illiquid. Non-Deliverable Options involve an obligation to pay an amount in a deliverable currency (such as U.S. Dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen, or British Pounds Sterling) equal to the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate for the Option Reference Currency and the agreed upon exchange rate (the “Non-Deliverable Option Rate”), with respect to an agreed notional amount. Options on foreign currencies are affected by all of those factors which influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally.

A Fund is authorized to purchase or sell listed foreign currency options and currency swap contracts as a short or long hedge against possible variations in foreign exchange rates, as a substitute for securities in which a Fund may invest, and for risk management purposes. Such transactions may be effected with respect to hedges on non-U.S. dollar denominated securities (including securities denominated in the Euro) owned by a Fund, sold by a Fund but not yet delivered, committed or anticipated to be purchased by a Fund, or in transaction or cross-hedging strategies. As an illustration, a Fund may use such techniques to hedge the stated value in U.S. dollars of an investment in a Japanese yen-dominated security. In such circumstances, a Fund may purchase a foreign currency put option enabling it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date. To the extent the hedge is successful, a loss in the value of the dollar relative to the yen will tend to be offset by an increase in the value of the put option. To offset, in whole or in part, the cost of acquiring such a put option, a Fund also may sell a call option which, if exercised, requires it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date (a technique called a “collar”). By selling the call option in this illustration, a Fund gives up the opportunity to profit without limit from increases in the relative value of the yen to the dollar. Certain Funds may also

Part II - 17

enter into foreign currency futures transactions for non-hedging purposes including to increase or decrease exposure to a foreign currency, to shift exposure from one foreign currency to another or to increase income or gain to the Fund.

Certain differences exist among these foreign currency instruments. Foreign currency options provide the holder thereof the right to buy or to sell a currency at a fixed price on a future date. Listed options are third-party contracts which are issued by a clearing corporation, traded on an exchange and have standardized strike prices and expiration dates. Performance of the parties’ obligations is guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation. OTC options are two-party contracts and have negotiated strike prices and expiration dates. Options on futures contracts are traded on boards of trade or futures exchanges. Currency swap contracts are negotiated two-party agreements entered into in the interbank market whereby the parties exchange two foreign currencies at the inception of the contract and agree to reverse the exchange at a specified future time and at a specified exchange rate.

The value of a foreign currency option is dependent upon the value of the foreign currency and the U.S. dollar and may have no relationship to the investment merits of a foreign security. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than those that may be involved in the use of foreign currency options, investors may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd lot market for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than those for round lots.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies and there is no regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealer or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Available quotation information is generally representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that the U.S. options markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options market.

Non-Deliverable Forwards. Some of the Funds may also invest in non-deliverable forwards (“NDFs”). NDFs are cash-settled, short-term forward contracts on foreign currencies (each a “Reference Currency”) that are non-convertible and that may be thinly traded or illiquid. NDFs involve an obligation to pay an amount (the “settlement amount”) equal to the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate for the Reference Currency and the agreed upon exchange rate (the “NDF Rate”), with respect to an agreed notional amount. NDFs have a fixing date and a settlement (delivery) date. The fixing date is the date and time at which the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate and the agreed upon exchange rate is calculated. The settlement (delivery) date is the date by which the payment of the settlement amount is due to the party receiving payment.

Although NDFs are similar to forward foreign currency exchange contracts, NDFs do not require physical delivery of the Reference Currency on the settlement date. Rather, on the settlement date, the only transfer between the counterparties is the monetary settlement amount representing the difference between the NDF Rate and the prevailing market exchange rate. NDFs typically may have terms from one month up to two years and are settled in U.S. dollars.

NDFs are subject to many of the risks associated with derivatives in general and forward currency transactions including risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency and the risk that the counterparty will fail to fulfill its obligations.

The Funds will typically use NDFs for hedging purposes, but may also, use such instruments to increase income or gain. The use of NDFs for hedging or to increase income or gain may not be successful, resulting in losses to the Fund, and the cost of such strategies may reduce the Funds’ respective returns.

NDFs are regulated as swaps and are subject to rules requiring central clearing and mandatory trading on an exchange or facility that is regulated by the CFTC for certain swaps. NDFs traded in the OTC market are subject to initial and variation margin requirements. Implementation of and on-going compliance with the regulations regarding clearing, mandatory trading and margining of NDFs may increase the cost to a Fund of hedging currency risk and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in the Fund.

Foreign Currency Conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for currency conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a Fund at one rate while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

Part II - 18

Other Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies. New options and futures contracts and other financial products, and various combinations thereof, continue to be developed, and certain Funds may invest in any such options, contracts and products as may be developed to the extent consistent with the Funds’ respective investment objectives and the regulatory requirements applicable to investment companies, and subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

Risk Factors in Foreign Currency Transactions. The following is a summary of certain risks associated with foreign currency transactions:

Imperfect Correlation. Foreign currency transactions present certain risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in hedging strategies and price movements in a security being hedged creates the possibility that losses on the hedging transaction may be greater than gains in the value of a Fund’s securities.

Liquidity. Hedging instruments may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Funds may not be able to dispose of or offset a transaction without incurring losses. Although foreign currency transactions used for hedging purposes may reduce the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged security, at the same time the use of these instruments could tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of such security. Foreign currency transactions also may expose a Fund to margin and settlement payment obligations.

Leverage and Volatility Risk. Derivative instruments, including foreign currency derivatives, may sometimes increase or leverage a Fund’s exposure to a particular market risk. Leverage enhances the price volatility of derivative instruments held by a Fund.

Strategy Risk. Certain Funds may use foreign currency derivatives for hedging as well as non-hedging purposes including to gain or adjust exposure to currencies and securities markets or to increase income or gain to a Fund. There is no guarantee that these strategies will succeed and their use may subject a Fund to greater volatility and loss. Foreign currency transactions involve complex transactions that involve risks in addition to direct investments in securities including leverage risk and the risks associated with derivatives in general, currencies, and investments in foreign and emerging markets.

Judgment of the Adviser. Successful use of foreign currency transactions by a Fund depends upon the ability of the Adviser to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest and currency rates and other factors affecting markets for securities. If the expectations of the Adviser are not met, a Fund would be in a worse position than if a foreign currency transaction had not been pursued. For example, if a Fund has hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates which would adversely affect the price of securities in its portfolio and the price of such securities increases instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities because it will have offsetting losses in its hedging positions. In addition, when utilizing instruments that require variation margin payments, if a Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it may have to sell securities to meet such requirements.

Other Risks. A Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so. It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward contract or futures contract. Accordingly, a Fund may have to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security or securities being hedged is less than the amount of foreign currency a Fund is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security or securities and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security or securities if the market value of such security or securities exceeds the amount of foreign currency a Fund is obligated to deliver.

Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities which a Fund owns or expects to purchase or sell. Rather, the Adviser may employ these techniques in an effort to maintain an investment portfolio that is relatively neutral to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to major foreign currencies and establish a rate of exchange which one can achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they also tend to limit any potential gain which might result from the increase in the value of such currency. Moreover, it may not be possible for a Fund to hedge against a devaluation that is so generally anticipated that a Fund is not able to contract to sell the currency at a price above the anticipated devaluation level.

Part II - 19

Inverse Floaters and Interest Rate Caps

Inverse floaters are instruments whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. The market value of an inverse floater will vary inversely with changes in market interest rates and will be more volatile in response to interest rate changes than that of a fixed rate obligation. Interest rate caps are financial instruments under which payments occur if an interest rate index exceeds a certain predetermined interest rate level, known as the cap rate, which is tied to a specific index. These financial products will be more volatile in price than securities which do not include such a structure.

Investments in inverse floaters and similar instruments expose a Fund to the same risks as investments in debt securities and derivatives, as well as other risks, including those associated with leverage and increased volatility. An investment in these securities typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate security. Inverse floaters may be considered to be leveraged, including if their interest rates vary by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of a change in a reference rate of interest (typically a short-term interest rate), and the market prices of inverse floaters may as a result be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and in prepayment rates on the underlying securities, and may decrease significantly when interest rates increase or prepayment rates change. Investments in inverse floaters and similar instruments that have asset-backed, mortgage-backed or mortgage-related securities underlying them will expose a Fund to the risks associated with those asset-backed, mortgage-backed and mortgage-related securities and the values of those investments may be especially sensitive to changes in prepayment rates on the underlying asset-backed, mortgage-backed or mortgage-related securities.

Investment Company Securities and Exchange-Traded Funds

Investment Company Securities. A Fund may acquire the securities of other investment companies (“acquired funds”) to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and consistent with its investment objective and strategies. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses that a Fund bears directly in connection with its own operations. Except as described below, the 1940 Act currently requires that, as determined immediately after a purchase is made, (i) not more than 5% of the value of a fund’s total assets will be invested in the securities of any one acquired fund, (ii) not more than 10% of the value of its total assets will be invested in the aggregate in securities of acquired funds as a group and (iii) not more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one acquired fund will be owned by a fund.

In addition, Section 17 of the 1940 Act prohibits a Fund from investing in another J.P. Morgan Fund except as permitted by Section 12 of the 1940 Act, by rule, or by exemptive order.

The limitations described above do not apply to investments in money market funds subject to certain conditions. All of the J.P. Morgan Funds may invest in affiliated and unaffiliated money market funds without limit under Rule 12d1-1 under the 1940 Act subject to the acquiring fund’s investment policies and restrictions and the conditions of the Rule.

Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act permits a fund to invest in acquired funds in the “same group of investment companies” (“affiliated funds”), government securities and short-term paper. In order to be an eligible investment under Section 12(d)(1)(G), an affiliated acquired fund must have a policy prohibiting it from investing in other registered open-end funds under Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) of the 1940 Act and, under certain circumstances, limit itself from investing in other investment companies and private funds.

Rule 12d1-4 allows a fund to acquire shares of an acquired fund in excess of the limitations currently imposed by the 1940 Act. Fund of funds arrangements relying on Rule 12d1-4 will be subject to several conditions, certain of which are specific to a fund’s position in the arrangement (i.e., as an acquiring or acquired fund). Notable conditions include those relating to: (i) control and voting that prohibit an acquiring fund, its investment adviser (or a sub-adviser) and their respective affiliates from beneficially owning more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of an unaffiliated acquired fund; (ii) certain required findings relating to complexity, fees and undue influence (among other things); (iii) fund of funds investment agreements; and (iv) general limitations on an acquired fund’s investments in other investment companies and private funds to no more than 10% of the acquired fund’s assets, except in certain circumstances. The limitations placed on acquired funds under Rule 12d1-4 may impact the ability of a fund to invest in an acquired fund or may impact the investments made by the acquired fund.

Part II - 20

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”). ETFs are pooled investment vehicles whose ownership interests are purchased and sold on a securities exchange. ETFs may be structured investment companies, depositary receipts or other pooled investment vehicles. As shareholders of an ETF, the Funds will bear their pro rata portion of any fees and expenses of the ETFs. Although shares of ETFs are traded on an exchange, shares of certain ETFs may not be redeemable by the ETF. In addition, ETFs may trade at a price below their NAV (also known as a discount).

Certain Funds may use ETFs to gain exposure to various asset classes and markets or types of strategies and investments. By way of example, ETFs may be structured as broad based ETFs that invest in a broad group of stocks from different industries and market sectors; select sector; or market ETFs that invest in debt securities from a select sector of the economy, a single industry or related industries; or ETFs that invest in foreign and emerging markets securities. Other types of ETFs continue to be developed and a Fund may invest in them to the extent consistent with such Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions. The ETFs in which the Funds invest are subject to the risks applicable to the types of securities and investments used by the ETFs (e.g., debt securities are subject to risks like credit and interest rate risks; emerging markets securities are subject to risks like currency risks and foreign and emerging markets risk; derivatives are subject to leverage and counterparty risk).

ETFs may be actively managed or index-based. Actively managed ETFs are subject to management risk and may not achieve their objective if the ETF’s manager’s expectations regarding particular securities or markets are not met. Generally, an index-based ETF’s objective is to track the performance of a specified index. Index-based ETFs may invest in a securities portfolio that includes substantially all of the securities in substantially the same amount as the securities included in the designated index or a representative sample. Because passively managed ETFs are designed to track an index, securities may be purchased, retained and sold at times when an actively managed ETF would not do so. As a result, shareholders of a Fund that invest in such an ETF can expect greater risk of loss (and a correspondingly greater prospect of gain) from changes in the value of securities that are heavily weighted in the index than would be the case if the ETF were not fully invested in such securities. This risk is increased if a few component securities represent a highly concentrated weighting in the designated index.

Unless permitted by the 1940 Act or an order or rule issued by the SEC (see “Investment Company Securities” above for more information), the Fund’s investments in unaffiliated ETFs that are structured as investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act are subject to certain percentage limitations of the 1940 Act regarding investments in other investment companies. ETFs that are not structured as investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act are not subject to these percentage limitations.

Loans

Some of the Funds may invest in fixed and floating rate loans (“Loans”). Loans may include senior floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”) and secured and unsecured loans, second lien or more junior loans (“Junior Loans”) and bridge loans or bridge facilities (“Bridge Loans”). Loans are typically arranged through private negotiations between borrowers in the U.S. or in foreign or emerging markets which may be corporate issuers or issuers of sovereign debt obligations (“Obligors”) and one or more financial institutions and other lenders (“Lenders”). Generally, the Funds invest in Loans by purchasing assignments of all or a portion of Loans (“Assignments”) or Loan participations (“Participations”) from third parties although certain Funds may originate Loans.

A Fund has direct rights against the Obligor on the Loan when it purchases an Assignment. Because Assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, however, the rights and obligations acquired by a Fund as the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Lender. With respect to Participations, typically, a Fund will have a contractual relationship only with the Lender and not with the Obligor. The agreement governing Participations may limit the rights of a Fund to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of a Participation will generally have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate. Participations may entail certain risks relating to the creditworthiness of the parties from which the participations are obtained.

A Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a group of Loan investors. The Agent typically administers and enforces the Loan on behalf of the other Loan investors in the syndicate. The Agent’s duties may include responsibility for the collection of principal and interest payments from the Obligor and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all Loan investors.

Part II - 21

The Agent is also typically responsible for monitoring compliance with the covenants contained in the Loan agreement based upon reports prepared by the Obligor. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Loan investors. In the event of a default by the Obligor, it is possible, though unlikely, that a Fund could receive a portion of the borrower’s collateral. If a Fund receives collateral other than cash, any proceeds received from liquidation of such collateral will be available for investment as part of the Fund’s portfolio.

In the process of buying, selling and holding Loans, a Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When a Fund buys or sells a Loan it may pay a fee. In certain circumstances, a Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon prepayment of a Loan.

Additional Information concerning Senior Loans. Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the Obligor, are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Obligor that is senior to that held by subordinated debtholders and shareholders of the Obligor. Senior Loans are usually rated below investment grade, and are subject to similar risks, such as credit risk, as below investment grade securities (also known as junk bonds). However, Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to other below investment grade securities, which are often subordinated and unsecured. There is no organized exchange or board of trade on which loans are traded, rather, they trade in an unregulated inter-dealer or inter-bank resale market, so the secondary market for senior loans can be limited. Collateral for Senior Loans may include (i) working capital assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory; (ii) tangible fixed assets, such as real property, buildings and equipment; (iii) intangible assets, such as trademarks and patent rights; and/or (iv) security interests in shares of stock of subsidiaries or affiliates.

Additional Information concerning Junior Loans. Junior Loans include secured and unsecured loans including subordinated loans, second lien and more junior loans, and bridge loans. Second lien and more junior loans (“Junior Lien Loans”) are generally second or further in line in terms of repayment priority. In addition, Junior Lien Loans may have a claim on the same collateral pool as the first lien or other more senior liens or may be secured by a separate set of assets. Junior Loans generally give investors priority over general unsecured creditors in the event of an asset sale.

Additional Information concerning Bridge Loans. Bridge Loans are short-term loan arrangements (e.g., 12 to 36 months) typically made by an Obligor in anticipation of intermediate-term or long-term permanent financing. Most Bridge Loans are structured as floating-rate debt with step-up provisions under which the interest rate on the Bridge Loan rises the longer the Loan remains outstanding. In addition, Bridge Loans commonly contain a conversion feature that allows the Bridge Loan investor to convert its Loan interest to senior exchange notes if the Loan has not been prepaid in full on or prior to its maturity date. Bridge Loans typically are structured as Senior Loans but may be structured as Junior Loans.

Additional Information concerning Unfunded Commitments. Unfunded commitments are contractual obligations pursuant to which a Fund agrees to invest in a Loan at a future date. Typically, a Fund receives a commitment fee for entering into the Unfunded Commitment.

Additional Information concerning Synthetic Letters of Credit. Loans include synthetic letters of credit. In a synthetic letter of credit transaction, the Lender typically creates a special purpose entity or a credit-linked deposit account for the purpose of funding a letter of credit to the borrower. When a Fund invests in a synthetic letter of credit, the Fund is typically paid a rate based on the Lender’s borrowing costs and the terms of the synthetic letter of credit. Synthetic letters of credit are typically structured as Assignments with a Fund acquiring direct rights against the Obligor.

Additional Information concerning Loan Originations. In addition to investing in loan assignments and participations, the Income ETF and the International Bond Opportunities ETF may originate Loans in which a Fund would lend money directly to a borrower by investing in limited liability companies or corporations that make loans directly to borrowers. The terms of the Loans are negotiated with borrowers in private transactions. Such Loans would be collateralized, typically with tangible fixed assets such as real property or interests in real property. Such Loans may also include mezzanine loans. Unlike Loans secured by a mortgage on real property, mezzanine loans are collateralized by an equity interest in an SPV that owns the real property.

Part II - 22

Limitations on Investments in Loan Assignments and Participations. If a government entity is a borrower on a Loan, a Fund will consider the government to be the issuer of an Assignment or Participation for purposes of a Fund’s fundamental investment policy that it will not invest 25% or more of its total assets in securities of issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry (i.e., foreign government).

Limited Federal Securities Law Protections. Certain Loans may not be considered securities under the federal securities laws. In such circumstances, fewer legal protections may be available with respect to a Fund’s investment in those Loans. In particular, if a Loan is not considered a security under the federal securities laws, certain legal protections normally available to investors under the federal securities laws, such as those against fraud and misrepresentation, may not be available.

Multiple Lender Risk. There may be additional risks associated with Loans, including loan originations, when there are Lenders or other participants in addition to a Fund. For example, a Fund could lose the ability to consent to certain actions taken by the Borrower if certain conditions are not met. In addition, for example, certain governing agreements that provide a Fund with the right to consent to certain actions taken by a Borrower may provide that the Fund will no longer have the right to provide such consent if another Lender makes a subsequent advance to the Borrower.

Risk Factors of Loans. Loans are subject to the risks associated with debt obligations in general including interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. When a Loan is acquired from a Lender, the risk includes the credit risk associated with the Obligor of the underlying Loan. A Fund may incur additional credit risk when the Fund acquires a participation in a Loan from another lender because the Fund must assume the risk of insolvency or bankruptcy of the other lender from which the Loan was acquired. To the extent that Loans involve Obligors in foreign or emerging markets, such Loans are subject to the risks associated with foreign investments or investments in emerging markets in general. The following outlines some of the additional risks associated with Loans.

High Yield Securities Risk. The Loans that a Fund invests in may not be rated by an NRSRO, will not be registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. To the extent that such high yield Loans are rated, they typically will be rated below investment grade and are subject to an increased risk of default in the payment of principal and interest as well as the other risks described under “High Yield/High Risk Securities/Junk Bonds.” Loans are vulnerable to market sentiment such that economic conditions or other events may reduce the demand for Loans and cause their value to decline rapidly and unpredictably.

Liquidity Risk. Loans that are deemed to be liquid at the time of purchase may become illiquid or less liquid. No active trading market may exist for certain Loans and certain Loans may be subject to restrictions on resale or have a limited secondary market. Decreases in the number of financial institutions, including banks and broker-dealers, willing to make markets (match up sellers and buyers) in a Fund’s investments or decreases in their capacity or willingness to trade such investments may increase a Fund’s exposure to liquidity risk. The debt market has experienced considerable growth, and financial institutions making markets in instruments purchased and sold by a Fund (e.g., bond dealers) have been subject to increased regulation. The impact of that growth and regulation on the ability and willingness of financial institutions to engage in trading or making a market in such instruments remains unsettled. Certain types of investments, such as lower-rated securities or those that are purchased or sold in over-the-counter markets, may be especially subject to liquidity risk. Securities or other assets in which a Fund invests may be traded in the over-the-counter market rather than on an exchange and therefore may be more difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price, which may have a negative impact on a Fund’s performance. Certain Loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. The inability to dispose of certain Loans in a timely fashion or at a favorable price could result in losses to a Fund. Also, to the extent that a Fund needs to satisfy redemption requests or cover unanticipated cash shortfalls, the Fund may seek to engage in borrowing under a credit facility or enter into lending agreements under which the Fund would borrow money for temporary purposes directly from another J.P. Morgan Fund (please see “Interfund Lending”). The SEC has proposed amendments to its rule regarding investments in illiquid investments by registered investment companies such as the Funds. If the proposed amendments are adopted, a Fund’s operations and investment strategies may be adversely impacted.

Collateral and Subordination Risk. With respect to Loans that are secured, a Fund is subject to the risk that collateral securing the Loan will decline in value or have no value or that the Fund’s lien is or will become junior in payment to other liens. A decline in value of the collateral, whether as a result of market value declines, bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Loan to be under collateralized or unsecured. In such event, a Fund may have the ability to require that the Obligor

Part II - 23

pledge additional collateral. A Fund, however, is subject to the risk that the Obligor may not pledge such additional collateral or a sufficient amount of collateral. In some cases (for example, in the case of non-recourse Loans), there may be no formal requirement for the Obligor to pledge additional collateral. In addition, collateral may consist of assets that may not be readily liquidated, and there is no assurance that the liquidation of such assets would satisfy an Obligor’s obligation on a Loan. If a Fund were unable to obtain sufficient proceeds upon a liquidation of such assets, this could negatively affect Fund performance.

If an Obligor becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court may restrict the ability of a Fund to demand immediate repayment of the Loan by the Obligor or otherwise liquidate the collateral. A court may also invalidate the Loan or a Fund’s security interest in collateral or subordinate a Fund’s rights under a Senior Loan or Junior Loan to the interest of the Obligor’s other creditors, including unsecured creditors, or cause interest or principal previously paid to be refunded to the Obligor. If a court required interest or principal to be refunded, it could negatively affect Fund performance. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the Obligor did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the Loan collateral to a Fund. For Senior Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of the Loan were not received or retained by the Obligor, but were instead paid to other persons (such as shareholders of the Obligor) in an amount which left the Obligor insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of a Fund’s security interest in Loan collateral. If a Fund’s security interest in Loan collateral is invalidated or a Senior Loan were subordinated to other debt of an Obligor in bankruptcy or other proceedings, the Fund would have substantially lower recovery, and perhaps no recovery on the full amount of the principal and interest due on the Loan, or the Fund could have to refund interest. Lenders and investors in Loans can be sued by other creditors and shareholders of the Obligors. Losses can be greater than the original Loan amount and occur years after the principal and interest on the Loan have been repaid.

Agent Risk. Selling Lenders, Agents and other entities who may be positioned between a Fund and the Obligor will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Investments in Loans may be more impacted by a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence affecting such industries than other types of investments. Entities engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in monetary policies, government regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally. An Agent, Lender or other entity positioned between a Fund and the Obligor may become insolvent or enter Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership or bankruptcy. A Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Loan or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest if assets or interests held by the Agent, Lender or other party positioned between the Fund and the Obligor are determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s, Lender’s or such other party’s creditors.

Regulatory Changes. To the extent that legislation or state or federal regulators that regulate certain financial institutions impose additional requirements or restrictions with respect to the ability of such institutions to make Loans, particularly in connection with highly leveraged transactions, the availability of Loans for investment may be adversely affected. Furthermore, such legislation or regulation could depress the market value of Loans held by a Fund.

Inventory Risk. Affiliates of the Adviser may participate in the primary and secondary market for Loans. Because of limitations imposed by applicable law, the presence of the Adviser’s affiliates in the Loan market may restrict a Fund’s ability to acquire some Loans, affect the timing of such acquisition or affect the price at which the Loan is acquired.

Information Risk. There is typically less publicly available information concerning Loans than other types of fixed income investments. As a result, a Fund generally will be dependent on reports and other information provided by the Obligor, either directly or through an Agent, to evaluate the Obligor’s creditworthiness or to determine the Obligor’s compliance with the covenants and other terms of the Loan Agreement. Such reliance may make investments in Loans more susceptible to fraud than other types of investments. In addition, because the Adviser may wish to invest in the publicly traded securities of an Obligor, it may not have access to material non-public information regarding the Obligor to which other Loan investors have access.

Part II - 24

Junior Loan Risk. Junior Loans are subject to the same general risks inherent to any Loan investment. Due to their lower place in the Obligor’s capital structure and possible unsecured status, Junior Loans involve a higher degree of overall risk than Senior Loans of the same Obligor. Junior Loans that are Bridge Loans generally carry the expectation that the Obligor will be able to obtain permanent financing in the near future. Any delay in obtaining permanent financing subjects the Bridge Loan investor to increased risk. An Obligor’s use of Bridge Loans also involves the risk that the Obligor may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the Bridge Loan, which may impair the Obligor’s perceived creditworthiness.

Mezzanine Loan Risk. In addition to the risk factors described above, mezzanine loans are subject to additional risks. Unlike conventional mortgage loans, mezzanine loans are not secured by a mortgage on the underlying real property but rather by a pledge of equity interests (such as a partnership or limited liability company membership) in the property owner or another company in the ownership structures that has control over the property. Such companies are typically structured as special purpose entities. Generally, mezzanine loans may be more highly leveraged than other types of Loans and subordinate in the capital structure of the Obligor. While foreclosure of a mezzanine loan generally takes substantially less time than foreclosure of a traditional mortgage, the holders of a mezzanine loan have different remedies available versus the holder of a first lien mortgage loan. In addition, a sale of the underlying real property would not be unencumbered, and thus would be subject to encumbrances by more senior mortgages and liens of other creditors. Upon foreclosure of a mezzanine loan, the holder of the mezzanine loan acquires an equity interest in the Obligor. However, because of the subordinate nature of a mezzanine loan, the real property continues to be subject to the lien of the mortgage and other liens encumbering the real estate. In the event the holder of a mezzanine loan forecloses on its equity collateral, the holder may need to cure the Obligor’s existing mortgage defaults or, to the extent permissible under the governing agreements, sell the property to pay off other creditors. To the extent that the amount of mortgages and senior indebtedness and liens exceed the value of the real estate, the collateral underlying the mezzanine loan may have little or no value.

Foreclosure Risk. There may be additional costs associated with enforcing a Fund’s remedies under a Loan including additional legal costs and payment of real property transfer taxes upon foreclosure in certain jurisdictions or legal costs and expenses associated with operating real property. As a result of these additional costs, a Fund may determine that pursuing foreclosure on the Loan collateral is not worth the associated costs. In addition, if a Fund incurs costs and the collateral loses value or is not recovered by the Fund in foreclosure, the Fund could lose more than its original investment in the Loan. Foreclosure risk is heightened for Junior Loans, including certain mezzanine loans.

Covenant-Lite Obligations. A Fund may invest in or be exposed to floating rate loans and other similar debt obligations that are sometimes referred to as “covenant-lite” loans or obligations (“covenant-lite obligations”), which are loans or other similar debt obligations that lack financial maintenance covenants or possess fewer or contingent financial maintenance covenants and other financial protections for lenders and investors. A Fund may obtain exposure to covenant-lite obligations through investment in securitization vehicles and other structured products. In current market conditions, many new, restructured or reissued loans and similar debt obligations do not feature traditional financial maintenance covenants, which are intended to protect lenders and investors by imposing certain restrictions and other limitations on a borrower’s operations or assets and by providing certain information and consent rights to lenders. Covenant-lite obligations allow borrowers to exercise more flexibility with respect to certain activities that may otherwise be limited or prohibited under similar loan obligations that are not covenant-lite. In an investment with a traditional financial maintenance covenant, the borrower is required to meet certain regular, specific financial tests over the term of the investment; in a covenant-lite obligation, the borrower would only be required to satisfy certain financial tests at the time it proposes to take a specific action or engage in a specific transaction (e.g., issuing additional debt, paying a dividend, or making an acquisition) or at a time when another financial criteria has been met (e.g., reduced availability under a revolving credit facility, or asset value falling below a certain percentage of outstanding debt obligations). In addition, in a loan with traditional covenants, the borrower is required to provide certain periodic financial reporting that typically includes a detailed calculation of certain financial metrics; in a covenant-lite obligation, certain detailed financial information is only required to be provided when a financial metric is required to be calculated, which may result in more limited access to financial information, difficulty evaluating the borrower’s financial performance over time and delays in exercising rights and remedies in the event of a significant financial decline. In addition, in the event

Part II - 25

of default, covenant-lite obligations may exhibit diminished recovery values as the lender may not have the opportunity to negotiate with the borrower or take other measures intended to mitigate losses prior to default. Accordingly, a Fund may have fewer rights with respect to covenant-lite obligations, including fewer protections against the possibility of default and fewer remedies, and may experience losses or delays in enforcing its rights on covenant-lite obligations. As a result, investments in or exposure to covenant-lite obligations are generally subject to more risk than investments that contain traditional financial maintenance covenants and financial reporting requirements.

Miscellaneous Investment Strategies and Risks

Borrowings. A Fund may borrow for temporary purposes and/or for investment purposes. Such a practice will result in leveraging of a Fund’s assets and may cause a Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. This borrowing may be secured or unsecured. If a Fund utilizes borrowings, for investment purposes or otherwise, it may pledge up to 33 1∕3% of its total assets to secure such borrowings. A Fund must maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of at least 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets made for temporary administrative or emergency purposes. Any borrowings for temporary administrative purposes in excess of 5% of a Fund’s total assets must maintain continuous asset coverage. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations or other reasons, a Fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to sell securities at that time. Borrowing will tend to exaggerate the effect on NAV of any increase or decrease in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio. Money borrowed will be subject to interest costs which may or may not be recovered by appreciation of any securities that may have been purchased during the time of the borrowing. A Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with such borrowing or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit, either of which would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.

The Trust, on behalf of certain Funds (“Borrowers”) entered into a joint syndicated senior unsecured revolving credit facility totaling $1.5 billion, which terminates on August 4, 2026 unless otherwise extended or renewed (“Credit Facility”), with various lenders and The Bank of New York Mellon, as administrative agent for the lenders. This Credit Facility provides a source of funds to the Borrowers for temporary and emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests that otherwise might require the untimely disposition of securities. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, a borrowing Fund must meet certain requirements, including a minimum adjusted NAV amount and certain adjusted net asset coverage ratios prior to and during the time in which any borrowings are outstanding. If a Fund does not comply with these requirements, the lenders may terminate the Credit Facility and declare any outstanding borrowings to be due and payable immediately. Interest associated with any borrowing under the Credit Facility is charged to the borrowing Fund at a variable rate. In addition, each participating Fund is charged an annual commitment fee, which is incurred on the unused portion of the Credit Facility and is allocated to all participating Funds pro rata based on their respective net assets.

In addition, each Fund may enter into Interfund Lending Arrangements. Please see “Interfund Lending.”

Interfund Lending. To satisfy redemption requests or to cover unanticipated cash shortfalls, a Fund may enter into lending agreements (“Interfund Lending Agreements”) under which the Fund would lend money and borrow money for temporary purposes directly to and from another J.P. Morgan Fund through a credit facility (“Interfund Loan”), subject to meeting the conditions of an SEC exemptive order granted to the Funds or other relief provided by the SEC or its staff permitting such interfund lending. No Fund may borrow more than the lesser of the amount permitted by Section 18 of the 1940 Act or the amount permitted by its investment limitations. All Interfund Loans will consist only of uninvested cash reserves that a Fund otherwise would invest in short-term repurchase agreements or other short-term instruments.

If a Fund has outstanding borrowings, any Interfund Loans to the Fund will (a) be at an interest rate equal to or lower than any outstanding bank loan, (b) be secured at least on an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding bank loan that requires collateral, (c) have a maturity no longer than any outstanding bank loan (and in any event not over seven days) and (d) provide that, if an event of default occurs under any agreement evidencing an outstanding bank loan to the Fund, the event of default will automatically (without need for action or notice by the

Part II - 26

lending Fund) constitute an immediate event of default under an Interfund Lending Agreement entitling the lending Fund to call the Interfund Loan (and exercise all rights with respect to any collateral), and such call will be made if the lending bank exercises its right to call its loan under its agreement with the borrowing Fund.

A Fund may make an unsecured borrowing through the credit facility if its outstanding borrowings from all sources immediately after the interfund borrowing total 10% or less of its total assets; provided, that if the Fund has a secured loan outstanding from any other lender, including but not limited to another J.P. Morgan Fund, the Fund’s interfund borrowing will be secured on at least an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding loan that requires collateral. If a Fund’s total outstanding borrowings immediately after an interfund borrowing would be greater than 10% of its total assets, the Fund may borrow through the credit facility on a secured basis only. A Fund may not borrow through the credit facility nor from any other source if its total outstanding borrowings immediately after the interfund borrowing would exceed the limits imposed by Section 18 of the 1940 Act.

No Fund may lend to another Fund through the interfund lending credit facility if the loan would cause its aggregate outstanding loans through the credit facility to exceed 15% of the lending Fund’s net assets at the time of the loan. A Fund’s Interfund Loans to any one Fund shall not exceed 5% of the lending Fund’s net assets. The duration of Interfund Loans is limited to the time required to receive payment for securities sold, but in no event may the duration exceed seven days. Loans effected within seven days of each other will be treated as separate loan transactions for purposes of this condition. Each Interfund Loan may be called on one business day’s notice by a lending Fund and may be repaid on any day by a borrowing Fund.

The limitations detailed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting interfund lending are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both the lending fund and the borrowing fund. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. When a Fund borrows money from another Fund, there is a risk that the loan could be called on one day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Fund may have to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an Interfund Loan were not available from another Fund. A delay in repayment to a lending Fund could result in a lost opportunity or additional lending costs.

Commodity-Linked Derivatives. Commodity-linked derivatives are derivative instruments the value of which is linked to the value of a commodity, commodity index or commodity futures contract. A Fund’s investment in commodity-linked derivative instruments may subject the Fund to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities, particularly if the instruments involve leverage. The value of commodity-linked derivative instruments may be affected by changes in overall market movements, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity index volatility, changes in inflation and interest rates, or supply and demand or other factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, pandemics or epidemics and public health emergencies, environmental incidents, embargoes, tariffs, taxation, war, terrorism, cyber hacking, environmental proceedings, changes in storage costs, availability of transportation systems and international economic, political and regulatory developments. Use of leveraged commodity-linked derivatives creates the possibility for greater loss (including the likelihood of greater volatility of a Fund’s NAV), and there can be no assurance that a Fund’s use of leverage will be successful. Tax considerations may limit a Fund’s ability to pursue investments in commodity-linked derivatives.

Commodity-Related Pooled Investment Vehicles. Commodity-related pooled investment vehicles include ownership interests in grantor trusts and other pooled investment vehicles that hold tangible assets such as gold, silver or other commodities or invest in commodity futures. Grantor trusts are typically traded on an exchange.

Investors do not have the rights normally associated with ownership of other types of shares when they invest in pooled investment vehicles holding commodities or commodity futures, including those structured as limited partnerships or grantor trusts holding commodities. For example, the owners of these commodity-related grantor trusts or limited partnerships do not have the right to elect directors, receive dividends or take other actions normally associated with the ownership of shares of a corporation. Holders of a certain percentage of shares in a grantor trust may have the right to terminate the trust or exercise other rights which would not be available to small investors. If investors other than a Fund exercise their right to terminate, a Fund that wishes to invest in the underlying commodity through the pooled investment vehicle will have to find another investment and may not be able to find another vehicle that offers the same investment features. In the event that one or more participants holding a substantial interest in these

Part II - 27

pooled investment vehicles withdraw from participation, the liquidity of the pooled investment vehicle will likely decrease which could adversely affect the market price of the pooled investment vehicle and result in a Fund incurring a loss on its investments.

These pooled investment vehicles are not registered investment companies, and many are not commodity pools, and therefore, do not have the protections available to those types of investments under federal securities or commodities laws. For example, unlike registered investment companies, these vehicles are not subject to federal securities laws that limit transactions with affiliates, require redemption of shares, or limit sales load. Although shares of these vehicles may be traded on an exchange, there may be no active market for such shares and such shares may be highly illiquid.

These vehicles are subject to the risks associated with direct investments in commodities. The market price of shares of these vehicles will be as unpredictable as the price of the underlying commodity. Many factors can cause a decline in the prices of commodities including a change in economic conditions, such as a recession. This risk is magnified when the commodity is used in manufacturing. In addition, the prices of commodities may be adversely impacted by a change in the attitude of speculators and investors toward the applicable commodity, or a significant increase in commodity price hedging activity. In addition, the value of the shares will be adversely affected if the assets owned by the trust are lost, damaged or of inferior quality.

The commodities represented by shares of a grantor trust will decrease over the life of the trust due to sales of the underlying commodities necessary to pay trust fees and expenses, including expenses associated with indemnification of certain service providers to the pooled investment vehicle. Without increases in the price of the underlying commodity sufficient to compensate for that decrease, the price of the investment will decline and a Fund will incur a loss on its investment.

Commodity-related grantor trusts are passive investment vehicles. This means that the value of the investment in a grantor trust may be adversely affected by trust losses that, if the trust had been actively managed, it might have been possible to avoid. A Fund’s intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code may limit its ability to make investments in grantor trusts or limited partnerships that invest in commodities or commodity futures.

Cyber Security Risk. As the use of technology, including cloud-based technology, has become more prevalent and interconnected in the course of business, the Funds have become more susceptible to operational and financial risks associated with cyber security, including: theft, loss, misuse, fraud, improper release, corruption and destruction of, or unauthorized access to, confidential, personal or highly restricted data relating to a Fund and its shareholders, processing and human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology, errors in algorithms used with respect to the Funds, changes in personnel, errors caused by third parties or trading counterparties; and compromises or failures to systems, networks, devices and applications relating to the operations of a Fund and its service providers. In addition, there are inherent limitations to these plans and systems, certain risks may not yet be identified, and new risks may emerge in the future. Cyber security risks may result in financial losses to a Fund and its shareholders; the inability of a Fund to transact business with its shareholders; delays or mistakes in the calculation of a Fund’s NAV or other materials provided to shareholders; the inability to process transactions with shareholders or other parties; violations of privacy and other laws; regulatory fines, penalties and reputational damage; and compliance and remediation costs, legal fees and other expenses. Further, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent future cyber incidents. A Fund’s service providers (including, but not limited to, the Adviser, any sub-advisers, administrator, transfer agent, and custodian or their agents), financial intermediaries, companies in which a Fund invests and parties with which a Fund engages in portfolio or other transactions also may be adversely impacted by cyber security risks in their own businesses, which could result in losses to a Fund or its shareholders. The use of cloud-based service providers could heighten or change these risks. Additionally, work-from-home arrangements by a Fund, the Adviser or their service providers could increase these risks, create additional data and information accessibility concerns, and make a Fund, the Adviser or their service providers susceptible to operational disruptions, any of which could adversely impact their operations. Recently, geopolitical tensions may have increased the scale and sophistication of deliberate cybersecurity attacks, particularly those from nation-states or from entities with nation-state backing. While measures have been developed which are designed to reduce the risks associated with cyber security, there is no guarantee that those measures will be effective, particularly since the Funds do not directly control the cyber security defenses or plans of their service providers, financial intermediaries and companies in which they invest or with which they do business, and certain security breaches may not be detected. There can be no assurance that a Fund will not suffer losses relating to cyberattacks or other information security breaches in the future.

Part II - 28

Operational Risk. The Funds are exposed to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems, or external events. Operational risk arises from causes such as human error, processing and communication errors, provision or receipt of erroneous or incomplete data, errors of agents, service providers, counterparties or other third parties, failed or inadequate processes, governance and technology or systems failures. Such risk may, among other impacts, subject the Funds to errors affecting valuation, pricing, accounting, tax reporting, financial reporting, custody and trading. While the Adviser implements controls, procedures, monitoring and oversight of service providers to seek to reduce the occurrence and mitigate the effects of operational risk, it is not possible to predict, identify, completely eliminate or mitigate all operational risk and there may still be failures that could cause losses to a Fund. Operational risk may go undetected for long periods of time, and even if the specific risk issue is detected and resolved or mitigated, it may not be possible to recover any potential compensation.

Volcker Rule Risk. Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) and certain rules promulgated thereunder (known as the Volcker Rule) places restrictions on the activities of banking entities, including the Adviser and its affiliates, and may impact the long-term viability of a Fund. Under the Volcker Rule, if the Adviser or its affiliates own 5% or more of the ownership interests of a Fund outside of the permitted seeding time period, a Fund could be subject to restrictions on trading that would adversely impact a Fund’s ability to execute its investment strategy. Generally, the permitted seeding period is three years from the implementation of a Fund’s investment strategy, with permissible extensions under certain circumstances. As a result, the Adviser and/or its affiliates may be required to reduce their ownership interests in a Fund at a time that is sooner than would otherwise be desirable. This may require the sale of Fund securities, which may result in losses, increased transaction costs and adverse tax consequences. In addition, the ongoing viability of a Fund may be adversely impacted by the anticipated or actual redemption of Fund Shares owned by the Adviser and its affiliates and could result in a Fund’s liquidation.

Exchange-Traded Notes (“ETNs”) are senior, unsecured notes linked to an index. Like ETFs, they may be bought and sold like shares of stock on an exchange (e.g., the New York Stock Exchange) during normal trading hours. However, ETNs have a different underlying structure and may be held until their maturity. While ETF shares represent an interest in a portfolio of securities, ETNs are structured products that are an obligation of the issuing bank, whereby the bank agrees to pay a return based on the target index less any fees. Essentially, these notes allow individual investors to have access to derivatives linked to commodities and assets such as oil, currencies and foreign stock indexes. ETNs combine certain aspects of bonds and ETFs. At maturity, the issuer of a ETN pays to the investor a cash amount equal to the principal amount, subject to the day’s index factor. ETN returns are based upon the performance of a market index minus applicable fees. ETNs do not make periodic coupon payments and provide no principal protection. The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying commodities markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced commodity. The timing and character of income and gains derived from ETNs is under consideration by the U.S. Treasury and Internal Revenue Service and may also be affected by future legislation.

Impact of Large Redemptions and Purchases of Fund Shares. Shareholders of a Fund (which may include the Adviser or affiliates of the Adviser or accounts for which the Adviser or its affiliates serve as investment adviser or trustee or, for certain Funds, affiliated and/or non-affiliated registered investment companies that invest in a Fund) may make relatively large redemptions or purchases of Fund Shares. In addition, certain circumstances that may cause a Fund to experience large redemptions include, but are not limited to: the occurrence of significant events affecting investor demand for securities or asset classes in which the Fund invests; changes in the eligibility criteria for the Fund or share class of the Fund or other J.P. Morgan Funds; personnel changes relating to the management of the Fund; index rebalancings; announced liquidations of the Fund; announced reorganizations of the Fund; or other announcements relating to the Fund, including changes in investment objectives, strategies, policies or risks. In addition, under applicable regulations, the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser may be required to reduce its seed investment or other ownership interest in a Fund at a time that is sooner than the Adviser or its affiliate otherwise would. Any large redemption and purchase transactions may cause a Fund to have to sell securities, or invest additional cash, as the case may be. While it is impossible to predict the overall impact of these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on a Fund’s performance to the extent that the Fund is required to sell securities or invest cash at times when it would not otherwise do so, which may result in a loss to the Fund. These transactions may result in higher portfolio turnover, accelerate the realization of taxable income if sales of securities resulted in capital gains or other income (which

Part II - 29

particularly would impact shareholders who do not hold their Fund Shares in an IRA, 401(k) plan or other tax-advantaged investment plan), and/or increase transaction costs, which may impact a Fund’s expense ratio. Additionally, a significant reduction in Fund assets would result in Fund expenses being spread over a small asset base, potentially causing an increase in a Fund’s expense ratio. To the extent that such transactions result in short-term capital gains, such gains will generally be taxed at the ordinary income tax rate for shareholders who hold Fund Shares in a taxable account. In addition to the above information, the SAI includes disclosure of accounts holding more than 5% of a Fund’s voting securities.

Capital Gains. A Fund may sell securities and subsequently repurchase the same securities in an effort to manage capital gains distributions. This may occur if a Fund’s unrealized and/or realized capital gains represent a significant portion of its net assets. If this occurs, this will change the timing, amount and/or character of capital gains to be distributed and therefore the amount and timing of tax paid by Fund shareholders will change. In addition, shareholders may experience corresponding tax implications upon redemption as reinvested distributions will generally increase the cost basis of their Fund Share position, potentially changing the amount of realized gain or loss. Accordingly, a redeeming shareholder’s total tax liability from distributions and redemptions for a year may be impacted by the character of the distributions and whether or not shares are redeemed in the same year. In addition, a Fund’s repurchased securities when subsequently sold may cause the Fund to realize short-term capital gains or losses rather than long-term capital gains or losses. Repurchases of substantially identical securities within 30 days before or after the securities are sold at a loss will result in the application of the wash sale rules. A Fund would incur additional transaction costs from the selling and repurchasing of securities, and the value of the securities sold may change. An increase or decrease in the value of securities sold prior to being repurchased may impact Fund performance. Additionally, unless otherwise disclosed in a Fund’s prospectus, the Funds are not managed to maximize after-tax returns or tax efficiency for taxable shareholder accounts. As a result, large redemptions could accelerate the realization of capital gains for a shareholder of those Funds. Investors should consider whether a Fund is an appropriate investment in light of their current financial position and retirement needs.

Government Intervention in Financial Markets. Events in the financial sector resulted in reduced liquidity in credit and fixed income markets and a higher degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestically and internationally. While entire markets were, and may continue to be, impacted, issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets were, and may continue to be, particularly affected. Future market turbulence may have an adverse effect on a Funds’ investments.

Instability in the financial markets has previously led, and could lead, governments and regulators around the world to take a number of actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, a lack of liquidity or other adverse conditions. Governments, their regulatory agencies, or self-regulatory organizations may take actions, including the imposition of tariffs and other restrictions on trade, that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Funds invest, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Funds themselves are regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of a Fund’s portfolio holdings. Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Funds to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments held by the Funds.

Master Limited Partnerships. Certain companies are organized as master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) in which ownership interests are publicly traded. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or directly own interests) that are related to real estate development and oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects or provide financial services. Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners (like a Fund that invests in an MLP) are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership. They are allocated income and capital gains associated with the partnership project in accordance with the terms established in the partnership agreement.

The risks of investing in an MLP are generally those inherent in investing in a partnership as opposed to a corporation. For example, state law governing partnerships is often less restrictive than state law governing corporations. Accordingly, there may be fewer protections afforded investors in an MLP than

Part II - 30

investors in a corporation. Additional risks involved with investing in an MLP are risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests, such as the risks of investing in real estate, or oil and gas industries.

New Financial Products. New options and futures contracts and other financial products, and various combinations thereof, including over-the-counter products, continue to be developed. These various products may be used to adjust the risk and return characteristics of certain Funds’ investments. These various products may increase or decrease exposure to security prices, interest rates, commodity prices, or other factors that affect security values, regardless of the issuer’s credit risk. If market conditions do not perform as expected, the performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these products were not used. In addition, losses may occur if counterparties involved in transactions do not perform as promised. These products may expose a Fund to potentially greater return as well as potentially greater risk of loss than more traditional fixed income investments.

Private Placements, Restricted Securities and Other Unregistered Securities. Subject to its investment policies, a Fund may acquire investments such as obligations issued in reliance on the so-called “private placement” exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), which cannot be offered for public sale in the U.S. without first being registered under the 1933 Act. These securities may be subject to liquidity risks and certain private placements may be determined to be Illiquid Investments under the Liquidity Risk Management Program applicable to the Funds.

A Fund is subject to a risk that should the Fund decide to sell such securities when a ready buyer is not available at a price the Fund deems representative of their value, the value of the Fund’s net assets could be adversely affected. In addition, information about the issuers whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that may be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. As a result, prices of such securities may be difficult to value and highly volatile, which could impact the value of a Fund’s net assets. Where a security must be registered under the 1933 Act before it may be sold, a Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses, and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, a Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to sell.

The Funds may invest in commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act and other restricted securities (i.e., other securities subject to restrictions on resale). Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper (“4(a)(2) paper”) is restricted as to disposition under federal securities law and is generally sold to institutional investors, such as the Funds, that agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment purposes and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be in an exempt transaction. 4(a)(2) paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through or with the assistance of the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in 4(a)(2) paper, thus providing liquidity.

Certain investments in private placements may consist of direct investments and may include investments in smaller, less seasoned issuers, which may involve greater risks. These issuers may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In making investments in such securities, a Fund may obtain access to material non-public information, which may restrict the Fund’s ability to conduct portfolio transactions in such securities.

Securities Issued in Connection with Reorganizations and Corporate Restructuring. Debt securities may be downgraded and issuers of debt securities including investment grade securities may default in the payment of principal or interest or be subject to bankruptcy proceedings. In connection with reorganizing or restructuring of an issuer, an issuer may issue common stock or other securities to holders of its debt securities. A Fund may hold such common stock and other securities even though it does not ordinarily invest in such securities and such common stock or other securities may be denominated in currencies that a Fund may not ordinarily hold.

Stapled Securities. From time to time, the Funds may invest in stapled securities to gain exposure to companies. A stapled security is a security that is comprised of two or more parts that cannot be separated from one another. The resulting security is influenced by both parts, and must be treated as one unit at all times, such as when buying or selling a security. The value of stapled securities and the income derived from them may fall as well as rise. Stapled securities are not obligations of, deposits in, or guaranteed by, a Fund. The listing of stapled securities on a domestic or foreign exchange does not guarantee a liquid market for stapled securities.

Part II - 31

Temporary Defensive Positions. To respond to unusual market conditions, the actively managed Funds may invest their assets in cash or cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are highly liquid, high quality instruments with maturities of three months or less on the date they are purchased (“Cash Equivalents”) for temporary defensive purposes. These investments may result in a lower yield than lower-quality or longer term investments and may prevent the Funds from meeting their investment objectives. The percentage of a Fund’s total assets that a Fund may invest in cash or cash equivalents is described in the applicable Fund’s Prospectuses. They include securities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies, Government-Sponsored Enterprises (“GSEs”) and instrumentalities, repurchase agreements with maturities of 7 days or less, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, money market mutual funds, and bank deposit accounts. In order to invest in repurchase agreements with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for temporary defensive purposes, certain Funds may engage in periodic “test” trading in order to assess operational abilities at times when the Fund would otherwise not enter into such a position. These exercises may vary in size and frequency.

Inflation/Deflation Risk. The Funds may be subject to inflation and deflation risk. Inflation risk is the risk that the present value of assets or income from a Fund’s investments will be less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the present value of a Fund’s assets can decline. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of a Fund’s assets.

Regulatory and Legal Risk. U.S. and non-U.S. governmental agencies and other regulators regularly amend regulations or implement additional regulations and legislators pass new laws that affect the investments held by a Fund, the strategies used by a Fund or the level of regulation or taxation applying to a Fund (such as regulations related to investments in derivatives and other transactions). These regulations and laws may adversely impact the investment strategies, performance, costs and operations of a Fund or taxation of shareholders. Additionally, as a result of regulatory requirements, a Fund may be prohibited from investing, or continuing to invest, in certain companies that are considered attractive investments, while at the same time other funds and investors not subject to the same regulations, including other clients of the Adviser, are not subject to the same limitations. In September 2023, the SEC adopted amendments to Rule 35d-1 regarding names of registered investment companies such as the Funds. The amendments could cause some Funds to change their name or investment policies and make other adjustments to their portfolio investments. Implementation of any such change, which would need to be made prior to June 2026, could adversely impact a Fund’s investment strategies or investments. The impact of the rule amendments is still uncertain and under assessment.

Mortgage-Related Securities

Mortgages (Directly Held). Mortgages are debt instruments secured by real property. Unlike mortgage-backed securities, which generally represent an interest in a pool of mortgages, direct investments in mortgages involve prepayment and credit risks of an individual issuer and real property. Consequently, these investments require different investment and credit analysis by a Fund’s Adviser.

Directly placed mortgages may include residential mortgages, multifamily mortgages, mortgages on cooperative apartment buildings, commercial mortgages, and sale-leasebacks. These investments are backed by assets such as office buildings, shopping centers, retail stores, warehouses, apartment buildings and single-family dwellings. In the event that a Fund forecloses on any non-performing mortgage, and acquires a direct interest in the real property, such Fund will be subject to the risks generally associated with the ownership of real property. There may be fluctuations in the market value of the foreclosed property and its occupancy rates, rent schedules and operating expenses. There may also be adverse changes in local, regional or general economic conditions, deterioration of the real estate market and the financial circumstances of tenants and sellers, reduced demand for commercial and office space as well as increased maintenance or tenant improvement costs to convert properties for other uses, the inability to release space on attractive terms, unfavorable changes in zoning, building, environmental and other laws, increased real property taxes, rising interest rates, reduced availability and increased cost of mortgage borrowings, the need for unanticipated renovations, unexpected increases in the cost of energy, environmental factors, acts of God and other factors which are beyond the control of a Fund or the Adviser. Hazardous or toxic substances may be present on, at or under the mortgaged property and adversely affect the value of the property. Real estate income and values may also be affected by demographic trends, such as population shifts or changing tastes, preferences (such as remote work arrangements) and social values. In addition, the owners of property containing such substances may be held responsible, under various laws, for containing, monitoring, removing or cleaning up such substances. The presence of such

Part II - 32

substances may also provide a basis for other claims by third parties. Costs of clean up or of liabilities to third parties may exceed the value of the property. In addition, these risks may be uninsurable. In light of these and similar risks, it may be impossible to dispose profitably of properties in foreclosure.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. A Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), which are securities that represent pools of mortgage loans assembled and/or securitized for sale to investors. MBS include mortgage pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). MBS may be arranged by various governmental agencies, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”); government sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”); and private issuers, such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, and private mortgage insurance companies.

A mortgage pass-through security is a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages where the cash flow generated from the mortgage collateral is passed through to the security holder after paying servicing and guarantee fees.

CMOs are debt securities that are fully collateralized by a portfolio of mortgages or MBS, or re-securitized or reorganized MBS. Unlike mortgage pass-through securities, CMOs may be organized in a variety of different ways to create customized cash flows in different tranches and may offer certain protections against prepayment risk, such as creating more definite maturities. CMOs may pay fixed or variable rates of interest, and certain CMOs have priority over others with respect to the receipt of prepayments. CMOs may be structured as Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”) which are federally tax-exempt entities that may be organized as trusts, partnerships, corporations or other types of associations.

CMOs are also subject to cash flow uncertainty and price volatility. Stripped mortgage securities (a type of potentially high-risk CMO) are created by separating the interest and principal payments generated by a pool of MBS or a CMO to create additional classes of securities. CMOs are subject to principal prepayments on the underlying mortgages and, thus, may be retired earlier than scheduled.

MBS are subject to scheduled and unscheduled principal payments as homeowners pay down or prepay their mortgages. As these payments are received, they must be reinvested when interest rates may be higher or lower than on the original mortgage security. Therefore, these securities may not be an effective means of locking in long-term interest rates. In addition, when interest rates fall, the pace of mortgage prepayments tends to increase, sometimes rapidly. These refinanced mortgages are paid off at face value (par), causing a loss for any investor who may have purchased the MBS at a price above par. In such an environment, this risk limits the potential price appreciation of these securities and can negatively affect a Fund’s NAV. When rates rise, the prices of mortgage-backed securities can be expected to decline, although historically these securities have experienced smaller price declines than comparable quality bonds. In addition, when rates rise and prepayments slow, the effective duration of MBS extends, resulting in increased volatility. A decline or flattening of housing values may cause delinquencies in the mortgages (especially sub-prime or non-prime mortgages) underlying MBS and thereby adversely affect the ability of the MBS issuer to make principal payments to MBS holders. The value of MBS backed by subprime loans has declined in the past, and may decline in the future, including significantly during market downturns.

MBS issued by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities may be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government or may be guaranteed as to principal and interest payments. There are a number of important differences among the agencies, GSEs and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that issue MBS and among the securities that they issue.

Ginnie Mae Securities. MBS issued by Ginnie Mae include Ginnie Mae Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates and CMOs which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae. Ginnie Mae’s guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Ginnie Mae certificates also are supported by the authority of Ginnie Mae to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Securities. MBS issued by Fannie Mae include Fannie Mae Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates which are solely the obligations of Fannie Mae and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored enterprise, which is chartered by Congress but owned by private shareholders. Fannie Mae Certificates are guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal and interest by Fannie Mae. MBS issued by Freddie Mac include Freddie Mac Mortgage Participation Certificates and CMOs. Like Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac is a

Part II - 33

government-sponsored enterprise, which is chartered by Congress but owned by private shareholders. Freddie Mac Certificates are not guaranteed by the U.S. government and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the U.S. government. Freddie Mac Certificates entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When Freddie Mac does not guarantee timely payment of principal, Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable.

For more information on recent events impacting Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities, see “Notable Events Regarding Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Securities” under the heading “Risk Factors of Mortgage-Related Securities” below.

CMOs and guaranteed REMIC pass-through certificates (“REMIC Certificates”) issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and private issuers are types of multiple class pass-through securities. Investors may purchase beneficial interests in REMICs, which are known as “regular” interests or “residual” interests. The Funds do not currently intend to purchase residual interests in REMICs. The REMIC Certificates represent beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC Trust, generally consisting of mortgage loans or Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates (the “Mortgage Assets”). The obligations of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae under their respective guaranty of the REMIC Certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, respectively.

Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates. Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. In addition, Fannie Mae will be obligated to distribute the principal balance of each class of REMIC Certificates in full, whether or not sufficient funds are otherwise available.

Freddie Mac REMIC Certificates. Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest, and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”). PCs represent undivided interests in specified residential mortgages or participation therein purchased by Freddie Mac and placed in a PC pool. With respect to principal payments on PCs, Freddie Mac generally guarantees ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans without offset or deduction. Freddie Mac also guarantees timely payment of principal on certain PCs referred to as “Gold PCs.”

Ginnie Mae REMIC Certificates. Ginnie Mae guarantees the full and timely payment of interest and principal on each class of securities (in accordance with the terms of those classes as specified in the related offering circular supplement). The Ginnie Mae guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

REMIC Certificates issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae are treated as U.S. government securities for purposes of investment policies.

CMOs and REMIC Certificates provide for the redistribution of cash flow to multiple classes. Each class of CMOs or REMIC Certificates, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific adjustable or fixed interest rate and must be fully retired no later than its final distribution date. This reallocation of interest and principal results in the redistribution of prepayment risk across different classes. This allows for the creation of bonds with more or less risk than the underlying collateral exhibits. Principal prepayments on the mortgage loans or the Mortgage Assets underlying the CMOs or REMIC Certificates may cause some or all of the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates to be retired substantially earlier than their final distribution dates. Generally, interest is paid or accrues on all classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates on a monthly basis.

The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in various ways. In certain structures (known as “sequential pay” CMOs or REMIC Certificates), payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets generally are applied to the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

Additional structures of CMOs and REMIC Certificates include, among others, principal only structures, interest only structures, inverse floaters and “parallel pay” CMOs and REMIC Certificates. Certain of these structures may be more volatile than other types of CMO and REMIC structures. Parallel

Part II - 34

pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates are those which are structured to apply principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets to two or more classes concurrently on a proportionate or disproportionate basis. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class.

A wide variety of REMIC Certificates may be issued in the parallel pay or sequential pay structures. These securities include accrual certificates (also known as “Z-Bonds”), which only accrue interest at a specified rate until all other certificates having an earlier final distribution date have been retired and are converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization class (“PAC”) certificates, which are parallel pay REMIC Certificates which generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment date to one or more classes of REMIC Certificates (the “PAC Certificates”), even though all other principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets are then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if any, are added to the amount of principal payable on the next payment date. The PAC Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the underlying Mortgage Assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and yields that are much more volatile than the PAC classes. The Z-Bonds in which the Funds may invest may bear the same non-credit-related risks as do other types of Z-Bonds. Z-Bonds in which the Fund may invest will not include residual interest.

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses set forth in the fee table and Financial Highlights section of each Fund’s Prospectuses do not include any expenses associated with investments in certain structured or synthetic products that may rely on the exception for the definition of “investment company” provided by section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act.

GSE Credit Risk Transfer Securities and GSE Credit-Linked Notes. GSE Credit risk transfer securities are notes issued directly by a GSE, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and GSE credit-linked notes are notes issued by a SPV sponsored by a GSE. Investors in these notes provide credit protection for the applicable GSE’s mortgage-related securities guarantee obligations. In this regard, a noteholder receives compensation for providing credit protection to the GSE and, when a specified level of losses on the relevant mortgage loans occurs, the principal balance and certain payments owed to the noteholder may be reduced. In addition, noteholders may receive a return of principal prior to the stated maturity date reflecting prepayment on the underlying mortgage loans and in any other circumstances that may be set forth in the applicable loan agreement. The notes may be issued in different tranches representing the issuance of different levels of credit risk protection to the GSE on the underlying mortgage loans and the notes are not secured by the reference mortgage loans. There are important differences between the structure of GSE credit risk transfer securities and GSE credit-linked notes.

GSE Credit Risk Transfer Securities Structure. In this structure, the GSE receives the note sale proceeds. The GSE pays noteholders monthly interest payments and a return of principal on the stated maturity date based on the initial investment amount, as reduced by any covered losses on the reference mortgage loans.

GSE Credit-Linked Notes Structure. In this structure, the SPV receives the note sale proceeds and the SPV’s obligations to the noteholder are collateralized by the note sale proceeds. The SPV invests the proceeds in cash or other short-term assets. The SPV also enters into a credit protection agreement with the GSE pursuant to which the GSE pays the SPV monthly premium payments and the SPV compensates the GSE for covered losses on the reference mortgage loans. The SPV pays noteholders monthly interest payments based on the premium payments paid by the GSE and the performance on the invested note sale proceeds. The noteholders also receive a return of principal on a stated maturity date based on the initial investment amount, as reduced by any covered losses on the reference mortgage loans paid by the SPV or the GSE.

Mortgage TBAs. A Fund may invest in mortgage pass-through securities eligible to be sold in the “to-be-announced” or TBA market (“Mortgage TBAs”). Mortgage TBAs provide for the forward or delayed delivery of the underlying instrument with settlement up to 180 days. The term TBA comes from the fact that the actual mortgage-backed security that will be delivered to fulfill a TBA trade is not designated at the time the trade is made, but rather is generally announced 48 hours before the settlement date. Mortgage TBAs are subject to the risks described in the “When-Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments” section. Additionally, amendments to applicable rules include certain mandatory

Part II - 35

margin requirements for the TBA market, which may require the Funds to pay collateral in connection with their TBA transactions. The required margin could increase the cost of the Funds and add additional complexity for Funds engaging in these transactions.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. In a mortgage dollar roll transaction, one party sells mortgage-backed securities, principally Mortgage TBAs, for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity) but not identical securities on a specified future date. Economically offsetting TBA positions with the same agency, coupon, and maturity date, are generally permitted to be netted if the short position settles on the same date or before the long position. During the period between the sale and repurchase in a mortgage dollar roll transaction, a Fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on securities sold. Losses may arise due to changes in the value of the securities or if the counterparty does not perform under the terms of the agreement. If the counterparty files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, a Fund’s right to repurchase or sell securities may be limited. Mortgage dollar rolls may be subject to leverage risks. In addition, mortgage dollar rolls may increase interest rate risk and result in an increased portfolio turnover rate which increases trading costs and may increase taxable gains. The benefits of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon a Fund’s Adviser’s ability to predict mortgage prepayments and interest rates. There is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed. For purposes of diversification and investment limitations, mortgage dollar rolls are considered to be mortgage-backed securities.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (“SMBS”) are derivative multi-class mortgage securities issued outside the REMIC or CMO structure. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions from a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving all of the interest from the mortgage assets (“IOs”), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“POs”). Mortgage IOs receive monthly interest payments based upon a notional amount that declines over time as a result of the normal monthly amortization and unscheduled prepayments of principal on the associated mortgage POs.

In addition to the risks applicable to Mortgage-Related Securities in general, SMBS are subject to the following additional risks:

Prepayment/Interest Rate Sensitivity. SMBS are extremely sensitive to changes in prepayments and interest rates. Even though these securities have been guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government, under certain interest rate or prepayment rate scenarios, the Funds may lose money on investments in SMBS.

Interest Only SMBS. Changes in prepayment rates can cause the return on investment in IOs to be highly volatile. Under extremely high prepayment conditions, IOs can incur significant losses.

Principal Only SMBS. POs are bought at a discount to the ultimate principal repayment value. The rate of return on a PO will vary with prepayments, rising as prepayments increase and falling as prepayments decrease. Generally, the market value of these securities is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates.

Yield Characteristics. Although SMBS may yield more than other mortgage-backed securities, their cash flow patterns are more volatile and there is a greater risk that any premium paid will not be fully recouped. A Fund’s Adviser will seek to manage these risks (and potential benefits) by investing in a variety of such securities and by using certain analytical and hedging techniques.

Privately Issued Mortgage-Related Securities. Non-government issuers, including commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers, also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Mortgage pools created by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities or private insurers. Such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the

Part II - 36

issuers thereof may be considered in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets a Fund’s investment quality standards. There can be no assurance that insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements.

Privately issued mortgage-related securities may not be subject to the same underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those mortgage-related securities that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying privately issued mortgage-related securities may have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored mortgage-related securities and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Mortgage pools underlying privately issued mortgage-related securities may include second mortgages, high loan-to-value ratio mortgages where a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee is not available. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a privately-issued mortgage-related securities pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans are loans made to borrowers with low credit ratings or other factors that increase the risk of default. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities historically have had higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

The risk of non-payment is greater for mortgage-related securities that are backed by loans that were originated under weak underwriting standards, including loans made to borrowers with limited means to make repayment. A level of risk exists for all loans, although, historically, the poorest performing loans have been those classified as subprime. Other types of privately issued mortgage-related securities, such as those classified as pay-option adjustable rate or Alt-A, at times, have also performed poorly. Even loans classified as prime may experience higher levels of delinquencies and defaults. A decline in real property values across the U.S. may exacerbate the level of losses that investors in privately issued mortgage-related securities have experienced. Market factors that may adversely affect mortgage loan repayment include adverse economic conditions, unemployment, a decline in the value of real property, or an increase in interest rates.

Privately issued mortgage-related securities are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for these securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, mortgage-related securities held in a Fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

The Funds may purchase privately issued mortgage-related securities that are originated, packaged and serviced by third party entities. Such third parties may have obligations to investors of mortgage-related securities under trust or other documents. For example, loan servicers may be liable to the holder of the mortgage-related securities for negligence or willful misconduct in carrying out their servicing duties. Similarly, loan originators/servicers may make certain representations and warranties regarding the quality of the mortgages and properties underlying a mortgage-related security, which if untrue, may trigger an obligation of the originator/service or its affiliates, as applicable, to repurchase the mortgages from the issuing trust. Although trust and other documents may include protective provisions, investors in certain mortgage-related securities have had limited success in enforcing terms of such agreements against such third parties. In addition, such third parties may have had interests that are in conflict with those holders of the mortgage-related securities.

For example, to the extent third party entities are involved in litigation relating to the securities, actions may be taken by such third parties that are adverse to the interest of the holders of the mortgage-related securities, including the Funds, such as withholding proceeds due to holders of the mortgage-related securities, to cover legal or related costs. Any such action could result in losses to the Funds.

In addition, certain mortgage-related securities, which may include loans that originally qualified under standards established by government-sponsored entities (for example, certain REMICs that include Fannie Mae mortgages), are not considered as government securities for purposes of a Fund’s investment strategies or policies and may be subject to the same risks as privately-issued mortgage-related securities. There is no government or government-sponsored guarantee for such privately issued investments.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans. Certain Funds may invest in adjustable rate mortgage loans (“ARMs”). ARMs eligible for inclusion in a mortgage pool will generally provide for a fixed initial mortgage interest rate for a specified period of time. Thereafter, the interest rates (the “Mortgage Interest

Part II - 37

Rates”) may be subject to periodic adjustment based on changes in the applicable index rate (the “Index Rate”). The adjusted rate would be equal to the Index Rate plus a gross margin, which is a fixed percentage spread over the Index Rate established for each ARM at the time of its origination.

Adjustable interest rates can cause payment increases that some borrowers may find difficult to make. However, certain ARMs may provide that the Mortgage Interest Rate may not be adjusted to a rate above an applicable lifetime maximum rate or below an applicable lifetime minimum rate for such ARM. Certain ARMs may also be subject to limitations on the maximum amount by which the Mortgage Interest Rate may adjust for any single adjustment period (the “Maximum Adjustment”). Other ARMs (“Negatively Amortizing ARMs”) may provide instead or as well for limitations on changes in the monthly payment on such ARMs. Limitations on monthly payments can result in monthly payments which are greater or less than the amount necessary to amortize a Negatively Amortizing ARM by its maturity at the Mortgage Interest Rate in effect in any particular month. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on a Negatively Amortizing ARM, any such excess interest is added to the principal balance of the loan, causing negative amortization and will be repaid through future monthly payments. It may take borrowers under Negatively Amortizing ARMs longer periods of time to achieve equity and may increase the likelihood of default by such borrowers. In the event that a monthly payment exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable Mortgage Interest Rate and the principal payment which would have been necessary to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess (or “accelerated amortization”) further reduces the principal balance of the ARM. Negatively Amortizing ARMs do not provide for the extension of their original maturity to accommodate changes in their Mortgage Interest Rate. As a result, unless there is a periodic recalculation of the payment amount (which there generally is), the final payment may be substantially larger than the other payments. These limitations on periodic increases in interest rates and on changes in monthly payments protect borrowers from unlimited interest rate and payment increases.

Certain ARMs may provide for periodic adjustments of scheduled payments in order to amortize fully the mortgage loan by its stated maturity. Other ARMs may permit their stated maturity to be extended or shortened in accordance with the portion of each payment that is applied to interest as affected by the periodic interest rate adjustments.

There are two main categories of indices which provide the basis for rate adjustments on ARMs: those based on U.S. Treasury securities and those derived from a calculated measure such as a cost of funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. Commonly utilized indices include the one-year, three-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury bill rates, the three-month Treasury bill rate, the 180-day Treasury bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds, the National Median Cost of Funds, the 30-day, 90-day, or 180-day Average SOFR, the prime rate of a specific bank, or commercial paper rates. Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury rate, closely mirror changes in market interest rate levels. Others, such as the 11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds index, tend to lag behind changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile. The degree of volatility in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio and therefore in the NAV of the Fund’s shares will be a function of the length of the interest rate reset periods and the degree of volatility in the applicable indices.

In general, changes in both prepayment rates and interest rates will change the yield on Mortgage-Backed Securities. The rate of principal prepayments with respect to ARMs has fluctuated in recent years. As is the case with fixed mortgage loans, ARMs may be subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in a declining interest rate environment. For example, if prevailing interest rates fall significantly, ARMs could be subject to higher prepayment rates than if prevailing interest rates remain constant because the availability of fixed rate mortgage loans at competitive interest rates may encourage mortgagors to refinance their ARMs to “lock-in” a lower fixed interest rate. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates rise significantly, ARMs may prepay at lower rates than if prevailing rates remain at or below those in effect at the time such ARMs were originated. As with fixed rate mortgages, there can be no certainty as to the rate of prepayments on the ARMs in either stable or changing interest rate environments. In addition, there can be no certainty as to whether increases in the principal balances of the ARMs due to the addition of deferred interest may result in a default rate higher than that on ARMs that do not provide for negative amortization.

Other factors affecting prepayment of ARMs include changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgage properties and servicing decisions.

Risk Factors of Mortgage-Related Securities. The following is a summary of certain risks associated with Mortgage-Related Securities:

Part II - 38

Guarantor Risk. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac if necessary in the future. Although certain mortgage-related securities are guaranteed by a third party or otherwise similarly secured, the market value of the security, which may fluctuate, is not so secured.

Interest Rate Sensitivity. If a Fund purchases a mortgage-related security at a premium, that portion may be lost if there is a decline in the market value of the security whether resulting from changes in interest rates or prepayments in the underlying mortgage collateral. As with other interest-bearing securities, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates. Although the value of a mortgage-related security may decline when interest rates rise, the converse is not necessarily true since in periods of declining interest rates the mortgages underlying the securities are prone to prepayment. For this and other reasons, a mortgage-related security’s stated maturity may be shortened by unscheduled prepayments on the underlying mortgages and, therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the security’s return to a Fund. In addition, regular payments received in respect of mortgage-related securities include both interest and principal. No assurance can be given as to the return a Fund will receive when these amounts are reinvested.

Liquidity. The liquidity of certain mortgage-backed securities varies by type of security; at certain times a Fund may encounter difficulty in disposing of such investments. In the past, in stressed markets, certain types of mortgage-backed securities suffered periods of illiquidity when disfavored by the market. It is possible that a Fund may be unable to sell a mortgage-backed security at a desirable time or at the value the Fund has placed on the investment.

Market Value. The market value of a Fund’s adjustable rate Mortgage-Backed Securities may be adversely affected if interest rates increase faster than the rates of interest payable on such securities or by the adjustable rate mortgage loans underlying such securities. Furthermore, adjustable rate Mortgage-Backed Securities or the mortgage loans underlying such securities may contain provisions limiting the amount by which rates may be adjusted upward and downward and may limit the amount by which monthly payments may be increased or decreased to accommodate upward and downward adjustments in interest rates. When the market value of the properties underlying the Mortgage-Backed Securities suffer broad declines on a regional or national level, the values of the corresponding Mortgage-Backed Securities or Mortgage-Backed Securities as a whole, may be adversely affected as well.

Prepayments. Adjustable rate Mortgage-Backed Securities have less potential for capital appreciation than fixed rate Mortgage-Backed Securities because their coupon rates will decline in response to market interest rate declines. The market value of fixed rate Mortgage-Backed Securities may be adversely affected as a result of increases in interest rates and, because of the risk of unscheduled principal prepayments, may benefit less than other fixed rate securities of similar maturity from declining interest rates. Finally, to the extent Mortgage-Backed Securities are purchased at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and unscheduled principal prepayments may result in some loss of a Fund’s principal investment to the extent of the premium paid. On the other hand, if such securities are purchased at a discount, both a scheduled payment of principal and an unscheduled prepayment of principal will increase current and total returns and will accelerate the recognition of income.

Yield Characteristics. The yield characteristics of Mortgage-Backed Securities differ from those of traditional fixed income securities. The major differences typically include more frequent interest and principal payments, usually monthly, and the possibility that prepayments of principal may be made at any time. Prepayment rates are influenced by changes in current interest rates and a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors and cannot be predicted with certainty. As with fixed rate mortgage loans, adjustable rate mortgage loans may be subject to a greater prepayment rate in a declining interest rate environment. The yields to maturity of the Mortgage-Backed Securities in which the Funds invest will be affected by the actual rate of payment (including prepayments) of principal of the underlying mortgage loans. The mortgage loans underlying such securities generally may be prepaid at any time without penalty. In a fluctuating interest rate environment, a predominant factor affecting the prepayment rate on a pool of mortgage loans is the difference between the interest rates on the mortgage loans and prevailing mortgage loan interest rates taking into account the cost of any refinancing. In general, if mortgage loan interest rates fall sufficiently below the interest rates on fixed rate mortgage loans underlying mortgage pass-through securities, the rate of prepayment would be expected to increase. Conversely, if mortgage loan interest rates rise above the interest rates on the fixed rate mortgage loans underlying the mortgage pass-through securities, the rate of prepayment may be expected to decrease.

Part II - 39

Notable Events Regarding Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Securities. On September 6, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and of any stockholder, officer or director of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with respect to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the assets of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) with each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury agreed to purchase 1,000,000 shares of senior preferred stock with an initial liquidation preference of $1 billion and obtained warrants and options to for the purchase of common stock of each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Under the SPAs as currently amended, the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide financial support to a GSE in any quarter in which the GSE has a net worth deficit as defined in the respective SPA. The SPAs contain various covenants that severely limit each enterprise’s operations.

The conditions attached to entering into the SPAs place significant restrictions on the activities of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae must obtain the consent of the U.S. Treasury to, among other things, (i) make any payment to purchase or redeem its capital stock or pay any dividend other than in respect of the senior preferred stock, (ii) issue capital stock of any kind, (iii) terminate the conservatorship of the FHFA except in connection with a receivership, or (iv) increase its debt beyond certain specified levels. Under a letter agreement entered into in January 2021, each enterprise is permitted to retain earnings and raise private capital to enable them to meet the minimum capital requirements under the FHFA’s Enterprise Regulatory Capital Framework (“ERCF”). The letter agreement also permits each enterprise to develop a plan to exit conservatorship, but may not do so until litigation involving the conservatorships is resolved and each enterprise has the minimum capital required by FHFA’s rules. In addition, significant restrictions are placed on the maximum size of each of Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s respective portfolios of mortgages and MBS, and the purchase agreements entered into by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae provide that the maximum size of their portfolios of these assets must decrease by a specified percentage each year. The future status and role of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae could be impacted by (among other things) the actions taken and restrictions placed on Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae by the FHFA in its role as conservator, the restrictions placed on Freddie Mac’s and Fannie Mae’s operations and activities as a result of the senior preferred stock investment made by the U.S. Treasury, market responses to developments at Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, and future legislative and regulatory action that alters the operations, ownership, structure and/or mission of these institutions, each of which may, in turn, impact the value of, and cash flows on, any MBS guaranteed by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, including any such MBS held by a Fund.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remains liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities. The SPAs are intended to enhance each of Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s ability to meet its obligations. The FHFA has indicated that the conservatorship of each enterprise will end when the director of FHFA determines that FHFA’s plan to restore the enterprise to a safe and solvent condition has been completed. Under amendments to the ERCF, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have published capital disclosures which provide additional information about their capital position and capital requirements on a quarterly basis since the first quarter of 2023 and delivered their first capital plans to FHFA in May 2023. The FHFA finalized amendments to certain provisions of the ERCF in November 2023 that modify various capital requirements for Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. Should Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac be taken out of conservatorship, it is unclear whether the U.S. Treasury would continue to enforce its rights or perform its obligations under the SPAs. It is also unclear how the capital structure of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac would be constructed post-conservatorship, and what effects, if any, the privatization of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac will have on their creditworthiness and guarantees of certain mortgage-backed securities. The ERCF requires Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, upon exit from conservatorship, to maintain higher levels of capital than prior to conservatorship to satisfy their risk-based capital requirements, leverage ratio requirements and prescribed buffer amounts. Accordingly, should the FHFA take Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac out of conservatorship, there could be an adverse impact on the value of their securities, which could cause a Fund’s investments to lose value.

Risks Related to GSE Credit Risk Transfer Securities and GSE Credit-Linked Notes. GSE Credit risk transfer securities are general obligations issued by a GSE and are unguaranteed and unsecured. GSE Credit-linked notes are similar, except that the notes are issued by an SPV, rather than by a GSE, and the obligations of the SPV are collateralized by the note proceeds as invested by the SPV, which are invested in cash or short-term securities. Although both GSE credit risk transfer securities and GSE credit-linked notes are unguaranteed, obligations of an SPV are also not backstopped by the Department of Treasury or an obligation of a GSE.

Part II - 40

The risks associated with these investments are different than the risks associated with an investment in mortgage-backed securities issued by GSEs or a private issuer. For example, in the event of a default on the obligations to noteholders, noteholders such as the Funds have no recourse to the underlying mortgage loans. In addition, some or all of the mortgage default risk associated with the underlying mortgage loans is transferred to noteholders. As a result, there can be no assurance that losses will not occur on an investment in GSE credit risk transfer securities or GSE credit-linked notes and Funds investing in these instruments may be exposed to the risk of loss on their investment. In addition, these investments are subject to prepayment risk.

In the case of GSE credit-linked notes, if a GSE fails to make a premium or other required payment to the SPV, the SPV may be unable to pay a noteholder the entire amount of interest or principal payable to the noteholder. In the event of a default on the obligations to noteholders, the SPV’s principal and interest payment obligations to noteholders will be subordinated to the SPV’s credit protection payment obligations to the GSE. Payment of such amounts to noteholders depends on the cash available in the trust from the loan proceeds and the GSE’s premium payments.

Any income earned by the SPV on investments of loan proceeds is expected to be less than the interest payments amounts to be paid to noteholders of the GSE credit-linked notes and interest payments to noteholders will be reduced if the GSE fails to make premium payments to the SPV. An SPV’s investment of loan proceeds may also be concentrated in the securities of a few number of issuers. A noteholder bears any investment losses on the allocable portion of the loan proceeds.

An SPV that issues GSE credit-linked notes may fall within the definition of a “commodity pool” under the Commodity Exchange Act. Certain GSEs are not registered as commodity pool operators in reliance on CFTC no-action relief, subject to certain conditions similar to those under CFTC Rule 4.13(a)(3), with respect to the operation of the SPV. If the GSE or SPV fails to comply with such conditions, noteholders that are investment vehicles, such as the Funds, may need to register as a CPO, which could cause such a Fund to incur increased costs.

Municipal Securities

Municipal Securities are issued to obtain funds for a wide variety of reasons. For example, municipal securities may be issued to obtain funding for the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as:

bridges;

highways;

roads;

schools;

waterworks and sewer systems; and

other utilities.

Other public purposes for which Municipal Securities may be issued include:

refunding outstanding obligations;

obtaining funds for general operating expenses; and

obtaining funds to lend to other public institutions and facilities.

In addition, certain debt obligations known as “Private Activity Bonds” may be issued by or on behalf of municipalities and public authorities to obtain funds to provide:

water, sewage and solid waste facilities;

qualified residential rental projects;

certain local electric, gas and other heating or cooling facilities;

qualified hazardous waste facilities;

high-speed intercity rail facilities;

governmentally-owned airports, docks and wharves and mass transportation facilities;

Part II - 41

qualified mortgages;

student loan and redevelopment bonds; and

bonds used for certain organizations exempt from Federal income taxation.

Certain debt obligations known as “Industrial Development Bonds” under prior Federal tax law may have been issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide:

privately operated housing facilities;

sports facilities;

industrial parks;

convention or trade show facilities;

airport, mass transit, port or parking facilities;

air or water pollution control facilities;

sewage or solid waste disposal facilities; and

facilities for water supply.

Other private activity bonds and industrial development bonds issued to fund the construction, improvement, equipment or repair of privately-operated industrial, distribution, research, or commercial facilities may also be Municipal Securities, however the size of such issues is limited under current and prior Federal tax law. The aggregate amount of most private activity bonds and industrial development bonds is limited (except in the case of certain types of facilities) under Federal tax law by an annual “volume cap.” The volume cap limits the annual aggregate principal amount of such obligations issued by or on behalf of all governmental instrumentalities in the state.

The two principal classifications of Municipal Securities consist of “general obligation” and “limited” (or revenue) issues. General obligation bonds are obligations involving the credit of an issuer possessing taxing power and are payable from the issuer’s general unrestricted revenues and not from any particular fund or source. The characteristics and method of enforcement of general obligation bonds vary according to the law applicable to the particular issuer, and payment may be dependent upon appropriation by the issuer’s legislative body. Limited obligation bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Private activity bonds and industrial development bonds generally are revenue bonds and thus not payable from the unrestricted revenues of the issuer. The credit and quality of such bonds is generally related to the credit of the bank selected to provide the letter of credit underlying the bond. Payment of principal of and interest on industrial development revenue bonds is the responsibility of the corporate user (and any guarantor).

The Funds may also acquire “moral obligation” issues, which are normally issued by special purpose authorities, and in other tax-exempt investments including pollution control bonds and tax-exempt commercial paper. Each Fund that may purchase municipal bonds may purchase:

Short-term tax-exempt General Obligations Notes;

Tax Anticipation Notes;

Bond Anticipation Notes;

Revenue Anticipation Notes;

Project Notes; and

Other forms of short-term tax-exempt loans.

Such notes are issued with a short-term maturity in anticipation of the receipt of tax funds, the proceeds of bond placements, or other revenues. Project Notes are issued by a state or local housing agency and are sold by the Department of Housing and Urban Development. While the issuing agency has the primary obligation with respect to its Project Notes, they are also secured by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government through agreements with the issuing authority which provide that, if required, the Federal government will lend the issuer an amount equal to the principal of and interest on the Project Notes.

Part II - 42

There are, of course, variations in the quality of Municipal Securities, both within a particular classification and between classifications. Also, the yields on Municipal Securities depend upon a variety of factors, including:

general money market conditions;

coupon rate;

the financial condition of the issuer;

general conditions of the municipal bond market;

the size of a particular offering;

the maturity of the obligations; and

the rating of the issue.

The ratings of Moody’s and S&P represent their opinions as to the quality of Municipal Securities. However, ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Municipal Securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields while Municipal Securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield. Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, an issue of Municipal Securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Fund. The Adviser will consider such an event in determining whether a Fund should continue to hold the obligations.

Municipal Securities may include obligations of municipal housing authorities and single-family mortgage revenue bonds. Weaknesses in Federal housing subsidy programs and their administration may result in a decrease of subsidies available for payment of principal and interest on housing authority bonds. Economic developments, including fluctuations in interest rates and increasing construction and operating costs, may also adversely impact revenues of housing authorities. In the case of some housing authorities, inability to obtain additional financing could also reduce revenues available to pay existing obligations.

Single-family mortgage revenue bonds are subject to extraordinary mandatory redemption at par in whole or in part from the proceeds derived from prepayments of underlying mortgage loans and also from the unused proceeds of the issue within a stated period which may be within a year from the date of issue.

Municipal leases are obligations issued by state and local governments or authorities to finance the acquisition of equipment and facilities. They may take the form of a lease, an installment purchase contract, a conditional sales contract, or a participation interest in any of the above.

Premium Securities. During a period of declining interest rates, many Municipal Securities in which the Funds invest likely will bear coupon rates higher than current market rates, regardless of whether the securities were initially purchased at a premium.

Risk Factors in Municipal Securities. The following is a summary of certain risks associated with Municipal Securities:

Tax Risk. The Code imposes certain continuing requirements on issuers of tax-exempt bonds regarding the use, expenditure and investment of bond proceeds and the payment of rebates to the U.S. Failure by the issuer to comply subsequent to the issuance of tax-exempt bonds with certain of these requirements could cause interest on the bonds to become includable in gross income retroactive to the date of issuance. In addition, changes in U.S. federal tax laws or the activity of an issuer may adversely affect the tax-exempt status of municipal obligations. Failure of municipal obligations to qualify for tax-exempt status, either at issuance or as a result of a deemed reissuance, may adversely affect the Fund and its shareholders, including its ability to distribute exempt-interest dividends.

Housing Authority Tax Risk. The exclusion from gross income for Federal income tax purposes for certain housing authority bonds depends on qualification under relevant provisions of the Code and on other provisions of Federal law. These provisions of Federal law contain requirements relating to the cost and location of the residences financed with the proceeds of the single-family mortgage bonds and the income levels of tenants of the rental projects financed with the proceeds of the multi-family housing bonds. Typically, the issuers of the bonds, and other parties, including the originators and servicers of the

Part II - 43

single-family mortgages and the owners of the rental projects financed with the multi-family housing bonds, covenant to meet these requirements. However, there is no assurance that the requirements will be met. If such requirements are not met:

●

the interest on the bonds may become taxable, possibly retroactively from the date of issuance;

●

the value of the bonds may be reduced;

●

you and other Shareholders may be subject to unanticipated tax liabilities;

●

a Fund may be required to sell the bonds at the reduced value;

●

it may be an event of default under the applicable mortgage;

●

the holder may be permitted to accelerate payment of the bond; and

●

the issuer may be required to redeem the bond.

In addition, if the mortgage securing the bonds is insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), the consent of the FHA may be required before insurance proceeds would become payable.

Information Risk. Information about the financial condition of issuers of Municipal Securities may be less available than that of corporations having a class of securities registered under the SEC.

State and Federal Laws. An issuer’s obligations under its Municipal Securities are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. These laws may extend the time for payment of principal or interest, or restrict a Fund’s ability to collect payments due on Municipal Securities. In addition, recent amendments to some statutes governing security interests (e.g., Revised Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”)) change the way in which security interests and liens securing Municipal Securities are perfected. These amendments may have an adverse impact on existing Municipal Securities (particularly issues of Municipal Securities that do not have a corporate trustee who is responsible for filing UCC financing statements to continue the security interest or lien).

Litigation and Current Developments. Litigation or other conditions may materially and adversely affect the power or ability of an issuer to meet its obligations for the payment of interest on and principal of its Municipal Securities. Such litigation or conditions may from time to time have the effect of introducing uncertainties in the market for tax-exempt obligations, or may materially affect the credit risk with respect to particular bonds or notes. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or a substantial portion of a Fund’s Municipal Securities in the same manner. Given the recent bankruptcy-type proceedings by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, risks associated with municipal obligations are heightened.

New Legislation. From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on tax exempt bonds, and similar proposals may be introduced in the future. The Supreme Court has held that Congress has the constitutional authority to enact such legislation. It is not possible to determine what effect the adoption of such proposals could have on (i) the availability of Municipal Securities for investment by the Funds, and (ii) the value of the investment portfolios of the Funds.

Limitations on the Use of Municipal Securities. Certain Funds may invest in Municipal Securities if the Adviser determines that such Municipal Securities offer attractive yields. The Funds may invest in Municipal Securities either by purchasing them directly or by purchasing certificates of accrual or similar instruments evidencing direct ownership of interest payments or principal payments, or both, on Municipal Securities, provided that, in the opinion of counsel to the initial seller of each such certificate or instrument, any discount accruing on such certificate or instrument that is purchased at a yield not greater than the coupon rate of interest on the related Municipal Securities will to the same extent as interest on such Municipal Securities be exempt from federal income tax and state income tax (where applicable) and not be treated as a preference item for individuals for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax. The Funds may also invest in Municipal Securities by purchasing from banks participation interests in all or part of specific holdings of Municipal Securities. Such participation interests may be backed in whole or in part by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of the selling bank. The selling bank may receive a fee from a Fund in connection with the arrangement. Each Fund will limit its investment in municipal leases to no more than 5% of its total assets.

Part II - 44

Options and Futures Transactions

A Fund may purchase and sell (a) exchange traded and OTC put and call options on securities, on indexes of securities and other types of instruments, and on futures contracts on securities and indexes of securities and other instruments such as interest rate futures and global interest rate futures and (b) futures contracts on securities and other types of instruments and on indexes of securities and other types of instruments. Each of these instruments is a derivative instrument as its value derives from the underlying asset or index.

Subject to its investment objective and policies, a Fund may use futures contracts and options for hedging and risk management purposes and to seek to enhance portfolio performance.

Options and futures contracts may be used to manage a Fund’s exposure to changing interest rates and/or security prices. Some options and futures strategies, including selling futures contracts and buying puts, tend to hedge a Fund’s investments against price fluctuations. Other strategies, including buying futures contracts and buying calls, tend to increase market exposure. Options and futures contracts may be combined with each other or with forward contracts in order to adjust the risk and return characteristics of a Fund’s overall strategy in a manner deemed appropriate by the Fund’s Adviser and consistent with the Fund’s objective and policies. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

The use of options and futures is a highly specialized activity which involves investment strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions, and there can be no guarantee that their use will increase a Fund’s return. While the use of these instruments by a Fund may reduce certain risks associated with owning its portfolio securities, these techniques themselves entail certain other risks. If a Fund’s Adviser applies a strategy at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions or trends incorrectly, options and futures strategies may lower a Fund’s return. Certain strategies limit a Fund’s possibilities to realize gains, as well as its exposure to losses. A Fund could also experience losses if the prices of its options and futures positions were poorly correlated with its other investments, or if it could not close out its positions because of an illiquid secondary market. In addition, a Fund will incur transaction costs, including trading commissions and option premiums, in connection with its futures and options transactions, and these transactions could significantly increase the Fund’s turnover rate.

Certain Funds are operated by a person that has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act. Certain other Funds may rely on no-action relief issued by the CFTC. For Funds that cannot rely on an exclusion from the definition of commodity pool operator, or no-action relief from the CFTC, the Adviser is subject to regulation as a commodity pool operator.

Purchasing Put and Call Options. By purchasing a put option, a Fund obtains the right (but not the obligation) to sell the instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for this right, a Fund pays the current market price for the option (known as the option premium). Options have various types of underlying instruments, including specific securities, indexes of securities, indexes of securities prices, and futures contracts. A Fund may terminate its position in a put option it has purchased by allowing it to expire or by exercising the option. A Fund may also close out a put option position by entering into an offsetting transaction, if a liquid market exists. If the option is allowed to expire, a Fund will lose the entire premium it paid. If a Fund exercises a put option on a security, it will sell the instrument underlying the option at the strike price. If a Fund exercises an option on an index, settlement is in cash and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. If an option is American style, it may be exercised on any day up to its expiration date. A European style option may be exercised only on its expiration date.

The buyer of a typical put option can expect to realize a gain if the value of the underlying instrument falls substantially. However, if the price of the instrument underlying the option does not fall enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer can expect to suffer a loss (limited to the amount of the premium paid, plus related transaction costs). The market value of an option may be adversely affected if the market for the option is reduced or becomes less liquid. Additionally, the market for an option may be impacted by the availability of additional expiry cycles, which may lead trading volume into contracts closer to expiration.

Part II - 45

The features of call options are essentially the same as those of put options, except that the purchaser of a call option obtains the right to purchase, rather than sell, the instrument underlying the option at the option’s strike price. A call buyer typically attempts to participate in potential price increases of the instrument underlying the option with risk limited to the cost of the option if security prices fall. At the same time, the buyer can expect to suffer a loss if security prices do not rise sufficiently to offset the cost of the option.

Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options on Securities. When a Fund writes a put option on a security, it takes the opposite side of the transaction from the option’s purchaser. In return for the receipt of the premium, a Fund assumes the obligation to pay the strike price for the security underlying the option if the other party to the option chooses to exercise it. A Fund may seek to terminate its position in a put option it writes before exercise by purchasing an offsetting option in the market at its current price. If the market is not liquid for a put option a Fund has written, however, it must continue to be prepared to pay the strike price while the option is outstanding, regardless of price changes, and must continue to post margin as discussed below. If the market value of the underlying securities does not move to a level that would make exercise of the option profitable to its holder, the option will generally expire unexercised, and a Fund will realize as profit the premium it received.

If the price of the underlying securities rises, a put writer would generally expect to profit, although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received. If security prices remain the same over time, it is likely that the writer will also profit, because it should be able to close out the option at a lower price. If security prices fall, the put writer would expect to suffer a loss. This loss should be less than the loss from purchasing and holding the underlying security directly, however, because the premium received for writing the option should offset a portion of the decline.

Writing a call option obligates a Fund to sell or deliver the option’s underlying security in return for the strike price upon exercise of the option. The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing put options, except that writing calls generally is a profitable strategy if prices remain the same or fall. Through receipt of the option premium a call writer offsets part of the effect of a price decline. At the same time, because a call writer must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument in return for the strike price, even if its current value is greater, a call writer gives up some ability to participate in security price increases.

When a Fund writes an exchange traded put or call option on a security, it will be required to deposit cash or securities or a letter of credit as margin and to make mark to market payments of variation margin as the position becomes unprofitable.

Certain Funds will usually sell covered call options or cash-secured put options on securities. A call option is covered if the writer either owns the underlying security (or comparable securities satisfying the cover requirements of the securities exchanges) or has the right to acquire such securities. Alternatively, for risk management purposes, a Fund will segregate or earmark liquid assets (i) in an amount equal to the Fund’s obligation under the contract with respect to call options or (ii) an amount greater of the market value of the instrument underlying the option or the strike price of the contract with respect to call options. A call option is also covered if a Fund (i) acquires a call option on the same security with a strike price equal to or lower than the strike price of the written call or (ii) acquires a call option on the same security with a strike price higher than the strike price of the written call and segregates liquid assets in an amount equal to the difference between the strike price of the two options. As the writer of a covered call option, a Fund foregoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. As a Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation, but may terminate its position by entering into an offsetting option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect an offsetting transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.

A put option is cash-secured if the writer segregates cash, high-grade short-term debt obligations, or other permissible collateral equity to the exercise price. Alternatively, a put option is covered if a Fund (i) acquires a put option on the same security with a strike price equal to or higher than the strike price of written put or (ii) acquires a put option on the same security with a strike price lower than the strike price of the written put and segregates liquid assets in the amount equal to the difference between the strike price of the two options. When a Fund writes cash-secured put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, a

Part II - 46

Fund could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Fund received when it wrote the option. While a Fund’s potential gain in writing a cash-secured put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Fund risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium.

Engaging in Straddles and Spreads. In a straddle transaction, a Fund either buys a call and a put or sells a call and a put on the same security. In a spread, a Fund purchases and sells a call or a put. A Fund will sell a straddle when the Fund’s Adviser believes the price of a security will be stable. A Fund will receive a premium on the sale of the put and the call. A spread permits a Fund to make a hedged investment that the price of a security will increase or decline.

Options on ETFs and Indexes. Certain Funds may purchase and sell options on securities indexes and other types of indexes. Options on indexes are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of index options may be settled by cash payments (or in some instances by a futures contract) and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities or the instruments in the index. In addition, these options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or instruments or segment of the securities’ or instruments’ market rather than price fluctuations in a single security or instrument. Certain Funds may also purchase and sell options on passively managed ETFs.

The value of a Fund’s options on an underlying ETF or index will fluctuate with changes in the value of the underlying ETF or index, and the value of the underlying ETF or index (the share price, in the case of an ETF, or the cash value of the level of an index) in turn will fluctuate with changes in the market values of the securities held by or included in the underlying ETF or index. The value of options is affected by changes in the value and dividend rates of the securities held by the underlying ETFs or represented in the index underlying the option, changes in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the underlying ETFs or the index and the remaining time to the options’ expiration, as well as trading conditions in the options market.

A Fund, in purchasing or selling index options, is subject to the risk that the value of its portfolio may not change as much as an index because a Fund’s investments generally will not match the composition of an index. Additionally, each of the options exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities, can establish limitations governing the maximum number of call or put options on the same underlying ETF or index that may be purchased or written by a single investor, whether acting alone or in concert with others (regardless of whether such options are written on the same or different exchanges or are held or written on one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). As such, the number of options any single Fund can purchase or write may be affected by options already purchased or written by other Funds. Under such limitations, option positions of all investment companies advised by the Adviser may be combined for purposes of these limits, and an exchange may order the liquidation of positions or may impose other sanctions or restrictions. Unlike options on securities, index options are cash settled, or settled with a futures contract in some instances, rather than settled by delivery of the underlying index securities or instruments.

Certain Funds purchase and sell credit options which are options on indexes of derivative instruments such as credit default swap indexes. Like other index options, credit options can be cash settled or settled with a futures contract in some instances. In addition, credit options can also be settled in some instances by delivery of the underlying index instrument. Credit options may be used for a variety of purposes including hedging, risk management such as positioning a portfolio for anticipated volatility or increasing income or gain to a Fund. There is no guarantee that the strategy of using options on indexes or credit options in particular will be successful. A Fund also risks losing all or part of the cash paid for purchasing put options. Unusual market conditions or the lack of a ready market for any particular option at a specific time may reduce the effectiveness of a Fund’s option strategies, and for these and other reasons, a Fund’s option strategies may not reduce a Fund’s volatility to the extent desired and could result in losses.

For a number of reasons, if a liquid secondary market does not exist, it might not be possible to effect a closing transaction with respect to a particular option a Fund has previously entered into. When a Fund purchases an OTC option (as defined below), it will be relying on its counterparty to perform its obligations and the Fund may incur additional losses if the counterparty is unable to perform.

Exchange-Traded and OTC Options. All options purchased or sold by a Fund will be traded on a securities exchange or will be purchased or sold by securities dealers (“OTC options”) that meet the Fund’s creditworthiness standards. While exchange-traded options are obligations of the Options Clearing Corporation, in the case of OTC options, a Fund relies on the dealer from which it purchased the option to

Part II - 47

perform if the option is exercised. Thus, when a Fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the dealer from which it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying securities. Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by a Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction. Accordingly, these OTC options are subject to heightened credit risk, as well as liquidity and valuation risk depending upon the type of OTC options in which a Fund invests.

Futures Contracts. When a Fund purchases a futures contract, it agrees to purchase a specified quantity of an underlying instrument at a specified future date or, in the case of an index futures contract, to make a cash payment based on the value of a securities index. When a Fund sells a futures contract, it agrees to sell a specified quantity of the underlying instrument at a specified future date or, in the case of an index futures contract, to receive a cash payment based on the value of a securities index. The price at which the purchase and sale will take place is fixed when a Fund enters into the contract. Futures can be held until their delivery dates or the position can be (and normally is) closed out before then. There is no assurance, however, that a liquid market will exist when a Fund wishes to close out a particular position.

When a Fund purchases a futures contract, the value of the futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of its underlying instrument. Therefore, purchasing futures contracts will tend to increase a Fund’s exposure to positive and negative price fluctuations in the underlying instrument, much as if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly. When a Fund sells a futures contract, by contrast, the value of its futures position will tend to move in a direction contrary to the value of the underlying instrument. Selling futures contracts, therefore, will tend to offset both positive and negative market price changes, much as if the underlying instrument had been sold.

The purchaser or seller of a futures contract is not required to deliver or pay for the underlying instrument unless the contract is held until the delivery date. However, when a Fund buys or sells a futures contract, it will be required to deposit “initial margin” with a futures commission merchant (“FCM”). Initial margin deposits are typically equal to a small percentage of the contract’s value. If the value of either party’s position declines, that party will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments equal to the change in value on a daily basis.

The party that has a gain may be entitled to receive all or a portion of this amount. A Fund may be obligated to make payments of variation margin at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so. Furthermore, it may not always be possible for a Fund to close out its futures positions. Until it closes out a futures position, a Fund will be obligated to continue to pay variation margin. Initial and variation margin payments do not constitute purchasing on margin for purposes of a Fund’s investment restrictions. In the event of the bankruptcy of an FCM that holds margin on behalf of a Fund, the Fund may be entitled to return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the Fund.

The Funds only invest in futures contracts on securities to the extent they could invest in the underlying securities directly. Certain Funds may also invest in index futures where the underlying securities or instruments are not available for direct investments by the Funds.

Cash Equitization. The objective where equity futures are used to “equitize” cash is to match the notional value of all futures contracts to a Fund’s cash balance. The notional values of the futures contracts and of the cash are monitored daily. As the cash is invested in securities and/or paid out to participants in redemptions, the Adviser simultaneously adjusts the futures positions. Through such procedures, a Fund not only gains equity exposure from the use of futures, but also benefits from increased flexibility in responding to client cash flow needs. Additionally, because it can be less expensive to trade a list of securities as a package or program trade rather than as a group of individual orders, futures provide a means through which transaction costs can be reduced. Such non-hedging risk management techniques involve leverage, and thus present, as do all leveraged transactions, the possibility of losses as well as gains that are greater than if these techniques involved the purchase and sale of the securities themselves rather than their synthetic derivatives.

Options on Futures Contracts. Futures contracts obligate the buyer to take and the seller to make delivery at a future date of a specified quantity of a financial instrument or an amount of cash based on the value of a security or other index. Currently, futures contracts are available on various types of securities, including but not limited to U.S. Treasury bonds, notes and bills, Eurodollar certificates of deposit and on indexes of securities. Unlike a futures contract, which requires the parties to buy and sell a security or make a cash settlement payment based on changes in a financial instrument or security or other index on an agreed date, an option on a futures contract entitles its holder to decide on or before a future date whether to enter into such a contract. If the holder decides not to exercise its option, the holder may close out the option position by entering into an offsetting transaction or may decide to let the option expire and

Part II - 48

forfeit the premium thereon. The purchaser of an option on a futures contract pays a premium for the option but makes no initial margin payments or daily payments of cash in the nature of “variation margin” payments to reflect the change in the value of the underlying contract as does a purchaser or seller of a futures contract. The seller of an option on a futures contract receives the premium paid by the purchaser and may be required to pay initial margin.

Combined Positions. Certain Funds may purchase and write options in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, a Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument, in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Correlation of Price Changes. Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded options and futures contracts, it is likely that the standardized options and futures contracts available will not match a Fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. A Fund may invest in options and futures contracts based on securities or instruments with different issuers, maturities, or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves a risk that the options or futures position will not track the performance of a Fund’s other investments.

Options and futures contracts prices can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match a Fund’s investments well. Options and futures contracts prices are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect security prices the same way. Imperfect correlation may also result from differing levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the securities markets, from structural differences in how options and futures and securities are traded, or from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts. A Fund may purchase or sell options and futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in a Fund’s options or futures positions are poorly correlated with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

Liquidity of Options and Futures Contracts. There is no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular option or futures contract at any particular time even if the contract is traded on an exchange. In addition, exchanges may establish daily price fluctuation limits for options and futures contracts and may halt trading if a contract’s price moves up or down more than the limit in a given day. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached or a trading halt is imposed, it may be impossible for a Fund to enter into new positions or close out existing positions. If the market for a contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or otherwise, it could prevent prompt liquidation of unfavorable positions, and could potentially require a Fund to continue to hold a position until delivery or expiration regardless of changes in its value. As a result, a Fund’s access to other assets posted as margin for its options could also be impaired. (See “Exchange-Traded and OTC Options” above for a discussion of the liquidity of options not traded on an exchange.)

Foreign Investment Risk. Certain Funds may buy and sell options on interest rate futures including global interest rate futures in which the reference interest rate is tied to currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Such investments are subject to additional risks including the risks associated with foreign investment and currency risk. See “Foreign Investments (including Foreign Currencies)” in this SAI Part II.

Position Limits. Futures exchanges can limit the number of futures and options on futures contracts that can be held or controlled by an entity. If an adequate exemption cannot be obtained, a Fund or the Fund’s Adviser may be required to reduce the size of its futures and options positions or may not be able to trade a certain futures or options contract in order to avoid exceeding such limits.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)

Certain of the Funds may invest in equity interests or debt obligations issued by REITs. REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interest. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and

Part II - 49

derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling property that has appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Similar to investment companies, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with several requirements of the Code. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses incurred by REITs in which a Fund invests in addition to the expenses incurred directly by a Fund.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills and on cash flows, are not diversified, and are subject to default by borrowers and self-liquidation. REITs are also subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investment in such loans will gradually align themselves to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.

Investment in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. These risks include:

●

limited financial resources;

●

infrequent or limited trading; and

●

more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities.

In addition, small capitalization stocks, such as certain REITs, historically have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500® Index.

Regulatory Changes and Other Market Events Relating to the Overall Economy

Economic downturns can trigger various domestic economic, legal, budgetary, tax and regulatory reforms across the globe. Instability in the financial markets in the wake of events such as the 2007-2008 financial crisis and the COVID-19 pandemic led the U.S. government, the Federal Reserve, the Treasury, the SEC, the FDIC and other governmental and regulatory bodies to take a number of then-unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets. These actions included, in part, the enactment by the United States Congress of the Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010 and imposed a new regulatory framework over the U.S. financial services industry and the consumer credit markets in general, and proposed and final regulations by the SEC. Federal, state, local, foreign and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self-regulatory organizations may take additional actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which a Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Reforms may also change the way in which a Fund is regulated and could limit or preclude a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective or engage in certain strategies. Also, while reforms generally are intended to strengthen markets, systems and public finances, they could affect Fund expenses and the value of Fund investments in unpredictable ways. There can be no assurance that these measures will not have an adverse effect on the value or marketability of securities held by the Funds. Furthermore, no assurance can be made that the U.S. government or any U.S. regulatory body (or other authority or regulatory body) will not continue to take further legislative or regulatory action, and the effect of such actions, if taken, cannot be known. However, current efforts by the U.S. government to reduce the impact of regulations on the U.S. financial services industry could lead to the repeal of certain elements of the regulatory framework.

In addition, global economies and financial markets are becoming increasingly interconnected, and economic and other conditions and events (including, but not limited to, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics, and social unrest) in one country, region, or financial market may adversely impact issuers in a different country, region, or financial market. Furthermore, the occurrence of, among other events, natural or man-made disasters, severe weather or geological events, fires, floods, earthquakes, outbreaks of disease (such as COVID-19, avian influenza or H1N1/09), epidemics, pandemics, malicious acts, cyber-attacks, trade disputes, war, terrorist acts or the occurrence of climate change, may also adversely impact

Part II - 50

the performance of a Fund. Such events may result in, among other things, closing borders, exchange closures, health screenings, healthcare service delays, quarantines, cancellations, supply chain disruptions, lower consumer demand, market volatility and general uncertainty. Such events could adversely impact issuers, markets and economies over the short- and long-term, including in ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen. A Fund could be negatively impacted if the value of a Fund’s investment was harmed by such political or economic conditions or events. Moreover, such negative political and economic conditions and events could disrupt the processes necessary for a Fund’s operations.

Derivatives

Under the SEC rule related to the use of derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements and certain other transactions by registered investment companies, a Fund’s trading of derivatives and other transactions that create future payment or delivery obligations are subject to a value-at-risk (“VaR”) leverage limit and certain derivatives risk management program and reporting requirements. Generally, these requirements apply unless a Fund qualifies as a “limited derivatives user,” as defined in the rule. Under the rule, when a Fund trades reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions, including certain tender option bonds, it needs to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the Fund’s asset coverage ratio or treat all such transactions as derivatives transactions. In addition, under the rule, a Fund is permitted to invest in a security on a when-issued or forward-settling basis, or with a non-standard settlement cycle, and the transaction will be deemed not to involve a senior security under the 1940 Act, provided that (i) the Fund intends to physically settle the transaction and (ii) the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date (the “Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision”). A Fund may otherwise engage in such transactions that do not meet the conditions of the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision so long as the Fund treats any such transaction as a “derivatives transaction” for purposes of compliance with the rule. Furthermore, under the rule, a Fund will be permitted to enter into an unfunded commitment agreement, and such unfunded commitment agreement will not be subject to the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act, if the Fund reasonably believes, at the time it enters into such agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all such agreements as they come due. These requirements may limit the ability of a Fund to use derivatives and reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions as part of its investment strategies. These requirements may increase the cost of a Fund’s investments and cost of doing business, which could adversely affect investors.

A Fund’s derivatives and other similar instruments (collectively referred to hereinafter in this section as “derivatives”) have risks, such as credit risk, default risk, leverage risk, liquidity risk, counterparty risk, market risk, operational risk and legal risk. These risks include the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets of the applicable Fund, which creates the possibility that the loss on such instruments may be greater than the gain in the value of the underlying assets in the Fund’s portfolio; the loss of principal; the possible default of the other party to the transaction; and illiquidity of the derivative investments. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the applicable Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. Counterparty risk also includes the risks of having concentrated exposure to a counterparty. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative contract would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If a Fund is owed this fair market value in the termination of the derivative contract and its claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying security. Using derivatives is also subject to operational and legal risks. Operational risk generally includes documentation or settlement issues, system failures, inadequate controls and human error. Legal risk generally includes the risk of loss resulting from insufficient or unenforceable contractual documentation or insufficient capacity or authority of a Fund’s counterparty.

The counterparty risk for cleared derivative transactions is generally lower than for uncleared over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives because generally a clearing organization is substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative contract and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing house for performance of financial obligations. However, there can be no assurance that the clearing house, or its members, will satisfy its obligations to a Fund.

Part II - 51

Certain of the derivatives in which a Fund invests may, in certain circumstances, give rise to a form of financial leverage, which may magnify the Fund’s gains and losses and the risk of owning such instruments. Like most other investments, derivatives are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to a Fund’s interest. The ability to successfully use derivative investments depends on the ability of the Adviser to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. In addition, amounts paid by a Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to the Fund’s derivatives would not be available to the Fund for other investment purposes, which may result in lost opportunities for gain.

The use of derivatives may also subject a Fund to liquidity risk which generally refers to risk involving the liquidity demands that derivatives can create to make payments of margin, collateral, or settlement payments to counterparties. Liquidity risk also refers to the risk that a Fund may be required to hold additional cash or sell other investments in order to obtain cash to close out derivatives or meet the liquidity demands noted above. A Fund may have to sell a security at a disadvantageous time or price to meet such obligations.

A Fund may use derivatives for various purposes, including to gain targeted security exposure from its cash position, to manage duration or to gain or adjust sector or yield curve exposure, to hedge various investments, for risk management and to opportunistically enhance the Fund’s returns. Under certain market conditions, a Fund’s use of derivatives for cash management or other investment management purposes could be significant.

Repurchase Agreements

Repurchase agreements may be entered into with brokers, dealers or banks or other entities that meet the Adviser’s credit guidelines. A Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with member banks of the Federal Reserve System and securities dealers or other entities believed by the Adviser to be creditworthy. The Adviser may consider the collateral received and any applicable guarantees in making its determination. In a repurchase agreement, a Fund buys a security from a seller that has agreed to repurchase the same security at a mutually agreed upon date and price. The resale price normally is in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed upon interest rate. This interest rate is effective for the period of time a Fund is invested in the agreement and is not related to the coupon rate on the underlying security. A repurchase agreement may also be viewed as a fully collateralized loan of money by a Fund to the seller. The maximum maturity permitted for a non- “putable” repurchase agreement will be 190 days. In the case of a tri-party agreement, the maximum notice period permitted for a “putable” or “open” repurchase agreement (i.e., where a Fund has a right to put the repurchase agreement to the counterparty or terminate the transaction at par plus accrued interest at a specified notice period) will be 190 days. The securities which are subject to repurchase agreements, however, may have maturity dates in excess of 190 days from the effective date of the repurchase agreement. In addition, the maturity of a “putable” or “open” repurchase agreement may be in excess of 190 days. A Fund will always receive securities as collateral during the term of the agreement whose market value is at least equal to 100% of the dollar amount invested by the Fund in each agreement plus accrued interest. The repurchase agreements further authorize a Fund to demand additional collateral in the event that the dollar value of the collateral falls below 100%. A Fund will make payment for such securities only upon physical delivery or upon evidence of book entry transfer to the account of the custodian. Repurchase agreements are considered under the 1940 Act to be loans collateralized by the underlying securities.

All of the Funds that are permitted to invest in repurchase agreements may engage in repurchase agreement transactions that are collateralized fully as defined in Rule 5b-3(c)(1) of the 1940 Act, which has the effect of enabling a Fund to look to the collateral, rather than the counterparty, for determining whether its assets are “diversified” for 1940 Act purposes. The Adviser may consider the collateral received and any applicable guarantees in making its determination. Certain Funds may, in addition, engage in repurchase agreement transactions that are collateralized by money market instruments, debt securities, loan participations, equity securities or other securities including securities that are rated below investment grade by the requisite NRSROs or unrated securities of comparable quality. For these types of repurchase agreement transactions, the Fund would look to the counterparty, and not the collateral, for determining such diversification.

A repurchase agreement is subject to the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the security. In the event of default by the seller under a repurchase agreement construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities would not be owned by a Fund, but would only constitute collateral for the seller’s

Part II - 52

obligation to pay the repurchase price. Therefore, a Fund may suffer time delays and incur costs in connection with the disposition of the collateral. The collateral underlying repurchase agreements may be more susceptible to claims of the seller’s creditors than would be the case with securities owned by a Fund.

Under existing guidance from the SEC, certain Funds may transfer uninvested cash balances into a joint account, along with cash of other Funds and certain other accounts. These balances may be invested in one or more repurchase agreements and/or short-term money market instruments.

In December 2023, the SEC adopted rule amendments providing that any covered clearing agency (“Covered Clearing Agency”) for U.S. Treasury securities require that every direct participant of the Covered Clearing Agency (which generally would be a bank or broker-dealer) submit for clearance and settlement all eligible secondary market transactions in U.S. Treasury securities to which it is a counterparty. The clearing mandate includes in its scope all repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements of such direct participants collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities (collectively, “Treasury repo transactions”) of a type accepted for clearing by a registered Covered Clearing Agency, including both bilateral Treasury repo transactions and triparty Treasury repo transactions where a bank agent provides custody, collateral management and settlement services.

The Treasury repo transactions of registered funds with any direct participants of a Covered Clearing Agency will be subject to the mandatory clearing requirement. Currently, the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”) is the only Covered Clearing Agency for U.S. Treasury securities. Since the typical repurchase transaction counterparties of the Funds are direct participants of FICC, this means that eligible secondary market transactions by the Funds will be required to be cleared. FICC currently operates a “Sponsored Program” for clearing of Treasury repo transactions pursuant to which a registered fund may enter into a clearing arrangement with a “sponsoring member” bank or broker-dealer that is a direct participant of FICC as a “sponsored member” of FICC.

Compliance with the clearing mandate for Treasury repo transactions is scheduled to be required by June 30, 2027. The clearing mandate is expected to result in each Fund being required to clear all or substantially all of its Treasury repo transactions as of the compliance date, and may necessitate expenditures by each Fund that trades in Treasury repo transactions in connection with entering into new agreements with sponsoring members and taking other actions to comply with the new requirements. The Adviser will monitor developments in the Treasury repo transactions market as the implementation period progresses.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund sells a security and agrees to repurchase the same security at a mutually agreed upon date and price reflecting the interest rate effective for the term of the agreement. Leverage may cause any gains or losses for a Fund to be magnified. The Funds will invest the proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements. In addition, except for liquidity purposes, a Fund will enter into a reverse repurchase agreement only when the expected return from the investment of the proceeds is greater than the expense of the transaction. A Fund will not invest the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement for a period which exceeds the duration of the reverse repurchase agreement. A Fund would be required to pay interest on amounts obtained through reverse repurchase agreements. The repurchase price is generally equal to the original sales price plus interest. Reverse repurchase agreements are usually for seven days or less and cannot be repaid prior to their expiration dates. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the portfolio securities transferred may decline below the price at which a Fund is obliged to purchase the securities.

Securities Lending

The following will apply to certain Funds if and when approved by the Board. This SAI will not be updated to reflect any such Board approval.

To generate additional income, certain Funds may lend up to 33 1∕3% of such Fund’s total assets pursuant to agreements requiring that the loan be continuously secured by collateral equal to at least 100% of the market value plus accrued interest on the securities lent. The Funds use Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”) as their securities lending agent. Pursuant to a Third Party Securities Lending Rider to the Custody Agreement between JPMorgan Chase Bank, Citibank and the Funds (the “Third Party Securities Lending Rider”) approved by the Board of Trustees, Citibank compensates JPMorgan Chase Bank for certain custodial services provided by JPMorgan Chase Bank in connection with the Funds’ use of Citibank as securities lending agent.

Part II - 53

Pursuant to the Global Securities Lending Agency Agreement approved by the Board of Trustees between Citibank and the Trust on behalf of the applicable Funds, severally and not jointly (the “Securities Lending Agency Agreement”), collateral for loans will consist only of cash. The Funds receive payments from the borrowers equivalent to the dividends and interest that would have been earned on the securities lent. For loans secured by cash, the Funds generally seek to earn interest on the investment of cash collateral in investments permitted by the Securities Lending Agency Agreement. Under the Securities Lending Agency Agreement, cash collateral may be invested in IM Shares of JPMorgan Prime Money Market Fund, JPMorgan U.S. Government Money Market Fund, and Class Agency SL Shares of the JPMorgan Securities Lending Money Market Fund. Certain Funds may instead use the cash collateral received from securities lending activities to post as margin for futures contracts and options on futures contracts, which each Fund treats as a similar financing transaction. A Fund using cash collateral in this manner will grant the securities borrower a lien on an agreed portion of the Fund’s assets to secure the Fund’s obligation to repay the borrower the amount of cash collateral owed to the borrower upon return of the borrowed securities. Those assets will be segregated into a separate account at the Fund’s custodian and subject to a control agreement among the Fund, its Custodian and the borrower, subjecting the Fund to the risk that the borrower may fail to release the collateral promptly (e.g., in the event of a bankruptcy) or seek to access those assets when the borrower is not authorized to do so. The 33 1∕3% limit does not apply to securities lending activities that constitute similar financing transactions.

Under the Securities Lending Agency Agreement, Citibank marks to market the loaned securities on a daily basis. In the event the cash received from the borrower is less than 102% of the value of the loaned securities (105% for non-U.S. securities), Citibank requests additional cash from the borrower so as to maintain a collateralization level of at least 102% of the value of the loaned securities plus accrued interest (105% for non-U.S. securities) subject to certain de minimis amounts. Loans are subject to termination by a Fund or the borrower at any time, and are therefore not considered to be illiquid investments. A Fund does not have the right to vote proxies for securities on loans over a record date of such proxies. However, if the Adviser has notice of the proxy in advance of the record date, an Adviser may terminate a loan in advance of the record date if the Adviser determines the vote is considered material with respect to an investment such as when the Adviser believes that its participation in the vote is necessary to preserve the long-term value of a Fund’s investment or in highly contested issues for which the Adviser believes its vote is important to the Fund’s strategy. In determining whether a vote is material, the Adviser’s determination is informed by its responsibility to act in a Fund’s best interests. In most cases, the Adviser anticipates that the potential long-term value to a Fund of voting shares would not be material and would therefore not justify forgoing the potential revenue the loan may provide the Fund. This may result in proxies being voted by the borrower of the security in a way that would be contrary with how the Adviser would vote if the security had not been lent including for certain Funds that have strategies to invest in companies that the Adviser believes are sustainable leaders based on the Adviser’s sustainability criteria or that meet certain other ESG criteria. However, in certain instances, the Adviser may determine, in its independent business judgment, that the value of voting outweighs the securities lending revenue loss to a Fund and would therefore recall shares to be voted in those instances.

Securities lending involves counterparty risk, including the risk that the loaned securities may not be returned or returned in a timely manner and/or a loss of rights in the collateral if the borrower or the lending agent defaults or fails financially. This risk is increased when a Fund’s loans are concentrated with a single or limited number of borrowers. The earnings on the collateral invested may not be sufficient to pay fees incurred in connection with the loan. Also, the principal value of the collateral invested may decline and may not be sufficient to pay back the borrower for the amount of collateral posted. There are no limits on the number of borrowers a Fund may use and a Fund may lend securities to only one or a small group of borrowers. In addition, loans may be made to affiliates of Citibank. Funds participating in securities lending bear the risk of loss in connection with investments of the cash collateral received from the borrowers, which do not trigger additional collateral requirements from the borrower.

To the extent that the value or return of a Fund’s investments of the cash collateral declines below the amount owed to a borrower, the Fund may incur losses that exceed the amount it earned on lending the security. In situations where the Adviser does not believe that it is prudent to sell the cash collateral investments in the market, a Fund may borrow money to repay the borrower the amount of cash collateral owed to the borrower upon return of the loaned securities. This will result in financial leverage, which may cause a Fund to be more volatile because financial leverage tends to exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

Part II - 54

Short Selling

In short selling transactions, a Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security. To complete the transaction, a Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. A Fund is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it subsequently at the market price at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by a Fund, which may result in a loss or gain, respectively. Unlike taking a long position in a security by purchasing the security, where potential losses are limited to the purchase price, short sales have no cap on maximum losses, and gains are limited to the price of the security at the time of the short sale.

Short sales of forward commitments and derivatives do not involve borrowing a security. These types of short sales may include futures, options, contracts for differences, forward contracts on financial instruments and options such as contracts, credit linked instruments, and swap contracts.

A Fund may not always be able to borrow a security it wants to sell short. A Fund also may be unable to close out an established short position at an acceptable price and may have to sell long positions at disadvantageous times to cover its short positions. The value of your investment in a Fund will fluctuate in response to movements in the market. Fund performance also will depend on the effectiveness of the Adviser’s research and the management team’s investment decisions. The SEC and financial industry regulatory authorities in other countries may impose prohibitions, restrictions or other regulatory requirements on short sales, which could inhibit the ability of the Adviser to sell securities short on behalf of a Fund. For example, in September 2008, in response to spreading turmoil in the financial markets, the SEC temporarily banned short selling in the stocks of numerous financial services companies, and also promulgated new disclosure requirements with respect to short positions held by investment managers. The SEC’s temporary ban on short selling of such stocks has since expired, but should similar restrictions and/or additional disclosure requirements be promulgated, especially if market turmoil occurs, a Fund may be forced to cover short positions more quickly than otherwise intended and may suffer losses as a result. Such restrictions may also adversely affect the ability of a Fund (especially if a Fund utilizes short selling as a significant portion of its investment strategy) to execute its investment strategies generally.

Short sales also involve other costs. A Fund must repay to the lender an amount equal to any dividends or interest that accrues while the loan is outstanding. To borrow the security, a Fund may be required to pay a premium. A Fund also will incur transaction costs in effecting short sales. The amount of any ultimate gain for a Fund resulting from a short sale will be decreased and the amount of any ultimate loss will be increased by the amount of premiums, interest or expenses a Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Realized gains from short sales are typically treated as short-term gains/losses.

Certain of a Fund’s service providers may have agreed to waive fees and reimburse expenses to limit the Fund’s operating expenses in the amount and for the time period specified in the Fund’s prospectuses. The expense limitation does not include certain expenses including, to the extent indicated in a Fund’s prospectuses, dividend and interest expense on short sales. In calculating the interest expense on short sales for purposes of this exclusion, a Fund will recognize all economic elements of interest costs, including premium and discount adjustments.

Short-Term Funding Agreements

Short-term funding agreements issued by insurance companies are sometimes referred to as Guaranteed Investment Contracts (“GICs”), while those issued by banks are referred to as Bank Investment Contracts (“BICs”). Pursuant to such agreements, a Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit account at a bank or insurance company. The bank or insurance company then credits to a Fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest at either a fixed, variable or floating rate. These contracts are general obligations of the issuing bank or insurance company (although they may be the obligations of an insurance company separate account) and are paid from the general assets of the issuing entity.

Generally, there is no active secondary market in short-term funding agreements. Therefore, short-term funding agreements may be considered by a Fund to be illiquid investments.

Special Purpose Acquisition Companies

A Fund may invest in stocks, warrants, rights, debt and other securities of special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”) or similar special purpose entities in a private placement transaction or as part of a public offering. A SPAC is a publicly traded company that raises investment capital for the purpose of acquiring or merging with an existing company. The shares of a SPAC are typically issued in “units.” Units

Part II - 55

include one share of common stock and one right or warrant (or partial right or warrant) conveying the right to purchase additional shares of common stock. At a specified time, the rights and warrants may be separated from the common stock at the election of the holder, after which each security typically is freely tradeable. An alternative to private companies making an initial public offering (“IPO”) can be combining with a SPAC, which permits the private company to go public by taking the SPAC’s place on an exchange. Until an acquisition or merger is completed, a SPAC generally invests its assets, less a portion retained to cover expenses, in U.S. government securities, money market securities and cash and does not typically pay dividends in respect of its common stock. In addition, a Fund may elect not to participate in a proposed SPAC transaction or may be required to divest its interests in the SPAC due to regulatory or other considerations. As a result, it is possible that an investment in a SPAC may lose value.

If an acquisition or merger that meets the requirements of the SPAC is not completed within a pre-established period of time (typically, two years), the funds invested in the SPAC (less any permitted expenses and any losses experienced by the SPAC) are returned to its shareholders, unless shareholders approve alternative options. Any warrants or other rights with respect to a SPAC held by a Fund may expire worthless or may be repurchased or retired by the SPAC.

Because SPACs and similar entities are blank check companies and do not have any operating history or ongoing business other than seeking acquisitions, the value of their securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the SPAC’s management to identify a merger target and complete an acquisition. Some SPACs pursue acquisitions only within certain industries or regions, which may increase the volatility of their prices and the risks associated with these investments. In addition, the securities issued by a SPAC may be classified as illiquid and/or be subject to restrictions on resale, which may be for an extended time, and may only be traded in the over-the-counter market. If there is no market for the shares of the SPAC or only a thinly traded market for shares or interests in the SPAC develops, a Fund may not be able to sell its interest in a SPAC or to sell its interest only at a price below what the Fund believes is the SPAC interest’s value. If not subject to a restriction on resale, a Fund may sell its investments in a SPAC at any time, including before, at or after the time of an acquisition or merger.

An investment in a SPAC may be diluted by additional, later offerings of securities by the SPAC or by other investors exercising existing rights to purchase securities of the SPAC. Generally, SPACs provide the opportunity for common shareholders to have some or all of their shares of common stock redeemed by the SPAC at or around the time of a proposed acquisition or merger. An investment in a SPAC is subject to the risks that any proposed acquisition or merger may not obtain the requisite approval of SPAC shareholders or that an acquisition or merger may prove unsuccessful and lose value. An investment in a SPAC is also subject to the risk that a significant portion of the funds raised by the SPAC may be expended during the search for a target acquisition or merger. The values of investments in SPACs may be highly volatile and may depreciate over time.

In addition, investments in SPACs may be subject to the risks of investing in an IPO. These risks include risks associated with companies that have little or no operating history as public companies, unseasoned trading and small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. Additionally, investments in SPACs may be subject to the risks inherent in those sectors of the market where these new issuers operate. The market for IPO issuers may be volatile, and share prices of newly-public companies have fluctuated significantly over short periods of time. Although some IPOs may produce high, double-digit returns, such returns are highly unusual and may not be sustainable.

Structured Investments

A structured investment is a security having a return tied to an underlying index or other security or asset class. Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. Structured investments are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security. This restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, or specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity or one or more classes of securities (“structured securities”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. Investments in structured securities are generally of a class of structured securities that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present

Part II - 56

greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities. Structured instruments include structured notes. In addition to the risks applicable to investments in structured investments and debt securities in general, structured notes bear the risk that the issuer may not be required to pay interest on the structured note if the index rate rises above or falls below a certain level. Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured securities. Investments in government and government-related restructured debt instruments are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt and requests to extend additional loan amounts. Structured investments include a wide variety of instruments including, without limitation, CDOs, credit linked notes, and participation notes and participatory notes. Additional information including risk information is included under Asset-Backed Securities.

Credit Linked Notes. Certain Funds may invest in structured instruments known as credit linked securities or credit linked notes (“CLNs”). CLNs are typically issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle (the “CLN trust”) that, in turn, invests in a derivative or basket of derivatives instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and/or other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain high yield, sovereign debt, emerging markets, or other fixed income markets. Generally, investments in CLNs represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the CLN. However, these payments are conditioned on the CLN trust’s receipt of payments from, and the CLN trust’s potential obligations, to the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the CLN trust invests. For example, the CLN trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the CLN trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default were to occur, the stream of payments may stop and the CLN trust would be obligated to pay the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that a Fund would receive as an investor in the CLN trust.

Certain Funds may enter into CLNs structured as “First-to-Default” CLNs. In a First-to-Default CLN, the CLN trust enters into a credit default swap on a portfolio of a specified number of individual securities pursuant to which the CLN trust sells protection to a counterparty. The CLN trust uses the proceeds of issuing investments in the CLN trust to purchase securities, which are selected by the counterparty and the total return of which is paid to the counterparty. Upon the occurrence of a default or credit event involving any one of the individual securities, the credit default swaps terminate and a Fund’s investment in the CLN trust is redeemed for an amount equal to “par” minus the amount paid to the counterparty under the credit default swap.

Certain Funds may also enter in CLNs to gain access to sovereign debt and securities in emerging markets particularly in markets where the Fund is not able to purchase securities directly due to domicile restrictions, tax restrictions or tariffs. In such an instance, the issuer of the CLN may purchase the reference security directly and/or gain exposure through a credit default swap or other derivative.

A Fund’s investments in CLNs are subject to the risks associated with the underlying reference obligations and derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk.

Equity-Linked Notes. Certain Funds may invest in structured investments known as equity-linked notes (“ELNs”). ELNs are hybrid derivative-type instruments that are designed to combine the characteristics of one or more reference securities (e.g., a single stock, a stock index or a basket of stocks (“underlying securities”)) and a related equity derivative. ELNs are structured as notes that are issued by counterparties, including banks, broker-dealers or their affiliates, and are designed to offer a return linked to the underlying securities within the ELN. ELNs can provide a Fund with an efficient investment tool that may be less expensive than investing directly in the underlying securities and the related equity derivative.

Generally, when purchasing an ELN, a Fund pays the counterparty the current value of the underlying securities plus a commission. Upon the maturity of the note, a Fund generally receives the par value of the note plus a return based on the appreciation of the underlying securities. If the underlying securities have

Part II - 57

depreciated in value or if their price fluctuates outside of a preset range, depending on the type of ELN in which a Fund invested, the Fund may receive only the principal amount of the note, or may lose the principal invested in the ELN entirely.

ELNs are available with an assortment of features, such as periodic coupon payments (e.g., monthly, quarterly or semiannually), varied participation rates (the rate at which a Fund participates in the appreciation of the underlying securities), limitations on the appreciation potential of the underlying securities by a maximum payment or call right, and different protection levels on a Fund’s principal investment. In addition, when the underlying securities are foreign securities or indices, an ELN may be priced with or without currency exposure. A Fund may engage in all types of ELNs, including those that: (1) provide for protection of the Fund’s principal in exchange for limited participation in the appreciation of the underlying securities, and (2) do not provide for such protection and subject the Fund to the risk of loss of the Fund’s principal investment.

Investing in ELNs may be more costly to a Fund than if the Fund had invested in the underlying instruments directly. Investments in ELNs often have risks similar to the underlying instruments, which include market risk and, as applicable, foreign securities and currency risk. In addition, since ELNs are in note form, ELNs are also subject to certain debt securities risks, such as credit or counterparty risk. Should the prices of the underlying instruments move in an unexpected manner, a Fund may not achieve the anticipated benefits of an investment in an ELN, and may realize losses, which could be significant and could include the entire principal investment. Investments in ELNs are also subject to liquidity risk, which may make ELNs difficult to sell and value. A lack of liquidity may also cause the value of the ELN to decline. In addition, ELNs may exhibit price behavior that does not correlate with the underlying securities.

ELN investments are subject to the risk that issuers and/or counterparties will fail to make payments when due or default completely. Prices of these investments may be adversely affected if any of the issuers or counterparties it is invested in are subject to an actual or perceived deterioration in their credit quality.

If the ELN is held to maturity, the issuer would pay to the purchaser the underlying instrument’s value at maturity with any necessary adjustments. The holder of an ELN that is linked to a particular underlying security or instrument may be entitled to receive dividends paid in connection with that underlying equity security, but typically does not receive voting rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying equity security. In addition, there can be no assurance that there will be a trading market for an ELN or that the trading price of the ELN will equal the underlying value of the instruments that it seeks to replicate. Unlike a direct investment in equity securities, ELNs typically involve a term or expiration date, potentially increasing a Fund’s turnover rate, transaction costs and tax liability.

Participation Notes and Participatory Notes. Certain Funds may invest in instruments that have similar economic characteristics to equity securities, such as participation notes (also known as participatory notes (“P-notes”)) or other structured instruments that may be developed from time to time (“structured instruments”). Structured instruments are notes that are issued by banks, broker-dealers or their affiliates and are designed to offer a return linked to a particular underlying equity or market.

If the structured instrument were held to maturity, the issuer would pay to the purchaser the underlying instrument’s value at maturity with any necessary adjustments. The holder of a structured instrument that is linked to a particular underlying security or instrument may be entitled to receive dividends paid in connection with that underlying security or instrument, but typically does not receive voting rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying security or instrument. Structured instruments have transaction costs. In addition, there can be no assurance that there will be a trading market for a structured instrument or that the trading price of a structured instrument will equal the underlying value of the security, instrument or market that it seeks to replicate. Unlike a direct investment in equity securities, structured instruments typically involve a term or expiration date, potentially increasing a Fund’s turnover rate, transaction costs and tax liability.

Due to transfer restrictions, the secondary markets on which a structured instrument is traded may be less liquid than the market for other securities, or may be completely illiquid, which may expose a Fund to risks of mispricing or improper valuation. Structured instruments typically constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks, broker-dealers or their relevant affiliates that issue them, which subjects a Fund to counterparty risk (and this risk may be amplified if the Fund purchases structured instruments from only a small number of issuers). Structured instruments also have the same risks associated with a direct investment in the underlying securities, instruments or markets that they seek to replicate.

Part II - 58

Swaps and Related Swap Products

Swap transactions may include, but are not limited to, interest rate swaps, currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, contracts for differences, total return swaps, index swaps, basket swaps, specific security swaps, fixed income sectors swaps, commodity swaps, asset-backed swaps (ABX), commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) and indexes of CMBS (CMBX), credit default swaps, interest rate caps, price lock swaps, floors and collars and swaptions (collectively defined as “swap transactions”).

A Fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining that return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in cash markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, to protect against any increase in the price of securities a Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.

Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional counterparties for periods ranging from a few weeks to several years. They may be bilaterally negotiated between the two parties (referred to as OTC swaps) or traded over an exchange. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) that would be earned or realized on specified notional investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated by reference to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency or commodity, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. The purchaser of an interest rate cap or floor, upon payment of a fee, has the right to receive payments (and the seller of the cap or floor is obligated to make payments) to the extent a specified interest rate exceeds (in the case of a cap) or is less than (in the case of a floor) a specified level over a specified period of time or at specified dates. The purchaser of an interest rate collar, upon payment of a fee, has the right to receive payments (and the seller of the collar is obligated to make payments) to the extent that a specified interest rate falls outside an agreed upon range over a specified period of time or at specified dates. The purchaser of an option on an interest rate swap, also known as a “swaption,” upon payment of a fee (either at the time of purchase or in the form of higher payments or lower receipts within an interest rate swap transaction) has the right, but not the obligation, to initiate a new swap transaction of a pre-specified notional amount with pre-specified terms with the seller of the swaption as the counterparty.

The “notional amount” of a swap transaction is the agreed upon basis for calculating the payments that the parties have agreed to exchange. For example, one swap counterparty may agree to pay a floating rate of interest (e.g., 3 month SOFR) calculated based on a $10 million notional amount on a quarterly basis in exchange for receipt of payments calculated based on the same notional amount and a fixed rate of interest on a semi-annual basis. In the event a Fund is obligated to make payments more frequently than it receives payments from the other party, it will incur incremental credit exposure to that swap counterparty. This risk may be mitigated somewhat by the use of swap agreements which call for a net payment to be made by the party with the larger payment obligation when the obligations of the parties fall due on the same date. Under most swap agreements entered into by a Fund, payments by the parties will be exchanged on a “net basis,” and a Fund will receive or pay, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments.

The amount of a Fund’s potential gain or loss on any swap transaction is not subject to any fixed limit. Nor is there any fixed limit on a Fund’s potential loss if it sells a cap or collar. If a Fund buys a cap, floor or collar, however, the Fund’s potential loss is limited to the amount of the fee that it has paid. When measured against the initial amount of cash required to initiate the transaction, which is typically zero in the case of most conventional swap transactions, swaps, caps, floors and collars tend to be more volatile than many other types of instruments.

The use of swap transactions, caps, floors and collars involves investment techniques and risks that are different from those associated with portfolio security transactions. If a Fund’s Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates, and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund will be less favorable than if these techniques had not been used. These instruments are typically not traded on exchanges. Accordingly, there is a risk that the other party to certain of these instruments will not perform its obligations to a Fund or that a Fund may be unable to enter into offsetting positions to terminate its exposure or liquidate its position under certain of these instruments when it wishes to do so. Such occurrences could result in losses to a Fund. A Fund’s Adviser will consider such risks and will enter into swap and other derivatives transactions only when it believes that the risks are not unreasonable.

Part II - 59

A Fund will not enter into any swap transaction, cap, floor, or collar, unless the counterparty to the transaction is deemed creditworthy by the Fund’s Adviser. If a counterparty defaults, a Fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap markets in which many types of swap transactions are traded have grown substantially in recent years, with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the markets for certain types of swaps (e.g., interest rate swaps) have become relatively liquid. The markets for some types of caps, floors and collars are less liquid.

The liquidity of swap transactions, caps, floors and collars will be as set forth in guidelines established by a Fund’s Adviser and approved by the Trustees which are based on various factors, including: (1) the availability of dealer quotations and the estimated transaction volume for the instrument, (2) the number of dealers and end users for the instrument in the marketplace, (3) the level of market making by dealers in the type of instrument, (4) the nature of the instrument (including any right of a party to terminate it on demand) and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset a Fund’s rights and obligations relating to the instrument). Such determination will govern whether the instrument will be deemed within the applicable liquidity restriction on investments in securities that are not readily marketable.

During the term of a swap, cap, floor or collar, changes in the value of the instrument are recognized as unrealized gains or losses by marking to market to reflect the market value of the instrument. When the instrument is terminated, a Fund will record a realized gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the proceeds from (or cost of) the closing transaction and a Fund’s basis in the contract.

The federal income tax treatment with respect to swap transactions, caps, floors, and collars may impose limitations on the extent to which a Fund may engage in such transactions.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain swaps that were historically traded OTC must now be traded on an exchange or facility regulated by the CFTC and/or centrally cleared (central clearing interposes a central clearing house to each participant’s swap). Exchange trading and central clearing are intended to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity and transparency, but they do not make swap transactions risk-free. Moving trading to an exchange-type system may increase market transparency and liquidity but may require Funds to incur increased expenses to access the same types of cleared and uncleared swaps. Moreover, depending on the size of a Fund and other factors, the margin required under the clearinghouse rules and by a clearing member may be in excess of the collateral required to be posted by the Fund to support its obligations under a similar uncleared swap. But applicable regulators have also adopted rules imposing margin requirements, including minimums, on uncleared swaps, which may result in a Fund and its counterparties posting higher margin amounts for uncleared swaps as well. Recently adopted rules also require centralized reporting of detailed information about many types of cleared and uncleared swaps. Swaps data reporting may result in greater market transparency, but may subject a Fund to additional administrative burdens, and the safeguards established to protect trader anonymity may not function as expected. Implementing these new exchange trading, central clearing, margin and data reporting regulations may increase a Fund’s cost of hedging risk and, as a result, may affect returns to Fund investors.

Credit Default Swaps. As described above, swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. Credit default swaps may have as reference obligations one or more securities or loans that are not currently held by a Fund. In the case of a credit default swap (“CDS”), the contract gives one party (the buyer) the right to recoup the economic value of a decline in the value of debt securities of the reference entity if the credit event (e.g., a downgrade or default) occurs. For a physically-settled CDS contract, this value is obtained by delivering a debt obligation of the reference entity to the party in return for a previously agreed payment from the other party (frequently, the par value of the debt obligation). CDS instruments include CDS contracts on individual reference entities, and CDS indices (“CDX”), which are standardized and tradeable indices composed of baskets of CDS contracts on multiple reference entities.

Transacting in CDS instruments require initial premium (discount) payments as well as periodic payments (receipts) related to the interest leg of the swap or to the default of a reference obligation.

If a Fund is a buyer of a CDS contract (commonly known as selling protection), the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default or other credit event by the reference entity, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, with respect to such debt obligations. In return, a Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, a Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As

Part II - 60

the seller of protection, a Fund is subject to credit exposure on the notional amount of the swap in addition to the credit exposure on the other assets held in its portfolio. CDS instruments incur leveraged exposure to the credit of one or more reference entities and subject the seller of protection to many of the same risks it would incur if it were holding debt securities issued by the relevant reference entity. However, a Fund will not have any legal recourse against any reference entity and will not benefit from any collateral securing the reference entity’s debt obligations. Following a credit event, the buyer of protection under a physically-settled CDS contract may have broad discretion to select which of the reference entity’s debt obligations to deliver to the seller of protection and would be expected to choose the obligations with the lowest market value.

If a Fund is a seller of a CDS contract (commonly known as buying protection), the Fund would have the right to deliver a referenced debt obligation and receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of such debt obligation from the counterparty in the event of a default or other credit event (such as a downgrade in credit rating) by the reference entity, such as a U.S. or foreign corporation, with respect to its debt obligations. In return, a Fund would pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the counterparty would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligations to a Fund. If a Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund will lose the payments made under the terms of the CDS contract and recover nothing.

A Fund may enter into CDS instruments for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return.

The use of CDS instruments, like all swap agreements, is subject to certain risks. If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the swap would likely decline. Moreover, there is no guarantee that a Fund could eliminate its exposure under an outstanding swap agreement by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same or another party. In addition to general market risks, CDS instruments involve credit risk, correlation risk, leverage risk, illiquidity risk and counterparty risk. An increase in corporate defaults further raises these liquidity and credit risks, increasing the possibility that sellers will not have sufficient funds to make payments. CDS may be difficult to value and susceptible to liquidity and credit risks. As a result, investors may have difficulty identifying the party responsible for payment of their claims. In addition, CDS contracts generally trade on the basis of theoretical pricing and valuation models, which may not accurately value such swap positions when established or when subsequently traded or unwound under actual market conditions.

If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that a Fund may not receive adequate collateral. There is no readily available market for trading out of non-exchange traded CDS contracts. In order to eliminate a position it has taken in a CDS, a Fund must terminate the existing CDS contract or enter into an offsetting trade. A Fund may only exit its obligations under a CDS contract by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, which could result in additional losses to the Fund. Furthermore, the cost of entering into an offsetting CDS position could cause a Fund to incur losses.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain CDS contracts are subject to mandatory central clearing, which may reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity compared to other CDS transactions. A Fund faces counterparty risk with respect to the clearinghouse when entering into cleared CDS. A Fund faces more significant counterparty risk with respect to its counterparties to non-cleared CDS contracts. A Fund typically will enter into non-cleared CDS contracts with swap dealers and creditworthy entities that have substantial capital.

Synthetic Variable Rate Instruments

Synthetic variable rate instruments generally involve the deposit of a long-term tax exempt bond in a custody or trust arrangement and the creation of a mechanism to adjust the long-term interest rate on the bond to a variable short-term rate and a right (subject to certain conditions) on the part of the purchaser to tender it periodically to a third party at par. A Fund’s Adviser reviews the structure of synthetic variable rate instruments to identify credit and liquidity risks (including the conditions under which the right to tender the instrument would no longer be available) and will monitor those risks. In the event that the right to tender the instrument is no longer available, the risk to a Fund will be that of holding the long-term bond. In the case of some types of instruments credit enhancement is not provided, and if certain events occur, which may include (a) default in the payment of principal or interest on the underlying bond, (b) downgrading of the bond below investment grade or (c) a loss of the bond’s tax exempt status, then the put will terminate and the risk to a Fund will be that of holding a long-term bond.

Part II - 61

Treasury Receipts

A Fund may purchase interests in separately traded interest and principal component parts of U.S. Treasury obligations that are issued by banks or brokerage firms and are created by depositing U.S. Treasury notes and U.S. Treasury bonds into a special account at a custodian bank. Receipts include Treasury Receipts (“TRs”), Treasury Investment Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”), and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”). Receipts in which an entity other than the government separates the interest and principal components are not considered government securities unless such securities are issued through the Treasury Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”) program.

Trust Preferred Securities

Certain Funds may purchase trust preferred securities, also known as “trust preferreds,” which are preferred securities issued by a special purpose trust subsidiary backed by subordinated debt of the corporate parent. An issuer creates trust preferred securities by creating a trust and issuing debt to the trust. The trust in turn issues trust preferred securities. Trust preferred securities are hybrid securities with characteristics of both subordinated debt and preferred securities. Such characteristics include long maturities (typically 30 years or more), early redemption by the issuer, periodic fixed or variable interest payments, and maturities at face value. In addition, trust preferred securities issued by a bank holding company may allow deferral of interest payments for up to 5 years. Holders of trust preferred securities have limited voting rights to control the activities of the trust and no voting rights with respect to the parent company.

U.S. Government Obligations

U.S. government obligations may include direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, including Treasury bills, notes and bonds, all of which are backed as to principal and interest payments by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, and separately traded principal and interest component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the Federal book-entry system known as STRIPS and Coupons Under Book Entry Safekeeping (“CUBES”). The Funds may also invest in TIPS. U.S. government obligations are subject to market risk, interest rate risk and credit risk.

The principal and interest components of U.S. Treasury bonds with remaining maturities of longer than ten years are eligible to be traded independently under the STRIPS program. Under the STRIPS program, the principal and interest components are separately issued by the U.S. Treasury at the request of depository financial institutions, which then trade the component parts separately. The interest component of STRIPS may be more volatile than that of U.S. Treasury bills with comparable maturities.

Other obligations include those issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, GSEs or instrumentalities. These obligations may or may not be backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. government. Securities which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government include obligations of the Government National Mortgage Association, the Farmers Home Administration, and the Export-Import Bank. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the Funds must look principally to the federal agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the U.S. itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments. Securities in which the Funds may invest that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government include, but are not limited to: (i) obligations of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Federal Home Loan Banks and the U.S. Postal Service, each of which has the right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet its obligations; (ii) securities issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, which are supported only by the credit of such securities, but for which the Secretary of the Treasury has discretionary authority to purchase limited amounts of the agency’s obligations; and (iii) obligations of the Federal Farm Credit System and the Student Loan Marketing Association, each of whose obligations may be satisfied only by the individual credits of the issuing agency.

The total public debt of the United States and other countries around the globe as a percent of gross domestic product has grown. Although high debt levels do not necessarily indicate or cause economic problems, they may create certain systemic risks if sound debt management practices are not implemented.

Part II - 62

A high national debt level may increase market pressures to meet government funding needs, which may drive debt cost higher and cause a country to sell additional debt, thereby increasing refinancing risk. A high national debt also raises concerns that a government will not be able to make principal or interest payments when they are due. Unsustainable debt levels can cause devaluations of currency, prevent a government from implementing effective counter-cyclical fiscal policy in economic downturns, and contribute to market volatility. In addition, the high and rising national debt may adversely impact the U.S. economy and securities in which a Fund may invest. From time to time, uncertainty regarding the status of negotiations in the U.S. government to increase the statutory debt ceiling could: increase the risk that the U.S. government may default on payments on certain U.S. government securities; cause the credit rating of the U.S. government to be downgraded or increase volatility in both stock and bond markets; result in higher interest rates; reduce prices of U.S. Treasury securities; and/or increase the costs of certain kinds of debt.

In the past, U.S. sovereign credit has experienced downgrades and there can be no guarantee that it will not experience further downgrades in the future by rating agencies. The market prices and yields of securities supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government may be adversely affected by a rating agency’s decision to downgrade the sovereign credit rating of the United States.

When-Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments

Securities may be purchased on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. For example, delivery of and payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of the purchase commitment. The purchase price and the interest rate payable, if any, on the securities are fixed on the purchase commitment date or at the time the settlement date is fixed. The value of such securities is subject to market fluctuation, and for money market instruments and other fixed income securities, no interest accrues to a Fund until settlement takes place. At the time a Fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect the value each day of such securities in determining its NAV and, if applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from that date. At the time of settlement, a when-issued security may be valued at less than the purchase price. If a Fund chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. Also, a Fund may be disadvantaged if the other party to the transaction defaults.

Forward Commitments. Securities may be purchased for delivery at a future date, which may increase their overall investment exposure and involves a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to the settlement date. In order to invest a Fund’s assets immediately, while awaiting delivery of securities purchased on a forward commitment basis, short-term obligations that offer same-day settlement and earnings will normally be purchased.

Purchases of securities on a forward commitment basis may involve more risk than other types of purchases. Securities purchased on a forward commitment basis and the securities held in the respective Fund’s portfolio are subject to changes in value based upon the public’s perception of the issuer and changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis can involve the risk that the yields available in the market when the delivery takes place may actually be higher or lower than those obtained in the transaction itself. On the settlement date of the forward commitment transaction, the respective Fund will meet its obligations from then-available cash flow, sale of securities reserved for payment of the commitment, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from sale of the forward commitment securities themselves (which may have a value greater or lesser than such Fund’s payment obligations). The sale of securities to meet such obligations may result in the realization of capital gains or losses. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment basis can also involve the risk of default by the other party on its obligation, delaying or preventing a Fund from recovering the collateral or completing the transaction.

To the extent a Fund engages in forward commitment transactions, it will do so for the purpose of acquiring securities consistent with its investment objective and policies and not for the purpose of investment leverage.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING FUND INVESTMENT PRACTICES

ESG Integration

Certain Funds disclose in their prospectuses that the adviser integrates financially material environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) factors as part of the Fund’s investment process (“ESG Integration”). ESG Integration is the systematic inclusion of ESG issues in investment analysis and

Part II - 63

investment decisions. ESG Integration does not change a Fund’s investment objective, exclude specific types of companies or constrain a Fund’s investable universe. Environmental issues are defined as issues related to the quality and function of the natural environment and natural systems. Some examples include greenhouse gas emissions, climate change resilience, pollution (air, water, noise, and light), biodiversity/habitat protection and waste management. Social issues are defined as issues related to the rights, wellbeing and interests of people and communities. Some examples include workplace safety, cybersecurity and data privacy, human rights, local stakeholder relationships, and discrimination prevention. Governance issues are issues related to the way companies are managed and overseen. Some examples include independence of chair/board, fiduciary duty, board diversity, executive compensation and bribery and corruption. These examples of ESG issues are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not exhaustive. In addition, as ESG Integration focuses on financial materiality, not all ESG factors are relevant to a particular investment, asset class, or Fund.

ESG Integration for a Fund is dependent upon the availability of sufficient ESG information on the Fund’s investment universe. In addition, in order for a Fund to be considered ESG integrated, JPMIM requires: (1) portfolio management teams to consider proprietary research on the financial materiality of ESG issues on the Fund’s investments; (2) documentation of the adviser’s research views and methodology throughout the investment process; and (3) appropriate monitoring of ESG considerations in ongoing risk management and portfolio monitoring. ESG determinations may not be conclusive and securities of companies /issuers may be purchased and retained, without limit, by the adviser regardless of potential ESG impact. The impact of ESG Integration on a Fund’s performance is not specifically measurable as investment decisions are discretionary regardless of ESG considerations.

Investments in the Asia Pacific Region

The economies in the Asia Pacific region are in all stages of economic development and may be intertwined. The small size of securities markets and the low trading volume in some countries in the Asia Pacific region may lead to a lack of liquidity, and natural disasters common to the region, including floods, droughts, earthquakes, fires and tsunamis, may adversely affect the economies and markets in the region. Additionally, the economies of many Asian Pacific countries are heavily export oriented and, accordingly, dependent upon international trade. The share prices of companies in the region tend to be volatile and there is a significant possibility of loss. Many of the countries in the region are developing, both politically and economically, and as a result companies in the region may be subject to risks like nationalization or other forms of government interference, and/or may be heavily reliant on only a few industries or commodities. Investments in the region may also be subject to currency risks, such as restrictions on the flow of money in and out of the country, extreme volatility relative to the U.S. dollar, and devaluation, all of which could decrease the value of a Fund.

Investments in the European Market

Some of the Funds may invest in securities in the European Market. A Fund’s performance will be affected by political, social and economic conditions in Europe, such as growth of the economic output (the gross national product), the rate of inflation, the rate at which capital is reinvested into European economies, the success of governmental actions to reduce budget deficits, the resource self-sufficiency of European countries and interest and monetary exchange rates between European countries. European financial markets may experience volatility due to concerns about high government debt levels, credit rating downgrades, rising unemployment, the future of the euro as a common currency, possible restructuring of government debt and other government measures responding to those concerns, and fiscal and monetary controls imposed on member countries of the European Union. Responses to economic or financial difficulties by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may be ineffective, may limit future economic growth or recovery, and/or may result in social unrest or other unintended consequences. Any of the foregoing events could significantly affect the value of a Fund’s European investments. The national politics of European countries can be unpredictable and subject to influence by disruptive political groups or ideologies. The occurrence of conflicts, war or terrorist activities in Europe could have an adverse impact on financial markets. The institution of tariffs or other trade barriers (including due to heightened geopolitical tensions between the United States and Europe) may have an adverse effect on European economies. The risk of investing in Europe may be heightened due to steps taken by the United Kingdom to exit the European Union. On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom officially withdrew from the European Union. As of May 1, 2021, the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement (“TCA”) governs certain aspects of the European Union’s and the United Kingdom’s relationship, many of which are still to be determined, including those related to financial services. Notwithstanding the TCA, significant uncertainty remains in the market regarding the

Part II - 64

ramifications of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union. The impact on the United Kingdom and European economies and the broader global economy could be significant, resulting in increased volatility and illiquidity, currency fluctuations, impacts on arrangements for trading and on other existing cross-border cooperation arrangements (whether economic, tax, fiscal, legal, regulatory or otherwise), and in potentially lower growth for companies in the United Kingdom, Europe and globally, which could have an adverse effect on the value of a Fund’s investments. In addition, if one or more other countries were to exit the European Union or abandon the use of the euro as a currency, the value of investments tied to those countries or the euro could decline significantly and unpredictably.

On February 1, 2022, the European Union adopted a settlement discipline regime pursuant to Central Securities Depositories Regulation (“CSDR” and the “CSDR SDR”) which aims to address and prevent the number of settlement fails that occur where in-scope instruments settle in European Economic Area (“EEA”) central securities depositories (“CSDs”). Under the regime, among other things, EEA CSDs are required to impose cash penalties on participants that cause settlement fails and distribute these to receiving participants.

The CSDR requirements apply to transactions in transferable securities (e.g., stocks and bonds), money market instruments, shares of funds and emission allowances that will be settled through an EEA CSD and that are admitted to trading or traded on an EEA trading venue or cleared by an EEA central counterparty.

The most controversial aspect of the CSDR SDR, the mandatory buy-ins (“MBI”) i.e. if a settlement fail continues for a specified period of time after the intended settlement date, a buy-in process must be initiated to effect the settlement, has not yet taken effect. Its implementation was delayed while legislative changes to its form and nature were being considered. Those legislative changes, in the form of an amending regulation (Regulation (EU) 2023/2845, the “CSDR Refit”), have, as of January 16, 2024 now entered into law. Depending on the particular provision in question, CSDR Refit will apply from January 16, 2024, May 1, 2024 or two years after entering into force (i.e., January 2026).

Pursuant to the CSDR Refit, the MBI regime will now be a measure of last resort. Although the exact form and scope of the MBI regime is unknown, and ultimately will be set out by way of a new delegated act. The CSDR Refit also expressly specifies certain types of transactions to which MBI will not apply, including securities financing transactions. Exact timing for the new, CSDR Refit revised MBI is unknown but it will not be before November 2, 2025, at the earliest. In addition to the MBI changes, CSDR Refit makes other amendments to CSDR including for example, for the CSDR SDR, clarifying that the SDR penalty mechanism shall not apply in certain cases.

The CSDR SDR may result in a Fund bearing increased operational and compliance costs and a Fund may bear the net effect of any penalties and credits incurred under the CSDR in respect of its trading, which could increase a Fund’s expenses and adversely affect Fund performance. JPMIM may seek reimbursement from the relevant broker or agent, as determined by JPMIM from time to time, although there can be no assurance that JPMIM will seek such reimbursement or that a Fund will recover or be reimbursed for any amounts at issue. CSDR may also affect liquidity and increase trading costs associated with relevant securities.

Investments in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico

The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and certain of its instrumentalities historically and in recent years have experienced financial difficulties, including persistent government budget deficits and significant debt service obligations, and continue to face fiscal and economic challenges including underfunded government retirement systems, a high unemployment rate and tax erosion from significant out-migration. In addition, Puerto Rico is prone to severe weather events and natural disasters. Severe weather events or natural disasters that may occur in the future could have a significant and long-lasting adverse impact on Puerto Rico’s economy.

A Fund’s investments in municipal securities may be affected by political and economic developments within the applicable municipality and by the financial condition of the municipality. Certain of the issuers in which a Fund may invest have recently experienced, or may experience, significant financial difficulties. For example, Puerto Rico, in particular, experienced significant financial difficulties since 2000, and in 2017 Puerto Rico and certain of its instrumentalities entered bankruptcy-like proceedings allowing Puerto Rico and its instrumentalities to halt debt payments pending the restructuring of their debt. A default by issuers of Puerto Rico municipal securities on their obligations under securities held by a Fund may adversely affect the Fund and cause the Fund to lose the value of its investment in such securities.

Part II - 65

An insolvent municipality may take steps to reorganize its debt, which might include extending debt maturities, reducing the amount of principal or interest, refinancing the debt or taking other measures that may significantly affect the rights of creditors and the value of the securities issued by the municipality and the value of a Fund’s investments in those securities. Pursuant to Chapter 9 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, certain municipalities that meet specific conditions may be provided protection from creditors while they develop and negotiate plans for reorganizing their debts. The U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides that individual U.S. states are not permitted to pass their own laws purporting to bind non-consenting creditors to a restructuring of a municipality’s indebtedness, and thus all such restructurings must be pursuant to Chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code. Certain provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code governing such bankruptcies are unclear and remain untested. Although Puerto Rico is a U.S. Territory, neither Puerto Rico nor its subdivisions or agencies are eligible to file under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in order to seek protection from creditors or restructure their debt.

In June 2016, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that Puerto Rico legislation that would have allowed certain Puerto Rico public corporations to seek protection from creditors and to restructure their debt was unconstitutional. In the same month, the U.S. Congress passed the Puerto Rico Oversight, Management and Economic Stability Act (“PROMESA”), which established a federally-appointed fiscal oversight board (“Oversight Board”) to oversee Puerto Rico’s financial operations and possible debt restructuring. On May 3, 2017, the Oversight Board filed a debt restructuring petition in the U.S. District Court in Puerto Rico to seek bankruptcy-like protections from, at the time of the filing, approximately $74 billion in debt and approximately $48 billion in unfunded pension obligations. In addition to the debt restructuring petition filed on behalf of Puerto Rico, in May 2017, the Oversight Board separately filed debt restructuring petitions for certain Puerto Rico instrumentalities, including the Puerto Rico Highways and Transportation Authority (“HTA”), Puerto Rico Sales Tax Financing Corporation (“COFINA”), Puerto Rico Electric and Power Authority (“PREPA”) and Employee Retirement System. In February 2019, a federal judge approved a Plan of Adjustment reducing COFINA debt from $18 billion to $12 billion. More recently, on January 18, 2022, a federal judge approved a Plan of Adjustment, which became effective in March 2022, under which the largest portion of Puerto Rico’s debt was reduced from $34.3 billion to $7.4 billion, and its annual debt service was reduced from $4.2 billion to $1.15 billion. Later that year, on October 13, 2022, a federal judge approved a Plan of Adjustment to reduce the HTA debt from $6 billion to $1.6 billion. There continue to be ongoing efforts to restructure more than $10 billion of PREPA debt. There can be no assurances that these debt restructuring efforts will be effective or that Puerto Rico will be able to service debt payments following the completion of the debt restructuring. In addition, any restructurings approved by a federal court could be appealed and overturned. The mediation process and certain litigation is ongoing with respect to certain municipal securities issued by Puerto Rico and its political subdivisions, instrumentalities and authorities. It is not presently possible to predict the results of this mediation and litigation, but such outcomes will have a significant impact on bondholders of those municipal securities. Further legislation by the U.S. Congress, or actions by the oversight board established by PROMESA, or court approval of an unfavorable debt restructuring deal could have a negative impact on the marketability, liquidity or value of certain investments held by a Fund and could reduce a Fund’s performance.

Investments in the Greater China Region

Investing in Mainland China, Hong Kong and Taiwan (collectively, “the China Region”) involves a high degree of risk and special considerations not typically associated with investing in other more established economies or securities markets. Such risks may include: (a) the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets or confiscatory taxation; (b) greater social, economic and political uncertainty (including the risk of war); (c) dependency on exports and the corresponding importance of international trade; (d) the increasing competition from Asia’s other low-cost emerging economies and territorial and other disputes with other countries; (e) greater price volatility and significantly smaller market capitalization of securities markets, particularly in Mainland China; (f) substantially less liquidity, particularly of certain share classes of Mainland Chinese securities; (g) currency exchange rate fluctuations and the lack of available currency hedging instruments; (h) higher rates of inflation; (i) controls on foreign investment and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on a Fund’s ability to exchange local currencies for U.S. dollars; (j) greater governmental involvement in and control over the economy; (k) the risk that the Mainland Chinese government may decide not to continue to support the economic reform programs implemented since 1978 and could return to the prior, completely centrally planned, economy; (l) the fact that China Region companies, particularly those located in Mainland China, may be smaller, less seasoned and newly organized companies; (m) the difference in, or lack of, auditing and financial reporting standards which may result in unavailability of material information about issuers, particularly in Mainland China; (n) the fact that statistical information regarding the economy of Mainland

Part II - 66

China may be inaccurate or not comparable to statistical information regarding the U.S. or other economies; (o) the less extensive, and still developing, regulation of the securities markets, business entities and commercial transactions; (p) the fact that the settlement period of securities transactions in foreign markets may be longer; (q) the willingness and ability of the Mainland Chinese government to support the Mainland Chinese and Hong Kong economies and markets is uncertain; (r) the risk that it may be more difficult, or impossible, to obtain and/or enforce a judgment than in other countries; (s) the rapidity and erratic nature of growth, particularly in Mainland China, resulting in inefficiencies and dislocations; (t) the risk of embargoes, sanctions, investment restrictions and other trade limitations, including that certain securities are, or may in the future, become restricted, and a Fund may be forced to sell such restricted security and incur a loss as a result; (u) the risk that, because of the degree of interconnectivity between the economies and financial markets of Mainland China, Hong Kong and Taiwan, any sizable reduction in the demand for goods from Mainland China, or an economic downturn in Mainland China, could negatively affect the economies and financial markets of Hong Kong and Taiwan, as well; and (v) limitations on the ability of U.S. authorities to enforce actions against non-U.S. companies and non-U.S. persons. China’s growing trade surplus with the United States has increased the risk of trade disputes. For example, recent developments in relations between the United States and China have heightened concerns of increased tariffs and restrictions on trade between the two countries. An increase in tariffs or trade restrictions, or even the threat of such developments, could lead to a significant reduction in international trade, which could have a negative impact on China’s, or other countries, export industry and a negative impact on a Fund. In addition, as China’s economic and political strength has grown in recent years, it has shown a greater willingness to assert itself militarily in the region. Military or diplomatic moves to resolve any issues could adversely affect the economies in the region and thus, a Fund’s investments.

Investment in the China Region is subject to certain political risks. Following the establishment of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) by the Communist Party in 1949, the Mainland Chinese government renounced various debt obligations incurred by Mainland China’s predecessor governments, which obligations remain in default, and expropriated assets without compensation. There can be no assurance that the Mainland Chinese government will not take similar action in the future. An investment in a Fund involves risk of a total loss. The political reunification of Mainland China and Taiwan is a highly problematic issue and is unlikely to be settled in the near future. This situation poses a threat to Taiwan’s economy and could negatively affect its stock market. Mainland China has committed by treaty to preserve Hong Kong’s autonomy and its economic, political and social freedoms for fifty years from the July 1, 1997 transfer of sovereignty from Great Britain to Mainland China. However, if Mainland China would exert its authority so as to alter the economic, political or legal structures or the existing social policy of Hong Kong, investor and business confidence in Hong Kong could be negatively affected, which in turn could negatively affect markets and business performance.

External relations, such as the U.S.-China relationship, may affect capital flows and business operations. Changes in laws relating to sanctions, tariffs, and other measures, including new outbound investment restrictions, could have implications for the performance of a Fund’s investments. The United States has adopted regulations that restrict certain outbound investments by U.S. persons in countries of concern, currently including China, Hong Kong, and Macau. These rules focus on sectors considered sensitive to national security, such as semiconductors, artificial intelligence, and quantum information technologies. While these restrictions are focused at present, they may expand over time to cover additional sectors, countries, or types of transactions. Other countries are also expected to introduce outbound investment rules of their own. In addition, the United States has imposed sanctions on certain Chinese companies, including those identified as part of the Chinese Military-Industrial Complex (“CMIC”). These sanctions generally prohibit U.S. persons from purchasing or selling publicly traded securities of designated CMIC entities. The CMIC list has evolved over time and may continue to expand, which could affect companies in technology, telecommunications, and defense-related sectors. Changes in these regulations and sanctions in the United States and elsewhere could affect the ability of the Funds to invest in certain companies or industries, or could require divestment of existing holdings. The scope and impact of these rules are evolving, and it is not possible to predict how they may develop or how they may affect the Funds. These and similar developments could negatively affect Fund performance and may increase diligence and reporting costs for a Fund.

As with all transition economies, Mainland China’s ability to develop and sustain a credible legal, regulatory, monetary, and socioeconomic system could influence the course of outside investment. Hong Kong is closely tied to Mainland China, economically and through China’s 1997 acquisition of the country as a Special Autonomous Region (SAR). Hong Kong’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to

Part II - 67

retain the legal, financial, and monetary systems that allow economic freedom and market expansion. In addition to the risks inherent in investing in the emerging markets, the risks of investing in Mainland China, Hong Kong, and Taiwan merit special consideration.

People’s Republic of China. The government of the PRC is dominated by the one-party rule of the Chinese Communist Party.

Mainland China’s economy has transitioned from a rigidly central-planned state-run economy to one that has been only partially reformed by more market-oriented policies. Although the Mainland Chinese government has implemented economic reform measures, reduced state ownership of companies and established better corporate governance practices, a substantial portion of productive assets in Mainland China are still owned by the Mainland Chinese government. The government continues to exercise significant control over regulating industrial development and, ultimately, control over Mainland China’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

Following years of steady growth, the pace of growth of Mainland China’s economy has relatively slowed, partly as a result of the government’s attempts to shift the economy away from export manufacturing and towards domestic consumption and to prevent the overheating of certain sectors. Other factors contributing to the slowdown include reductions in consumer spending, a decline in the real estate market, and high municipal debt. The slow down subjects Mainland China’s economy to significant risks, including economic, social, and political risks. Additionally, Mainland China’s economy remains heavily dependent on exports. The imposition of tariffs or other trade barriers or a downturn in the economy of a significant trading partner could adversely impact Mainland Chinese companies. In early 2025, China and the United States exchanged tariffs on exported goods. This ongoing conflict may lead to an increase in costs on imported goods, diminish consumer spending and result in decreased confidence in the markets. Over the long term, Mainland China’s major challenges include dealing with its aging infrastructure, worsening environmental conditions and rapidly widening urban and rural income gap.

As with all transition economies, Mainland China’s ability to develop and sustain a credible legal, regulatory, monetary, and socioeconomic system could influence the course of outside investment. The Mainland Chinese legal system, in particular, constitutes a significant risk factor for investors. The Mainland Chinese legal system is based on statutes. Since the late 1970s, Chinese legislative bodies have promulgated laws and regulations dealing with various economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation, and trade. However, despite the expanding body of law in Mainland China, legal precedent and published court decisions based on these laws are limited and non-binding. The interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations are uncertain.

Hong Kong. In 1997, Great Britain handed over control of Hong Kong to the Chinese mainland government. Since that time, Hong Kong has been governed by a semi-constitution known as the Basic Law, which guarantees a high degree of autonomy in certain matters until 2047, while defense and foreign affairs are the responsibility of the central government in Beijing. The chief executive of Hong Kong is appointed by the Mainland Chinese government. Hong Kong is able to participate in international organizations and agreements and it continues to function as an international financial center, with no exchange controls, free convertibility of the Hong Kong dollar and free inward and outward movement of capital. The Basic Law guarantees existing freedoms, including free speech and assembly, press, religion, and the right to strike and travel. Business ownership, private property, the right of inheritance and foreign investment are also protected by law. Mainland China has committed by treaty to preserve Hong Kong’s autonomy until 2047. However, as of July 2020, the Chinese Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress enacted the law of the PRC on Safeguarding National Security in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. As of the same month, Hong Kong is no longer afforded preferential economic treatment by the United States under U.S. law, and there is uncertainty as to how the economy of Hong Kong will be affected. If Mainland China were to exert its authority so as to alter the economic, political, or legal structures or the existing social policy of Hong Kong, investor and business confidence in Hong Kong could be negatively affected, which in turn could negatively affect markets and business performance.

Taiwan. For decades, a state of hostility has existed between Taiwan and the PRC. Beijing has long deemed Taiwan a part of the “one China” and has made a nationalist cause of recovering it. In the past, Mainland China has staged frequent military provocations off the coast of Taiwan and made threats of full-scale military action. Foreign trade has been the engine of rapid growth in Taiwan and has transformed the island into one of Asia’s great exporting nations. However, investing in Taiwan involves the possibility of

Part II - 68

the imposition of exchange controls, such as restrictions on the repatriation of Fund investments or on the conversion of local currency into foreign currencies. As an export-oriented economy, Taiwan depends on an open world trade regime and remains vulnerable to downturns in the world economy. Taiwanese companies continue to compete mostly on price, producing generic products or branded merchandise on behalf of multinational companies. Accordingly, these businesses can be particularly vulnerable to currency volatility and increasing competition from neighboring lower-cost countries. Moreover, many Taiwanese companies are heavily invested in Mainland China and other countries throughout Southeast Asia, making them susceptible to political events and economic crises in these parts of the region.

Mainland Chinese operating companies sometimes rely on variable interest entity (“VIE”) structures to raise capital from non-Chinese investors. There is uncertainty over the possibility that the Chinese government might cease to tolerate VIE structures at any time or impose new restrictions on the structure. In such a scenario, the Chinese operating company could be subject to penalties, including revocation of its business and operating license, or the shell company could forfeit its interest in the business of the Chinese operating company. Further, in case of a dispute, the remedies and rights of a Fund may be limited, and such legal uncertainty may be exploited against the interests of a Fund. Control over a VIE may also be jeopardized if a natural person who holds the equity interest in the VIE breaches the terms of the contractual arrangements, is subject to legal proceedings, or if any physical instruments or property of the VIE, such as seals, business registration certificates, financial data and licensing arrangements (sometimes referred to as “chops”), are used without authorization. In the event of such an occurrence, a Fund, as a foreign investor, may have little or no legal recourse. In a VIE structure, a Mainland China-based operating company establishes an entity (typically offshore) that enters into service and other contracts (such as powers of attorney, equity pledge agreements and other services or business cooperation agreements) with the Mainland Chinese company designed to provide economic exposure to the company. The offshore entity then issues exchange-traded shares that are sold to the public, including non-Chinese investors (such as a Fund). Shares of the offshore entity are not equity ownership interests in the Mainland Chinese operating company and therefore the ability of the offshore entity to control the activities at the Mainland Chinese company are limited and the Mainland Chinese company may engage in activities that negatively impact investment value. The VIE structure is designed to provide the offshore entity (and in turn, investors in the entity) with economic exposure to the Mainland Chinese company that replicates equity ownership, without actual equity ownership. In a VIE structure, foreign investors will only own stock in a shell company rather than directly in the VIE, which must be owned by Chinese nationals (and/or Chinese companies) to obtain the licenses and/or assets required to operate in a restricted or prohibited sector in China. The value of the shell company is derived from its ability to consolidate the VIE into its financials pursuant to contractual arrangements that allow the shell company to exert a degree of control over, and obtain economic benefits arising from, the VIE without formal legal ownership. The VIE contractual arrangements permit the VIE structure to consolidate its financial statements with those of the underlying Chinese company. VIE structures are used due to Mainland Chinese government prohibitions on foreign ownership of companies in certain industries and it is not clear that the contracts are enforceable or that the structures will otherwise work as intended. VIE structures also could face delisting or other ramifications for failure to meet the requirements of the SEC, the PCAOB or other United States regulators.

On February 17, 2023, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) released the “Trial Administrative Measures of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies” (the “Trial Measures”), which went into effect on March 31, 2023. The Trial Measures and its implementing guidelines require Chinese companies that pursue listings outside of Mainland China, including those that do so using the VIE structure, to make a filing with the CSRC. Although the Trial Measures and its implementing guidelines do not prohibit the use of VIE structures, they do not serve as a formal endorsement either. Investments involving a VIE may also pose additional risks because the interests of the equity owners of the operating company may conflict with the interests of the investors of the offshore company, and the fiduciary duties of the officers and the directors of the operating company may differ from, or conflict with, the fiduciary duties of the officers and directors of the offshore company.

Intervention by the Mainland Chinese government with respect to VIE structures could adversely affect the Mainland Chinese operating company’s performance, the enforceability of the offshore entity’s contractual arrangements with the Mainland Chinese company and the value of the offshore entity’s shares. Further, if the Mainland Chinese government determines that the agreements establishing the VIE structure do not comply with Mainland Chinese law and regulations, including those related to prohibitions on foreign ownership, the Mainland Chinese government could subject the Mainland Chinese company to penalties, revocation of business and operating licenses or forfeiture of ownership interests. The offshore entity’s control over the Mainland Chinese company may also be jeopardized if certain legal

Part II - 69

formalities are not observed in connection with the agreements, if the agreements are breached or if the agreements are otherwise determined not to be enforceable. If any of the foregoing were to occur, the market value of a Fund’s associated portfolio holdings would likely fall, causing substantial investment losses for the Fund.

In addition, Mainland Chinese companies listed on U.S. exchanges, including ADRs and companies that rely on VIE structures, may be delisted if they do not meet U.S. accounting standards and auditor oversight requirements. Delisting could significantly decrease the liquidity and value of the securities of these companies, decrease the ability of a Fund to invest in such securities and increase the cost of the Fund if it is required to seek alternative markets in which to invest in such securities. Investments involving a VIE may also pose additional risks because the interests of the equity owners of the operating company may conflict with the interests of the investors of the offshore company, and the fiduciary duties of the officers and the directors of the operating company may differ from, or conflict with, the fiduciary duties of the officers and directors of the offshore company.

Securities are listed on either the Shanghai and/or Shenzhen stock exchanges. Securities listed on these exchanges are divided into two classes, A shares, which are mostly limited to domestic investors, and B shares, which are allocated for both international and domestic investors. A Fund’s exposure to securities listed on either the Shanghai or Shenzhen exchanges will initially be through B shares. The government of Mainland China has announced plans to exchange B shares for A shares and to merge the two markets. Such an event may produce greater liquidity and stability for the combined markets. However, it is uncertain whether or the extent to which these plans will be implemented. In addition to B shares, a Fund may also invest in Hong Kong listed H shares, Hong Kong listed Red chips (which are companies owned by Mainland China enterprises, but are listed in Hong Kong), and companies that meet one of the following categories: the company is organized under the laws of, or has a principal office in China (including Hong Kong and Macau) or Taiwan; the principal securities market for the issuer is Mainland China or Taiwan; the issuer derives at least 50% of its total revenues or profits from goods that are produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in Mainland China or Taiwan; or at least 50% of the issuer’s assets are located in Mainland China or Taiwan.

Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect and Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect. The Funds may invest in certain China A-Shares through the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect program or the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect Program (the “Programs”). The Programs are securities trading and clearing linked programs developed by Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (“HKEx”), the Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited (“HKSCC”), Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”), Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“SZSE”) and China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited (“ChinaClear”) with an objective to achieve mutual stock market access between Mainland China and Hong Kong. The Programs will allow foreign investors to trade certain SSE and SZSE listed China A-Shares through Hong Kong based brokers.

Trading through the Programs are subject to various risks described below, including liquidity risk, currency risk, legal and regulatory uncertainty risk, execution risk, operational risk, tax risk, counterparty risk and credit risk.

Securities purchased under each Program generally may not be sold, purchased or otherwise transferred other than through that Program in accordance with applicable rules. While each Program is not subject to individual investment quotas, daily investment quotas apply to all Program participants, which may restrict or preclude a Fund’s ability to purchase particular securities at a particular time. In addition, securities purchased through the Programs are subject to Mainland Chinese securities regulations that restrict the levels of foreign ownership in local securities which could require a Fund to sell securities if ownership of the securities exceeds applicable quotas. Furthermore, additional restrictions may preclude a Fund from being eligible to invest in certain securities traded through a Program. Because all trades in the Programs must be settled in Renminbi (“RMB”), the Mainland Chinese currency, investors must have timely access to a reliable supply of offshore RMB, which cannot be guaranteed. Trades through each Program are subject to certain requirements prior to trading which may limit the number of brokers that a Fund may use. This may affect the quality of execution received by a Fund. In addition, applicable laws may, under certain circumstances, require an investor to return profits obtained from the purchase and sale of shares.

The HKSCC provides clearing, settlement, nominee functions and other related services of the trades executed by Hong Kong market participants through an arrangement with ChinaClear. The PRC regulations, which include certain restrictions on selling and buying, will apply to all market participants.

Part II - 70

In the case of a sale, brokers must have access to certain information about the transaction prior to execution. Because of the various requirements and restrictions applicable to the Programs, a Fund may not be able to purchase and/or dispose of holdings of China A-Shares in a timely manner.

To the extent that HKSCC is deemed to be performing safekeeping functions with respect to assets held through it, it should be noted that a Fund will have no legal relationship with HKSCC and no direct legal recourse against HKSCC in the event that the Fund suffers losses resulting from the performance or insolvency of HKSCC.

The Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect Program began operation in November 2014 and the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect Program began operation in December 2016. The relevant regulations relating to the Programs are untested and subject to change. There is no certainty as to how they will be applied which could adversely affect a Fund. The Programs require use of new information technology systems which may be subject to operational risk due to its cross-border nature. If the relevant systems fail to function properly, trading in the Shanghai and Shenzhen markets through the Programs could be disrupted.

As in other emerging and less developed markets, the legislative framework is only beginning to develop the concept of legal/formal ownership and of beneficial ownership or interest in securities in Mainland China. Consequently the applicable courts may consider that any nominee or custodian as registered holder of securities would have full ownership thereof and that a beneficial owner may have no rights whatsoever in respect thereof and may be limited in its ability to pursue claims against the issuer of a security. Additionally, the securities that a Fund may invest in through the Programs may present illiquidity and price volatility concerns and difficulty in determining market valuations of securities due to limited public information on issuers. Such securities may also be subject to limited regulatory oversight and an increased risk of being delisted or suspended. Suspensions or delistings may become widespread, and the length of suspension may be significant and difficult to predict.

The Programs utilize an omnibus clearing structure, and a Fund’s shares will be registered in its custodian’s, subcustodian’s or clearing broker’s name on the HKSCC system and in HKSCC’s name on the ChinaClear system. This may limit a Fund’s adviser’s or subadviser’s ability to effectively manage a Fund, and may expose a Fund to the credit risk of its custodian or subcustodian or to greater risk of expropriation.

Similarly, HKSCC would be responsible for the exercise of shareholder rights with respect to corporate actions (including all dividends, rights issues, merger proposals or other shareholder votes). While HKSCC may provide investors with the opportunity to provide voting instructions, investors may not have sufficient time or the opportunity to consider proposals or provide instructions.

The Hong Kong Investor Compensation Fund covers losses in relation to defaults occurring on or after January 1, 2020 by securities brokers in Hong Kong on securities traded on a stock market operated by the SSE or the SZSE and in respect of which an order for sale or purchase is routed through the Programs. Otherwise, defaults with respect to investments in the Programs may not be covered by the China Securities Investor Protection Fund and, without the protection of such programs, will be subject to the risk of default by a broker in Mainland China. In the event ChinaClear defaults, HKSCC’s liabilities under its market contracts with clearing participants will be limited to assisting clearing participants with claims. While it is anticipated that HKSCC will act in good faith to seek recovery of the outstanding stocks and monies from ChinaClear through available legal channels or the liquidation of ChinaClear, there can be no assurances that it will do so, or that it will be successful in doing so. In this event, the Fund may not fully recover its losses and the process could be delayed.

The Programs will only operate on days when both the PRC and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banks in each applicable market are open on the corresponding settlement days and the Funds will only trade through each Program on days that they are open. There may be occasions when it is a normal trading day for the PRC market but a Fund cannot carry out any China A-Shares trading. A Fund may be subject to risks of price fluctuations in China A-Shares during the time when each Program is not trading as a result. Additionally, different fees and costs are imposed on foreign investors acquiring China A-Shares acquired through the Programs, and these fees and costs may be higher than comparable fees and costs imposed on owners of other securities providing similar investment exposure. There is uncertainty of whether and how certain gains on PRC securities will to be taxed, the possibility of the rules being changed and the possibility of taxes being applied retrospectively. Consequently, investors may be advantaged or disadvantaged depending upon the final outcome of how such gains will be taxed and when they subscribed and/or redeemed their shares.

Part II - 71

Because the Programs are relatively new, the actual effect on the market for trading China A-Shares with the introduction of large numbers of foreign investors is unknown. The Programs are subject to regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities for the applicable exchanges and further regulations or restrictions, such as limitations on redemptions or suspension of trading, may adversely impact the Programs, if the authorities believe it necessary to assure orderly markets or for other reasons. There is no guarantee that the exchanges will continue to support the Programs in the future.

China Interbank Bond Market. The China Interbank Bond Market (“CIBM”) is an OTC market established in 1997, and accounts for approximately 90% of outstanding bond values of the total trading volume in the PRC. On CIBM, domestic institutional investors and certain foreign institutional investors can trade, on a one-to-one quote-driven basis, sovereign bonds, government bonds, corporate bonds, bond repos, bond lending, bills issued by the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”) and other financial debt instruments. CIBM is regulated and supervised by the PBOC. The PBOC is responsible for, among others, promulgating the applicable CIBM listing, trading and operating rules, and supervising the market operators of CIBM. CIBM provides for two trading models: (i) bilateral negotiation and (ii) “click-and-deal.” The China Foreign Exchange Trading System (“CFETS”) is the unified trading platform for CIBM, on which all products are traded through independent bilateral negotiation on a transaction by transaction basis. A market-making mechanism has also been introduced to improve market liquidity and enhance efficiency with respect to trading on CIBM.

Once a transaction is agreed, the parties will, in accordance with the terms of the transaction, promptly send instructions for the delivery of bonds and funds. Parties are required to have sufficient bonds and funds for delivery on the agreed delivery date. China Central Depository & Clearing Co., Ltd (“CCDC”) will deliver bonds according to the instructions sent by the parties. Clearing banks will handle the transfer of funds and settlement of the payments of the bonds on behalf of the parties.

Certain Funds, including the Core Plus Bond ETF and International Bond Opportunities ETF, may invest in certain Chinese fixed income products traded on the CIBM through the “Mutual Bond Market Access between Mainland China and Hong Kong” (“Bond Connect”) program. The Bond Connect program is a new initiative launched in July 2017 established by CFETS, CCDC, Shanghai Clearing House (“SHCH”), and Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (“HKEx”) and Central Moneymarkets Unit (“CMU”) of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (“HKMA”) to facilitate investors from Mainland China and Hong Kong to trade in each other’s bond markets through connection between the Mainland China and Hong Kong financial institutions.

Under the prevailing PRC regulations, eligible foreign investors are allowed to invest in the bonds available on the CIBM through the northbound trading of Bond Connect (“Northbound Trading Link”). There is no investment quota for the Northbound Trading Link. Under the Northbound Trading Link, eligible foreign investors are required to appoint the CFETS or other institutions recognized by the PBOC as registration agents to apply for registration with the PBOC.

Cash deposited in the cash account of a Fund with the relevant onshore settlement agent will not be segregated. In the event of the bankruptcy or liquidation of the onshore settlement agent, a Fund will not have any proprietary rights to the cash deposited in such cash account and may face difficulty and/or encounter delays in recovering such assets, or may not be able to recover it in full or at all, in which case the Fund will suffer losses.

Market volatility and potential lack of liquidity due to low trading volume of certain debt securities in the China interbank bond market may result in prices of certain debt securities traded on such market fluctuating significantly. A Fund is therefore subject to liquidity and volatility risks. The bid and offer spreads of the prices of such securities may be large, and a Fund may therefore incur significant trading and realization costs and may even suffer losses when selling such investments.

A Fund is also exposed to risks associated with settlement procedures and default of counterparties. The counterparty which has entered into a transaction with a Fund may default in its obligation to settle the transaction by delivery of the relevant security or by payment for value.

The Northbound Trading Link refers to the trading platform that is located outside of Mainland China and is connected to CFETS for eligible foreign investors to submit their trade requests for bonds circulated in the CIBM through Bond Connect. HKEx and CFETS will work together with offshore electronic bond trading platforms to provide electronic trading services and platforms to allow direct trading between eligible foreign investors and approved onshore dealers in Mainland China through CFETS.

Part II - 72

Eligible foreign investors may submit trade requests for bonds circulated in the CIBM through the Northbound Trading Link provided by offshore electronic bond trading platforms, which will in turn transmit their requests for quotation to CFETS. CFETS will send the requests for quotation to a number of approved onshore dealers (including market makers and others engaged in the market making business) in Mainland China. The approved onshore dealers will respond to the requests for quotation via CFETS, and CFETS will send its responses to those eligible foreign investors through the same offshore electronic bond trading platforms. Once the eligible foreign investor accepts the quotation, the trade is concluded on CFETS.

On the other hand, the settlement and custody of bond securities traded in the CIBM under Bond Connect are conducted through the settlement and custody link between the CMU, as an offshore custody agent, and the CCDC and the SHCH, as onshore custodian and clearing institutions in Mainland China. Under this settlement and custody link, CCDC or the SHCH will effect gross settlement of confirmed trades onshore and the CMU will process bond settlement instructions from the CMU members on behalf of eligible foreign investors in accordance with its relevant rules.

Pursuant to the prevailing regulations in Mainland China, the CMU, being the offshore custody agent recognized by the HKMA, opens omnibus nominee accounts with the onshore custody agent recognized by the PBOC (i.e., the CCDC and Interbank Clearing Company Limited). All bonds traded by eligible foreign investors will be registered in the name of the CMU, which will hold such bonds as a nominee owner.

A Fund’s investments in bonds through Bond Connect will be subject to a number of additional risks and restrictions that may affect the Fund’s investments and returns. Bond Connect is relatively new. Laws, rules, regulations, policies, notices, circulars or guidelines relating to Bond Connect (the “Applicable Bond Connect Regulations”) as published or applied by any of Bond Connect Authorities (as defined below) are untested and are subject to change from time to time. There can be no assurance that Bond Connect will not be restricted, suspended or abolished. If such event occurs, a Fund’s ability to invest in the CIBM through Bond Connect will be adversely affected. “Bond Connect Authorities” refers to the exchanges, trading systems, settlement systems, governmental, regulatory or tax bodies which provide services and/or regulate Bond Connect and activities relating to Bond Connect, including, without limitation, the PBOC, the HKMA, the HKEx, the CFETS, the CMU, the CCDC and the SHCH and any other regulator, agency or authority with jurisdiction, authority or responsibility in respect of Bond Connect.

Hedging activities under Bond Connect are subject to the Applicable Bond Connect Regulations and any prevailing market practice. There is no guarantee that a Fund will be able to carry out hedging transactions at terms which are satisfactory to the investment manager of the Fund and to the best interest of the Fund. A Fund may also be required to unwind its hedge in unfavorable market conditions.

Potential lack of liquidity due to low trading volume of certain fixed income securities in the CIBM may result in prices of certain fixed income securities traded on such market fluctuating significantly, which may expose a Fund to liquidity risks. In addition, the fixed income securities traded in the CIBM may be difficult or impossible to sell, and this would affect a Fund’s ability to acquire or dispose of such securities at their intrinsic value.

Although delivery-versus-payment (“DVP”) settlement (e.g., simultaneous delivery of security and payment) is the dominant settlement method adopted by CCDC and SHCH for all bond transactions in the CIBM, there is no assurance that settlement risks can be eliminated. In addition, DVP settlement practices in the PRC may differ from practices in developed markets. In particular, such settlement may not be instantaneous and be subject to a delay of a period of hours. Where the counterparty does not perform its obligations under a transaction or there is otherwise a failure due to CCDC or SHCH (as applicable), a Fund may sustain losses.

It is contemplated that the mainland Chinese authorities will reserve the right to suspend Northbound trading of Bond Connect, if necessary for ensuring an orderly and fair market and that risks are managed prudently. The relevant PRC government authority may also impose “circuit breakers” and other measures to halt or suspend Northbound trading. Where a suspension in the Northbound trading through Bond Connect is effected, a Fund’s ability to access the CIBM bond market will be adversely affected.

Under the prevailing Applicable Bond Connect Regulations, eligible foreign investors who wish to participate in Bond Connect may do so through an onshore settlement agent, offshore custody agent, registration agent or other third parties (as the case may be), who would be responsible for making the relevant filings and account opening with the relevant authorities. A Fund is therefore subject to the risk of default or errors on the part of such agents.

Part II - 73

Trading through Bond Connect is performed through newly developed trading platforms and operational systems. There is no assurance that such systems will function properly (in particular, under extreme market conditions) or will continue to be adapted to changes and developments in the market. In the event that the relevant systems fails to function properly, trading through Bond Connect may be disrupted. A Fund’s ability to trade through Bond Connect (and hence to pursue its investment strategy) may therefore be adversely affected. In addition, where a Fund invests in the CIBM through Bond Connect, it may be subject to risks of delays inherent in the order placing and/or settlement.

For a Fund’s investment under Bond Connect, although there is no quota restriction under the Applicable Bond Connect Regulations, relevant information about the Fund’s investments needs to be filed with PBOC and an updating filing may be required if there is any significant change to the filed information. It cannot be predicted whether PBOC will make any comments on or require any changes with respect to such information for the purpose of filing. If so required, a Fund will need to follow PBOC instructions and make the relevant changes accordingly, which, may not be in the best interests of the Fund and the Fund’s investors from a commercial perspective.

The CMU is the “nominee holder” of the bonds acquired by a Fund through Bond Connect. Although the Applicable Bond Connect Regulations expressly provide that investors enjoy the rights and interests of the bonds acquired through Bond Connect in accordance with applicable laws, how a beneficial owner (such as a Fund) of the relevant bonds exercises and enforces its rights over such securities in the courts in China is yet to be tested. Even if the concept of beneficial ownership is recognized under Chinese law, those securities may form part of the pool of assets of such nominee holder, which may be available for distribution to creditors upon liquidation of such nominee holder, and accordingly a beneficial owner may have no rights whatsoever in respect thereof.

Northbound trading through Bond Connect is able to be undertaken on days upon which the CIBM is open to trade, regardless of whether they are a public holiday in the domicile of a Fund. Accordingly, it is possible that bonds traded through Bond Connect may be subject to fluctuation at times when a Fund is unable to buy or sell bonds, as its globally-based intermediaries are not available to assist with trades. Accordingly, this may cause a Fund to be unable to realize gains, avoid losses or to benefit from an opportunity to invest in mainland CIBM bonds at an attractive price.

CIBM bonds under Northbound Trading of Bond Connect will be traded and settled in RMB. If a Fund issues classes denominated in a currency other than RMB, the Fund will be exposed to currency risk if the Fund invests in a RMB product due to the need for the conversion of the currency into RMB. A Fund will also incur currency conversion costs. Even if the price of the RMB asset remains the same when a Fund purchases and redeems, the Fund will still incur a loss when it converts the redemption proceeds into local currency if RMB has depreciated. Also, as a Fund may either settle CIBM bonds using offshore RMB (“CNH”) or by converting offshore currency into onshore RMB (“CNY”), any divergence between CNH and CNY may adversely impact investors.

People’s Republic of China Tax Considerations

Corporate Income Tax

If a Fund is considered a tax resident enterprise of the PRC, it will be subject to PRC corporate income tax (“CIT”) at 25% on its worldwide taxable income. If a Fund is considered a non-tax resident enterprise with a permanent establishment or place or establishment of business (“PE”) in the PRC, the profits attributable to that PE would be subject to CIT at 25%. Under the PRC CIT Law effective from January 1, 2008 and its implementation rules, a non-PRC tax resident enterprise without a PE in the PRC will generally be subject to withholding income tax (“WIT”) of 10% on its PRC sourced income, including but not limited to passive income (e.g. dividends, interest, gains arising from transfer of assets, etc.).

A Fund is intended to be managed and operated in such a manner that the Fund should not be treated as a tax resident enterprise of the PRC or a non-PRC tax resident enterprise with a PE in the PRC for CIT purposes, although due to uncertainty in tax laws and practices in the PRC, this result cannot be guaranteed.

Interest

Except for interest income from certain bonds (i.e., government bonds, local government bonds and railway bonds which are entitled to a 100% PRC CIT exemption and 50% PC CIT exemption respectively in accordance with the Implementation Rules to the Enterprise Income Tax Law and a circular dated March 19, 2016 on the Circular on Income Tax Policies on Interest Income from Railway Bonds under Caishui [2016] No. 30), non-PRC tax resident enterprises are subject to PRC WIT on the payment of

Part II - 74

interests on debt instruments issued by PRC tax resident enterprises, including bonds issued by enterprises established within the PRC. The general WIT rate applicable is 10%, subject to reduction under an applicable double tax treaty and agreement by the PRC tax authorities. Interest derived from government bonds issued by the in-charge Finance Bureau of the State Council and/or local government bonds approved by the State Council is exempt from PRC CIT under the PRC CIT Law.

On November 22, 2021, the Ministry of Finance and State Administration of Taxation jointly issued Circular [2021] No. 34 (“Circular 34”) to clarify that foreign institutional investors (including foreign institutional investors under Bond Connect) are temporarily exempt from PRC WIT and value-added tax (“VAT”) with respect to bond interest income derived in the PRC bond market for the period from November 7, 2021 to December 31, 2025. As this exemption is only temporary according to Circular 34, it remains unclear whether such an exemption will also apply after December 31, 2025 or what the PRC tax treatment will be after this date. It still remains to be confirmed as to the PRC WIT and VAT treatment with respect to non-government bond interest derived prior to November 7, 2018, being the date on which the WIT and VAT exemption for foreign institutional investors with respect to bond interest income derived from PRC bonds was first introduced.

Dividend

Under the current PRC CIT Law and its implementation rules, non-PRC tax resident enterprises are subject to PRC WIT on cash dividends and bonus distributions from PRC tax resident enterprises. The general WIT rate applicable is 10%, subject to reduction under an applicable double tax treaty and agreement by the PRC tax authorities.

Capital Gain

Based on the CIT Law and its implementation rules, “income from the transfer of property” sourced from the PRC by non-PRC tax resident enterprises should be subject to 10% PRC WIT unless exempt or reduced under an applicable tax treaty and agreement by the PRC tax authorities. The Ministry of Finance (“MoF”), State Administration of Taxation (“SAT”) and the CSRC issued joint circulars to clarify the taxation of the Programs, in which capital gain realized from the transfer of A-Shares is temporarily exempt from PRC WIT. The MoF, the SAT and the CSRC issued joint circulars Caishui [2014] No. 81 and Caishui [2016] No. 127 to clarify the taxation of the Programs, in which capital gain realized from the transfer of A-Shares via the Programs is temporarily exempt from PRC WIT.

Capital gains derived by non-resident institutional investors (with no place or establishment or permanent establishment in the PRC) from the trading of bonds through the Bond Connect are technically non-PRC-sourced income under the current CIT law and regulations, therefore, not subject to PRC CIT. While the PRC tax authorities are currently enforcing such non-taxable treatment in practice, there is a lack of clarity on such non-taxable treatment under the current CIT regulations.

VAT and Other Surcharges

According to the Circular Caishui [2016] 36 (“Circular 36”), VAT at 6% shall be levied on the difference between the selling and buying prices of those marketable securities.

The gains derived from trading of marketable securities (including A-Shares and other PRC listed securities) are exempted from VAT in the PRC under Circular 36 and Caishui [2016] No. 70. In addition, deposit interest income and interest received from government bonds and local government bonds are also exempt from VAT.

According to Circular 34, the foreign institutional investors are temporarily exempt from VAT with respect to bond interest income derived in the PRC bond market for the period from November 7, 2021 to December 31, 2025. However, there is no guarantee that such temporary tax exemption will continue to apply, will not be repealed and re-imposed retrospective, or that no new tax regulations and practice in China specifically relating to the PRC bond market will not be promulgated in the future. Dividend income or profit distributions on equity investment derived from PRC are not included in the taxable scope of VAT.

In addition, urban maintenance and construction tax (currently at the rate ranging from 1% to 7%), educational surcharge (currently at the rate of 3%) and local educational surcharge (currently at the rate of 2%) are imposed based on the VAT liabilities.

Stamp Duty

Part II - 75

Stamp duty under the PRC laws generally applies to the execution and receipt of all taxable documents listed in the PRC’s Provisional Rules on Stamp Duty. Stamp duty is generally imposed on the sale of PRC-listed shares at a rate of 0.1% of the sales consideration. The relevant Fund will be subject to this tax on each disposal of PRC listed shares. No stamp duty is expected to be imposed on non-PRC tax resident holders of government and corporate bonds, either upon issuance or upon a subsequent transfer of such bonds. Non-PRC tax resident shareholders will not be subject to PRC tax on distributions received from the Company or the relevant Fund, or on gains derived from the disposal of shares.

There can be no guarantee that no new tax laws, regulations and practice in the PRC specifically relating to the Programs or CIBM regime (as the case may be) may be promulgated in the future and may be applied retrospectively. The promulgation of such new laws, regulations and practice may operate to the advantage or disadvantage of the Shareholders due to the Company or the relevant Fund’s investments in the PRC market.

Investors should inform themselves of, and where appropriate consult their professional advisors on, the possible tax consequences of subscribing for, buying, holding, converting, redeeming or otherwise disposing of Shares under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence, or domicile or incorporation.

Investments in India

Securities of many issuers in the Indian market may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. domestic issuers, but may offer the potential for higher returns over the long term. Indian securities will generally be denominated in foreign currency, mainly the rupee. Accordingly, the value of a Fund will fluctuate depending on the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and such foreign currency. India has less developed clearance and settlement procedures, and there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities and have been significantly delayed. The Indian stock exchanges have in the past been subject to closure, broker defaults and broker strikes, and there can be no certainty that this will not recur. In addition, significant delays are common in registering transfers of securities and a Fund may be unable to sell securities until the registration process is completed and may experience delays in receipt of dividends and other entitlements.

The value of investments in Indian securities may also be affected by political and economic developments, social, religious or regional tensions, changes in government regulation and government intervention, high rates of inflation or interest rates and withholding tax affecting India. The risk of loss may also be increased because there may be less information available about Indian issuers since they are not subject to the extensive accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices which are applicable in North America. There is also a lower level of regulation and monitoring of the Indian securities market and its participants than in other more developed markets.

Foreign investment in the securities of issuers in India is usually restricted or controlled to some degree. In addition, the availability of financial instruments with exposure to Indian financial markets may be substantially limited by the restrictions on investments by persons resident outside of India under the Foreign Portfolio Investment regime.

India’s guidelines under which foreign investors may invest in Indian securities are evolving. There can be no assurance that these investment control regimes will not change in a way that makes it more difficult or impossible for a Fund to implement investment objective or repatriate its income, gains and initial capital from these countries. Similar risks and considerations will be applicable to the extent that a Fund invests in other countries. Recently, certain policies have served to restrict foreign investment, and such policies may have the effect of reducing demand for such investments.

India may require withholding on dividends paid on portfolio securities and on realized capital gains. In the past, these taxes have sometimes been substantial. There can be no assurance that restrictions on repatriation of a Fund’s income, gains or initial capital from India will not occur.

A high proportion of the shares of many issuers in India may be held by a limited number of persons and financial institutions, which may limit the number of shares available for investment. In addition, further issuances, or the perception that such issuances may occur, of securities by Indian issuers in which a Fund has invested could dilute the earnings per share of a Fund’s investment and could adversely affect the market price of such securities. Sales of securities by such issuer’s major shareholders, or the perception that such sales may occur, may also significantly and adversely affect the market price of such securities and, in turn, a Fund’s investment. The prices at which investments may be acquired may be affected by trading by persons with material non-public information and by securities transactions by brokers in anticipation of transactions by a Fund in particular securities. Similarly, volume and liquidity in

Part II - 76

the bond markets in India are less than in the United States and, at times, price volatility can be greater than in the United States. The limited liquidity of securities markets in India may also affect a Fund’s ability to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so. In addition, India’s securities markets are susceptible to being influenced by large investors trading significant blocks of securities.

Political and economic structures in India are undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of the United States. The risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, may be heightened. In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the values of investments in India and the availability of additional investments. The laws in India relating to limited liability of corporate shareholders, fiduciary duties of officers and directors, and the bankruptcy of state enterprises are generally less well developed than or different from such laws in the United States. It may be more difficult to obtain or enforce a judgment in the courts in India than it is in the United States. Monsoons and natural disasters also can affect the value of investments.

Religious and border disputes persist in India. Moreover, India has from time to time experienced civil unrest and hostilities with neighboring countries such as Pakistan. The Indian government has confronted separatist movements in several Indian states. The longstanding dispute with Pakistan over the bordering Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir, a majority of whose population is Muslim, remains unresolved. If the Indian government is unable to control the violence and disruption associated with these tensions, the results could destabilize the economy and consequently, adversely affect a Fund’s investments.

A Fund may use P-notes. Indian-based brokerages may buy Indian-based securities and then issue P-notes to foreign investors. Any dividends or capital gains collected from the underlying securities may be remitted to the foreign investors. However, unlike ADRs, notes are subject to credit risk based on the uncertainty of the counterparty’s (i.e., the Indian-based brokerage’s) ability to meet its obligations.

Investments in Japan

The Japanese economy may be subject to economic, political and social instability, which could have a negative impact on Japanese securities. In the past, Japan’s economic growth rate has remained relatively low, and it may remain low in the future. Furthermore, the Japanese economic growth rate could be impacted by Bank of Japan monetary policies, rising interest rates, tax increases, budget deficits, consumer confidence and volatility in the Japanese yen. At times, the Japanese economy has been adversely impacted by government intervention and protectionism, changes in its labor market, and an unstable financial services sector. Overseas trade is important to Japan's economy and its economic growth is significantly driven by its exports. Japan's aging and shrinking population increases the cost of the country's pension and public welfare system and lowers domestic demand, making Japan more dependent on exports to sustain its economy. Therefore, any developments that negatively affect Japan's exports could present risks to a fund's investments in Japan. For example, domestic or foreign trade sanctions or other protectionist measures could harm Japan's economy. Government support of the financial services sector and other troubled sectors, government policy, natural disasters, an aging demographic and declining population and/or geopolitical developments associated with actual or potential conflicts with one or more countries in Asia could significantly affect the Japanese economy. Strained foreign relations with neighboring countries (China, South Korea, North Korea and Russia) may not only negatively impact the Japanese economy but also the geographic region as well as globally. A significant portion of Japan’s trade is conducted with developing nations and can be affected by conditions in these nations or by currency fluctuations. Japan is an island state with few natural resources and limited land area and is reliant on imports for its commodity needs. Any fluctuations or shortages in the commodity markets could have a negative impact on the Japanese economy. In addition, Japan’s economy has in the past and could in the future be significantly impacted by natural disasters.

Investments in the Middle East and Africa

Certain countries in the region are in early stages of development. As a result, there may be a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Brokers may be fewer in number and less well capitalized than brokers in more developed regions. Certain economies in the region depend to a significant degree upon exports of commodities and are vulnerable to changes in commodity prices, which in turn may be affected by a variety of factors. In addition, certain governments in the region have exercised substantial influence over the private sector, including ownership or control of companies. Governmental actions in the future could have a significant economic impact. In

Part II - 77

particular, changes in investment policies or shifts in the prevailing political climate could result in the introduction of changes to government regulations with respect to price controls, export and import controls, income and other taxes, foreign ownership restrictions, foreign exchange and currency controls and labor and welfare benefit policies. Unexpected changes in these policies or regulations could lead to increased investment, operating or compliance expenses. Any such changes could have a material adverse effect on a Fund’s and the Adviser’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, certain armed conflict, territorial disputes, historical animosities, regional instability, terrorist activities and religious, ethnic and/or socioeconomic unrest, such as the conflict between Israel and Hamas and other militant groups in the Middle East and other related events, could cause significant market disruptions and volatility and disrupt regional trade and supply chains. Such developments could have a negative effect on economic growth and could result in significant disruptions in the securities markets, including securities held by a Fund. Specific country risks that may have a material adverse effect on a Fund’s business, financial condition and results of operations are: potential political instability, riots or other forms of civil disturbance or violence; war, terrorism, invasion, rebellion or revolution; government interventions, including expropriation or nationalization of assets, increased protectionism and the introduction of tariffs or subsidies; changing fiscal and regulatory regimes; arbitrary or inconsistent Government action; inflation in local economies; cancellation, nullification or unenforceability of contractual rights; and underdeveloped industrial and economic infrastructure. Armed conflict and geopolitical tension between countries or in a geographic region, for example the continuing conflicts in the Middle East, have the potential to adversely impact Fund investments. Such conflicts and tensions, and other corresponding events, have had, and could continue to have, severe negative effects on regional and global economic and financial markets, including increased volatility, reduced liquidity, and overall uncertainty. The timing and duration of such conflicts and tensions, resulting sanctions, related events and other impacts cannot be predicted. Ongoing regional tensions and instability in the Middle East and Africa Region may significantly impact economies in the region. Such impacts could occur through a lower flow of foreign direct investment into the region, the outflow of expatriate residents or capital, or increased volatility in the global and regional financial markets. Certain Middle Eastern and African countries have currencies pegged to the U.S. dollar, which, if abandoned, could cause sudden and significant currency adjustments, which could impact a Fund’s investment returns in those countries. The legal systems, and the unpredictability thereof, in certain countries in the region also may have an adverse impact on a Fund and may expose the Fund to significant or unlimited liabilities. Investment in certain countries in the region by a Fund may be restricted or prohibited under applicable regulation, and the Fund, as a foreign investor, may be required to obtain approvals and may have to invest on less advantageous terms (including price) than nationals. A Fund’s investments in securities of a country in the region may be subject to economic sanctions or other government restrictions, which may negatively impact the value or liquidity of the Fund’s investments. Investments in the region may adversely impact the operations of a Fund through the delay of a Fund’s ability to exercise its rights as a security holder. Substantial limitations may exist in the region with respect to a Fund’s ability to repatriate investment income, capital gains or its investment. Securities which are subject to material legal restrictions on repatriation of assets will be considered illiquid securities by a Fund and subject to the limitations on illiquid investments.

Saudi Arabia. To the extent a Fund invests in securities issued by Saudi Arabian issuers, the Fund may be subject to the risk of investing in those issuers. Saudi Arabian issuers may be impacted by the Saudi Arabian economy, which is significantly tied to petroleum exports. As a result, a reduction in petroleum exports with key partners or in petroleum prices could have an overall impact on the Saudi Arabian economy. The Saudi Arabian economy also relies heavily on cheap, foreign labor, and changes in the availability of this labor supply could have an adverse effect on the economy.

Although liberalization in the wider Saudi Arabian economy is underway, the government of Saudi Arabia exercises substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. Political instability in Saudi Arabia or instability in the larger Middle East region could adversely impact the economy of Saudi Arabia. Instability may be caused by, among other things: military developments; government interventions in the marketplace; terrorism; extremist attitudes; attempted social or political reforms; religious differences; and other factors. Additionally, anti-Western views held by certain groups in the Middle East may influence the government of Saudi Arabia’s policies regarding foreign investment. In addition, certain issuers located in Saudi Arabia may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. As a result, an issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer that operates in, or has dealings with, such countries. A Fund, as an investor in such issuers, will be indirectly subject to those risks. A Fund is also subject to the risk of expropriation or nationalization of assets and property or the risk of restrictions on foreign investments and repatriation of capital.

Part II - 78

The ability of foreign investors, including the Funds, to invest in Saudi Arabian issuers is relatively new and untested, and such ability may be revoked or restricted by the government of Saudi Arabia in the future, which may materially affect a Fund. A Fund may be unable to obtain or maintain the required licenses, which would affect the Fund’s ability to buy and sell securities at full value. Additionally, a Fund’s ownership of any single issuer listed on the Saudi Arabian Stock Exchange may be limited by the Saudi Arabia Capital Market Authority (“CMA”). Major disruptions or regulatory changes may occur in the Saudi Arabian market, which could negatively impact the Funds.

The securities markets in Saudi Arabia may not be as developed as those in other countries. As a result, securities markets in Saudi Arabia are subject to greater risks associated with market volatility, lower market capitalization, lower trading volume, illiquidity, inflation, greater price fluctuations, uncertainty regarding the existence of trading markets, governmental control and heavy regulation of labor and industry. Shares of certain Saudi Arabian companies tend to trade less frequently than those of companies on exchanges in more developed markets, which may adversely affect the pricing of these securities and a Fund’s ability to sell these securities in the future. Current regulations in the Saudi Arabian securities markets may require a Fund to execute trades of securities through a single broker. As a result, the investment adviser will have less flexibility to choose among brokers on behalf of a Fund than is typically the case for investment managers.

A Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective depends on the ability of the investment adviser to maintain its status as a Qualified Foreign Investor (“QFI”) with the CMA and the Fund as a client of a QFI who has been approved by the CMA (“QFI Client”). Even if a Fund obtains QFI Client status, the Fund may not have an exclusive investment quota and will be subject to foreign investment limitations and other regulations imposed by the CMA on QFIs and QFI Clients (individually and in the aggregate), as well as local market participants. QFI regulations and local market infrastructure are relatively new and have not been tested and the CMA may discontinue the QFI regime at any time. Any change in the QFI system generally, including the possibility of the investment adviser or a Fund losing its QFI or QFI Client status, respectively, may adversely affect the Fund.

A Fund is required to use a trading account to buy and sell securities in Saudi Arabia. This trading account can be held directly with a broker or a custodian. Under the Independent Custody Model (“ICM”), securities are under the control of the custodian and would be recoverable in the event of the bankruptcy of the custodian. When a Fund utilizes the ICM approach, the Fund relies on a broker standing instruction letter to authorize the Fund’s sub-custodian to move securities to a trading account for settlement based on the details supplied by the broker. The risk of a fraudulent or erroneous transaction through the ICM approach is mitigated by the short trading hours in Saudi Arabia, a manual pre-matching process conducted by the custodian, which validates a Fund’s settlement instructions with the local broker contract note, and the transaction report from the depository. When a Fund utilizes a direct broker trading account, the account is set up in the Fund’s name and the assets are likely to be separated from any other accounts at the broker. However, if the broker defaults, there may be a delay to recovering the Fund’s assets that are held in the broker account and legal proceedings may need to be initiated in order to do so.

Investments in Latin America

As an emerging market, Latin America has long suffered from political, economic, and social instability. For investors, this has meant additional risk caused by periods of regional conflict, political corruption, totalitarianism, protectionist measures, nationalization, hyperinflation, debt crises, sudden and large currency devaluation, and intervention by the military in civilian and economic spheres. However, democracy is beginning to become well established in some countries. A move to a more mature and accountable political environment is well under way. Domestic economies have been deregulated, privatization of state-owned companies is almost completed and foreign trade restrictions have been relaxed. Nonetheless, to the extent that events such as those listed above continue in the future, they could reverse favorable trends toward market and economic reform, privatization, and removal of trade barriers, and result in significant disruption in securities markets in the region. Investors in the region continue to face a number of potential risks. Governments of many Latin American countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. Governmental actions and political instability in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in Latin American countries, which could affect the companies in which a Fund invests and, therefore, the value of Fund Shares. Other Latin American investment risks may include inadequate investor protection, less developed regulatory, accounting, auditing and financial standards, unfavorable changes in laws or regulations, pandemics, natural disasters, corruption and military activity.

Part II - 79

Certain Latin American countries may experience sudden and large adjustments in their currency which, in turn, can have a disruptive and negative effect on foreign investors. In addition, some Latin American currencies have experienced steady devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar and certain Latin American countries have had to make major adjustments in their currencies from time to time. Certain Latin American countries may impose restrictions on the free conversion of their currency into foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar. There is no significant foreign exchange market for many currencies and it would, as a result, be difficult for certain Funds to engage in foreign currency transactions designed to protect the value of the Funds’ interests in securities denominated in such currencies.

International economic conditions, particularly those in the United States, as well as world prices for oil and other commodities may also influence certain Latin American economies. Because commodities such as oil, gas, minerals and metals represent a significant percentage of the region’s exports, the economies of Latin American countries are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in commodity prices. As a result, the economies in many of these countries can experience significant volatility. Latin American countries depend on the economies of their key trading partners, which include China, the U.S., other countries in the region and certain European countries. Reduced spending by any of these trading partners on products and services, or negative changes in any of these economies, may have an adverse impact on some or all of the economies in the region.

Additionally, changes in U.S. trade or foreign policies could have a significant negative effect on certain Latin American economies. For example, friction continues between the governments of the U.S. and Venezuela. The U.S. has imposed economic sanctions, which consist of asset freezes and sectoral sanctions, on certain Venezuelan individuals and Venezuelan corporate entities, and on the Venezuelan government. In January 2026, the U.S. government captured and took into custody Venezuelan head of state Nicolas Maduro. Further sanctions or military action, or even the threat thereof, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Venezuelan securities, and may have far-ranging impacts on Latin American markets. These factors, among others, could negatively affect a Fund’s investments.

Almost all of the region’s economies have become highly dependent upon foreign credit and loans from external sources to fuel their state-sponsored economic plans. Government profligacy and ill-conceived plans for modernization have exhausted these resources with little benefit accruing to the economy and most countries have been forced to restructure their loans or risk default on their debt obligations. In addition, interest on the debt is subject to market conditions and may reach levels that would impair economic activity and create a difficult and costly environment for borrowers. Accordingly, these governments may be forced to reschedule or freeze their debt repayment, which could negatively affect the stock market. Latin American economies that depend on foreign credit and loans could fall into recession because of tighter international credit supplies in a global economic crisis.

Substantial limitations may exist in certain countries with respect to a Fund’s ability to repatriate investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities. A Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investments.

Certain Latin American countries have entered into regional trade agreements that are designed to, among other things, reduce barriers between countries, increase competition among companies and reduce government subsidies in certain industries. No assurance can be given that these changes will be successful in the long term, or that these changes will result in the economic stability intended. There is a possibility that these trade arrangements will not be fully implemented, or will be partially or completely unwound. It is also possible that a significant participant could choose to abandon a trade agreement, which could diminish its credibility and influence. Any of these occurrences could have adverse effects on the markets of both participating and non-participating countries, including sharp appreciation or depreciation of participants’ national currencies and a significant increase in exchange rate volatility, a resurgence in economic protectionism, an undermining of confidence in the Latin American markets, an undermining of Latin American economic stability, the collapse or slowdown of the drive towards Latin American economic unity, and/or reversion of the attempts to lower government debt and inflation rates that were introduced in anticipation of such trade agreements. Such developments could have an adverse impact on a Fund’s investments in Latin America generally or in specific countries participating in such trade agreements.

Terrorism and related geo-political risks have led, and may in the future lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on world economies and markets generally.

Part II - 80

Investments in Russia

Investing in Russian securities is highly speculative and involves significant risks and special considerations not typically associated with investing in the securities markets of the U.S. and most other developed countries.

Over the past century, Russia has experienced political, social and economic turbulence and has endured decades of communist rule under which the property of tens of millions of its citizens was collectivized into state agricultural and industrial enterprises. Since the collapse of the Soviet Union, Russia’s government has been faced with the daunting task of stabilizing its domestic economy, while transforming it into a modern and efficient structure able to compete in international markets and respond to the needs of its citizens. However, to date, many of the country’s economic reform initiatives have not been successful. In this environment, there is the risk that the Russian government will alter its political and economic policies in ways that would be detrimental to the interests of foreign investors.

Recently, the Russian government has asserted its regional geopolitical influence, including through military measures, which has increased tensions both with Russia’s neighbors and with other countries. Further possible actions by Russia could lead to greater adverse impact for the Russian economy.

Many of Russia’s businesses have failed to mobilize the available factors of production because the country’s privatization program virtually ensured the predominance of the old management teams that are largely non-market-oriented in their management approach. Poor accounting standards, inept management, pervasive corruption, insider trading and crime, and inadequate regulatory protection for the rights of investors all pose a significant risk, particularly to foreign investors. In addition, there is the risk that the Russian tax system will be enforced inconsistently or in an arbitrary manner or that exorbitant taxes will be imposed.

Compared to most national stock markets, the Russian securities market suffers from a variety of problems not encountered in more developed markets. There is little long-term historical data on the Russian securities market because it is relatively new and a substantial proportion of securities transactions in Russia are privately negotiated outside of stock exchanges. The inexperience of the Russian securities market and the limited volume of trading in securities in the market may make obtaining accurate prices on portfolio securities from independent sources more difficult than in more developed markets. Additionally, because of less stringent auditing and financial reporting standards that apply to companies operating in Russia, there is little solid corporate information available to investors. As a result, it may be difficult to assess the value or prospects of an investment in Russian companies. Stocks of Russian companies also may experience greater price volatility than stocks of U.S. companies.

Settlement, clearing and registration of securities transactions in Russia are subject to additional risks because of the recent formation of the Russian securities market, the underdeveloped state of the banking and telecommunications systems, and the overall legal and regulatory framework. Prior to 2013, there was no central registration system for equity share registration in Russia and registration was carried out by either the issuers themselves or by registrars located throughout Russia. Such registrars were not necessarily subject to effective state supervision nor were they licensed with any governmental entity, thereby increasing the risk that a Fund could lose ownership of its securities through fraud, negligence, or even mere oversight. With the implementation of the National Settlement Depository (“NSD”) in Russia as a recognized central securities depository, title to Russian equities is now based on the records of the Depository and not the registrars. Although the implementation of the NSD has enhanced the efficiency and transparency of the Russian securities market, issues resulting in loss still might occur. In addition, issuers and registrars are still prominent in the validation and approval of documentation requirements for corporate action processing in Russia. Because the documentation requirements and approval criteria vary between registrars and/or issuers, there remain unclear and inconsistent market standards in the Russian market with respect to the completion and submission of corporate action elections. To the extent that a Fund suffers a loss relating to title or corporate actions relating to its portfolio securities, it may be difficult for the Fund to enforce its rights or otherwise remedy the loss.

The Russian economy is heavily dependent upon the export of a range of commodities including most industrial metals, forestry products, oil, and gas. Accordingly, it is strongly affected by international commodity prices and is particularly vulnerable to any weakening in global demand for these products. Over the long-term, Russia faces challenges including a shrinking workforce, high levels of corruption, difficulty in accessing capital for smaller, non-energy companies, and poor infrastructure in need of large investments.

Part II - 81

Foreign investors also face a high degree of currency risk when investing in Russian securities and a lack of available currency hedging instruments. In addition, there is a risk that the government may impose capital controls on foreign portfolio investments in the event of extreme financial or political crisis. Such capital controls would prevent the sale of a portfolio of foreign assets and the repatriation of investment income and capital. These risks may cause flight from the ruble into U.S. dollars and other currencies.

The United States and the European Union have in the past, and may in the future, impose sanctions on certain Russian entities and individuals and certain sectors of Russia’s economy, which may result in, among other things, the devaluation of Russian currency, a downgrade in the country’s credit rating, and/or a decline in the value and liquidity of Russian securities, property or interests. The United States and other nations or international organizations may impose additional economic sanctions or take other actions that may adversely affect Russia-exposed issuers and companies in various sectors of the Russian economy, including, but not limited to, the financials, energy, metals and mining, engineering, and defense and defense-related materials sectors. These sanctions, or even the threat of further sanctions, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Russian securities, a weakening of the ruble or other adverse consequences to the Russian economy. These sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Russian securities and/or funds invested in prohibited assets, impairing the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets.

Sanctions could also result in Russia taking counter measures or retaliatory actions which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities. In February 2022, Russia launched a large-scale invasion of Ukraine and has been the subject of economic sanctions imposed by countries throughout the world, including the United States. Any retaliatory actions by Russia may further impair the value and liquidity of a Fund’s portfolio and potentially disrupt its operations. Uncertainty as to future relations between Russia and the United States or the European Union may also cause a decline in the value of a Fund’s shares.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Each actively managed Fund may employ non-hedging risk management techniques. Risk management strategies are used to keep the Funds fully invested and to reduce the transaction costs associated with cash flows into and out of a Fund. The Funds use a wide variety of instruments and strategies for risk management and the examples below are not meant to be exhaustive.

Examples of risk management strategies include synthetically altering the duration of a portfolio or the mix of securities in a portfolio. For example, if the Adviser wishes to extend maturities in a fixed income portfolio in order to take advantage of an anticipated decline in interest rates, but does not wish to purchase the underlying long-term securities, it might cause a Fund to purchase futures contracts on long term debt securities. Likewise, if the Adviser wishes to gain exposure to an instrument but does not wish to purchase the instrument it may use swaps and related instruments. Similarly, if the Adviser wishes to decrease exposure to fixed income securities or purchase equities, it could cause a Fund to sell futures contracts on debt securities and purchase futures contracts on a stock index. Such non-hedging risk management techniques involve leverage, and thus, present, as do all leveraged transactions, the possibility of losses as well as gains that are greater than if these techniques involved the purchase and sale of the securities themselves rather than their synthetic derivatives.

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT PROGRAM

The Funds, have adopted a Liquidity Risk Management Program (the “Program”) under Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Liquidity Risk Management Rule”). Effective October 31, 2021, the Program has been amended for all Funds to reflect the exemptions from certain provisions of the Liquidity Risk Management Rule and certain reporting requirements as permitted by the Exemptive Order issued by the SEC to the Funds on January 21, 2021 (the “Exemptive Order”). Under the Program, the Funds limit Illiquid Investments that are assets to 15% of the Fund’s net assets (“Illiquid Limit”) and report to the Board and SEC within specified time periods of a Fund exceeding its 15% Illiquid Limit. An “Illiquid Investment” is defined pursuant to the Exemptive Order as any portfolio investment that a Fund reasonably expects could not be sold within three trading days without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment.

Part II - 82

RISK RELATED TO MANAGEMENT OF CERTAIN SIMILAR FUNDS

The name, investment objective and policies of certain Funds are similar to other funds advised by the adviser or its affiliates. However, the investment results of a Fund may be higher or lower than, and there is no guarantee that the investment results of a Fund will be comparable to, any other of the funds.

Similar investment strategies to that of a Fund may be provided by the adviser through other forms based on investor preferences and the needs of various distribution channels through which the strategies are available. In some, if not many, cases the strategies share the same or common names, and have identical or substantially similar investment strategies, are managed by identical or similar portfolio management teams at the adviser, or share various other attributes depending on the circumstances. For instance, the same or substantially similar strategies may be offered in the form of or through mutual funds, exchange-traded products (including ETFs), collective investment trusts, 529 plans, institutional separately managed accounts, retail separately managed accounts, and model portfolios used by other investment professionals.

Despite any similarities, these offerings can have important differences that any investor should consider and discuss with their investment professionals. These differences can include, without limitation, differences in investment limitations, embedded fees and expenses, portfolio composition (including the number of securities), use of derivatives or leverage, use of fund assets to pay for distribution, administrative, or shareholder support services provided by investment professionals, investor eligibility, variations in share classes and related expenses, investor liquidity, differing level of involvement by other investment professionals in assisting or supporting investors, different risks (including risks related to portfolio diversification), different performance, different tracking against benchmarks or indices, different tax treatment and efficiency (which can be important to non-retirement plan investors), the extent to which an investor can impose investment restrictions, the extent to which fees and expenses are negotiable, the ability to hold stakes in non-publicly traded securities and securities traded on foreign exchanges, the frequency with which portfolio holdings are allocated and reallocated, the frequency with which transactions are effected, the frequency with which information on portfolio holdings is publicly available (and lags in such disclosure), and other differences which can be material.

To understand these differences and decide which offering is best suited for an investor, the investor should review the prospectus, offering document or brochure for the relevant offering and consult their investment professionals. Investment professionals providing advice or recommendations of these offerings are themselves responsible for undertaking appropriate due diligence, considering factors such as cost and complexity and evaluating any offering in relation to reasonably available alternatives under applicable law – all within the broader framework of an investor’s financial circumstances, needs and objectives.

DIVERSIFICATION

Certain Funds are diversified funds and as such intend to meet the diversification requirements of the 1940 Act. Please refer to the Funds’ SAI Part I for information about whether a Fund is a diversified or non-diversified Fund. Current 1940 Act diversification requirements require that with respect to 75% of the assets of a Fund, the Fund may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer or own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer, except cash or cash items, obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, and securities of other investment companies. As for the other 25% of a Fund’s assets not subject to the limitation described above, there is no limitation on investment of these assets under the 1940 Act, so that all of such assets may be invested in securities of any one issuer. Investments not subject to the limitations described above could involve an increased risk to a Fund should an issuer be unable to make interest or principal payments or should the market value of such securities decline.

Certain other Funds are registered as non-diversified investment companies. A Fund is considered “non-diversified” because a relatively high percentage of the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of a single issuer or a limited number of issuers, primarily within the same economic sector. A non-diversified Fund’s portfolio securities, therefore, may be more susceptible to any single economic, political, or regulatory occurrence than the portfolio securities of a more diversified investment company.

Regardless of whether a Fund is diversified under the 1940 Act, all of the Funds will comply with the diversification requirements imposed by the Code for qualification as a regulated investment company. See “Distributions and Tax Matters.”

Part II - 83

DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAX MATTERS

The following discussion is a brief summary of some of the important federal (and, where noted, state) income tax consequences affecting each Fund and its shareholders. There may be other tax considerations applicable to particular shareholders. This section does not address in detail the tax consequences affecting any shareholder who, as to the U.S., is a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership. This section is based on the Code, the regulations thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. The following tax discussion is very general; therefore, prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors about the impact an investment in a Fund may have on their own tax situations and the possible application of foreign, state and local law.

Each Fund generally will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes, and thus the provisions of the Code generally will be applied to each Fund separately. Net long-term and short-term capital gain, net income and operating expenses therefore will be determined separately for each Fund.

Special tax rules apply to investments held through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the suitability of Shares of the Fund as an investment through such plans.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company

Each Fund intends to elect to be treated and qualify each year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, each Fund must, among other things:

(a)

derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gain from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gain from options, swaps, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies and (ii) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (“QPTPs,” defined below);

(b)

diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities, limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested (x) in the securities (other than cash or cash items, or securities issued by the U.S. government or other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more QPTPs. In the case of a Fund’s investments in loan participations, the Fund shall treat both the financial intermediary and the issuer of the underlying loan as an issuer for the purposes of meeting this diversification requirement; and

(c)

distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid — generally, taxable ordinary income and any excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) and net tax-exempt interest income, for such taxable year.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in paragraph (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (defined as a partnership (x) interests in which are traded on an established securities markets or readily tradable on a secondary market as the substantial equivalents thereof, (y) that derives at least 90% of its income from passive income sources defined in Section 7704(d) of the Code, and (z) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in (a)(i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. Although income from a QPTP is qualifying income, as discussed above, investments in QPTPs cannot exceed 25% of a Fund’s assets. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP.

Part II - 84

Gains from foreign currencies (including foreign currency options, foreign currency swaps, foreign currency futures and foreign currency forward contracts) currently constitute qualifying income for purposes of the 90% test, described in paragraph (a) above. However, the Treasury Department has the authority to issue regulations (possibly with retroactive effect) excluding from the definition of “qualifying income” a fund’s foreign currency gains to the extent that such income is not directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities.

For purposes of paragraph (b) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a QPTP. A Fund’s investment in MLPs may qualify as an investment in (1) a QPTP, (2) a “regular” partnership, (3) a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) or (4) a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The treatment of particular MLPs for U.S. federal income tax purposes will affect the extent to which a Fund can invest in MLPs. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of a Fund’s investments in “PFICs” and “regular” partnerships are discussed in greater detail below.

If a Fund qualifies for a taxable year as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, defined below). If a Fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company accorded special tax treatment in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to taxation on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gain, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and for treatment as qualified dividend income in the case of individual shareholders. In addition, a Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gain, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

Each Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and may distribute its net capital gain (that is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Investment company taxable income which is retained by a Fund will be subject to tax at regular corporate tax rates. A Fund might also retain for investment its net capital gain. If a Fund does retain such net capital gain, such gain will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained, but the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who (i) will be required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their respective shares of the undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their respective shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of a Fund will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend, its taxable income and its earnings and profits, a Fund may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31, or if there is no net capital loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net short-term capital loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after that date) or late-year ordinary loss (generally, (i) net ordinary loss from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31, plus (ii) other net ordinary loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.

Excise Tax on Regulated Investment Companies

If a Fund fails to distribute in a calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 (or later if the Fund is permitted to elect and so elects), plus any retained amount from the prior year, the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. The Funds intend to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax, although each Fund reserves the right to pay an excise tax rather than make an additional distribution when circumstances warrant (e.g., the excise tax amount is deemed by a Fund to be de minimis). Certain derivative instruments give rise to ordinary income and loss. If a Fund has a taxable year that begins in one calendar year and ends in the next calendar year, the Fund will be required to make this excise tax distribution during its taxable year. There is a risk

Part II - 85

that a Fund could recognize income prior to making this excise tax distribution and could recognize losses after making this distribution. As a result, all or a portion of an excise tax distribution could constitute a return of capital (see discussion below).

Fund Distributions

The Funds anticipate distributing substantially all of their net investment income for each taxable year. Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from income or gain earned by the Fund before a shareholder’s investment (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid). Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares. A shareholder whose distributions are reinvested in shares will be treated as having received a dividend equal to the amount of cash that the shareholder would have received if such shareholder had elected to receive the distribution in cash.

Dividends and distributions on a Fund’s shares generally are subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may represent economically a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such dividends and distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when a Fund’s NAV reflects gains that are either (i) unrealized, or (ii) realized but not distributed.

For federal income tax purposes, distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gain are determined by how long a Fund owned the investment that generated it, rather than how long a shareholder may have owned shares in the Fund. Distributions of net capital gain from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for more than one year and that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable as long-term capital gain. Distributions of capital gain generally are made after applying any available capital loss carryovers. The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. A distribution of gain from the sale of investments that a Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions attributable to gain from the sale of MLPs that is characterized as ordinary income under the Code’s recapture provisions will be taxable as ordinary income.

Distributions of investment income reported by a Fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be qualified dividend income, the Fund must meet certain holding-period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio, and the shareholder must meet certain holding-period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s Shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (i) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred securities, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (ii) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (iii) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment interest for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (iv) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S.) or (b) treated as a PFIC. The amount of a Fund’s distributions that would otherwise qualify for this favorable tax treatment may be reduced as a result of a Fund’s securities lending activities or high portfolio turnover rate.

In general, distributions of investment income reported by a Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a non-corporate taxable shareholder so long as the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s Shares. In any event, if the qualified dividend income received by each Fund during any taxable year is equal to or greater than 95% of its “gross income,” then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than dividends that are properly reported as Capital Gain Dividends) will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. For this purpose, the only gain included in the term “gross income” is the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss.

Part II - 86

If a Fund receives dividends from an underlying fund, and the underlying fund reports such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” then the Fund may, in turn, report a portion of its distributions as “qualified dividend income” as well, provided the Fund meets the holding-period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying fund.

Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received by the shareholder with respect to those shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund Shares will be disallowed if other shares of such Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

A distribution paid to shareholders by a Fund in January of a year generally is deemed to have been received by shareholders on December 31 of the preceding year, if the distribution was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November, or December of that preceding year. The Funds will provide federal tax information annually, including information about dividends and distributions paid during the preceding year to taxable investors and others requesting such information.

If a Fund makes a distribution to its shareholders in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits” in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of each shareholder’s basis (for tax purposes) in its shares, and any distribution in excess of basis will be treated as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces the shareholder’s basis in its shares, which reduces the loss (or increases the gain) on a subsequent taxable disposition by such shareholder of the shares.

Dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders (other than shareholders that are S corporations) of a Fund will qualify for the 50% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend received by a Fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (1) if the stock on which the dividend is paid is considered to be “debt-financed” (generally, acquired with borrowed funds), (2) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred securities) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred securities) or (3) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends-received deduction may be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its Shares of a Fund or (2) by application of the Code. However, any distributions received by a Fund from REITs and PFICs will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction. The amount eligible for the dividends received deduction may also be reduced as a result of a Fund’s securities lending activities or high portfolio turnover rate.

Certain distributions reported by a Fund as section 163(j) interest dividends may be treated as interest income by shareholders for purposes of the tax rules applicable to interest expense limitations under Code section 163(j). Such treatment by the shareholder is generally subject to holding period requirements and other potential limitations, although the holding period requirements are generally not applicable to dividends declared by money market funds and certain other funds that declare dividends daily and pay such dividends on a monthly or more frequent basis. The amount that a Fund is eligible to report as a Section 163(j) dividend for a tax year is generally limited to the excess of the Fund’s business interest income over the sum of the Fund’s (i) business interest expense and (ii) other deductions properly allocable to the Fund’s business interest income.

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund Shares, but excluding any exempt interest dividends from a Fund) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.

Sale or Redemption of Shares

The sale, exchange, or redemption of Fund Shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss arising from (or treated as arising from) the sale or redemption of Shares of a Fund will be considered capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for more

Part II - 87

than one year. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or redemption of shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received on (or undistributed capital gains credited with respect to) such shares. Additionally, any loss realized upon the sale or exchange of Fund Shares with a tax holding period of six months or less may be disallowed to the extent of any distributions treated as exempt interest dividends with respect to such shares. The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Capital gain of a corporate shareholder is taxed at the same rate as ordinary income.

Fund Investments

Certain investments of the Funds, including transactions in options, swaptions, futures contracts, forward contracts, straddles, swaps, short sales, foreign currencies, inflation-linked securities and foreign securities, including for hedging purposes, will be subject to special tax rules (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). In a given case, these rules may accelerate income to a Fund, defer losses to a Fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of a Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gain into short-term capital gain, convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital loss, or otherwise affect the character of a Fund’s income. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders and cause differences between a Fund’s book income and its taxable income. If a Fund’s book income exceeds its taxable income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If a Fund’s book income is less than taxable income, the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment. Income earned as a result of these transactions would, in general, not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or for treatment as exempt-interest dividends when distributed to shareholders. The Funds will endeavor to make any available elections pertaining to such transactions in a manner believed to be in the best interest of each Fund and its shareholders.

A Fund’s participation in loans of securities may affect the amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders. With respect to any security subject to a securities loan, any (i) amounts received by a Fund in place of dividends earned on the security during the period that such security was not directly held by the Fund will not give rise to qualified dividend income and (ii) withholding taxes accrued on dividends during the period that such security was not directly held by the Fund will not qualify as a foreign tax paid by the Fund and therefore cannot be passed through to shareholders even if the Fund meets the requirements described in “Foreign Taxes,” below.

Certain debt securities purchased by the Funds are sold at an original issue discount and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments. Similarly, zero-coupon bonds do not make periodic interest payments. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed) over the term of the debt security even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. In addition, payment-in-kind securities will give rise to income that is required to be distributed and is taxable even though a Fund holding the security receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year. Because each Fund distributes substantially all of its net investment income to its shareholders (including such imputed interest), a Fund may have to sell portfolio securities in order to generate the cash necessary for the required distributions. Such sales may occur at a time when the Adviser would not otherwise have chosen to sell such securities and may result in a taxable gain or loss. Some of the Funds may invest in inflation-linked debt securities. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-linked debt security will be original issue discount, which is taxable as ordinary income and is required to be distributed, even though a Fund will not receive the principal, including any increase thereto, until maturity. A Fund investing in such securities may be required to liquidate other investments, including at times when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements and to eliminate any possible taxation at the Fund level. Certain debt securities that may be acquired by a Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having market discount. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments. A Fund may make one or more of the elections applicable to debt securities having market discount, which could affect the character and timing of recognition of income.

Part II - 88

A Fund may invest to a significant extent in debt obligations that are in the lowest rated categories (or are unrated), including debt obligations of issuers that are not currently paying interest or that are in default. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of being in default (or are presently in default) present special tax issues for a Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities and how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by each Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income taxation or any excise tax.

A Fund’s investments in foreign currencies, foreign currency denominated debt securities and certain options, futures or forward foreign currency contracts (and similar instruments) will be subject to special tax rules. Generally, transactions in foreign currencies give rise to ordinary income or loss. An election under Section 988(a)(1)(B) may be available to treat foreign currency gain or loss attributable to certain forward, futures and option contracts as capital, including certain “foreign currency contracts.” A “foreign currency contract” is a contract that (1) requires delivery of, or settlement of, a foreign currency that is a currency in which positions are also traded through regulated futures contracts, (2) is traded in the interbank market, and (3) is entered into at an arm’s-length price determined by reference to the price in the interbank market. If this Section 988(a)(1)(B) election is made, foreign currency contracts are treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss under the Section 1256 mark-to-market rules. All other forward contracts under this 988(a)(1)(B) election would be characterized as capital and generally gain or loss would be recognized when the contract is closed and completed. Other rules apply to options, futures or forward foreign currency contracts that may be part of a straddle or a Section 988 hedging transaction within the meaning of Code Section 988(d). Proposed regulations also permit an election to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for currency gains and losses with respect to certain transactions. The elective method of accounting takes into account currently only changes in the value of the transaction attributable to exchange rate fluctuations and does not take into account changes in value due to other factors, such as changes in market interest rates. The election does not apply in certain cases, including with respect to any securities that are marked to market under any other provision.

Special tax considerations apply if a Fund invests in investment companies that are taxable as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. In general, a Fund will not recognize income earned by such an investment company until the close of the investment company’s taxable year. But a Fund will recognize such income as it is earned by the investment company for purposes of determining whether it is subject to the 4% excise tax. Therefore, if a Fund and such an investment company have different taxable years, the Fund may be compelled to make distributions in excess of the income recognized from such an investment company in order to avoid the imposition of the 4% excise tax. A Fund’s receipt of a non-liquidating cash distribution from an investment company taxable as a partnership generally will result in recognized gain (but not loss) only to the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds the Fund’s adjusted basis in shares of such investment company before the distribution. A Fund that receives a liquidating cash distribution from an investment company taxable as a partnership will recognize capital gain or loss to the extent of the difference between the proceeds received by the Fund and the Fund’s adjusted tax basis in shares of such investment company; however, the Fund will recognize ordinary income, rather than capital gain, to the extent that the Fund’s allocable share of “unrealized receivables” (including any accrued but untaxed market discount) exceeds the shareholder’s share of the basis in those unrealized receivables.

Some amounts received by each Fund with respect to its investments in MLPs will likely be treated as a return of capital because of accelerated deductions available with respect to the activities of such MLPs. On the disposition of an investment in such an MLP, a Fund will likely realize taxable income in excess of economic gain with respect to that asset (or, if the Fund does not dispose of the MLP, the Fund likely will realize taxable income in excess of cash flow with respect to the MLP in a later period), and the Fund must take such income into account in determining whether the Fund has satisfied its distribution requirements. A Fund may have to borrow or liquidate securities to satisfy its distribution requirements and to meet its redemption requests, even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to sell securities or borrow money at such time.

Some of the Funds may invest in REITs. Such investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. In order to generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. A Fund’s investments in REIT

Part II - 89

equity securities may at other times result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes such amounts, such distribution could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by a Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.

Tax reform legislation established a 20% deduction for qualified business income. Under this provision, which is effective for taxable years beginning in 2018 and, without further legislation, will sunset for taxable years beginning after 2025, individuals, trusts, and estates generally may deduct (the “Deduction”) 20% of “qualified business income,” which includes all ordinary REIT dividends (“Qualifying REIT Dividends”) and certain income from investments in MLPs (“MLP Income”). Treasury regulations permit a RIC to pass through to its shareholders Qualifying REIT Dividends eligible for the deduction. However, the regulations do not provide a mechanism for a RIC to pass through to its shareholders MLP Income that would be eligible for such deduction. It is uncertain whether future legislation or other guidance will enable a RIC to pass through the special character of MLP Income to the RIC’s shareholders.

A Fund might invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPS”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have not yet been issued (but may apply with retroactive effect) a portion of a Fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income taxation in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as each of the Funds, will generally be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC or TMP residual interest directly.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions) and (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income. In addition, because the Code provides that excess inclusion income is ineligible for treaty benefits, a regulated investment company must withhold tax on excess inclusions attributable to its foreign shareholders at a 30% rate of withholding, regardless of any treaty benefits for which a shareholder is otherwise eligible.

Any investment in residual interests of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax problems, especially if a Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders. Under current law, a Fund serves to block UBTI from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder will recognize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund if Shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Section 514(b) of the Code. Furthermore, a tax-exempt shareholder may recognize UBTI if a Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” derived from direct or indirect investments in REMIC residual interests or TMPs if the amount of such income recognized by the Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund).

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in regulated investment companies that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT, as defined in Section 664 of the Code, that realizes UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI solely as a result of investing in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income.” Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the U.S., a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a Fund that recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, each Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such

Part II - 90

shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. The Funds have not yet determined whether such an election will be made. CRTs are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in a Fund.

If a Fund invests in PFICs, certain special tax consequences may apply. A PFIC is any foreign corporation in which (i) 75% or more of the gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) the average percentage of the assets (generally by value, but by adjusted tax basis in certain cases) that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%. Generally, passive income for this purpose includes dividends, interest (including income equivalent to interest), royalties, rents, annuities, the excess of gains over losses from certain property transactions and commodities transactions, and foreign currency gains. Passive income for this purpose does not include rents and royalties received by the foreign corporation from active business and certain income received from related persons. A Fund’s investments in certain PFICs could subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the company or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the company. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. In addition, certain interest charges may be imposed on a Fund as a result of such distributions.

If a Fund is in a position to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”), the Fund will be required to include in its gross income its share of the company’s income and net capital gain annually, regardless of whether it receives any distributions from the company. Alternately, a Fund may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings “to the market” as though it had sold and repurchased its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gain and loss are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may have the effect of accelerating the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increasing the amount required to be distributed by a Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections, therefore, may require a Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return. A Fund that invests indirectly in PFICs by virtue of the Fund’s investment in other investment companies that qualify as “U.S. persons” within the meaning of the Code may not make a QEF election; rather, such underlying investment companies investing directly in the PFICs would decide whether to make such election. Furthermore, the IRS recently issued final regulations that generally treat a Fund’s income inclusion with respect to a PFIC with respect to which the Fund has made a qualified electing fund, or “QEF,” election, as qualifying income for purposes of determining the Fund’s ability to be subject to tax as a RIC either if (A) there is a current distribution out of the earnings and profits of the PFIC that are attributable to such income inclusion or (B) such inclusion is derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities, or currencies. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.”

Certain Funds may have wholly-owned subsidiaries organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, which are classified as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes (each, a “Subsidiary”). With respect to such Funds, a Fund may invest a portion of its assets in its Subsidiary. A foreign corporation, such as a Subsidiary, will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless it is deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business. It is expected that each Subsidiary will conduct its activities in a manner so as to meet the requirements of a safe harbor provided under Section 864(b)(2) of the Code under which the Subsidiary may engage in trading in stocks or securities or certain commodities without being deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business. However, if certain of a Subsidiary’s activities were determined not to be of the type described in the safe harbor (which is not expected), then the activities of the Subsidiary may constitute a U.S. trade or business, and subject to U.S. taxation as such.

In general, a foreign corporation, such as a Subsidiary, that does not conduct a U.S. trade or business is nonetheless subject to tax at a flat rate of 30 percent (or lower tax treaty rate), generally payable through withholding, on the gross amount of certain U.S.-source income that is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. There is presently no tax treaty in force between the U.S. and the Cayman Islands that would reduce this rate of withholding tax. It is not expected that a Subsidiary will derive meaningful income subject to such withholding tax.

Each Subsidiary will be treated as a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) and a Fund investing in its Subsidiary will be treated as a “U.S. shareholder” of that Subsidiary. As a result, a Fund will be required to include in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes all of its Subsidiary’s “subpart F income,” whether or not such income is distributed by the Subsidiary. It is expected that all of the Subsidiary’s income will be “subpart F income.” A Fund’s recognition of its Subsidiary’s “subpart F income” will increase the Fund’s tax basis in the Subsidiary. Distributions by the Subsidiary to a Fund will be tax-free, to the extent of its previously undistributed “subpart F income,” and will correspondingly reduce the

Part II - 91

Fund’s tax basis in the Subsidiary. “Subpart F income” is generally treated as ordinary income, regardless of the character of the Subsidiary’s underlying income. If a net loss is realized by the Subsidiary, such loss is not generally available to offset the income earned by a Fund and such loss cannot be carried forward to offset taxable income of a Fund or the Subsidiary in future periods. The IRS recently issued final regulations that generally treat a Fund’s income inclusion with respect to a CFC as qualifying income for purposes of determining the Fund’s ability to be subject to tax as a RIC either if (A) there is a distribution out of the earnings and profits of the CFC that are attributable to such income inclusion or (B) such inclusion is derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities, or currencies.

The ability of a Fund to invest directly in commodities, and in certain commodity-related securities and other instruments, is subject to significant limitations in order to enable a Fund to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under the Code.

Investment in Other Funds

If a Fund invests in shares of mutual funds, other ETFs or other companies that are taxable as regulated investment companies, as well as certain investments in REITs (collectively, “underlying funds”), its distributable income and gains will normally consist, in part, of distributions from the underlying funds and gains and losses on the disposition of shares of the underlying funds. To the extent that an underlying fund realizes net losses on its investments for a given taxable year, a Fund will not be able to recognize its share of those losses (so as to offset distributions of net income or capital gains from other underlying funds) until it disposes of shares of the underlying fund. Moreover, even when a Fund does make such a disposition, a portion of its loss may be recognized as a long-term capital loss, which will not be treated as favorably for federal income tax purposes as a short-term capital loss or an ordinary deduction. In particular, a Fund will not be able to offset any capital losses from its dispositions of underlying fund shares against its ordinary income (including distributions of any net short-term capital gain realized by an underlying fund).

In addition, in certain circumstances, the “wash sale” rules under Section 1091 of the Code may apply to a Fund’s sales of underlying fund shares that have generated losses. A wash sale occurs if shares of an underlying fund are sold by a Fund at a loss and the Fund acquires substantially identical shares of that same underlying fund 30 days before or after the date of the sale. The wash-sale rules could defer losses in a Fund’s hands on sales of underlying fund shares (to the extent such sales are wash sales) for extended (and, in certain cases, potentially indefinite) periods of time.

As a result of the foregoing rules, and certain other special rules, the amount of net investment income and net capital gain that each Fund will be required to distribute to shareholders may be greater than what such amounts would have been had the Fund directly invested in the securities held by the underlying funds, rather than investing in shares of the underlying funds. For similar reasons, the character of distributions from a Fund (e.g., long-term capital gain, exempt interest, eligibility for dividends-received deduction, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the underlying funds.

If a Fund received dividends from an underlying fund that qualifies as a regulated investment company, and the underlying fund reports such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” then the Fund is permitted in turn to designate a portion of its distributions as “qualified dividend income,” provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying fund.

Depending on a Fund’s percentage ownership in an underlying fund, both before and after a redemption, a redemption of shares of an underlying fund by a Fund may cause the Fund to be treated as distribution taxable as a dividend under the Code, to the extent of its allocable shares of earnings and profits, on the full amount of the distribution instead of receiving capital gain income on the shares of the underlying fund. Such a distribution may be treated as qualified dividend income and thus eligible to be taxed at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. If qualified dividend income treatment is not available, the distribution may be taxed as ordinary income. This could cause shareholders of a Fund to recognize higher amounts of ordinary income than if the shareholders had held the shares of the underlying funds directly.

A Fund may elect to pass through to shareholders foreign tax credits from an underlying fund and exempt-interest dividends from an underlying fund, provided that at least 50% of the Fund’s total assets are invested in other regulated investment companies at the end of each quarter of the taxable year.

Part II - 92

Backup Withholding

Each Fund generally is required to backup withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable dividends and other distributions paid to, and the proceeds of share sales, exchanges, or redemptions made by, any individual shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund that he or she is not subject to backup withholding. The backup withholding rules may also apply to distributions that are properly reported as exempt-interest dividends. The backup withholding tax rate is 24%.

Foreign Shareholders

Distributions properly reported as Capital Gain Dividends and exempt-interest dividends generally will not be subject to withholding of federal income tax. However, exempt-interest dividends may be subject to backup withholding (as discussed above). In general, dividends other than Capital Gain Dividends and exempt-interest dividends paid by a Fund to a shareholder that is not a “U.S. person” within the meaning of the Code (a “foreign person”) are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding. However, a Fund will not be required to withhold any amounts (i) with respect to distributions (other than distributions to a foreign person (w) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (x) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign person is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (y) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (z) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign person and the foreign person is a controlled foreign corporation) from U.S.-source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign person, to the extent such distributions are properly reported by the Fund (“interest-related dividends”), and (ii) with respect to distributions (other than (a) distributions to an individual foreign person who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (b) distributions subject to special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests (as described below)) of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses to the extent such distributions are properly reported by the Fund (“short-term capital gain dividends”). Depending on the circumstances, a Fund may make reporting of interest-related and/or short-term capital gain dividends with respect to all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for these exemptions from withholding. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if a Fund reports with respect to a payment. Foreign persons should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.

A beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign person is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of Shares of a Fund or on Capital Gain Dividends or exempt-interest dividends unless (i) such gain or dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by such holder within the United States or (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or the receipt of the Capital Gain Dividend and certain other conditions are met or (iii) the shares constitute “U.S. real property interests” (“USRPIs”) or the Capital Gain Dividends are attributable to gains from the sale or exchange of USRPIs in accordance with the rules set forth below.

Special rules apply to distributions to foreign shareholders from a Fund that is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of the exceptions to the definition thereof described below. Additionally, special rules apply to the sale of Shares in a Fund that is a USRPHC. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds U.S. real property interests (“USRPIs”) — USRPIs are defined as any interest in U.S. real property or any equity interest in a USRPHC — the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States and certain other assets. A Fund that holds (directly or indirectly) significant interests in REITs may be a USRPHC. The special rules discussed in the next paragraph will also generally apply to distributions from a Fund that would be a USRPHC absent exclusions from USRPI treatment for interests in domestically controlled REITs or regulated investment companies and not-greater-than-10% or interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs or regulated investment companies, respectively.

Part II - 93

In the case of a Fund that is a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for the exceptions from the definition of USRPI (described immediately above), distributions by the Fund that are attributable to (a) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund and (b) distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier regulated investment company or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands will retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders. If the foreign shareholder holds (or has held in the prior year) more than a 5% interest in a Fund, such distributions will be treated as gains “effectively connected” with the conduct of a “U.S. trade or business,” and subject to tax at graduated rates. Moreover, such shareholders will be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year in which the gain was recognized and a Fund will be required to withhold 21% of the amount of such distribution. In the case of all other foreign shareholders (i.e., those whose interest in a Fund did not exceed 5% at any time during the prior year), the USRPI distribution will be treated as ordinary income (regardless of any reporting by the Fund that such distribution is a short-term capital gain dividend or a Capital Gain Dividend), and the Fund must withhold 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of the amount of the distribution paid to such foreign shareholder. Foreign shareholders of a Fund are also subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the tax-filing and -payment obligations discussed above through the sale and repurchase of Fund Shares.

In addition, a Fund that is a USRPHC must typically withhold 15% of the amount realized in a redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, and that shareholder must file a U.S. income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. No withholding is generally required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of a Fund if the Fund is a domestically controlled USRPHC or, in certain limited cases, if the Fund (whether or not domestically controlled) holds substantial investments in regulated investment companies that are domestically controlled USRPHCs.

In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, the foreign investor must comply with special certification and filing requirements relating to its non-US status (including, in general, furnishing an applicable IRS Form W-8 or substitute form). Foreign investors in a Fund should consult their tax advisers in this regard.

If a shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the United States.

A beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign person may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the federal tax on income referred to above. Foreign shareholders in a Fund should consult their tax advisors with respect to the potential application of the above rules.

A Fund is required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to a Fund to enable the Fund to determine whether withholding is required.

Foreign Taxes

Certain Funds may be subject to foreign withholding taxes or other foreign taxes with respect to income (possibly including, in some cases, capital gain) received from sources within foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of a Fund’s assets at year-end consists of the securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect to permit shareholders to claim a credit or deduction on their income tax returns for their pro rata portion of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities the Fund has held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code. In such a case, shareholders will include in gross income from foreign sources their pro rata shares of such taxes. A shareholder’s ability to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of foreign taxes paid by a Fund may be subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, as a result of which a shareholder may not get a full credit or deduction for the amount of such taxes. In particular, shareholders must hold their Fund Shares (without protection from risk of loss) on the ex-dividend date and for at least 15 additional days during the 30-day period surrounding the ex-dividend date to be eligible to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to a given dividend. Shareholders who do not itemize on their federal income tax

Part II - 94

returns may claim a credit (but no deduction) for such foreign taxes. Any foreign taxes withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest with respect to loaned securities will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

If a Fund does not make the above election or if more than 50% of its assets at the end of the year do not consist of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund’s net income will be reduced by the foreign taxes paid or withheld. In such cases, shareholders will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes.

The foregoing is only a general description of the treatment of foreign source income or foreign taxes under the U.S. federal income tax laws. Because the availability of a credit or deduction depends on the particular circumstances of each shareholder, shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors.

Exempt-Interest Dividends

Some of the Funds intend to qualify to pay exempt-interest dividends to their respective shareholders. In order to qualify to pay exempt-interest dividends, at least 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets must consist of tax-exempt municipal bonds at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year. An exempt-interest dividend is that part of a dividend that is properly designated as an exempt-interest dividend and that consists of interest received by a Fund on such tax-exempt securities. Shareholders of a Fund that pays exempt-interest dividends would not incur any regular federal income tax on the amount of exempt-interest dividends received by them from a Fund, but an investment in such a Fund may result in liability for federal and state alternative minimum taxation and may be subject to state and local taxes.

Interest on indebtedness incurred or continued by a shareholder, whether a corporation or an individual, to purchase or carry shares of a Fund is not deductible to the extent it relates to exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder from that Fund. Any loss incurred on the sale or redemption of a Fund’s Shares held for six months or less may be disallowed to the extent of exempt-interest dividends received with respect to such shares.

Interest on certain tax-exempt bonds that are private activity bonds within the meaning of the Code is treated as a tax preference item for purposes of the alternative minimum tax, and any such interest received by a Fund and distributed to shareholders will be so treated for purposes of any alternative minimum tax liability of shareholders to the extent of the dividend’s proportionate share of a Fund’s income consisting of such interest.

The exemption from federal income tax for exempt-interest dividends does not necessarily result in exemption for such dividends under the income or other tax laws of any state or local authority. Shareholders that receive social security or railroad retirement benefits should consult their tax advisors to determine what effect, if any, an investment in a Fund may have on the federal taxation of their benefits.

From time to time legislation may be introduced or litigation may arise that would change the tax treatment of exempt-interest dividends. Such legislation or litigation may have the effect of raising the state or other taxes payable by shareholders on such dividends. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors for the current federal, state and local law on exempt-interest dividends.

Creation Units

As a result of U.S. federal income tax requirements, the Trust on behalf of a Fund, has the right to reject an order for a creation of Shares if the creator (or group of creators) would, upon obtaining the Shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding Shares of a Fund and if, pursuant to Section 351 of the Code, the Fund would have a basis in the Deposit Instruments different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Trust also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination. See “Creation and Redemption of Creation Units—Procedures for Creation of Creation Units” in Appendix A.

State and Local Tax Matters

Depending on the residence of the shareholders for tax purposes, distributions may also be subject to state and local taxation. Rules of state and local taxation regarding qualified dividend income, ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends from regulated investment companies may differ from the rules of U.S. federal income tax in many respects. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Funds.

Part II - 95

Most states provide that a regulated investment company may pass through (without restriction) to its shareholders state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities (such as U.S. Treasury obligations). Thus, for residents of these states, distributions derived from a Fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities should be free from state and local income taxation to the extent that the interest income from such investments would have been exempt from state and local taxes if such securities had been held directly by the respective shareholders. Certain states, however, do not allow a regulated investment company to pass through to its shareholders the state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities unless a Fund holds at least a required amount of U.S. government securities. Accordingly, for residents of these states, distributions derived from a Fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities may not be entitled to the exemptions from state and local income taxes that would be available if the shareholders had purchased U.S. government securities directly. The exemption from state and local income taxes does not preclude states from asserting other taxes on the ownership of U.S. government securities. To the extent that a Fund invests to a substantial degree in U.S. government securities which are subject to favorable state and local tax treatment, shareholders of the Fund will be notified as to the extent to which distributions from the Fund are attributable to interest on such securities.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

If a shareholder realizes a loss on disposition of a Fund’s Shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

General Considerations

The federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the specific federal tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of Shares of each of the Funds, as well as the effects of state, local and foreign tax law and any proposed tax law changes.

Part II - 96

TRUSTEES

The names of the Trustees, together with information regarding their year of birth, the year each Trustee first became a Board member of any of the Funds overseen by the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board or any of the heritage J.P. Morgan Funds or heritage One Group Mutual Funds (as defined below), principal occupations and other board memberships, are shown below. The contact address for each of the Trustees is 277 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10172.

Name (Year of Birth; Term of Office, and Length of Time Served)(1)	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years (or longer)	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee(2)	Other Trusteeships/ Directorships Held During the Past 5 Years (or longer)(3)
Independent Trustees
Stephen P. Fisher (1959); Trustee, since 2018.	Retired; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, NYLIFE Distributors LLC (registered broker- dealer) (serving in various roles 2008- 2013); Chairman, NYLIM Service Company LLC (transfer agent) (2008- 2017); New York Life Investment Management LLC (registered investment adviser) (serving in various roles 2005- 2017); Chairman, IndexIQ Advisors LLC (registered investment adviser for ETFs) (2014-2017); President, MainStay VP Funds Trust (2007-2017), MainStay DefinedTerm Municipal Opportunities Fund (2011-2017) and Main- Stay Funds Trust (2007-2017) (registered investment companies).	174	None.
Gary L. French (1951); Trustee, since 2014.	Real Estate Investor (2011-2020); Investment management industry Consultant and Expert Witness (2011-present); Senior Consultant for The Regulatory Fundamentals Group LLC (2011-2017).	174	Independent Trustee, The China Fund, Inc. (2013- 2019); Exchange Traded Concepts Trust II (2012- 2014); Exchange Traded Concepts Trust I (2011- 2014).

Part II - 97

Name (Year of Birth; Term of Office, and Length of Time Served)(1)	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years (or longer)	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee(2)	Other Trusteeships/ Directorships Held During the Past 5 Years (or longer)(3)
Kathleen M. Gallagher (1958); Trustee, since 2018.	Retired; Chief Investment Officer – Benefit Plans, Ford Motor Company (serving in various roles 1985-2016).	174	Non-Executive Director, Legal & General Investment Management (Holdings) (2018- present); Non-Executive Director, Legal & General Investment Management America (U.S. Holdings) (financial services and insurance) (2017- present); Advisory Board Member, State Street Global Advisors Total Portfolio Solutions (2017-present); Member, Client Advisory Council, Financial Engines, LLC (registered investment adviser) (2011-2016); Director, Ford Pension Funds Investment Management Ltd. (2007- 2016).
Robert J. Grassi (1957); Trustee, since 2014.	Sole Proprietor, Academy Hills Advisors LLC (2012- 2024); Pension Director, Corning Incorporated (2002- 2012).	174	None.
Frankie D. Hughes (1952); Trustee, since 2008.	President, Ashland Hughes Properties (property management) (2014–present); President and Chief Investment Officer, Hughes Capital Management, Inc. (fixed income asset management) (1993– 2014).	174	None.

Part II - 98

Name (Year of Birth; Term of Office, and Length of Time Served)(1)	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years (or longer)	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee(2)	Other Trusteeships/ Directorships Held During the Past 5 Years (or longer)(3)
Raymond Kanner (1953); Trustee, since 2017.	Retired; Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer, IBM Retirement Funds (2007–2016).	174	Advisory Board Member, Penso Advisors, LLC (2020- 2024); Advisory Board Member, Los Angeles Capital (2018-present); Advisory Board Member, State Street Global Advisors Total Portfolio Solutions (2017-present); Acting Executive Director, Committee on Investment of Employee Benefit Assets (CIEBA) (2016-2017); Advisory Board Member, Betterment for Business (robo advisor) (2016– 2017); Advisory Board Member, BlueStar Indexes (index creator) (2013–2017); Director, Emerging Markets Growth Fund (registered investment company) (1997-2016); Member, Russell Index Client Advisory Board (2001- 2015).
Thomas P. Lemke (1954); Trustee, since 2014.	Retired since 2013.	174	Independent Trustee of Advisors’ Inner Circle III fund platform, consisting of the following: (i) the Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund III, (ii) the Gallery Trust, (iii) the Schroder Series Trust, (iv) the Delaware Wilshire Private Markets Fund (since 2020), (v) Chiron Capital Allocation Fund Ltd., (vi) formerly the Winton Diversified Opportunities Fund (2014-2018), and (vii) Symmetry Panoramic Trust (since 2018).

Part II - 99

Name (Year of Birth; Term of Office, and Length of Time Served)(1)	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years (or longer)	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee(2)	Other Trusteeships/ Directorships Held During the Past 5 Years (or longer)(3)
Mary E. Martinez (1960); Chairman, since 2026; Trustee, since 2013.	Real Estate Investor/ Adviser (2010– present); Managing Director, Bank of America (asset management) (2007– 2008); Chief Operating Officer, U.S. Trust Asset Management, U.S. Trust Company (asset management) (2003–2007); President, Excelsior Funds (registered investment companies) (2004–2005).	174	None.
Marilyn McCoy (1948); Trustee, since 1999.	Retired; Vice President of Administration and Planning, Northwestern University (1985– 2023).	174	None.
Shaun Real (1965); Trustee, since 2026.	Partner, Financial Services, Ernst & Young (EY), Boston (2010–2025); New England Financial Services Industry Leader, EY (2018– 2024); Wealth and Asset Management Assurance Practice Leader, EY (2010– 2018); Assurance Practice, EY (1987– 2010).	174	Board Member, New England Council (2021– present); Director Emeritus, Expect Miracles Foundation (2015–2021); Board Member, Milton-Hoosic Club (2017–2020); Board Member, Canton Youth Hockey (2017– 2020).

Part II - 100

Name (Year of Birth; Term of Office, and Length of Time Served)(1)	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years (or longer)	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee(2)	Other Trusteeships/ Directorships Held During the Past 5 Years (or longer)(3)
Emily A. Youssouf (1951); Trustee, since 2014.	Adjunct Professor (2011-present) and Clinical Professor (2009-2011), NYU Schack Institute of Real Estate; Board Member and Member of the Audit Committee (2013-present), Chair of Finance Committee (2019-present), Member of Related Parties Committee (2013-2018) and Member of the Enterprise Risk Committee (2015- 2018), PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.; Board Member (2005-2018), Chair of Capital Committee (2006-2016), Chair of Audit Committee (2005-2018), Member of Finance Committee (2005-2018) and Chair of IT Committee (2016-2018), NYC Health and Hospitals Corporation.	174	Trustee, NYC School Construction Authority (2009-present); Board Member, NYS Job Development Authority (2008-present); Trustee and Chair of the Audit Committee of the Transit Center Foundation (2015-2019).
Interested Trustees
Robert F. Deutsch(4) (1957); Trustee, since 2014.	Retired; Head of ETF Business for JPMorgan Asset Management (2013-2017); Head of Global Liquidity Business for JPMorgan Asset Management (2003-2013).	174	Treasurer and Director of the JUST Capital Foundation (2017- present); Advisory Board Chair, Lerner Business School at the University of Delaware (2018- present).
Nina O. Shenker(4) (1957); Trustee, since 2022.	Vice Chair (2017- 2021), General Counsel and Managing Director (2008-2016), Associate General Counsel and Managing Director (2004-2008), J.P. Morgan Asset & Wealth Management.	174	Director and Member of Executive, Legal and Human Resources Committees; American Jewish Joint Distribution Committee (2018-present).

(1)

Trustees serve an indefinite term, until resignation, retirement, removal or death. The Board’s current retirement policy sets retirement at the end of the calendar year in which the Trustee attains the age of 75, provided that any Board member who was a member of the Mutual Fund Board prior to January 1, 2022 and was born prior to January 1, 1950 shall retire from the Board at the end of the calendar year in which the Trustee attains the age of 78.

Part II - 101

(2)

A Fund Complex means two or more registered investment companies that hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services or have a common investment adviser or have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies. The J.P. Morgan Funds Complex for which the Board of Trustees serves currently includes eight registered investment companies (174 J.P. Morgan Funds).

(3)

Directorships held in: (i) any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended the “Securities Exchange Act”), (ii) subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, or (ii) any company registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act, which are required to be disclosed in this SAI. In addition, certain other directorships not meeting the aforementioned requirements may be included for certain Trustees such as board positions on non-profit organizations. The Trustees may hold various other directorships unrelated to the Fund Complex.

(4)

Designation as an “Interested Trustee” is based on prior employment by the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser or interests in a control person of the Adviser.

The Board of Trustees decides upon general policies and is responsible for overseeing the business affairs of the Trust.

Qualifications of Trustees

The Governance Committee and the Board consider the experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills of each Trustee to determine whether the person should serve as a Trustee of the Trust. The Governance Committee and the Board consider the commitment that each Trustee has demonstrated in serving on the Board, including the significant time each Trustee devotes to preparing for meetings and active engagement and participation at Board meetings. The Governance Committee and the Board consider the character of each Trustee and each Trustee’s commitment to executing his or her duties as a Trustee with diligence, honesty and integrity. The Governance Committee and the Board consider the contributions that each Trustee makes to the Board in terms of experience, leadership, independence and the ability to work effectively and collaboratively with other Board members.

The Governance Committee also considers each Trustee’s significant and relevant experience and knowledge with respect to registered investment companies and asset management, including the additional experience that each of the Trustees has gained as a result of his or her service on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board. Additionally, the Governance Committee and the Board consider each Trustee’s experience with respect to reviewing a Fund’s agreements with service providers, including the Funds’ investment advisers, custodian, and fund accountant.

The Governance Committee and the Board consider the experience and contribution of each Trustee in the context of the Board’s leadership and committee structure. The Board has seven committees including: the Audit and Valuation Committee, the Compliance Committee, the Governance Committee, the Equity Committee, the Money Market and Alternative Products Committee, the Fixed Income Committee, and the ETF Committee. The Equity Committee, the Money Market and Alternative Products Committee and the Fixed Income Committee are collectively referred to as the “Investment Committees.” Each Trustee, except the Chairman of the Board, serves on one of the Board’s investment committees, allowing the Board to effectively evaluate information for the Funds in the complex in a focused and disciplined manner.

The Governance Committee also considers the overall diversity of the Board’s composition. The Governance Committee believes the Board generally benefits from diversity of backgrounds, experiences and views among its members, and considers this a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board and potential nominees. In considering potential nominees, the Committee values diversity based on race, ethnicity, national origin, gender, gender identity, sexual orientation, veteran status, and other attributes. The Governance Committee expects to assess the effectiveness of the policy as part of the annual self-assessment process of the Board.

The Governance Committee also considers the operational efficiencies achieved by having a single Board for the Funds and the other registered investment companies overseen by the Adviser and its affiliates, as well as the extensive experience of certain Trustees in serving on Boards for registered investment companies advised by subsidiaries or affiliates of JPMorgan Chase & Co. and/or Bank One Corporation (known as “heritage J.P. Morgan Funds” or “heritage One Group Mutual Funds”).

In reaching its conclusion that each Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Trust, the Board also considered the following additional specific qualifications, contributions and experience of the following Trustees:

Part II - 102

Independent Trustees

Stephen P. Fisher. Mr. Fisher has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022 and previously served on the Mutual Fund Board since 2018. He retired after a 30-year career in the investment management industry, including most recently serving as President of New York Life Investment Management LLC (NYLIM) and the MainStay Funds group. In addition, until his retirement, he served as Chairman of NYLIM Service Company LLC (a transfer agent), Chairman and CEO of NYLIFE Distributor LLC (a registered broker-dealer) and Chairman of IndexIQ Advisors LLC (an investment adviser for the IndexIQ ETFs). As President of NYLIM, Mr. Fisher oversaw all operational aspects of NYLIM’s mutual fund and ETF clients, which included functioning as a liaison to the boards of the funds. Prior to his retirement, Mr. Fisher was involved in governance matters at NYLIM, including serving on the NYLIM Investment Governance Committee, the NYLIM Risk Steering Committee and the NYLIM Compliance Committee.

Gary L. French. Mr. French has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022 and previously served on the ETF Board since 2014. Mr. French has over 35 years of experience in the financial services industry and related fields, including serving in various leadership roles with large financial institutions that operated and administered services to investment companies. He has familiarity with a variety of financial, accounting, investment, regulatory and operational matters through his prior experience (including as Senior Vice President and Business Head in the Fund Administration Division at State Street Bank) and through other positions held during his career in the investment management industry. He also gained experience serving as an independent director and officer of several other registered investment companies.

Kathleen M. Gallagher. Ms. Gallagher has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022 and previously served on the Mutual Fund Board since 2018. She retired after a 30-year career as a finance professional in the automotive industry, including most recently as the Chief Investment Officer – Benefit Plans at Ford Motor Company (Ford), where she led Ford’s global pension de-risking investment strategy. In addition, Ms. Gallagher served as the Director of Global Risk Management, Corporate Treasury at Ford and as the Vice President of Finance at Ford Australia. During Ms. Gallagher’s career at Ford, she gained experience managing investment management and service provider relationships, and she frequently worked with Ford’s Board of Directors to recommend investment strategies and review performance. She also serves as a Non-Executive Director for Legal & General Investment Management (Holdings) and for Legal & General Investment Management America (U.S. Holdings) and as an advisory board member for State Street Global Advisors’ Total Portfolio Solutions business. She previously served as a member of the Client Advisory Council for Financial Engines, LLC and as a director of Ford Pension Funds Investment Management Ltd.

Robert J. Grassi. Mr. Grassi has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022 and previously served on the ETF Board since 2014. Mr. Grassi has over 30 years of experience in a variety of business and financial matters, including experience in senior management positions. He has familiarity with a variety of financial, accounting, investment and regulatory matters through his prior experience (including as Director of Pensions and Investments at Corning Incorporated) and through his past position as Sole Proprietor of Academy Hills Advisors LLC, an investment consulting firm. Mr. Grassi is licensed as an Investment Advisory Representative and is a Certified Employee Benefit Specialist.

Frankie D. Hughes. Ms. Hughes has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022 and previously served on the Mutual Fund Board since 2008. Ms. Hughes has significant experience in the asset management industry, previously serving as President and Chief Investment Officer of Hughes Capital Management, Inc. from 1993-2014. Ms. Hughes is currently the President of Ashland Hughes Properties, a property management company, and she has held such position since 2014.

Raymond Kanner. Mr. Kanner has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022 and previously served on the Mutual Fund Board since 2017. Mr. Kanner retired after a 31-year career in the finance industry including most recently as the Chief Investment Officer for the IBM Retirement Funds. He started his career with IBM in 1978, joined IBM’s Credit Corporation in 1985 and moved to the Retirement Funds in 1993. During his career at IBM, Mr. Kanner gained experience overseeing substantial investments in all asset classes, including equities, fixed income and alternatives. Since his retirement and until 2017, he served as the Acting Executive Director of the Committee on Investment of Employee Benefit Assets (CIEBA). He previously served as a director of an emerging markets equity fund and as an advisory board member to Betterment for Business and to BlueStar Indexes and as an advisory board member for Penso Advisors. He currently serves as an advisory board member for State Street Global

Part II - 103

Advisors’ Total Portfolio Solutions business, Los Angeles Capital. Mr. Kanner served as a member of the Compliance Committee and the Money Market and Alternative Products Committee until December 31, 2018.

Thomas P. Lemke. Mr. Lemke has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022 and previously served on the ETF Board since 2014. Mr. Lemke has over 35 years of experience in the financial services industry, including experience in various senior management positions with financial services firms in addition to multiple years of service with a regulatory agency and a major law firm. In addition, he has a background in internal controls, including legal, compliance, internal audit, risk management, and fund administration. He has also gained experience as an independent director of other registered investment companies, including his current position with each of The Advisors’ Inner Circle III and Symmetry Panoramic Trust. Mr. Lemke also is co-author of a number of treatises on the regulation of the investment management industry.

Mary E. Martinez. Ms. Martinez has served as the Chair of the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2026 and previously served as Vice-Chair of the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022 and as the Vice-Chair of the Mutual Fund Board since January 2021. She has served as a member of the Mutual Fund Board since January 2013. She has over 25 years of experience in asset management, wealth management and private banking services. She served as Managing Director of Asset Management at Bank of America (which acquired U.S. Trust Company (“U.S. Trust”) in 2007). Ms. Martinez served in various roles at U.S. Trust, including President of the Excelsior Funds, member of U.S. Trust’s Executive Management Committee, Chief Executive Officer and President of U.S. Trust Private Bank, and Chief Operating Officer of Asset Management where she had responsibility for product development, management, infrastructure and operating oversight. Prior to that she was Head of Products/Services/Strategic-Planning-Alternative & Asset/Wealth Management at Bessemer Trust Company and a member of their Executive Management Committee. Ms. Martinez is a real estate investor/adviser.

Marilyn McCoy. Ms. McCoy has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022 and previously served on the Mutual Fund Board since 2005 and previously was a member of the heritage One Group Mutual Funds Board since 1999. She has served on the boards of the Pegasus Funds and the Prairie Funds. Until 2023, Ms. McCoy served as the Vice President of Administration and Planning at Northwestern University for over 38 years, where she managed strategic planning, program review, information and analytics, executive level searches, and other programs and initiatives. Ms. McCoy also oversaw Northwestern University’s Board of Trustees function and supported the University’s President.

Shaun Real. Mr. Real has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2026. He was a Partner in the Financial Services practice at Ernst & Young until 2025, after a 37-year career. Mr. Real served as the New England Financial Services Industry Leader at Ernst & Young from 2018 to 2024. He previously led Ernst & Young’s Wealth and Asset Management Assurance practice in New England from 2010 to 2018 and has experience as an auditor and consultant to the financial services industry, including mutual funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, and investment advisors. Mr. Real served as lead audit partner and engagement quality review partner for major mutual fund complexes. Mr. Real is currently a Board Member of the New England Council and Director Emeritus of the Expect Miracles Foundation – Financial Services Against Cancer. He has also served on the boards of the Milton-Hoosic Club and Canton Youth Hockey. Mr. Real holds a Bachelor’s degree from Boston College’s Carroll School of Management and is a licensed CPA in Massachusetts.

Emily A. Youssouf. Ms. Youssouf has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022 and previously served on the ETF Board since 2014. Ms. Youssouf has extensive experience in strategic planning, financial analysis and regulatory matters from her over 30 years of business experience in the financial services and housing finance industries and related fields. She currently serves on the Board of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (where she serves as Chair of the Finance Committee and a member of the Audit Committee), the NYC School Construction Authority, and the NYS Job Development Authority (where she also serves as a member of the Audit Committee) and as an Adjunct Professor at the NYU Schack Institute of Real Estate. Her prior business experience includes executive level positions at Merrill Lynch, Prudential Securities and Credit Suisse. She also served as President of the New York City Housing Development Corporation, Vice Chair of the New York City Housing Authority, a Board Member of the NYC Health and Hospitals Corporation (where she served as the Chair of the Audit Committee, Chair of the IT Committee and Member of the Finance Committee) and as a Trustee of the Transit Center Foundation (where she served as Chair of the Audit Committee).

Part II - 104

Interested Trustees

Robert F. Deutsch. Mr. Deutsch has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022 and previously served on the ETF Board since 2014. Mr. Deutsch has over 30 years of experience in the financial services industry. He has substantial mutual fund background and is experienced with financial, accounting, investment and regulatory matters through his tenure at J.P. Morgan Asset Management1 (“JPMAM”) including his prior positions as head of the ETF Business and as head of the Global Liquidity Business. Prior roles also include National Sales Manager for the J.P. Morgan Mutual Funds and Client Advisor at Goldman Sachs Asset Management. Mr. Deutsch is considered an “interested” Trustee based on interests in JPMorgan Chase resulting from his prior employment at JPMAM.

Nina O. Shenker. Ms. Shenker has served on the Unified J.P. Morgan Funds Board since January 2022. Ms. Shenker has over 35 years of experience in the financial services industry. She has substantial experience and expertise with mutual funds and ETFs across legal, compliance, operations, risk and controls, fiduciary, governance, product and business strategy and government and regulatory affairs. She has served as Vice Chair and as global General Counsel for J.P. Morgan Asset & Wealth Management. Prior to joining the JPMorgan Legal Department in 2001, Ms. Shenker was President of the Pierpont Group, the independent staff for the JPMorgan Mutual Funds Trustees and, prior to that, she was General Counsel and Senior Vice President at J. & W. Seligman & Co., an investment management firm. Ms. Shenker has also been actively engaged with industry associations. She also is actively engaged in supporting not-for-profit organizations’ governance and oversight. Ms. Shenker is considered an “interested” Trustee based on her prior employment at J.P. Morgan.

Board Leadership Structure

The Board decides upon general policies and is responsible for overseeing the business affairs of the Funds.

The Board currently has structured itself in a manner that allows it to effectively perform its oversight function. The Chair of the Board is an Independent Trustee, which allows him to carry out his leadership duties as Chair with objectivity.

In addition, the Board has adopted a committee structure that allows it to effectively perform its oversight function for all of the Funds. As described under “Qualifications of Trustees” and “Standing Committees,” the Board currently has seven committees: the Audit and Valuation Committee, the Compliance Committee, the Governance Committee, the ETF Committee, the Equity Committee, the Fixed Income Committee and the Money Market and Alternative Products Committee. The Board has determined that the current leadership and committee structure is appropriate for the Funds and allows the Board to effectively and efficiently evaluate issues that impact the Funds as a whole as well as issues that are unique to each Fund.

The Board and the Committees take an active role in overseeing the risk associated with registered investment companies including investment risk, compliance and valuation. In addition, the Board receives regular reports from the Chief Compliance Officer, JPMIM in its capacity both as administrator for the Funds and as investment adviser to the Funds (“Administrator” and “Adviser”, as applicable), and the internal audit department of JPMorgan Chase & Co. The Board also receives periodic reports from the Chief Risk Officer of Investment Management Americas and Alternatives of JPMAM including reports concerning operational controls that are designed to address market risk, credit risk, and liquidity risk among others. The Board also receives regular reports from personnel responsible for JPMAM’s business resiliency and disaster recovery.

In addition, the Board, the Equity Committee, the Fixed Income Committee, and the Money Market and Alternative Products Committee meet regularly with representatives of the Adviser and an independent consultant to review and evaluate the ongoing performance of the Funds. Each of these three Committees reports these reviews to the full Board. The Audit and Valuation Committee is responsible for oversight of the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls and valuation policies, assisting the Board in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Adviser, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and the financial statements of the Funds, and acting as a liaison between the Funds’ independent registered public

J.P. Morgan Asset Management is the marketing name for the asset management businesses of JPMorgan Chase & Co. Those businesses include, but are not limited to, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

Part II - 105

accounting firm and the full Board. The Compliance Committee is responsible for oversight of the Funds’ compliance with legal, regulatory and contractual requirements and compliance with policy and procedures. The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, oversight of matters relating to the Funds’ corporate governance obligations, Fund service providers and litigation. The ETF Committee is responsible for, among other things, oversight of the J.P. Morgan ETFs with regard to the J.P. Morgan ETFs’ operational, legal, regulatory and contractual requirements relating to or impacting J.P. Morgan ETFs. At each quarterly meeting, each of the Governance Committee, the ETF Committee, the Audit and Valuation Committee and the Compliance Committee report their committee proceedings to the full Board. This Committee structure allows the Board to efficiently evaluate a large amount of material and effectively fulfill its oversight function. Annually, the Board considers the efficiency of this committee structure.

Additional information about each of the Committees is included below in “Standing Committees.”

Standing Committees

The Board of Trustees has seven standing committees: (i) the Audit and Valuation Committee, (ii) the Compliance Committee, (iii) the Governance Committee, (iv) the Equity Committee, (v) the ETF Committee, (vi) the Fixed Income Committee, and (vii) the Money Market and Alternative Products Committee.

The members of each Committee are set forth below:

Name of Committee	Members	Committee Chair
Audit and Valuation Committee	Ms. Gallagher Mr. French Mr. Kanner Mr. Real	Ms. Gallagher
Compliance Committee	Mr. Lemke Mr. Fisher Mr. Grassi Ms. Hughes	Mr. Lemke
Governance Committee	Ms. Martinez Mr. Fisher Mr. French Ms. McCoy	Ms. Martinez
ETF Committee	Mr. Deutsch Ms. Gallagher Ms. Hughes Mr. Kanner Ms. Shenker Ms. Youssouf	Mr. Deutsch
Equity Committee	Mr. Kanner Mr. Deutsch Mr. French Ms. McCoy	Mr. Kanner
Fixed Income Committee	Mr. Grassi Ms. Hughes Ms. Shenker Ms. Youssouf	Mr. Grassi
Money Market and Alternative Products Committee	Mr. Fisher Ms. Gallagher Mr. Lemke Mr. Real	Mr. Fisher

Audit and Valuation Committee. The Audit and Valuation Committee operates pursuant to a written charter. It is composed entirely of Independent Trustees. The purposes of the Audit and Valuation Committee are to: (i) handle the appointment, retention, compensation, and oversight of the Funds’ independent accountants; (ii) oversee the performance of the Funds’ audit, accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls; (iii) review and approve non-audit services, as required by the statutes and regulations administered by the Commission, including the 1940 Act and Sarbanes-Oxley; and (iv) assist the Board in oversight of the valuation process in accordance with policies adopted by the Board. The Committee also oversees the quality and objectivity of the Funds’ independent audit and

Part II - 106

the financial statements of the Funds, acts as a liaison between the Board and the Funds’ independent accountants and periodically reports to the Board. The Audit and Valuation Committee has delegated responsibilities to the Chair of the Committee or any designated member of the Committee to respond to inquiries on valuation matters and that occur between meetings of the Committee when the Funds’ valuation procedures or law require Board or Committee action, but it is impracticable or impossible to hold a meeting of the entire Board or Committee.

Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee operates pursuant to a written charter. The primary purposes of the Compliance Committee are to (i) oversee the Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and the Funds’ compliance policies and procedures; and (ii) to make recommendations to the Board regarding the appointment, compensation and removal of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer.

Governance Committee. The Governance Committee operates pursuant to a written charter. The duties of the Governance Committee include, but are not limited to, (i) identifying, selecting, and nominating persons for election or appointment as Trustees (including Independent Trustees and Trustees who are interested persons of the Funds); (ii) considering and making recommendations to the Board with respect to the compensation payable to the Trustees; (iii) considering and making recommendations to the Board with respect to the selection and retention of independent legal counsel to the Independent Trustees and the ongoing monitoring of their legal fees; (iv) considering and making recommendations to the Board with respect to the selection and retention of legal counsel to the Funds and the ongoing monitoring of their legal fees; (v) overseeing civil litigation affecting the Funds, the Adviser, or the Board, and taking such action as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate, and reporting to the Board as necessary; (vi) overseeing regulatory issues or deficiencies affecting the Funds (except financial matters considered by the Audit Committee of the Board or compliance matters considered by the Compliance Committee of the Board); (vii) overseeing and reviewing matters with respect to service providers to the Funds (except with respect to the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm); (viii) reviewing shareholder correspondence addressed to the Board, as appropriate; (ix) periodically reviewing the Board’s governance practices and policies and making recommendations to the Board regarding any appropriate changes; (x) considering and making recommendations to the Board with respect to the functioning of the Board and its committees, matters to be considered at future Board meetings, the selection of Trustees for leadership roles and committee assignments at the request of the Chairperson of the Board, and the establishment of ad hoc working groups of Trustees; (xi) ensuring that the Chairperson of the Board and the Board have adequate support to carry out their respective responsibilities, including with respect to staffing and budget; (xii) consulting with management, Fund counsel, and independent counsel for the Independent Trustees regarding new or emerging regulatory and/or industry developments relating to the Funds, mutual funds or ETFs generally, the Adviser, or the Board that may impact governance issues; (xiii) considering, being responsible for, and implementing the periodic self-evaluation process of the Board and all committees of the Board; (xiv) considering and making recommendations to the Board with respect to the appointment or removal of the applicable Funds’ Senior Officer and, as necessary, the compensation of the Funds’ Senior Officer, and receiving compliance reports from the Funds’ Senior Officer, as necessary; (xv) establishing Trustee expense policies; and (xvi) establishing and revising, as appropriate, a Trustee Investment Policy concerning Trustee investments in the Funds.

When evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as an Independent Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider, among other factors, (i) whether or not the person is “independent” and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee; (ii) whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of an Independent Trustee; (iii) the contribution that the person can make to the Board and the J.P. Morgan Funds, with consideration being given to the person’s business experience, education and such other factors as the Committee may consider relevant; (iv) the character and integrity of the person, and his or her independence, leadership skills and ability to work with the Board’s other members; and (v) to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act, such recommendations from management as are deemed appropriate. The process of identifying nominees involves the consideration of candidates recommended by one or more of the following: current Independent Trustees, officers, shareholders and other sources that the Governance Committee deems appropriate, including the Mutual Fund Directors Forum. The Governance Committee will review nominees recommended to the Board by shareholders and will evaluate such nominees in the same manner as it evaluates nominees identified by the Governance Committee. Nominee recommendations may be submitted to the Secretary of the Trust at the Trust’s principal business address.

Part II - 107

ETF Committee. The ETF Committee operates pursuant to a written charter. The primary purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board and the Board’s Committees in their oversight of those series of the Funds that are ETFs, including exchange-traded share classes of the Funds (the “JPM ETFs”) with regard to the JPM ETFs’ operations and legal, regulatory and contractual requirements relating uniquely to ETFs or impacting the JPM ETFs.

Equity Committee, Fixed Income Committee and Money Market and Alternative Products Committee. Each member of the Board, other than Mr. Finn, serves on one of the following committees, which are divided by asset type: the Equity Committee, the Fixed Income Committee or the Money Market and Alternative Products Committee. The primary purposes of each Committee are to (i) assist the Board in its oversight of the investment management services provided by the Adviser to the Funds designated for review by each Committee; (ii) review and make recommendations to the Board concerning the approval of proposed new or continued advisory and distribution arrangements for the Funds or for new Funds; and (iii) reviews and make recommendations to the Board concerning the approval of other Fund initiatives such as Fund reorganizations, conversions or liquidations. The full Board may delegate to the applicable Committee from time to time the authority to make Board level decisions on an interim basis when it is impractical to convene a meeting of the full Board. Each of the Committees receives reports concerning investment management topics, concerns or exceptions with respect to particular Funds that the Committee is assigned to oversee, and works to facilitate the understanding by the Board of particular issues related to investment management of Funds reviewed by the applicable Committee.

For details of the number of times each of the standing committees met during the most recent fiscal year, see “TRUSTEES — Standing Committees” in Part I of this SAI.

For details of the dollar range of equity securities owned by each Trustee in the Funds, see “TRUSTEES — Ownership of Securities” in Part I of this SAI.

Communications to the Board

Shareholder communications to any of the Boards or to specific members of such Board must be submitted in written form to Gregory Samuels, Secretary of the Trust, at the Trust’s principal business address (390 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017). All communications should clearly identify the specific Board or specific Board members to which each communication is directed.

Trustee Compensation

The Trustees instituted a Deferred Compensation Plan for Eligible Trustees (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) pursuant to which the Trustees are permitted to defer part or all of their compensation. Amounts deferred are deemed invested in shares of one or more series of JPMT I, JPMT II, JPMT IV, Undiscovered Managers Funds, JPMFMFG, and JPMMFIT, as selected by the Trustee from time to time, to be used to measure the performance of a Trustee’s deferred compensation account. Amounts deferred under the Deferred Compensation Plan will be deemed to be invested in Class I Shares of the identified funds, unless Class I Shares are not available, in which case the amounts will be deemed to be invested in Class A Shares. A Trustee’s deferred compensation account will be paid at such times as elected by the Trustee, subject to certain mandatory payment provisions in the Deferred Compensation Plan (e.g., death of a Trustee). Deferral and payment elections under the Deferred Compensation Plan are subject to strict requirements for modification.

The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trust will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Trust, unless, as to liability to the Trust or its shareholders, it is finally adjudicated that they engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in their offices (collectively, “disabling conduct”). In the case of settlement, such indemnification will not be provided unless it has been determined by a court or other body approving the settlement or disposition, or in the absence of such a determination, there has been a dismissal of the proceeding by the court or other body before it was brought for insufficiency of evidence of any disabling conduct with which the Trustee or officer has been charged, or by a reasonable determination based upon a review of readily available facts, by vote of a majority of disinterested Trustees or in a written opinion of independent counsel, that such officers or Trustees did not engage in disabling conduct.

For details of Trustee compensation paid by the Funds, including deferred compensation, see “TRUSTEES — Trustee Compensation” in Part I of this SAI.

Part II - 108

OFFICERS

The Trust’s executive officers (listed below) generally are employees of the Adviser or one of its affiliates. The officers conduct and supervise the business operations of the Trust. The officers hold office until a successor has been elected and duly qualified. The Trust has no employees. The names of the officers of the Funds, together with their year of birth, information regarding their positions held with the Trust and principal occupations are shown below. The contact address for each of the officers, unless otherwise noted, is 277 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10172.

Name (Year of Birth), Positions Held with the Trust (Since)	Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years
Matthew J. Kamburowski (1980), President and Principal Executive Officer (2025)*	Managing Director, Chief Administrative Officer for J.P. Morgan pooled vehicles and Global Head of Business Transformation. Mr. Kamburowski has been with JPMorgan Chase & Co. since 2001.
Timothy J. Clemens (1975), Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (2020)	Managing Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Mr. Clemens has been with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. since 2013.
Gregory S. Samuels (1980), Secretary (2022) (formerly Assistant Secretary 2014-2022)	Managing Director and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase. Mr. Samuels has been with JPMorgan Chase since 2010.
Stephen M. Ungerman (1953), Chief Compliance Officer (2014)	Managing Director, JPMorgan Chase & Co. Mr. Ungerman has been with JPMorgan Chase & Co. since 2000.
Kiesha Astwood-Smith (1973), Assistant Secretary (2021)	Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since June 2021; Senior Director and Counsel, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (formerly, AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company) from September 2015 through June 2021.
Matthew Beck (1988), Assistant Secretary (2021)*	Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since May 2021; Senior Legal Counsel, Ultimus Fund Solutions from May 2018 through May 2021; General Counsel, The Nottingham Company from April 2014 through May 2018.
Elizabeth A. Davin (1964), Assistant Secretary (2022)* (formerly Secretary 2018-2022)	Executive Director and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase. Ms. Davin has been with JPMorgan Chase (formerly Bank One Corporation) since 2004.
Carmine Lekstutis (1980), Assistant Secretary (2014)	Executive Director and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase. Mr. Lekstutis has been with JPMorgan Chase since 2011.
Erika K. Messbarger (1987), Assistant Secretary (2025)*	Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase; Ms. Messbarger has been with JPMorgan Chase since October 2011.
Henry F. Pickell (1980), Assistant Secretary (2025)*	Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase; Mr. Pickell has been with JPMorgan Chase since July 2018.
Max Vogel (1990), Assistant Secretary (2021)	Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase since June 2021; Associate, Proskauer Rose LLP (law firm) from March 2017 to June 2021.
Zachary E. Vonnegut-Gabovitch (1986), Assistant Secretary (2017)	Executive Director and Assistant General Counsel, JPMorgan Chase. Mr. Vonnegut-Gabovitch has been with JPMorgan Chase since September 2016.
Frederick J. Cavaliere (1978), Assistant Treasurer (2015)**	Executive Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Mr. Cavaliere has been with JPMorgan since May 2006.
Michael M. D’Ambrosio (1969), Assistant Treasurer (2014)	Managing Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Mr. D’Ambrosio has been with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. since 2012.
Aleksandr Fleytekh (1972), Assistant Treasurer (2023)	Executive Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Mr. Fleytekh has been with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. since February 2012.

Part II - 109

Name (Year of Birth), Positions Held with the Trust (Since)	Principal Occupations During Past 5 Years
Shannon Gaines (1977), Assistant Treasurer (2019)*	Executive Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Mr. Gaines has been with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. since January 2014.
Jeffrey D. House (1972), Assistant Treasurer (2023)*	Vice President, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Mr. House has been with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. since July 2006.
Nektarios E. Manolakakis (1972), Assistant Treasurer (2020)	Managing Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. since 2025, formerly Executive Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. since February 2021, formerly Vice President, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. since 2014; Vice President, J.P. Morgan Corporate & Investment Bank 2010-2014.
Joseph Parascondola (1963), Assistant Treasurer (2023)**	Executive Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Mr. Parascondola has been with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. since 2006.
Gillian I. Sands (1969), Assistant Treasurer (2023)	Executive Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Ms. Sands has been with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. since September 2012.

The contact address for the officer is 1111 Polaris Parkway, Columbus, OH 43240.

The contact address for the officer is 575 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, NJ 07310.

For details of the percentage of Shares of the Funds owned by the officers and Trustees, as a group, see “SHARE OWNERSHIP — Trustees and Officers” in Part I of this SAI.

INVESTMENT ADVISER AND SUB-ADVISER

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMIM” or the “Adviser”) serves as investment adviser and administrator to the Funds. JPMorgan Asset Management (Asia Pacific) Limited serves as sub-adviser (“JPMAM (AP)” or the “Sub-Adviser”) to the JPMorgan Active China ETF (“Active China ETF”) pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement with JPMIM (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”).

The Trust’s Shares are not sponsored, endorsed or guaranteed by, and do not constitute obligations or deposits of JPMorgan Chase, any bank affiliate of JPMIM or any other bank, and are not insured by the FDIC or issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies.

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

JPMIM serves as investment adviser and administrator to the Funds. Except as noted in the Part I of this SAI, JPMIM provides investment advisory and administrative services under a management agreement (each a “JPMIM Management Agreement”). JPMIM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorgan Chase”). JPMIM is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. JPMIM is located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

The investment advisory services JPMIM provides to the Funds are not exclusive. JPMIM is free to and does render similar investment advisory services to others. JPMIM serves as investment adviser to personal investors and other investment companies and acts as fiduciary for trusts, estates and employee benefit plans. Certain of the assets of trusts and estates under management are invested in common trust funds for which JPMIM serves as trustee. The accounts which are managed or advised by JPMIM have varying investment objectives, and JPMIM invests assets of such accounts in investments substantially similar to, or the same as, those which are expected to constitute the principal investments of the Funds. Such accounts are supervised by employees of JPMIM who may also be acting in similar capacities for the Funds. See “Portfolio Transactions.”

Each Fund is managed by employees of JPMIM who, in acting for their customers, including each Fund, do not discuss their investment decisions with any personnel of JPMorgan Chase or any personnel of other divisions of JPMIM or with any of their affiliated persons, with the exception of certain other investment management affiliates of JPMorgan Chase which execute transactions on behalf of a Fund.

Part II - 110

JPMorgan Asset Management (Asia Pacific) Limited

JPMAM (AP) serves as the Sub-Adviser to the Active China ETF. As Sub-Adviser, JPMAM (AP) provides day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. JPMAM (AP) is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc. JPMAM (AP) is located at 19th Floor, Chater House, 8 Connaught Road Central, Hong Kong.

Active China ETF’s investment portfolio is managed on a day-to-day basis by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement.

Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement relating to the Active China ETF between JPMIM and the Sub-Adviser, the Sub-Adviser is entitled to fees, payable at least monthly by JPMIM out of the fees JPMIM receives.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from the date of its execution, unless terminated sooner. It may be renewed from year to year thereafter, so long as continuance is specifically approved at least annually in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that it may be terminated without penalty by the Fund, by vote of the Board of Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, or by JPMIM or the Sub-Adviser at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the other party, and shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

JPMIM Management Agreements

Pursuant to the JPMIM Management Agreements, JPMIM provides investment advisory and administrative services to certain Funds.

Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, JPMIM provides or will cause to be provided a continuous investment program for a Fund, including investment research and management with respect to all securities and investments and cash equivalents. JPMIM may delegate its responsibilities to a sub-adviser. Any subadvisory agreements must be approved by the Trust’s Board of Trustees and the applicable Fund’s shareholders, to the extent required by the 1940 Act.

Pursuant to the JPMIM Management Agreements, JPMIM also performs or supervises all operations of the Funds (other than those services performed under the custody and fund accounting agreement and the transfer agency agreement for the Funds). JPMIM has agreed to maintain the necessary office space for these Funds, and to furnish certain other services required by each of these Funds. JPMIM prepares the Financial Statements and Other Information, which are filed with the SEC on a semi-annual basis and include annual reports, semi-annual reports and other financial information, prepares federal and state tax returns and generally assists in all aspects of a Fund’s operations other than those performed under any sub-advisory agreements, the custody and fund accounting agreement, and the transfer agency agreement. JPMIM may, at its expense, subcontract with any entity or person concerning the provision of the administrative services. JPMorgan Chase Bank serves as the Funds’ sub-administrator (the “Sub-administrator”).

Pursuant to JPMIM Management Agreements, JPMIM is entitled to a management fee, computed daily and payable monthly equal to the annual rate of each Fund’s average daily net assets as described in the Funds’ Prospectuses. Under the JPMIM Management Agreement, JPMIM is responsible for substantially all the expenses of the Trust relating to each Fund and each Fund (inclusive of any subsidiary expenses), except for the management fees, payments under a Fund’s 12b-1 plan (if any), interest expenses, dividend and interest expenses related to short sales, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses (other than fees for funds advised by the Adviser and/or its affiliates), costs of holding shareholder meetings, and litigation and potential litigation and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of a Fund’s business. Each Fund shall be responsible for its non-operating expenses, including brokerage commissions and fees and expenses associated with a Fund’s securities lending program, if applicable.

After an initial period, each JPMIM Management Agreement will continue in effect for successive annual periods only if specifically approved thereafter annually in the same manner as the Distribution Agreement; except that for any new funds, the initial approval will continue for up to two years, after which annual approvals are required. See the “Distributor” section for additional information. Each JPMIM Management Agreement will terminate with respect to a Fund automatically if assigned and is

Part II - 111

terminable at any time without penalty by a vote of a majority of the Trustees, or by a vote of the holders of a majority of a Fund’s outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), on 60 days’ written notice to JPMIM and by JPMIM on 90 days’ written notice to the Trust.

Each JPMIM Management Agreement provides that JPMIM shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by any Fund in connection with the matters to which the JPMIM Management Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of JPMIM in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties and obligations thereunder, or, a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services covered by the agreement.

For details of the fees paid under the management agreement, see “INVESTMENT ADVISER AND ADMINSTRATOR — Management Fees” or “INVESTMENT ADVISER, ADMINSTRATOR AND SUB-ADVISER— Management Fees” in Part I of the SAI for the applicable Fund.

Under separate agreements, JPMorgan Chase Bank provides certain custodial, fund accounting and recordkeeping services to the Trust. JPMorgan Chase Bank is a subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase and an affiliate of JPMIM. See the “Custodian” and “Transfer Agent” sections for additional information.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

JPMIM

JPMIM and/or its affiliates (the “Affiliates” and, together, “JPMorgan”) provide an array of discretionary and non-discretionary investment management services and products to institutional clients and individual investors. In addition, JPMorgan is a diversified financial services firm that provides a broad range of services and products to its clients and is a major participant in the global currency, equity, commodity, fixed-income and other markets in which a Fund invests or will invest. Investors should carefully review the following, which describes potential and actual conflicts of interest that JPMorgan can face in the operation of its investment management services. JPMorgan and the Funds have adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to appropriately prevent, limit or mitigate the conflicts of interest described below. In addition, many of the activities that create these conflicts of interest are limited and/or prohibited by law, unless an exception is available.

This section is not, and is not intended to be, a complete enumeration or explanation of all of the potential conflicts of interest that may arise. Additional information about potential conflicts of interest regarding JPMIM and JPMorgan is set forth in JPMIM’s Form ADV. A copy of Part 1 and Part 2A of JPMIM’s or Sub-Adviser’s Form ADV is available on the SEC’s website (www.adviserinfo.sec.gov).

Acting for Multiple Clients. In general, JPMIM faces conflicts of interest when it renders investment advisory services to several clients and, from time to time, provides dissimilar investment advice to different clients. For example, when funds or accounts managed by JPMIM (“Other Accounts”) engage in short sales of the same securities held by a Fund, JPMIM could be seen as harming the performance of a Fund for the benefit of the Other Accounts engaging in short sales, if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall. In addition, a conflict could arise when one or more Other Accounts invest in different instruments or classes of securities of the same issuer than those in which a Fund invests. In certain circumstances, Other Accounts have different investment objectives or could pursue or enforce rights with respect to a particular issuer in which a Fund has also invested and these activities could have an adverse effect on the Fund. For example, if a Fund holds debt instruments of an issuer and an Other Account holds equity securities of the same issuer, then if the issuer experiences financial or operational challenges, the Fund (which holds the debt instrument) may seek a liquidation of the issuer, whereas the Other Account (which holds the equity securities) may prefer a reorganization of the issuer. In addition, an issuer in which a Fund invests may use the proceeds of the Fund’s investment to refinance or reorganize its capital structure which could result in repayment of debt held by JPMorgan or an Other Account. If the issuer performs poorly following such refinancing or reorganization, a Fund’s results will suffer whereas the Other Account’s performance will not be affected because the Other Account no longer has an investment in the issuer. Conflicts are magnified with respect to issuers that become insolvent. It is possible that in connection with an insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, or similar proceeding, a Fund will be limited (by applicable law, courts or otherwise) in the positions or actions it will be permitted to take due to other interests held or actions or positions taken by JPMorgan or Other Accounts.

Positions taken by Other Accounts may also dilute or otherwise negatively affect the values, prices or investment strategies associated with positions held by a Fund. For example, this may occur when investment decisions for a Fund are based on research or other information that is also used to support

Part II - 112

portfolio decisions by JPMIM for Other Accounts following different investment strategies or by Affiliates in managing their clients’ accounts. When an Other Account or an account managed by an Affiliate implements a portfolio decision or strategy ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar portfolio decisions or strategies for a Fund (whether or not the portfolio decisions emanate from the same research analysis or other information), market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Fund receiving less favorable investment results, and the costs of implementing such portfolio decisions or strategies could be increased or the Fund could otherwise be disadvantaged.

Investment opportunities that are appropriate for a Fund may also be appropriate for Other Accounts and there is no assurance the Fund will receive an allocation of all or a portion of those investments it wishes to pursue. JPMIM’s management of an Other Account that pays it a performance fee or a higher management fee and follows the same or similar strategy as a Fund or invests in substantially similar assets as a Fund, creates an incentive for JPMIM to favor the account paying it the potentially higher fee, e.g., in placing securities trades.

JPMIM and its Affiliates, and any of their directors, officers or employees, also buy, sell, or trade securities for their own accounts or the proprietary accounts of JPMIM and/or an Affiliate. JPMIM or its Affiliates, within their discretion, may make different investment decisions and take other actions with respect to their own proprietary accounts than those made for client accounts, including the timing or nature of such investment decisions or actions. Further, JPMIM is not required to purchase or sell for any client account securities that it, an Affiliate or any of its or their employees may purchase or sell for their own accounts or the proprietary accounts of JPMIM or an Affiliate or its clients. JPMIM, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees face a conflict of interest as they will have income or other incentives to favor their own accounts or proprietary accounts.

The portfolio managers of certain Funds-of-Funds have access to the holdings and may have knowledge of the investment strategies and techniques of certain underlying Funds because they are portfolio managers of separately managed accounts following similar strategies as a Fund-of-Funds. They therefore face conflicts of interest in the timing and amount of allocations to an underlying fund, as well as in the choice of an underlying fund. JPMorgan also faces conflicts of interest when waiving certain fees if those waivers enhance performance.

The chart in Part I of this SAI entitled “Portfolio Managers’ Other Accounts Managed” shows the number, type and market value as of a specified date of the accounts and other Funds managed by each Fund’s (excluding the Money Market Funds’) portfolio managers.

Acting in Multiple Commercial Capacities. JPMorgan is a diversified financial services firm that provides a broad range of services and products to its clients and is a major participant in the global currency, equity, commodity, fixed-income and other markets in which a Fund invests or may invest. JPMorgan is typically entitled to compensation in connection with these activities and the Funds will not be entitled to any such compensation. In providing services and products to clients other than the Funds, JPMorgan, from time to time, faces conflicts of interest with respect to activities recommended to or performed for a Fund on one hand and for JPMorgan’s other clients on the other hand. For example, JPMorgan has, and continues to seek to develop, banking and other financial and advisory relationships with numerous U.S. and non-U.S. persons and governments. JPMorgan also advises and represents potential buyers and sellers of businesses worldwide. The Funds have invested in, or may wish to invest in, such entities represented by JPMorgan or with which JPMorgan has a banking or other financial relationship. In addition, certain clients of JPMorgan may invest in entities in which JPMorgan holds an interest, including a Fund. In providing services to its clients, JPMorgan from time to time recommends activities that compete with or otherwise adversely affect a Fund or the Fund’s investments. It should be recognized that such relationships may also preclude a Fund from engaging in certain transactions and may constrain the Fund’s investment flexibility. For example, Affiliates that are broker dealers cannot deal with the Funds as principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC. Certain of the Funds have received exemptive orders permitting the Funds to engage in principal transactions with Affiliates involving taxable and tax exempt money market instruments. However, for the purchase and sale of longer term fixed income securities, which are generally principal transactions, the Funds cannot use broker dealer Affiliates. Or, if an Affiliate is the sole underwriter of an initial or secondary offering, the Funds could not purchase in the offering. In both cases the number of securities and counterparties available to the Funds will be fewer than are available to mutual funds that are not affiliated with major broker dealers.

Part II - 113

JPMorgan derives ancillary benefits from providing investment advisory, custody, administration, fund accounting and shareholder servicing and other services to the Funds, and providing such services to the Funds may enhance JPMorgan’s relationships with various parties, facilitate additional business development and enable JPMorgan to obtain additional business and generate additional revenue.

Participations Adverse to the Funds. JPMorgan’s participation in certain markets or its actions for certain clients may also restrict or affect a Fund’s ability to transact in those markets and JPMorgan may face conflicts with respect to the interests involved. For example, when a Fund and another JPMorgan client invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment implicate conflicts of interest. See also “Acting for Multiple Clients.”

Preferential Treatment. JPMIM receives more compensation with respect to certain Funds or Other Accounts than it receives with respect to a Fund, or receives compensation based in part on the performance of certain accounts. This creates a conflict of interest for JPMIM and its portfolio managers by providing an incentive to favor those accounts. Actual or potential conflicts of interest also arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account or Fund, such as devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the Funds or accounts.

Allocation and Aggregation. Potential conflicts of interest also arise with both the aggregation of trade orders and allocation of securities transactions or investment opportunities. Allocations of aggregated trades, particularly trade orders that were only partially filled due to limited availability, and allocation of investment opportunities raise a potential conflict of interest because JPMorgan has an incentive to allocate trades or investment opportunities to certain accounts or Funds. For example, JPMorgan has an incentive to cause accounts it manages to participate in an offering where such participation could increase JPMorgan’s overall allocation of securities in that offering. When JPMorgan serves as adviser to the Funds, as well as certain Funds-of-Funds, it faces certain potential conflicts of interest when allocating the assets of the Funds-of-Funds among its underlying Funds. For example, JPMorgan has an incentive to allocate assets of the Fund-of-Funds to seed a new Fund or to allocate to an underlying Fund that is small, pays higher fees to JPMorgan or to which JPMorgan has provided seed capital.

Overall Position Limits. Potential conflicts of interest also exist when JPMorgan maintains certain overall investment limitations on positions in securities or other financial instruments due to, among other things, investment restrictions imposed upon JPMorgan by law, regulation, contract or internal policies. These limitations have precluded and, in the future could preclude, a Fund from purchasing particular securities or financial instruments, even if the securities or financial instruments would otherwise meet the Fund’s objectives. For example, there are limits on the aggregate amount of investments by affiliated investors in certain types of securities that may not be exceeded without additional regulatory or corporate consent. There also are limits on the writing of options by a Fund that could be triggered based on the number of options written by JPMIM on behalf of other investment advisory clients. If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions are undertaken, the ability of a Fund to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, will be restricted.

Soft Dollars. JPMIM pays certain broker-dealers (including affiliates of JPMIM) with “soft” or commission dollars generated by client brokerage transactions in exchange for access to statistical information and other research services. JPMIM faces conflicts of interest because the statistical information and other research services may benefit certain other clients of JPMIM more than a Fund and can be used in connection with the management of accounts other than the accounts whose trades generated the commissions.

Additionally, when JPMIM uses client brokerage commissions to obtain statistical information and other research services, JPMIM receives a benefit because it does not have to produce or pay for the information or other research services itself. As a result, JPMIM may have an incentive to select a particular broker-dealer in order to obtain such information and other research services from that broker-dealer, rather than to obtain the lowest price for execution.

Redemptions. JPMorgan, as a seed investor, has significant ownership in certain of the Funds. In addition, JPMorgan Funds of Funds and JPMorgan on behalf of its discretionary clients could make significant investments in the Funds. JPMorgan faces conflicts of interest when considering the effect of redemptions on such Funds and on other shareholders in deciding whether and when to redeem its shares. A large redemption of shares by JPMorgan, by a JPMorgan Fund of Funds or by JPMorgan acting on behalf of its discretionary clients could result in a Fund selling securities when it otherwise would not have

Part II - 114

done so, accelerating the realization of capital gains and increasing transaction costs. A large redemption could significantly reduce the assets of a Fund, causing decreased liquidity and, depending on any applicable expense caps, a higher expense ratio.

Affiliated Transactions. The Funds are subject to conflicts of interest if they engage in principal or agency transactions with other Funds or with JPMorgan. To the extent permitted by law, the Funds can enter into transactions in which JPMorgan acts as principal on its own behalf (principal transactions), advises both sides of a transaction (cross transactions) and acts as broker for, and receives a commission from, the Funds (agency transactions). Principal and agency transactions create the opportunity for JPMorgan to engage in self-dealing. In accordance with applicable legal requirements, JPMIM currently expects, for certain U.S. equity Funds, to place certain U.S. equity trades, on an agency basis, through its affiliated broker, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“JPMS”). JPMorgan faces a conflict of interest when it engages in a principal or agency transaction on behalf of a Fund, because such transactions result in additional compensation to JPMorgan. JPMorgan faces a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in these transactions.

In addition, Affiliates of JPMIM have direct or indirect interests in electronic communication networks and alternative trading systems (collectively “ECNs”). JPMIM, in accordance with its fiduciary obligation to seek to obtain best execution, from time to time executes client trades through ECNs in which an Affiliate has, or may acquire, an interest. In such case, the Affiliate will be indirectly compensated based upon its ownership percentage in relation to the transaction fees charged by the ECNs.

JPMorgan also faces conflicts of interest if a Fund purchases securities during the existence of an underwriting syndicate for such securities, of which JPMorgan is a member because JPMorgan typically receives fees for certain services that it provides to the syndicate and, in certain cases, will be relieved directly or indirectly of certain financial obligations as a result of a Fund’s purchase of securities.

Affiliated Service Providers. JPMorgan faces conflicts of interest when the Funds use service providers affiliated with JPMorgan because JPMorgan receives greater overall fees when they are used. Affiliates provide investment advisory, administration, fund accounting, custody, and transfer agency services to the Funds for which they are compensated by the Funds. Similarly, JPMIM faces a conflict of interest if it decides to use or negotiate the terms of a credit facility for a Fund if the facility is provided by an Affiliate. In addition, if a JPMorgan Fund of Funds is investing in actively managed underlying funds, JPMIM limits its selection to Funds in the JPMorgan family of mutual funds. JPMIM does not consider or canvass the universe of unaffiliated investment companies available, even though there may be unaffiliated investment companies that may be more appropriate for the JPMorgan Fund of Funds or that have superior returns. The JPMorgan affiliates providing services to the Funds benefit from additional fees when a Fund is included as an underlying Fund in a JPMorgan Fund of Funds. Certain laws applicable to JPMorgan may also have an impact on the ability of JPMorgan to conduct business with the Funds, which may have a negative impact on the Funds. The Funds are treated as affiliates of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. for purposes of Sections 23A and 23B of the U.S. Federal Reserve Act. Those sections require that banking subsidiaries of JPMorgan, such as JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and its subsidiaries, comply with certain standards and restrictions in dealing with affiliates such as the Funds. For example, the Funds may be unable to enter into certain borrowing or servicing arrangements with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Indexes. JPMIM or one of its affiliates may develop or own and operate stock market and other indexes based on investment and trading strategies developed by JPMIM or its affiliates or assist unaffiliated entities in creating indexes that are tracked by certain Funds utilized by JPMIM. Some of the Funds seek to track the performance of these indexes. JPMIM may, from time to time, manage client accounts that invest in the Funds. In addition, JPMIM may manage client accounts which track the same indexes used by the Funds or which may be based on the same, or substantially similar, strategies that are used in the operation of the indexes and the Funds. The operation of the indexes, the Funds and client accounts in this manner may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. For example, client accounts that track the same indexes used by the Funds may engage in purchases and sales of securities relating to index changes prior to the implementation of index updates or the time as of which the Funds engage in similar transactions because the client accounts may be managed and rebalanced on an ongoing basis, whereas the Funds’ portfolios are only rebalanced on a periodic basis corresponding with the rebalancing of an index. These differences may result in the client accounts having more favorable performance relative to that of the index and the Funds or other client accounts that track the index.

JPMIM also serves as an administrator to certain indices and performs a separate, non-fiduciary function with respect to the relevant indices. This gives rise to potential conflicts of interest, including concerns regarding the ability of JPMIM to manipulate an underlying index to the benefit or detriment of

Part II - 115

self-indexing Funds. The potential for conflicts of interest may also arise with respect to the personal trading activity of personnel of JPMIM who have knowledge of changes to an underlying index prior to the time that such index changes or other information related to the index is publicly disseminated.

Other potential conflicts include the potential for unauthorized access to index information, allowing index changes that benefit JPMIM or other client accounts and not the investors in the Funds. JPMIM has established certain information barriers and other policies to address the sharing of information between different businesses within JPMIM and its affiliates, including with respect to personnel responsible for maintaining the indexes and those involved in decision-making for the Funds.

Proxy Voting. Potential conflicts of interest can arise when JPMIM votes proxies for securities held by a Fund. A conflict is deemed to exist when the proxy is for JPMorgan Chase & Co. stock or for J.P. Morgan Funds, or when the proxy administrator has actual knowledge indicating that an Affiliate is an investment banker or rendered a fairness opinion with respect to the matter that is the subject of the proxy vote. When such conflicts are identified, the proxy ordinarily will be voted by an independent third party either in accordance with JPMIM’s proxy voting guidelines or by the third party using its own guidelines. Potential conflicts of interest can arise when JPMIM invests Fund assets in securities of companies that are also clients of JPMIM or that have material business relationships with JPMIM or an Affiliate and a vote against management could harm or otherwise affect JPMIM’s or the Affiliate’s business relationship with that company. See the Proxy Voting section in this SAI.

Lending. JPMorgan faces conflicts of interest with respect to interfund lending or the JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. credit facility, which could harm the lending or the borrowing Fund if JPMorgan favors one Fund’s or JPMorgan’s interests over those of another Fund. If a Fund engages in securities lending transactions, JPMIM faces a conflict of interest when a JPMIM affiliate operates as a service provider in the securities lending transaction or otherwise receives compensation as part of the securities lending activities.

Personal Trading. JPMorgan and any of its directors, officers, agents or employees, face conflicts of interest when transacting in securities for their own accounts because they could benefit by trading in the same securities as a Fund, which could have an adverse effect on a Fund.

Valuation. JPMIM acting in its capacity as the Funds’ administrator is the primary valuation agent of the Funds. JPMIM values securities and assets in the Funds according to the Funds’ valuation policies. From time to time JPMIM will value an asset differently than an Affiliate values the identical asset, including because the Affiliate has information regarding valuation techniques and models or other information that it does not share with JPMIM. This arises particularly in connection with securities or other assets for which market quotations are not readily available or for which market quotations do not represent the value at the time of pricing (e.g., startup companies) and which are fair valued. JPMIM will also face a conflict with respect to valuations as they affect the amount of JPMIM’s compensation as investment adviser and administrator.

Information Access. As a result of JPMorgan’s various other businesses, Affiliates, from time to time, come into possession of information about certain markets and investments which, if known to JPMIM, could cause JPMIM to seek to dispose of, retain or increase interests in investments held by a Fund or acquire certain positions on behalf of a Fund. However, JPMorgan’s internal information barriers restrict JPMIM’s ability to access such information even when it would be relevant to its management of the Funds. Such Affiliates can trade differently from the Funds potentially based on information not available to JPMIM. If JPMIM acquires or is deemed to acquire material non-public information regarding an issuer, JPMIM will be restricted from purchasing or selling securities of that issuer for its clients, including a Fund, until the information has been publicly disclosed or is no longer deemed material. (Such an issuer could include an underlying Fund in a Fund-of-Funds.)

Gifts and Entertainment. From time to time, employees of JPMIM receive gifts and/or entertainment from clients, intermediaries, or service providers to the Funds or JPMIM, which could have the appearance of affecting or may potentially affect the judgment of the employees, or the manner in which they conduct business.

For Funds with Sub-Advisers: Additional Potential Conflicts of Interest

The Adviser to certain Funds have engaged affiliated and/or unaffiliated sub-advisers. The Adviser compensates sub-advisers out of the advisory fees it receives from the Fund, which creates an incentive for the Adviser to select sub-advisers with lower fee rates or to select affiliated sub-advisers. In addition, the sub-advisers have interests and relationships that create actual or potential conflicts of interest related to

Part II - 116

their management of the assets of the Funds allocated to such sub-advisers. Such conflicts of interest may be similar to, different from or supplement those conflicts described herein relating to JPMorgan. Potential conflicts relate to the sub-advisers’ trading and investment practices, including, but not limited to, their selection of broker-dealers, aggregation of orders for multiple clients or netting of orders for the same client and the investment of client assets in companies in which they have an interest. Additional information about potential conflicts of interest regarding the sub-advisers is set forth in each sub-adviser’s Form ADV. A copy of Part 1 and Part 2 of each sub-adviser’s Form ADV is available on the SEC’s website (www.adviserinfo.sec.gov).

For details of the dollar range of shares of each Fund beneficially owned by the portfolio managers, see “PORTFOLIO MANAGERS — Portfolio Managers’ Ownership of Securities” in Part I of this SAI.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Compensation. JPMIM’s compensation programs are designed to align the behavior of employees with the achievement of its short- and long-term strategic goals, which revolve around client investment objectives. This is accomplished in part, through a balanced performance assessment process and total compensation program, as well as a clearly defined culture that rigorously and consistently promotes adherence to the highest ethical standards.

The compensation framework for JPMIM portfolio managers (“Portfolio Managers”) participating in public market investing activities is based on several factors that drive alignment with client objectives, the primary of which is investment performance, alongside of the firm-wide performance dimensions. The framework focuses on Total Compensation – base salary and variable compensation. Variable compensation is in the form of cash incentives, and/or long-term incentives in the form of fund-tracking incentives (referred to as the “Mandatory Investment Plan” or “MIP”) and/or equity-based JPMorgan Chase Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) with defined vesting schedules and corresponding terms and conditions. Long-term incentive awards may comprise up to 60% of overall incentive compensation, depending on an employee’s pay level.

The performance dimensions for Portfolio Managers are evaluated annually based on several factors that drive investment outcomes and value—aligned with client objectives—including, but not limited to:

●

Investment performance, generally weighted more to the long-term, with specific consideration for Portfolio Managers of investment performance relative to competitive indices or peers over one-, three-, five- and ten-year periods, or, in the case of funds designed to track the performance of a particular index, the Portfolio Managers success in tracking such index;

●

The scale and complexity of their investment responsibilities;

●

Individual contribution relative to the client’s risk and return objectives;

●

Business results, as informed by investment performance; risk, controls and conduct objectives; client/customer/stakeholder objectives, teamwork and leadership objectives; and

●

Adherence with JPMorgan’s compliance, risk, regulatory and client fiduciary responsibilities, including, as applicable, adherence to the JPMorgan Asset Management Sustainability Risk Integration Policy, which contains relevant financially material Environmental, Social and Corporate Governance (“ESG”) factors that are intended to be assessed in investment decision-making.

In addition to the above performance dimensions, the firm-wide pay-for-per performance framework is integrated into the final assessment of incentive compensation for an individual Portfolio Manager. Feedback from JPMorgan’s risk and control professionals is considered in assessing performance and compensation.

Portfolio Managers are subject to a mandatory deferral of long-term incentive compensation under JPMorgan’s “MIP”. In general, the MIP provides for a rate of return equal to that of the particular fund(s), thereby aligning the Portfolio Manager’s pay with that of the client’s experience/return.

For Portfolio Managers participating in public market investing activities, 50% of their long-term incentives are subject to a mandatory deferral in the MIP, and the remaining 50% can be granted in the form of RSUs or additional participation in MIP at the election of the Portfolio Manager.

Part II - 117

For the portion of long-term incentives subject to mandatory deferral in the MIP (50%), the incentives are allocated to the fund(s) the Portfolio Manager manages, as determined by the employee’s respective manager and reviewed by senior management.

In addition, named Portfolio Managers on a sustainable fund(s) are required to allocate at least 25% of their mandatory deferral in at least one dedicated sustainable fund(s).

To hold individuals responsible for taking risks inconsistent with JPMorgan’s risk appetite and to discourage future imprudent behavior, we have policies and procedures that enable us to take prompt and proportionate actions with respect to accountable individuals, including:

●

Reducing or altogether eliminating annual incentive compensation;

●

Canceling unvested awards (in full or in part);

●

Clawback/recovery of previously paid compensation (cash and/or equity);

●

Demotion, negative performance rating or other appropriate employment actions; and

●

Termination of employment.

The precise actions we take with respect to accountable individuals are based on circumstances, including the nature of their involvement, the magnitude of the event and the impact on JPMorgan.

Portfolio Manager Leaves of Absence. JPMorgan’s benefit programs include parental leave and other leave policies. For example, JPMorgan U.S. employees are entitled to up to 16 weeks of paid leave for the birth or adoption of a child. From time to time, the portfolio managers listed in the prospectuses may be on temporary leave from the firm. Most of the Funds are managed using a team approach such that other members of the team will absorb the responsibilities of the portfolio manager while on leave and the management of such Funds will continue without change. Ordinarily, the Funds will not supplement their prospectuses to identify portfolio managers who are on temporary leave except as otherwise determined by the Adviser. Portfolio managers on leave at the time of an annual prospectus update will continue to be included in the list of portfolio managers for a Fund unless otherwise determined by the Adviser.

Other Portfolio Manager Information. For details of the dollar range of shares of each Fund (excluding Money Market Funds) beneficially owned by the portfolio managers who serve on a team that manages such Fund, see “PORTFOLIO MANAGERS — Portfolio Managers’ Ownership of Securities” in Part I of this SAI. For details of the other accounts managed by each portfolio manager, see “PORTFOLIO MANAGERS — Portfolio Managers’ Other Accounts Managed” in Part I of this SAI.

CODES OF ETHICS

The Trust, the Adviser and the Distributor have each adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act (and pursuant to Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act with respect to the Adviser).

The Trust’s code of ethics includes policies which require “access persons” (as defined in Rule 17j-1) to: (i) place the interest of Trust shareholders first; (ii) conduct personal securities transactions in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of a position of trust and responsibility; and (iii) refrain from taking inappropriate advantage of his or her position with the Trust or a Fund. The Trust’s code of ethics prohibits any access person from: (i) employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Trust or a Fund; (ii) making to the Trust or a Fund any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to the Trust or a Fund a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; (iii) engaging in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Trust or a Fund; or (iv) engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to the Trust or a Fund. The Trust’s code of ethics permits personnel subject to the code to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund so long as such investment transactions are not in contravention of the above noted policies and prohibitions.

The code of ethics adopted by the Adviser requires that all employees must: (i) place the interest of the accounts which are managed by the Adviser first; (ii) conduct all personal securities transactions in a manner that is consistent with the code of ethics and the individual employee’s position of trust and responsibility; and (iii) refrain from taking inappropriate advantage of their position. Employees of the Adviser are also prohibited from certain mutual fund trading activity including excessive trading of shares of a mutual fund and effecting or facilitating a mutual fund transaction to engage in market timing. The

Part II - 118

Adviser’s code of ethics permits personnel subject to the code to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund subject to certain restrictions. However, all employees are required to preclear securities trades (except for certain types of securities such as non-proprietary mutual fund shares and U.S. government securities). The Adviser’s affiliated sub-adviser has also adopted the code of ethics described above.

The Distributor’s code of ethics requires that all employees of the Distributor must: (i) place the interest of the accounts which are managed by affiliates of the Distributor first; (ii) conduct all personal securities transactions in a manner that is consistent with the code of ethics and the individual employee’s position of trust and responsibility; and (iii) refrain from taking inappropriate advantage of their positions. The Distributor’s code of ethics permits personnel subject to the code to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund subject to the policies and restrictions in such code of ethics.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Investment Decisions and Portfolio Transactions

Pursuant to the JPMIM Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Adviser determines, subject to the general supervision of the Board of Trustees and in accordance with a Fund’s investment objective and restrictions, which securities are to be purchased and sold by a Fund and which brokers are to be eligible to execute its portfolio transactions. The Adviser operates independently in providing services to their respective clients. Investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular client involved. Thus, for example, a particular security may be bought or sold for certain clients even though it could have been bought or sold for other clients at the same time. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling the security. In some instances, one client may sell a particular security to another client. It also happens that two or more clients may simultaneously buy or sell the same security, in which event each day’s transactions in such security are, insofar as possible, averaged as to price and allocated between such clients in a manner which in the opinion of the Adviser is equitable to each and in accordance with the amount being purchased or sold by each. There may be circumstances when purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more clients will have an adverse effect on other clients.

Brokerage and Research Services

On behalf of a Fund, the Adviser places orders for all purchases and sales of portfolio securities, enters into repurchase agreements, and may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and execute loans of portfolio securities on behalf of a Fund unless otherwise prohibited. See “Investment Strategies and Policies.”

Fixed income and debt securities and municipal bonds and notes are generally traded at a net price with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission. The price of the security usually includes profit to the dealers. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price, which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. Transactions on stock exchanges (other than foreign stock exchanges) involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. Such commissions vary among different brokers. Also, a particular broker may charge different commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of the transaction. Transactions in foreign securities generally involve payment of fixed brokerage commissions, which are generally higher than those in the U.S. On occasion, certain securities may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

In connection with portfolio transactions, the overriding objective is to obtain the best execution of purchase and sales orders. In making this determination, the Adviser considers a number of factors including, but not limited to: the price per unit of the security, the broker’s execution capabilities, the commissions charged, the broker’s reliability for prompt, accurate confirmations and on-time delivery of securities, the broker-dealer firm’s financial condition, the broker’s ability to provide access to public offerings, as well as the quality of research services provided. As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act, the Adviser may cause the Funds to pay a broker-dealer (including an affiliate of the Adviser) which provides brokerage and research services to the Adviser, or the Funds and/or other accounts for which the Adviser exercises investment discretion an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction for a Fund in excess of the amount other broker-dealers would have charged for the transaction if the Adviser determines in good faith that the greater commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the executing broker-dealer viewed in terms

Part II - 119

of either a particular transaction or the Adviser’s overall responsibilities to accounts over which it exercises investment discretion. Not all such services are useful or of value in advising the Funds. The Adviser reports to the Board of Trustees regarding overall commissions paid by the Funds and their reasonableness in relation to the benefits to the Funds. In accordance with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act and consistent with applicable SEC guidance and interpretation, the term “brokerage and research services” includes (i) advice as to the value of securities; (ii) the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities; (iii) the availability of securities or of purchasers or sellers of securities; (iv) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issues, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; and (v) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody) or required by rule or regulation in connection with such transactions.

Brokerage and research services received from such broker-dealers (including an affiliate of the Adviser) will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Adviser under the Management Agreement (or with respect to the Sub-Adviser, under the Sub-Advisory Agreement). The fees that the Funds pay to the Adviser are not reduced as a consequence of the Adviser’s receipt of brokerage and research services. To the extent the Funds’ portfolio transactions are used to obtain such services, the brokerage commissions paid by the Funds may exceed those that might otherwise be paid by an amount that cannot be presently determined. Such services generally would be useful and of value to the Adviser in serving one or more of its other clients and, conversely, such services obtained by the placement of brokerage business of other clients generally would be useful to the Adviser in carrying out its obligations to the Funds. While such services are not expected to reduce the expenses of the Adviser, the Adviser would, through use of the services, avoid the additional expenses that would be incurred if it should attempt to develop comparable information through its own staff.

Subject to the overriding objective of obtaining the best execution of orders, the Adviser may allocate a portion of a Fund’s brokerage transactions to affiliates of the Adviser. Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with a Fund and persons who are affiliated with such persons are prohibited from dealing with the Fund as principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC. The SEC has granted an exemptive order permitting each Fund to engage in principal transactions with JPMS, an affiliated broker, involving taxable and tax exempt money market instruments (including commercial paper, banker acceptances and medium term notes) and repurchase agreements. The orders are subject to certain conditions. An affiliated person of a Fund may serve as its broker in listed or over-the-counter transactions conducted on an agency basis provided that, among other things, the fee or commission received by such affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to the fee or commission received by non-affiliated brokers in connection with comparable transactions.

In addition, a Fund may not purchase securities during the existence of any underwriting syndicate for such securities of which JPMorgan Chase Bank or an affiliate is a member or in a private placement in which JPMorgan Chase Bank or an affiliate serves as placement agent, except pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees that either comply with rules adopted by the SEC or with interpretations of the SEC’s staff. Each Fund expects to purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which certain affiliates of JPMorgan Chase act as a member or manager. Such purchases will be effected in accordance with the conditions set forth in Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act and related procedures adopted by the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of a Fund. Among the conditions are that the issuer of any purchased securities will have been in operation for at least three years, that not more than 25% of the underwriting will be purchased by a Fund and all other accounts over which the same investment adviser has discretion, and that no shares will be purchased from the Distributor or any of its affiliates.

On those occasions when the Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of a Fund as well as other customers, including other Funds, the Adviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but is not obligated to, aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for a Fund with those to be sold or purchased for other customers in order to obtain best execution, including lower brokerage commissions if appropriate. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold as well as any expenses incurred in the transaction will be made by the Adviser in the manner it considers to be most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to its customers, including the Funds. In some instances, the allocation procedure might not permit a Fund to participate in the benefits of the aggregated trade.

Part II - 120

If a Fund that writes options effects a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option written by it, normally such transaction will be executed by the same broker-dealer who executed the sale of the option. The writing of options by a Fund will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written on the same or different exchanges or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. The number of options that a Fund may write may be affected by options written by the Adviser for other investment advisory clients. An exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

Allocation of transactions, including their frequency, to various broker-dealers is determined by a Fund’s Adviser based on its best judgment and in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to Shareholders and consistent with the Adviser’s obligation to obtain the best execution of purchase and sales orders. In making this determination, the Adviser considers the same factors for the best execution of purchase and sales orders listed above. Accordingly, in selecting broker-dealers to execute a particular transaction, and in evaluating the best overall terms available, the Adviser is authorized to consider the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act) provided to the Funds and/or other accounts over which the Adviser exercises investment discretion. The Adviser may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer that furnishes brokerage and research services a higher commission than that which might be charged by another broker-dealer for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the overall responsibilities of the Adviser to the Funds. To the extent such services are permissible under the safe harbor requirements of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act and consistent with applicable SEC guidance and interpretation, such brokerage and research services might consist of advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts, market data, stock quotes, last sale prices, and trading volumes. Shareholders of the Funds should understand that the services provided by such brokers may be useful to the Adviser in connection with its services to other clients and not all the services may be used by the Adviser in connection with the Fund.

Under the policy for JPMIM, “soft dollar” services refer to arrangements that fall within the safe harbor requirements of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, which allow JPMIM to allocate client brokerage transactions to a broker-dealer (including an affiliate of JPMIM) in exchange for products or services that are research and brokerage-related and provide lawful and appropriate assistance in the performance of the investment decision-making process. These services include third party research, market data services, and proprietary broker-dealer research. The Funds receive proprietary research where broker-dealers typically incorporate the cost of such research into their commission structure. Many brokers do not assign a hard dollar value to the research they provide, but rather bundle the cost of such research into their commission structure. It is noted in this regard that some research that is available only under a bundled commission structure is particularly important to the investment process. However, the Funds, except for the actively managed U.S. equity Funds, do not participate in soft dollar arrangements for market data services and third-party research.

The actively managed U.S. equity Funds participate in soft dollar arrangements whereby a broker-dealer (including an affiliate of JPMIM) may provide market data services and third-party research in addition to proprietary research. In order to obtain such research, the Adviser may utilize a Client Commission Arrangement (“CCA”). CCAs are agreements between an investment adviser and executing broker whereby the investment adviser and the broker agree to allocate a portion of commissions to a pool of credits maintained by the broker that are used to pay for eligible brokerage and research services. The Adviser will only enter into and utilize CCAs to the extent permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act. As required by interpretive guidance issued by the SEC, any CCAs entered into by the Adviser with respect to commissions generated by the actively managed U.S. equity Funds will provide that: (1) the broker-dealer pay the research preparer directly; and (2) the broker-dealer take steps to assure itself that the client commissions that the Adviser directs it to use to pay for such services are only for eligible research under Section 28(e).

Investment decisions for each Fund are made independently from those for the other Funds or any other investment company or account managed by the Adviser. Any such other investment company or account may also invest in the same securities as the Trust. When a purchase or sale of the same security is

Part II - 121

made at substantially the same time on behalf of a given Fund and another Fund, investment company or account, the transaction will be averaged as to price, and available investments allocated as to amount, in a manner which the Adviser of the given Fund believes to be equitable to the Fund(s) and such other investment company or account. In some instances, this procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by a Fund or the size of the position obtained by a Fund. To the extent permitted by law, the Adviser may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased by it for a Fund with those to be sold or purchased by it for other Funds or for other investment companies or accounts in order to obtain best execution. In making investment recommendations for the Trust, the Adviser will not inquire or take into consideration whether an issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale by the Trust is a customer of the Adviser or their parents or subsidiaries or affiliates and in dealing with its commercial customers, the Adviser and their respective parent, subsidiaries, and affiliates will not inquire or take into consideration whether securities of such customers are held by the Trust.

In the European Union (“EU”) and the United Kingdom (“UK”), investment managers, including a segment of the operations of the Adviser, are required to either pay for research regarding certain types of securities and issuers out of their own resources or agree with clients to have those research costs paid by clients through research payment accounts that are funded out of trading commissions or by a specific client research charge, provided that the payments for research are unbundled from the payments for execution. Where such a restriction applies, the Adviser will pay for any research out of its own resources and not through soft dollars or CCAs. Certain brokers may not accept payments from the Adviser for such research in which case they would not be compensated for any research attributable to those clients. Additionally, these requirements may have had, and may continue to have, practical ramifications outside the EU and the UK with respect to how U.S. asset managers acting under the delegated authority of an EU-based asset manager and U.S. asset managers that are part of a global asset management group with one or more EU affiliates restructure the way they procure, value and pay for research under U.S. laws and regulations. It is difficult to predict the full impact of these requirements on the Funds, the Adviser and any sub-advisers.

Sub-Adviser

The Sub-Adviser may place orders for the purchase and sale of securities that are held in the Fund. In executing portfolio transactions and selecting brokers or dealers, it is the policy and principal objective of the Sub-Adviser to seek best execution. The Sub-Adviser is required to consider all factors that it deems relevant when assessing best execution for the Fund, including, for example, the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer and the reasonableness of the commission, if any (for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis).

In addition, when selecting brokers to execute transactions and in evaluating the best execution, the Sub-Adviser is authorized to consider the brokerage and research services (as defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act), provided by the broker. The Sub-Adviser is also authorized to cause the Fund to pay a commission to a broker who provides such brokerage and research services for executing a portfolio transaction which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged for effecting that transaction. The Sub-Adviser must determine in good faith, however, that such commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided viewed in terms of that particular transaction or in terms of all the accounts over which the Sub-Adviser exercises investment discretion. Brokerage and research services received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser. The Fund may purchase and sell portfolio securities through brokers who provide the Sub-Adviser with brokerage and research services.

The fees of the Sub-Adviser are not reduced by reason of its receipt of such brokerage and research services. Generally, the Sub-Adviser does not provide any services to the Fund except portfolio investment management and related record-keeping services. The Adviser may request that the Sub-Adviser employ certain specific brokers who have agreed to pay certain Fund expenses. The use of such brokers is subject to best execution, and there is no specific amount of brokerage that is required to be placed through such brokers.

It is possible that certain of the services received by the Sub-Adviser attributable to a particular transaction will primarily benefit one or more other accounts for which investment discretion is exercised by the Sub-Adviser.

Part II - 122

Portfolio Trading by Authorized Participants

When creation or redemption transactions consist of cash, the transactions may require a Fund to contemporaneously transact with broker-dealers for purchases or sales of portfolio securities, as applicable. Depending on the timing of the transactions and certain other factors, such transactions may be placed with the purchasing or redeeming Authorized Participant in its capacity as a broker-dealer or with its affiliated broker-dealer and conditioned upon an agreement with the Authorized Participant or its affiliated broker-dealer to transact at guaranteed prices in order to reduce transaction costs incurred as a consequence of settling creations or redemptions in cash rather than in-kind.

Specifically, following a Fund’s receipt of a creation or redemption order, to the extent such purchases or redemptions consist of a cash portion, the Fund may enter an order with the Authorized Participant or its affiliated broker-dealer to purchase or sell the portfolio securities, as applicable. Such Authorized Participant or its affiliated broker-dealer will be required to guarantee that a Fund will achieve execution of its order at a price at least as favorable to the Fund as the Fund’s valuation of the portfolio securities used for purposes of calculating the NAV applied to the creation or redemption transaction giving rise to the order (the “Execution Performance Guarantee”). Whether the execution of the order is at a price at least as favorable to a Fund will depend on the results achieved by the executing firm and will vary depending on market activity, timing and a variety of other factors.

An Authorized Participant is required to deposit an amount (the “Execution Performance Deposit”) with a Fund in order to ensure that the Execution Performance Guarantee will be honored on orders arising from creation transactions executed by an Authorized Participant or its affiliate as broker-dealer. If the broker-dealer executing the order achieves executions in market transactions at a price equal to or more favorable than a Fund’s valuation of the portfolio securities, the Authorized Participant generally may retain the benefit of the favorable executions and the Execution Performance Deposit is returned to the Authorized Participant. If, however, the broker-dealer executing the order is unable to achieve a price at least equal to a Fund’s valuation of the securities, the Fund retains the portion of the Execution Performance Deposit equal to the full amount of the execution shortfall (including any taxes, brokerage commissions or other costs) and may require the Authorized Participant to deposit any additional amount required to cover the full amount of the actual Performance Execution Guarantee.

An Authorized Participant agrees to pay the shortfall amount (the “Execution Performance Offset”) in order to ensure that the Execution Performance Guarantee will be honored for brokerage orders arising from redemption transactions executed by an Authorized Participant or its affiliate as broker-dealer. If the broker-dealer executing the order achieves executions in market transactions at a price equal to or more favorable than a Fund’s valuation of the portfolio securities, the Authorized Participant generally may retain the benefit of the favorable executions and the Authorized Participant is not called upon to honor the Execution Performance Offset. If, however, the broker-dealer is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to a Fund’s valuation of the securities, the Fund will be entitled to the portion of the Execution Performance Offset equal to the full amount of the execution shortfall (including any taxes, brokerage commissions or other costs).

If an Authorized Participant has entered into an Execution Performance Guarantee, but the Authorized Participant is unable, as determined by the Adviser in its sole discretion, to execute the market transactions that are the subject of the Execution Performance Guarantee due to an extended market holiday that goes over seven calendar days or in certain other situations where all or a portion of the transactions are unable to be executed within seven calendar days, then a Fund may pay the full amount of the redemption order (or the remaining amount of the redemption order based on the unexecuted portion of the transaction) within the original seven calendar day period by using interfund lending, the Fund’s overdraft facility or cash on hand. The Authorized Participant (or an affiliated broker-dealer), acting on an agency basis, will subsequently enter into one or more separate market transactions when the markets reopen or the trades are otherwise able to be executed through which a Fund sells the portfolio securities (or the remaining unsold portfolio securities) subject to a guaranteed sales price. If the Authorized Participant (or an affiliated broker-dealer) achieves executions in market transactions at a price more favorable than a Fund’s valuation of the portfolio securities as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant generally may retain the excess transaction proceeds. Specifically, if the Authorized Participant is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to a Fund’s valuation of the portfolio securities as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant is generally required to make the applicable shortfall payment to the Fund.

Part II - 123

In addition, if transacting as broker with a Fund in a non-U.S. jurisdiction, the Authorized Participant may be required to cover foreign exchange costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee. If the foreign exchange transaction associated with the applicable security trades can only occur upon the settlement of a security trade and such trades are unable, as determined by the Adviser in its sole discretion, to be settled by the seventh calendar day after receipt of the Authorized Participant’s redemption order, then a Fund may pay within the original seven calendar day period the amount due in respect of the redemption order based on the foreign exchange rate as of the date of the redemption order by using interfund lending, the Fund’s overdraft facility or cash on hand (in addition to any sales proceeds from the executed portion of the original brokerage order) and subsequently enter into one or more separate foreign exchange transactions with the Authorized Participant (or a broker-dealer affiliate of the Authorized Participant), acting on an agency basis, and be subject to a guaranteed sales price. If the Authorized Participant achieves execution of the foreign exchange transactions at a price more favorable than the foreign exchange rate as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant generally may retain the excess transaction proceeds. If the Authorized Participant is unable to achieve execution of the foreign exchange transactions at a price at least equal to the foreign exchange rate as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant is required to make the applicable shortfall payment to a Fund.

The circumstances under which the Execution Performance Guarantee will be used and the expected amount of any Execution Performance Deposit or Execution Performance Offset for a Fund will be disclosed in the Authorized Participant Procedures Handbook and may change from time to time based on the actual experience of the Fund.

For details of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds, see “BROKERAGE — Brokerage Commissions” in Part I of this SAI.

For details of the Funds’ ownership of securities of the Funds’ regular broker dealers, see “BROKERAGE — Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers” in Part I of this SAI.

ADMINISTRATOR

JPMIM provides administrative services under the JPMIM Management Agreement (refer to the “INVESTMENT ADVISER — JPMIM Management Agreement” section of the SAI Part II for additional information). In addition, to the extent described in a Fund’s Part I of its SAI, JPMIM may serve as administrator to certain other Funds under a separate administration agreement.

DISTRIBUTOR

Shares will be continuously offered for sale by the Distributor only. The Distributor will deliver the Prospectus and, upon request, this SAI to persons purchasing Creation Unit Aggregations and will maintain records of both orders placed with it and confirmations of acceptance furnished by it. The Distributor, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase, is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). Although the Distributor does not receive any fees under the Distribution Agreement with the Trust, JPMIM pays the Distributor for certain distribution related services.

Unless otherwise terminated, the Distribution Agreement will continue in effect for successive one-year terms after the initial two year term if approved at least annually by: (a) the vote of the Board of Trustees, including the vote of a majority of those members of the Board of Trustees who are not parties to the Distribution Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting for the purpose of voting on such approval, or (b) the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund. The Distribution Agreement for the Funds provides that it may be terminated as to a Fund at any time, without the payment of any penalty (i) by vote of the Trustees; (ii) by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund; or (iii) by the Distributor upon not less than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Trust. The Distribution Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

The Distributor may also enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Unit Aggregations of Fund Shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Participating Parties (as defined in “Procedures for Creation of Creation Unit Aggregations” below) and DTC Participants (as defined in “DTC Acts as Securities Depository” below).

Part II - 124

CUSTODIAN

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10179 (the “JPMorgan Custody Agreement”), JPMorgan Chase Bank serves as the custodian and fund accounting agent for each Fund. Pursuant to the JPMorgan Custody Agreement, JPMorgan Chase Bank is responsible for holding portfolio securities and cash and maintaining the books of account and records of portfolio transactions. JPMorgan Chase Bank is an affiliate of JPMIM and the Distributor.

CUSTODY AND FUND ACCOUNTING FEES AND EXPENSES

Fees From December 1, 2022 to November 30, 2025

For custodian services from December 1, 2022 to November 30, 2025, each Fund paid to JPMorgan Chase Bank annual safekeeping fees of between 0.0004% and 0.50% of a Fund’s assets held by JPMorgan Chase Bank (depending on the domicile in which the asset is held), calculated monthly in arrears and fees between $2.25 and $100 for securities trades (depending on the domicile in which the trade is settled), as well as additional transaction fees on certain activities of $2.20 to $50 per transaction. JPMorgan Chase Bank was also reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses, including, but not limited to, registration and transfer fees and related legal fees.

JPMorgan Chase Bank also could have been paid for the following additional custody services:

●

$15 or $45 per proxy (depending on the country where the issuer is located) for its service which helps facilitate the voting of proxies throughout the world. For securities in the U.S. market, this fee was waived if the Adviser voted the proxies directly;

●

$1,900 per year for account maintenance for each custody collateral control account;

●

$2.25 or $15 for income or redemption processing (depending on whether the security is held book entry or physically); and

●

$2.50 to $50 for each cash payment or receipt transaction.

With respect to fund accounting services, the following schedule was employed in the calculation of the fees payable for the services provided under the JPMorgan Custody Agreement. For purposes of determining the asset levels at which a tier applies, assets for all the funds in the Trust (including any Cayman Subsidiaries) were used.

Tier One	Up to $15 billion	0.0030%
Tier Two	Next $85 billion	0.0025%
Tier Three	Over $100 billion	0.0015%

Other Fees:
Minimum		$20,000 per Fund per year

In addition, JPMorgan Chase Bank provided additional servicing for certain types of more complex assets. The fees for these services included a monthly transaction fee of $12 for processing each Contract for Difference position, a transaction fee of $50 for each manual trade and an annual fee of $500 for each bank loan position held by a Fund. In addition, JPMorgan Chase Bank was paid fees of $0.50 to $4.50 per position per day for the valuation and processing of certain asset positions covered by these services.

If agreed-upon by the Trust and JPMorgan Chase Bank, custodian fees were, from time to time, reduced by amounts calculated as a percentage of uninvested balances for certain Funds.

A Fund and/or its Cayman Subsidiary, as applicable, might have held some of their assets in cash at times, which might subject the Fund to additional risks and costs, such as increased credit exposure to the custodian bank and fees imposed for cash balances. Cash positions may also hurt a Fund’s and/or the Cayman subsidiary’s performance.

Except as disclosed in the Part I of this SAI, JPMIM will be responsible for paying the fees under the JPMorgan Custody Agreement to JPMorgan Chase Bank.

Part II - 125

Fees Beginning December 1, 2025

For custodian services beginning December 1, 2025, each Fund will pay to JPMorgan Chase Bank annual safekeeping fees of between 0.00035% and 0.50% of a Fund’s assets held by JPMorgan Chase Bank (depending on the domicile in which the asset is held), calculated monthly in arrears and fees between $1.90 and $100 for securities trades (depending on the domicile in which the trade is settled), as well as additional transaction fees on certain activities of $1.90 to $50 per transaction. JPMorgan Chase Bank is also reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses, including, but not limited to, registration and transfer fees and related legal fees.

JPMorgan Chase Bank may also be paid for the following additional custody services:

●

$15 or $45 per proxy (depending on the country where the issuer is located) for its service which helps facilitate the voting of proxies throughout the world. For securities in the U.S. and Canadian market, this fee is waived if the Adviser votes the proxies directly;

●

$1,600 per year for account maintenance for each custody collateral control account;

●

$2.25 or $15 for income or redemption processing (depending on whether the security is held book entry or physically); and

●

$2.50 to $50 for each cash payment or receipt transaction.

With respect to fund accounting services, the following schedule shall be employed in the calculation of the fees payable for the services provided under the JPMorgan Custody Agreement. For purposes of determining the asset levels at which a tier applies, assets for all the Funds shall be used.

Tier One	Up to $15 billion	0.0030%
Tier Two	Next $85 billion	0.0025%
Tier Three	Next $300 billion	0.0015%
Tier Four	Over $400 billion	0.10%

Other Fees:
Minimum		$15,000 per Fund per year

In addition, JPMorgan Chase Bank provides additional servicing for certain types of more complex assets. The fees for these services include a monthly transaction fee of $13 for processing each Contract for Difference position, a transaction fee of $51.65 for each manual OTC trade, a transaction fee of $5 for each exchange-traded derivative trade and an annual fee of $550 for each bank loan position held by a Fund. In addition, JPMorgan Chase Bank will be paid fees of $0.50 to $4.65 per position per day for the valuation and processing of certain asset positions covered by these services.

If agreed-upon by the Trust and JPMorgan Chase Bank, custodian fees may, from time to time, be reduced by amounts calculated as a percentage of uninvested balances for certain Funds.

A Fund and/or its Cayman subsidiary, as applicable, may at times hold some of its assets in cash, which may subject the Fund and/or its Cayman subsidiary, as applicable, to additional risks and costs, such as increased credit exposure to the custodian bank and fees imposed for cash balances. Cash positions may also hurt a Fund’s and/or its Cayman subsidiary’s performance.

Except as disclosed in the Part I of this SAI, JPMIM will be responsible for paying the fees under the JPMorgan Custody Agreement to JPMorgan Chase Bank.

TRANSFER AGENT

JPMorgan Chase Bank also serves as the Funds’ transfer agent. As transfer agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank is also responsible for maintaining account records, detailing the ownership of Fund Shares and for crediting income, capital gains and other changes in share ownership to shareholder accounts. JPMorgan Chase Bank will be paid $225 per creation or redemption transaction. The Trust may be reimbursed for all or part of this fee by the Authorized Participant placing the creation or redemption order.

Except as disclosed in Part I of this SAI, JPMIM is responsible for paying the fees under this agreement to JPMorgan Chase Bank.

Part II - 126

SECURITIES LENDING AGENT

To generate additional income, the Funds may lend up to 33 1∕3% of their total assets pursuant to agreements (“Borrower Agreements”) requiring that the loan be continuously secured by cash. Citibank serves as securities lending agent pursuant to the Securities Lending Agency Agreement effective June 18, 2018, as amended from time to time. For Funds that engaged in securities lending during the last fiscal year, information concerning the amounts of income and fees/compensation related to securities lending activities for the Fund’s most recent fiscal year is include in Part I under Securities Lending Activities. To the extent that the Funds have engaged in securities lending during the most recently completed fiscal year, information concerning the amounts of income and fees/compensation related to securities lending activities is included in the Part I of the applicable Funds’ SAI in the Funds’ next annual update to its registration statement.

Under the Securities Lending Agency Agreement, Citibank acting as agent for the Funds, loans securities to approved borrowers pursuant to Borrower Agreements substantially in the form approved by the Board of Trustees in exchange for collateral. During the term of the loan, a Fund receives payments from borrowers equivalent to the dividends and interest that would have been earned on securities lent while simultaneously seeking to earn loan fees and income on the investment of cash collateral in accordance with investment guidelines contained in the Securities Lending Agency Agreement. The Fund retains loan fees and the interest on cash collateral investments but is required to pay the borrower a rebate for the use of cash collateral. In cases where the lent security is of high value to borrowers, there may be a negative rebate (i.e., a net payment to the Funds). The net income earned on the securities lending (after payment of rebates and the lending agent’s fee) is included in the Statement of Operations as income from securities lending (net in a Fund’s financial statements). Information on the investment of cash collateral is shown in the Schedule of Portfolio Investments (in a Fund’s financial statements).

Under the Securities Lending Agency Agreement, Citibank is entitled to a fee equal to 8% of (i) the investment income (net of rebates) on cash collateral delivered to Citibank on a Fund’s behalf in respect of any loans by the Borrowers; and (ii) fees paid by a Borrower with respect to a loan for which non-cash collateral is provided (to the extent that the Funds subsequently authorize Citibank to accept non-cash collateral for securities loans).

A report of a Fund’s percentage on loan as of the prior calendar quarter may be obtained by calling the Financial Advisor Services Line at 1-800-343-1113. Information concerning the percentage on loan is derived from information provided by Citibank as the securities lending agent, has not been audited and may differ from that reported in other publicly available information.

EXPENSES

Prior to the adoption of the Management Agreement by the Funds, the Funds paid the expenses incurred in their operations, including their pro-rata share of expenses of the Trust. These expenses include: investment advisory and administrative fees; the compensation of the Trustees; registration fees; interest charges; taxes; expenses connected with the execution, recording and settlement of security transactions; fees and expenses of the Funds’ custodian for all services to the Funds, including safekeeping of funds and securities and maintaining required books and accounts; expenses of preparing and mailing reports to investors and to government offices and commissions; expenses of meetings of investors; listing fees; fees and expenses of independent accountants, legal counsel and any transfer agent, registrar or dividend disbursing agent of the Trust; insurance premiums; and expenses of calculating the NAV of, and the net income on, Shares of the Funds. With the adoption of the Management Agreement as described above, JPMIM is responsible for substantially all of the expenses of the Trust relating to each Fund and each Fund’s expenses. Service providers to the Funds may, from time to time, voluntarily waive all or a portion of any fees to which they are entitled.

The Adviser may agree that it will waive fees or reimburse the Funds as may be described in the Funds’ Prospectuses.

COMPENSATION TO INTERMEDIARIES

JPMIM and/or its affiliates (“JPMorgan Entities”) may pay certain broker-dealers, banks and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for certain activities related to the Funds (“Compensation”). Any Compensation by JPMorgan Entities will be paid at their own expense out of their legitimate profits and not from the assets of the Funds. Although a portion of JPMorgan Entities’ revenue comes directly or indirectly in part from fees paid by the Funds, Compensation does not increase the price paid by investors

Part II - 127

for the purchase of Shares of, or the cost of owning, a Fund. JPMorgan Entities may pay Compensation for Intermediaries’ participating in activities that are designed to make registered representatives, other professionals and individual investors more knowledgeable about the Funds or for other activities, such as participation in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, the support of technology platforms and/or reporting systems. In addition, JPMorgan Entities may pay Compensation to Intermediaries that make Shares available to their clients or for otherwise promoting the Funds. These may include Compensation to Intermediaries that agree not to charge their customers any trading commissions when those customers purchase or sell Shares of the Funds online and/or that promote the availability of commission-free ETF trading to their customers. Compensation payments of this type are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments. Compensation will only be paid to the Intermediary, never to individuals other than occasional gifts and entertainment that are permitted by rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (also known as FINRA). JPMIM has entered into written agreements to pay Compensation to 55I, LLC, 55 Institutional Partners, LLC, American Enterprise Investment Services, Inc., BNY Mellon Capital Markets, LLC, Cetera Advisors LLC, Cetera Financial Specialists LLC , Cetera Investment Services LLC, Cetera Wealth Services, LLC, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Dynasty Securities LLC, E*Trade Securities LLC, Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC, Fidelity Institutional Wealth Adviser LLC, Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, LPL Financial LLC, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, National Financial Services LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James & Associates, Inc., UBS Financial Services, Inc. and Vestmark Advisory Solutions, Inc.

The JPMorgan Entities may be motivated to pay Compensation to promote the purchase of Fund Shares by clients of Intermediaries and the retention of those investments by those clients. To the extent clients of Intermediaries purchase more Shares of the Funds or retain Shares of the Funds in their clients’ accounts, the JPMorgan Entities benefit from the incremental management and other fees paid by the Funds with respect to those assets.

Compensation to an Intermediary may be significant to the Intermediary, and amounts that Intermediaries pay to your salesperson or other investment professional may also be significant for your salesperson or other investment professional. Because an Intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, Compensation creates conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the Funds over other investments. The same conflict of interest exists with respect to your salesperson or other investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

JPMorgan Entities may determine to pay Compensation based on any number of metrics. For example, JPMorgan Entities may pay Compensation at year-end or other intervals in a fixed amount, an amount based upon an Intermediary’s services at defined levels or an amount based on the Intermediary’s net sales of one or more Funds in a year or other period or calculated in basis points based on average net assets attributed to the Intermediary. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional or visit the Intermediary’s website for more information regarding any Compensation his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any Compensation paid by the JPMorgan Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for an Intermediary to encourage customers to buy Shares of the Funds.

TRUST COUNSEL

The law firm of Dechert LLP, 1095 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036, is counsel to the Trust.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust and the Funds is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PWC”), 300 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017. PWC conducts an annual audit of the financial statements of each of the Funds and assists in the preparation and/or review of each Fund’s federal and state income tax returns.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Each Fund declares and pays dividends and distributions as described under “Distribution and Tax Matters” in the Prospectuses.

Part II - 128

NET ASSET VALUE

The NAV per share of a Fund is equal to the value of all the assets, minus the liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares. As described in a Fund’s prospectus, NAV of each Fund is calculated each business day as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange, or Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. or the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC® (each, an “Exchange”), depending on which exchange a Fund is listed on, which is typically 4:00 p.m. E.T. On occasion, an Exchange will close before 4:00 p.m. E.T. When that happens, NAV will be calculated as of the time applicable Exchange closes, as applicable. The Funds will not treat an intraday unscheduled disruption or closure in an Exchange’s trading as a closure of the Exchange, as applicable and will calculate NAV as of 4:00 p.m. E.T. if the particular disruption or closure directly affects only the Exchange. The following is a discussion of the procedures used by a Fund in valuing its assets.

Securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued at their current market value. Other securities and assets, including securities for which market quotations are not readily available; market quotations are determined not to be reliable; or, their value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of trading on the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded (for example, a natural disaster affecting an entire country or region, or an event that affects an individual company) but before a Fund’s NAV is calculated, may be valued at its fair value in accordance with policies and procedures adopted by the Trust’s Board of Trustees. Fair value represents a good faith determination of the value of a security or other asset based upon specifically applied procedures. Fair valuation determinations may require subjective determinations. There can be no assurance that the fair value of an asset is the price at which the asset could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair value was used in determining a Fund’s NAV.

Equity securities listed on a North American, Central American, South American or Caribbean (“Americas”) securities exchange are generally valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which the security is principally traded that is reported before the time when the net assets of a Fund are valued. The value of securities listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. is generally the NASDAQ official closing price.

Generally, trading of foreign equity securities on most foreign markets (i.e., non-Western hemisphere) is completed before the close in trading in U.S. markets. The Funds have implemented fair value pricing on a daily basis for all foreign equity securities and investments with foreign equity reference obligations. The fair value pricing utilizes the quotations of an independent pricing service. Trading on foreign markets may also take place on days on which the U.S. markets and the Funds are closed.

Shares of ETFs are generally valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which the ETF is principally traded. Shares of open-end mutual funds are valued at their respective NAVs.

Fixed income securities are valued using prices supplied by approved independent third party pricing services, affiliated pricing services or broker/dealers. In determining security prices, pricing services and broker/dealers may consider a variety of inputs and factors, including, but not limited to proprietary models that may take into account market transactions in securities with comparable characteristics, yield curves, option-adjusted spreads, credit spreads, estimated default rates, coupon rates, underlying collateral and estimated cash flows.

Assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates from an approved independent pricing service as of 4:00 PM ET.

Options (e.g., on stock indices or equity securities) traded on U.S. equity securities exchanges are valued at the composite mean price, using the National Best Bid and Offer quotes at the close of options trading on such exchanges.

Options traded on foreign exchanges or U.S. commodity exchanges are valued at the settled price, or if no settled price is available, at the last sale price available prior to the calculation of a Fund’s NAV. Exchange traded futures (e.g., on stock indices, debt securities or commodities) are valued at the settled price, or if no settled price is available, at the last sale price as of the close of the exchanges on which they trade.

Non-listed over-the-counter options and futures are valued at the evaluated price provided by a counterparty or broker/dealer.

Swaps and structured notes are priced generally by an approved independent third party or affiliated pricing service or at an evaluated price provided by a counterparty or broker/dealer.

Part II - 129

Certain fixed income securities and swaps may be valued using prices provided by pricing services affiliated with the Adviser. Valuations received by the Funds from affiliated pricing services are the same as those provided to other affiliated and unaffiliated entities by these affiliated pricing services.

With respect to all Funds, securities or other assets for which market quotations are not readily available or for which market quotations do not represent the value at the time of pricing (including certain illiquid securities) are fair valued in accordance with policies and procedures (“Policies”) established by and under the supervision and responsibility of the Trustees. The Board of Trustees has established an Audit and Valuation Committee to assist the Board of Trustees in its oversight of the valuation of the Funds’ securities and, in accordance with SEC Rule 2a-5 (Good Faith Determinations of Fair Value), designated to the Adviser the responsibility for implementing the day-to-day operational aspects of the valuation process. The Adviser leverages the JPMAM Americas Valuation Committee (“VC”) to oversee and carry out the Policies for the valuation of investments held in the Funds. The VC is comprised of senior representatives from various functions of the Adviser, including Investment Directors, Administrator, Control Management Organization, Compliance and Risk Management. Fair value situations could include, but are not limited to: (1) a significant event that affects the value of a Fund’s securities (e.g., news relating to natural disasters affecting an issuer’s operations or earnings announcements); (2) illiquid securities; (3) securities that may be defaulted or de-listed from an exchange and are no longer trading; or (4) any other circumstance in which the VC believes that market quotations do not accurately reflect the value of a security.

From time to time, there may be errors in the calculation of the NAV of a Fund or the processing of creations and redemptions. Shareholders will generally not be notified of the occurrence of an error or the resolution thereof.

DELAWARE TRUST

The Trust was formed as a Delaware statutory trust on February 25, 2010 pursuant to a Declaration of Trust.

Under Delaware law, shareholders of a statutory trust shall have the same limitation of personal liability that is extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the trust’s governing trust instrument. The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that shareholders of the Trust shall not be personally liable for the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred by, contracted for, or otherwise existing with respect to the Trust or any series thereof. In addition, the Declaration of Trust provides that neither the Trust, nor the Trustees, officers, employees, nor agents thereof shall have any power to bind personally any shareholders nor to call upon any shareholder for payment of any sum of money or assessment other than such as the shareholder may personally agree to pay. Moreover, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust expressly provides that the shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability that is extended to shareholders of a private corporation for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of in the State of Delaware.

The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides for the indemnification out of the assets held with respect to a particular series of shares of any shareholder or former shareholder held personally liable solely by reason of a claim or demand relating to the person being or having been a shareholder and not because of the shareholder’s acts or omissions. The Trust’s Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust, on behalf of the applicable series, may, at its option with prior written notice, assume the defense of any claim made against a shareholder.

The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that the Trust will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Trust, unless, as to liability to the Trust or the shareholders thereof, the Trustees engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of their offices. In addition, the Declaration of Trust provides that any Trustee who has been determined to be an “audit committee financial expert” shall not be subject to a greater liability or duty of care because of such determination.

The Trust shall continue without limitation of time subject to the provisions in the Declaration of Trust concerning termination by action of the shareholders or by action of the Trustees upon written notice to the shareholders.

Part II - 130

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

The Trust is an open-end, management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory trust. Each Fund represents a separate series of shares of beneficial interest. See “Delaware Trust.”

The Trust’s Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares (par value $0.0001 per share (or such other value as the Trustees may determine from time to time)) of one or more series and classes within any series and to divide or combine the shares of any series or class without materially changing the proportionate beneficial interest of such shares of such series or class in the assets held with respect to that series. Each share represents an equal beneficial interest in the net assets of a Fund with each other share of that Fund. The Trustees may authorize the issuance of shares of additional series and the creation of classes of shares within any series with such preferences, voting powers, rights, duties and privileges as the Trustees may determine; however, the Trustees may not classify or change outstanding shares in a manner materially adverse to shareholders of each share. Upon liquidation of a Fund, shareholders are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of a Fund available for distribution to such shareholders. The rights of redemption and exchange are described in the Prospectus and elsewhere in this SAI.

The shareholders of a Fund are entitled to one vote for each dollar of NAV (or a proportionate fractional vote with respect to the remainder of the NAV of shares, if any), on matters on which shares of a Fund shall be entitled to vote. Subject to the 1940 Act, the Trustees themselves have the power to alter the number and the terms of office of the Trustees, to lengthen their own terms, or to make their terms of unlimited duration subject to certain removal procedures, and appoint their own successors, provided, however, that immediately after such appointment the requisite majority of the Trustees have been elected by the shareholders. The voting rights of shareholders are not cumulative with respect to the election of Trustees. It is the intention of the Trust not to hold meetings of shareholders annually. The Trustees may call meetings of shareholders for action by shareholder vote as may be required by either the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

Each share of a series represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets in that series with each other share of that series. The shares of each series participate equally in the earnings, dividends and assets of the particular series. Expenses of the Trust which are not attributable to a specific series are allocated among all of their series in a manner deemed by the Trustees to be fair and equitable. Shares have no pre-emptive or conversion rights, and when issued, are fully paid and non-assessable. Shares of each series generally vote together, except when required under federal securities laws to vote separately on matters that may affect a particular series, such as the approval of a management agreement for a particular series.

The Trustees may, without shareholder approval (unless otherwise required by applicable law): (i) cause the Trust to merge or consolidate with or into one or more trusts (or series thereof to the extent permitted by law), partnerships, associations, corporations or other business entities (including trusts, partnerships, associations, corporations, or other business entities created by the Trustees to accomplish such merger or consolidation) so long as the surviving or resulting entity is an investment company as defined in the 1940 Act, or is a series thereof, that will succeed to or assume the Trust’s registration under the 1940 Act and that is formed, organized, or existing under the laws of the U.S. or of a state, commonwealth, possession or territory of the U.S., unless otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act; (ii) cause the shares to be exchanged under or pursuant to any state or federal statute to the extent permitted by law; or (iii) cause the Trust to reorganize as a corporation, limited liability company or limited liability partnership under the laws of Delaware or any other state or jurisdiction. However, the exercise of such authority may be subject to certain restrictions under the 1940 Act.

The Trustees may, without shareholder vote, generally restate, amend or otherwise supplement the Trust’s governing instruments, including the Declaration of Trust and the By-Laws, without the approval of shareholders, subject to limited exceptions, such as the right to elect Trustees.

The Trustees, without obtaining any authorization or vote of shareholders, may change the name of any series or dissolve or terminate any series.

Shares have no subscription or preemptive rights and only such conversion or exchange rights as the Board may grant in its discretion. When issued for payment as described in the Prospectus and this SAI, Shares will be fully paid and non-assessable. In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, Shares of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets available for distribution belonging to the Fund, and a proportionate distribution, based upon the relative asset values of a Fund, of any general assets not belonging to any particular Fund which are available for distribution.

Part II - 131

Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Trust shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares of a Fund affected by the matter. For purposes of determining whether the approval of a majority of the outstanding Shares of a Fund will be required in connection with a matter, a Fund will be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of a Fund in the matter are identical, or that the matter does not affect any interest of the Fund. Under Rule 18f-2, the approval of an investment advisory agreement or any change in investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a Fund only if approved by a majority of the outstanding Shares of a Fund. However, Rule 18f-2 also provides that the ratification of independent public accountants, the approval of principal underwriting contracts, and the election of Trustees may be effectively acted upon by Shareholders of the Trust voting without regard to series.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE

Portfolio Holdings Disclosure for Funds that Disclose Portfolio Holdings on a Daily Basis

The Trust has adopted a policy regarding the disclosure of information about each Fund’s portfolio holdings. The Board of Trustees must approve all material amendments to this policy. A Fund’s complete portfolio holdings are publicly disseminated each day the Fund is open for business through financial reporting and news services, including publicly accessible Internet web sites. The complete portfolio holdings are also included on the Funds’ website, www.jpmorganfunds.com. In addition, a basket composition file, which includes the security names and share quantities to deliver in exchange for Fund Shares, together with estimates and actual cash components, is publicly disseminated daily prior to the opening of the Exchange via the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”). The basket represents one Creation Unit of a Fund. The Trust, the Adviser and the Distributor will not disseminate non-public information concerning the Trust, except: (i) to a party for a legitimate business purpose related to the day-to-day operations of the Funds or (ii) to any other party for a legitimate business or regulatory purpose, upon waiver or exception. The portfolio holdings of the Funds are made available on a daily basis as of the prior business day. While not expected, it is possible that a recipient of portfolio holdings information for a Fund or other similarly managed account or vehicle advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or its affiliates could cause harm to a Fund, including by trading ahead of or against a Fund based on the information received.

Portfolio Holdings Disclosure for Semi-Transparent Funds

As described in the Prospectuses and pursuant to the procedures approved by the Trustees, each business day, a Fund will make available to the public upon request by calling 1-844-457-6383 for a complete, uncertified schedule of its actual portfolio holdings as of the last day of that prior month for Funds that only disclose their portfolio holdings periodically as described below and in the Funds’ prospectus (“Semi-Transparent Funds”). Generally, actual portfolio holdings information will not be provided until it is first posted on the J.P. Morgan Funds’ website.

The Funds’ publicly available uncertified, complete list of actual portfolio holdings information as described above, may also be provided regularly pursuant to a standing request, such as on a monthly or quarterly basis, to (i) third party service providers, rating and ranking agencies, financial intermediaries, and affiliated persons of the Funds and (ii) clients of the Adviser or its affiliates that invest in the Funds or such clients’ consultants. No compensation or other consideration is received by a Fund or the Adviser, or any other person for these disclosures.

For a list of the entities that receive the Funds’ actual portfolio holdings information, the frequency with which it is provided and the length of the lag between the date of the information and the date it is disclosed, see “PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE” in Part I of this SAI.

In addition, certain service providers to the Funds or the Adviser, Administrator or Distributor may for legitimate business purposes receive the Funds’ actual portfolio holdings earlier than the time period specified in the applicable prospectus, such as rating and ranking agencies, pricing services, IOPV service providers, proxy voting service providers, accountants, attorneys, custodians, securities lending agents (to the extent the Funds engage in securities lending), brokers in connection with Fund transactions and in providing pricing quotations and transfer agents. The Funds may also release portfolio holdings to the Adviser and affiliates of JPMorgan Chase for the limited purposes of hedging seed capital investment of the Adviser in the Funds, risk management, and for regulatory reporting purposes applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. The Adviser and affiliates of JPMorgan Chase may also have access to portfolio holdings of certain Funds for the limited purpose of hedging the Adviser's liability to

Part II - 132

pay deferred compensation to portfolio managers and other eligible employees based on the performance of certain designated Funds. The Funds will also provide actual portfolio holdings information earlier than the time periods specified in the applicable prospectus to the Investment Company Institute (the “ICI”) to support the ICI’s advocacy efforts on behalf of the mutual fund industry. The Funds also may release portfolio holdings and related information to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) in order for FINRA to perform surveillances. Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g., attorney–client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions, Codes of Ethics and Informational Barriers applicable to JPMorgan Chase and its affiliates).

Disclosure of a Fund’s actual portfolio securities as an exception to the Funds’ normal business practice requires the business unit proposing such exception to identify a legitimate business purpose for the disclosure and to submit the proposal to the Fund’s Treasurer for approval following compliance and legal review. Additionally, no compensation or other consideration is received by a Fund or the Adviser, or any other person for these disclosures. The Trustees will review annually a list of such entities that have received such information, the frequency of such disclosures and the business purpose therefor. These procedures are designed to address conflicts of interest between the Funds’ shareholders on the one hand and the Adviser or any affiliated person of the Fund or such entities on the other hand by creating a structured review and approval process which seeks to ensure that disclosure of information about the Fund’s actual portfolio securities is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. There can be no assurance, however, that a Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of actual portfolio holdings information will prevent the misuse of such information by individuals or firms in possession of such information.

In addition to the foregoing, the actual portfolio holdings of certain of the Adviser’s separately managed account investment strategies and other vehicles advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or its affiliates, which are the same or substantially similar to certain of the J.P. Morgan Funds, are made available on a more timely basis than the time period specified in the applicable prospectus. In some cases, such portfolio holdings are made publicly available on a daily basis. While not expected, it is possible that a recipient of portfolio holdings information for a Fund or other similarly managed account or vehicle could cause harm to a Fund, including by trading ahead of or against a Fund based on the information received.

In addition, the portfolio managers of certain J.P. Morgan funds-of-funds and separate accounts have periodic access to risk exposure information such as currency, sector, region, country, asset class, credit quality, volatility characteristics, VaR and stress information, exposure versus benchmarks, duration and ESG ratings of an underlying Fund in which such funds-of-funds and separate accounts invest. While such reports do not disclose individual portfolio holdings of the underlying Funds, they are derived from daily portfolio holdings of the underlying Fund. The Adviser has adopted procedures to determine that: (1) ongoing disclosure continues to strike an appropriate balance between the need of the funds-of-funds’ and separate accounts’ portfolio managers to have access to such information and protecting an underlying Fund from potentially harmful disclosure and (2) the disclosure of such risk exposure information is unlikely to be harmful to an underlying Fund or its shareholders.

Finally, the Funds release information concerning any and all actual portfolio holdings when required by law. Such releases may include providing information concerning holdings of a specific security to the issuer of such security. In addition to information on actual portfolio holdings, no sooner than 15 days after month end, the Funds may post a portfolio characteristics summary to the J.P. Morgan Funds’ website at www.jpmorganfunds.com. In addition, other fund statistical information may be found on the J.P. Morgan Funds’ website from time to time.

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES

The Board of Trustees has delegated to the Adviser and its affiliated advisers, proxy voting authority with respect to the Funds’ portfolio securities. To ensure that the proxies of portfolio companies are voted in the best interests of the Funds, the Funds’ Board of Trustees has adopted the Adviser’s detailed proxy voting procedures (the “Procedures”) that incorporate guidelines (“Guidelines”) for voting proxies on specific types of issues.

The Adviser and its affiliated advisers are part of a global asset management organization with the capability to invest in securities of issuers located around the globe. Because the regulatory framework and the business cultures and practices vary from region to region, the Guidelines are customized for each

Part II - 133

region to take into account such variations. The Adviser has adopted a separate set of Guidelines that covers the regions of each of: (1) North America, (2) Europe, Middle East, Africa, Central America and South America (“EMEA”), (3) Asia (ex-Japan) and (4) Japan (each, a “Region”; collectively, the “Regions”). In addition, for each Region, the Adviser has adopted Sustainable Strategy Proxy Voting Guidelines (“Sustainable Proxy Guidelines”) for certain sustainable strategies, which may apply to certain Funds as approved by the Board of Trustees. The Sustainable Proxy Guidelines for those sustainable strategies replace certain sections of the Guidelines for each of the Regions. Proposals for securities held in the sustainable strategies that are not covered by the Sustainable Proxy Guidelines will continue to be voted in accordance with the other provisions of the applicable Guidelines for each of the Regions. The Board of Trustees has adopted the Sustainable Proxy Guidelines for the JPMorgan Sustainable Municipal Income ETF.

Notwithstanding the variations among the Guidelines, all of the Guidelines have been designed with the uniform objective of encouraging corporate action that enhances shareholder value consistent with each Fund’s objectives and strategies. As a general rule, in voting proxies of a particular security, the Adviser and its affiliated advisers will apply the Guidelines of the Region in which the issuer of such security is organized. Except as noted below, proxy voting decisions will be made in accordance with the Guidelines covering a multitude of both routine and non-routine matters that the Adviser and its affiliated advisers have encountered globally, based on many years of collective investment management experience.

To oversee the proxy voting process on an ongoing basis, the Adviser has established a proxy committee (“Proxy Committee”) for each global location where proxy voting decisions are made. Each Proxy Committee is composed of members and invitees, including a proxy administrator (“Proxy Administrator”) and senior officers from among the investment, legal, compliance, and risk management departments. The primary functions of each Proxy Committee include: (1) reviewing and approving the Guidelines annually; (2) providing advice and recommendations on general proxy voting matters, including potential or material conflicts of interest escalated to it from time to time as well as on specific voting issues to be implemented by the Adviser; and (3) determining the independence of any third-party vendor to which it has delegated proxy voting responsibilities (such as, for example, delegation when the Adviser has identified a material conflict of interest) and to conclude that there are no conflicts of interest that would prevent such vendor from providing such proxy voting services prior to delegating proxy responsibilities.

The Guidelines are proprietary to the Adviser and reflect the Adviser’s views on proxy voting matters as informed by its investment experience and research over many years of proxy voting. Certain guidelines are prescriptive (“Prescribed Guidelines”) meaning they specify how the Adviser will vote a particular proxy proposal except where the Adviser, pursuant to its procedures, determines to vote in a manner contrary to its Prescribed Guidelines also known as an “Override”. Other guidelines contemplate voting on a case-by-case basis. In addition, there will undoubtedly be proxy matters that are not contemplated by the Guidelines. Individual company facts and circumstances vary. In some cases, the Adviser may determine that, in the best interest of its clients, a particular proxy item should be voted in a manner that is not consistent with the Prescribed Guidelines. Where the Adviser chooses to vote in a manner contrary to its Prescribed Guideline or where the Proxy Administrator determines that such vote requires further escalation to certain portfolio management teams (“escalated votes”), the procedures include a review and, for certain votes, an attestation process. These processes are designed to identify actual or potential material conflicts of interest (between a Fund on the one hand, and the Fund’s Adviser, principal underwriter or an affiliate of any of the foregoing, on the other hand), ensure that relevant personnel were not in possession of material non-public information (“MNPI”), and ensure that the proxy vote is cast in the best interests of the Fund.

In order to maintain the integrity and independence of the Adviser’s investment processes and decisions, including proxy voting decisions, and to protect the Adviser’s decisions from influences that could lead to a vote other than in the Funds’ best interests, JPMC (including the Adviser) has adopted policies and procedures that (i) address the handling of conflicts, (ii) establish information barriers, and (iii) restrict the use of MNPI. Material conflicts of interest are further avoided by voting in accordance with the Adviser’s Prescribed Guidelines. A material conflict is deemed to exist when the proxy is for JPMorgan Chase & Co. stock or for a J.P. Morgan Fund, or when the Proxy Administrator has actual knowledge indicating that a JPMorgan affiliate is an investment banker or has rendered a fairness opinion with respect to the matter that is the subject of the proxy vote. When such conflicts are identified, the proxy will be voted by an independent third party using its own guidelines; provided, however, that the Adviser’s investment professional(s) may request an exception to this process to vote against a proposal rather than referring it to an independent third party (“Exception Request”) where the Proxy Administrator

Part II - 134

has actual knowledge indicating that a JPMorgan Chase affiliate is an investment banker or has rendered a fairness opinion with respect to the matter that is the subject of the proxy vote. The applicable proxy committee shall review the Exception Request and shall determine whether the Adviser should vote against the proposal or whether such proxy should still be referred to an independent third party due to the potential for additional conflicts or otherwise.

Depending on the nature of the conflict, the Adviser may elect to take one or more of the following measures, or other appropriate action: removing certain Adviser personnel from the proxy voting process; “walling off” personnel with knowledge of the conflict to ensure that such personnel do not influence the relevant proxy vote; voting in accordance with the applicable Prescribed Guidelines, if any, the application of the Prescribed Guidelines would objectively result in the casting of a proxy vote in a predetermined manner; or delegating the vote to an independent third party, in which case the proxy will be voted by the independent third party in accordance with its own determination. In the event that a J.P. Morgan Fund, in the aggregate, holds more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of an open-end registered investment company or registered unit investment trust that is not managed by JPMIM (a “Non-J.P. Morgan Fund”), the J.P. Morgan Fund will vote its respective securities in a Non-J.P. Morgan Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities.

For securities held in Funds that seek to follow the investment returns of an underlying index, the Adviser may abstain from voting if it determines that casting a vote would not have a material effect on the value of the Fund’s investments based on the size of the Fund’s holdings, its ownership in the issuer, and/or its consideration of the importance of the proxy vote.

The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of the North America Guidelines:

●

The Adviser considers votes on director nominees on a case-by-case basis. Votes generally will be withheld from directors who: (a) attend less than 75% of board and committee meetings without a valid excuse; (b) adopt or renew a poison pill without shareholder approval; (c) are affiliated outside directors who serve on audit, compensation or nominating committees or are affiliated outside directors and the full board serves on such committees or the company does not have such committees; (d) ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of either the shares outstanding or the votes cast based on a review over a consecutive two year time frame; (e) are insiders and affiliated outsiders on boards that are not at least majority independent except, in the case of controlled companies, vote for non-independent directors who serve on committees other than the audit committee; or (f) are CEOs of publicly-traded companies who serve on more than two public boards (besides his or her own board) or for all other directors, who serve on more than four public company boards. In addition, votes are generally withheld for directors who serve on committees in certain cases. For example, the Adviser generally withholds votes from audit committee members in circumstances in which there is evidence that there exists material weaknesses in the company’s internal controls. Votes generally are also withheld from directors when there is a demonstrated history of poor performance or inadequate risk oversight or when the board adopts changes to the company’s governing documents without shareholder approval if the changes materially diminish shareholder rights. Votes generally will be withheld from board chair, lead independent directors, or governance committee chairs of publicly traded companies where employees have departed for significant violation of code of conduct without claw back of compensation. In addition, the Adviser generally votes against the chair of the nominating committee if one or more directors remain on the board after having received less than majority of votes cast in the prior election.

●

The Adviser generally votes for board declassification proposals and votes against board classification proposals.

●

The Adviser also considers management poison pill proposals on a case-by-case basis, looking for shareholder-friendly provisions before voting in favor.

●

The Adviser votes against proposals for a super-majority vote to approve a merger.

●

The Adviser considers proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan on a case-by-case basis, taking into account such factors as the extent of dilution and whether the transaction will result in a change in control.

Part II - 135

●

The Adviser considers vote proposals with respect to stock-based incentive plans on a case-by-case basis. The analysis of compensation plans focuses primarily on the transfer of shareholder wealth (the dollar cost of pay plans to shareholders) and includes an analysis of the structure of the plan and pay practices of other companies in the relevant industry and peer companies.

●

The Adviser also considers on a case-by-case basis proposals to change an issuer’s state of incorporation, mergers and acquisitions and other corporate restructuring proposals and certain social issue proposals.

●

The Adviser generally votes for management proposals which seek shareholder approval to make the state of incorporation the exclusive forum for disputes if the company is a Delaware corporation; otherwise, the Adviser votes on a case by case basis.

●

The Adviser supports board refreshment, independence, and a diverse skill set for directors as an important part of contributing to long-term shareholder value. The Adviser generally supports investee companies’ consideration of equal employment opportunities and inclusiveness in their general recruitment policies as the Adviser believes such diversity contributes to the effectiveness of boards and further development of sound governance and risk oversight. The Adviser supports investee companies’ disclosure of gender, racial and ethnic composition of the board so that the Adviser can include that information as one of the many data points used in its holistic assessment of the companies. As with all proxy votes, the Adviser seeks to vote in each Fund’s best interests to enhance long-term shareholder value.

●

The Adviser will generally vote against a plan and/or withhold its vote from members of the compensation committee when there is a disconnect between the chief executive officer’s pay and performance (an increase in pay and a decrease in performance). The Adviser reviews Say on Pay proposals on a case-by-case basis with additional review of proposals where the issuer’s previous year’s proposal received a low level of support.

The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of Section 12 Social and Environmental Issues from the North America Guidelines:

●

The Adviser generally encourages a level of reporting on environmental matters that is not unduly costly or burdensome and which does not place the company at a competitive disadvantage, but which provides meaningful information to enable shareholders to evaluate the impact of the company’s environmental policies and practices on its financial performance. In general, the Adviser supports management disclosure practices that are overall consistent with the goals and objective expressed above. Proposals with respect to companies that have been involved in controversies, fines or litigation are expected to be subject to heightened review and consideration.

●

In evaluating how to vote environmental proposals, key considerations may include, but are not limited to, issuer considerations such as asset profile of the company, including whether it is exposed to potentially declining demand for the company’s products or services due to environmental considerations; cash deployments; cost structure of the company, including its position on the cost curve, expected impact of future carbon tax and exposure to high fixed operating costs; corporate behavior of the company; demonstrated capabilities of the company, its strategic planning process, and past performance; current level of disclosure of the company and consistency of disclosure across its industry; and whether the company incorporates environmental or social issues in a risk assessment or risk reporting framework. The Adviser may also consider whether adoption of the proposal would inform and educate shareholders; have companies that adopted the proposal provided insightful and meaningful information that would allow shareholders to evaluate the long-term risks and performance of the company; does the proposal require disclosure that is already addressed by existing and proposed mandated regulatory requirements or formal guidance at the local, state, or national level or the company’s existing disclosure practices; and does the proposal create the potential for unintended consequences such as a competitive disadvantage.

●

The Adviser votes against the chair of the committee responsible for providing oversight of environmental matters and/or risk where the Adviser believes the company is lagging peers in terms of disclosure, business practices or targets. The Adviser also votes against committee members, lead independent director and/or board chair for companies that have lagged over several years.

Part II - 136

●

With regard to social issues, among other factors, the Adviser considers the company’s labor practices, supply chain, how the company supports and monitors those issues, what types of disclosure the company and its peers currently provide, and whether the proposal would result in a competitive disadvantage for the company.

●

The Adviser expects boards to provide oversight of human capital management which includes the company management of its workforce, use of full time versus part time employees, workforce cost, employee engagement and turnover, talent development, retention and training, compliance record and health and safety. As an engaged and diverse employee base is integral to a company’s ability to innovate, respond to a diverse customer base and engage with diverse communities and deliver shareholder returns, the Adviser will generally support shareholder resolutions seeking the company to disclose data on workforce demographics, and release of EEO-1 or comparable data where such disclosure is deemed by the Adviser as inadequate.

Sustainable Proxy Guidelines. For the JPMorgan Sustainable Municipal Income ETF, the Sustainable Proxy Guidelines are used in lieu of certain sections of the Guidelines for each of the Regions. Each Region’s Sustainable Proxy Guidelines are similar to the North America Sustainable Proxy Guidelines except for certain regional differences. The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of the Sustainable Proxy Guidelines and highlights some of the regional differences:

●

In voting shares of securities under the Sustainable Proxy Guidelines, the Adviser considers good corporate governance, the ethical behavior of corporations and the social and environmental impact of such companies’ actions consistent with the applicable Fund’s objectives and strategies. The Adviser believes that disclosure and benchmarking of performance versus peers can enable an issuer to generate better long-term performance. The Adviser generally encourages reporting that is material, informative and does not place the company at a competitive disadvantage. Disclosure should provide meaningful information that enables shareholders to evaluate the impact of the company’s environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) policies and practices.

●

In evaluating how to vote to social proposals, the Adviser considers among other items: (1) the company’s business activities, workplace and product safety, labor practices, diversity and equality, and supply chain, (2) how the company supports and monitors these issues, and (3) what types of disclosure the company provides.

●

In evaluating how to vote environmental proposals, the Adviser considers among other items: (1) the company’s business activities, energy efficiency, impact on climate change, water use, toxic emissions, and operations in environmentally sensitive areas, (2) how the company supports and monitors these issues, and (3) what types of disclosure the company provides.

●

In general, the Adviser supports management disclosure practices that are consistent with the goals and objectives of the applicable Fund. Proposals with respect to companies that have been involved in controversies, fines or litigation are expected to be subject to heightened review and consideration. For companies that have demonstrated leadership in disclosure, the Adviser may yet elect to support a shareholder proposal if the Adviser believes that improvement in disclosures will help sustain the leadership, unless there are material adverse consequences to such disclosure.

●

The Sustainable Proxy Guidelines provide a framework for voting on social and environmental proposals. The Adviser notes that there may be cases in which the final vote varies from the guidelines due to the fact the Adviser reviews the merits of each proposal individually and considers relevant information in arriving at decisions. The Adviser considers among other items company-specific circumstances, whether or not the company has substantially achieved the stated objective, whether the proposal would be unduly burdensome, whether the proposal itself is well-framed and reasonable, as well as the most up-to-date research and information that is readily accessible to the Adviser as it pertains to the proposal.

●

The North America Sustainable Proxy Guidelines provide that generally, the Adviser votes for shareholder proposals requesting disclosure of the gender, racial and ethnic composition of the board so that the Adviser can include that information as one of many data points considered in a holistic assessment of the company. The EMEA and Asia Ex-Japan Sustainable Proxy Guidelines provide that generally, the Adviser votes against /withholds from individual directors who serve as members of the nominating committee and the board lacks at least one woman, and the board is not at least 30 percent diverse (25% with respect to the Asia Ex-Japan Sustainable Proxy Guidelines), or does not adhere to the local market best practice. The Japan Sustainable Proxy Guidelines

Part II - 137

provide that generally, the Adviser votes against /withholds from individual directors who serve as members of the nominating committee and the board lacks at least one woman with the expectation that the board will be at least 30% diverse by 2030.

●

Generally, the Adviser votes for proposals linking executive compensation to material environmental and social factors.

●

Generally, the Adviser votes for proposals requiring reporting on environmental impacts and preparation of reports in accordance with certain external reporting standards.

●

Generally, the Adviser votes against directors of companies, that, in the Adviser’s opinion, face material climate related transition or asset risks, where climate disclosures are not available or where the Adviser believes such disclosures are not meaningful. See “North America and Non-U.S. Guidelines” below for a discussion of Climate Risk guidelines applicable to Funds that do not use the Sustainable Proxy Guidelines.

●

Generally, the Adviser votes for proposals requiring the company to take specific actions to mitigate climate change, including reducing greenhouse gas emissions and developing and using renewable energy sources.

●

Generally, the Adviser votes for proposals requiring disclosure on the company’s land use, including its supply chain, deforestation and degradation.

●

Generally, the Adviser votes for proposals requiring disclosure of political expenditures and lobbying.

Non-U.S. Guidelines. The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of the EMEA, Asia (Ex-Japan) and Japan Guidelines (collectively, “Non-U.S. Guidelines”):

●

Corporate governance procedures differ among the countries. Because of time constraints and local customs, it is not always possible for the Adviser to receive and review all proxy materials in connection with each item submitted for a vote. Many proxy statements are in foreign languages. Proxy materials are generally mailed by the issuer to the sub-custodian which holds the securities for the client in the country where the portfolio company is organized, and there may not be sufficient time for such materials to be transmitted to the Adviser in time for a vote to be cast. In some countries, proxy statements are not mailed at all, and in some locations, the deadline for voting is two to four days after the initial announcement that a vote is to be solicited and it may not always be possible to obtain sufficient information to make an informed decision in good time to vote.

●

Certain markets require that shares being tendered for voting purposes are temporarily immobilized from trading until after the shareholder meeting has taken place. Elsewhere, notably emerging markets, it may not always be possible to obtain sufficient information to make an informed decision in good time to vote. Some markets require a local representative to be hired in order to attend the meeting and vote in person on our behalf, which can result in considerable cost. The Adviser also considers the cost of voting in light of the expected benefit of the vote. In certain instances, it may sometimes be in a Fund’s best interests to intentionally refrain from voting in certain overseas markets from time to time.

●

The Non-U.S. Guidelines reflect the applicable Region’s corporate governance or stewardship codes with respect to corporate governance and proxy voting. For example, JPMAM is a signatory to the UK Stewardship Code 2020 and believes that its existing stewardship policies meet the standards required under the Code. Additionally, for example, the EMEA Guidelines for UK companies are based on the revised UK Corporate Governance Code. If a portfolio company chooses to deviate from the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Adviser takes the company’s explanation into account as appropriate, based on the Adviser’s overall assessment of the standards of corporate governance evidenced at the company. For Continental European markets, the Adviser expects companies to comply with local Corporate Governance Codes, where they exist. In markets where a comparable standard does not exist, the Adviser uses the EMEA Guidelines as the primary basis for voting, while taking local market practice into consideration where applicable. The Japan Guidelines reflect the 2020 revisions to the Japanese Stewardship Code. Likewise, the Asia (Ex-Japan) Guidelines endorse the stewardship principles promoted by different regulators and industry bodies in the Region including the Singapore Stewardship Principles for Responsible Investors supported by Monetary Authority of Singapore and Singapore

Part II - 138

Exchange, the Principles for Responsible Ownership issued by the Securities and Futures Commission in Hong Kong, and the Principles of Internal Governance and Asset Stewardship issued by the Financial Services Council of Australia.

●

Where proxy issues concern corporate governance, takeover defense measures, compensation plans, capital structure changes and so forth, the Adviser pays particular attention to management’s arguments for promoting the prospective change.

●

The Non-U.S. Guidelines encourage transparency and disclosure with respect to remuneration reporting as well as processes and policies designed to align compensation with the long-term performance of portfolio companies.

●

In particular, the EMEA Guidelines indicate that the remuneration policy as it relates to senior management should ideally be presented to shareholders for approval with such votes normally occurring every third year. In addition, the EMEA Guidelines describe information that the Adviser expects to be included in remuneration reports including disclosure on amounts paid to executives, alignment between company performance and pay out to executives, disclosure of, among other things, variable incentive targets, levels of achievement and performance awards, information on the ratio of CEO pay to median employee pay.

●

With respect to the Japan Guidelines, the voting decision will be made taking into account matters such as recent trends in the company’s earnings and performance, with the expectation that companies will have a remuneration system comprised of a reasonable mix of fixed and variable (based on short term and medium to long term incentives) compensation. Such Guidelines also support the introduction of clawback clauses in order to prevent excessive risk taking which can negatively impact shareholder value and excessive pay.

●

Where shareholders are able to exercise a binding vote on remuneration policies, the Asia (Ex-Japan) Guidelines reflect the Adviser’s belief that such polices should stand the test of time. The Asia (Ex-Japan) Guidelines further encourage companies to provide information on the ratio of CEO pay to median employee pay and to explain the reasons for changes to the ratio as it unfolds year by year. The Asia (Ex-Japan) Guidelines also highlight information that companies should have with regard to gender pay gaps and indicate how this issue is being addressed.

●

The Adviser is in favor of a unitary board structure of the type found in the United Kingdom as opposed to tiered board structures. Thus, under the EMEA Guidelines, the Adviser will generally vote to encourage the gradual phasing out of tiered board structures, in favor of a unitary board structure. However, since tiered boards are still very prevalent in markets outside of the United Kingdom, the Non-U.S. Guidelines do not mandate a unitary board structure and local market practice will always be taken into account.

●

The Adviser will use its voting powers to encourage appropriate levels of board independence and diversity as an important part of contributing to long-term shareholder value, taking into account local market practice.

●

The EMEA Guidelines indicate that the Adviser expects boards to have a strategy to improve female representation in particular. The EMEA Guidelines generally support the target of one-third of board positions being held by women, as recommended by the UK Government’s Women on Boards Report, the Davies Review and the FTSE Women Leaders Review (formerly the Hampton-Alexander Review).

●

The Japan Guidelines include provisions on board diversity and indicate that the Adviser believes directors with diverse backgrounds should make up a majority of a board over time. The Japan Guidelines provide that the current policy is to vote against the election of the representative directors, such as the president of the company, if there is only one or no female directors (at least 30% gender diversity before 2030).

●

The Asia ex Japan Guidelines reflect, as a minimum standard for all Asia ex Japan markets, that JPMAM would expect no single-gender boards and that such boards would have 25% gender diverse representation, with 30% gender diverse representation or such higher amounts as reflected by local market practice before 2030.

●

The Adviser will usually vote against discharging the board from responsibility in cases of pending litigation, or if there is evidence of wrongdoing for which the board must be held accountable.

Part II - 139

●

The Adviser will vote in favor of increases in capital which enhance a company’s long-term prospects. The Adviser will also vote in favor of the partial suspension of preemptive rights if they are for purely technical reasons (e.g., rights offers which may not be legally offered to shareholders in certain jurisdictions). However, the Adviser will vote against increases in capital which would allow the company to adopt “poison pill” takeover defense tactics, or where the increase in authorized capital would dilute shareholder value in the long term.

●

The Adviser will vote in favor of proposals which will enhance a company’s long-term prospects. The Adviser will vote against an increase in bank borrowing powers which would result in the company reaching an unacceptable level of financial leverage, where such borrowing is expressly intended as part of a takeover defense, or where there is a material reduction in shareholder value.

●

The Adviser will generally vote against anti-takeover devices.

●

The Adviser considers social or environmental issues on a case-by-case basis under the Non-U.S. Guidelines, keeping in mind at all times the best economic interests of its clients. With respect to environmental proposals, the Non-U.S. Guidelines indicate that good corporate governance policies should consider the impact of company operations on the environment and the costs of compliance with laws and regulations relating to environmental matters, physical damage to the environment (including the costs of clean-ups and repairs), consumer preferences and capital investments related to climate change. The Non-U.S. Guidelines further encourage a level of environmental reporting that is not unduly costly or burdensome and which does not place the company at a competitive disadvantage, but which provides meaningful information to enable shareholders to evaluate the impact of the company’s environmental policies and practices on its financial performance. With regard to social issues, among other factors, the Adviser considers the company’s labor practices, supply chain, how the company supports and monitors those issues, what types of disclosure the company and its peers currently provide, and whether the proposal would result in a competitive disadvantage for the company.

North America and Non-U.S. Guidelines. The following describes certain elements that are common to the North America and Non-U.S. Guidelines:

●

The North America and Non-U.S. Guidelines note that, in certain markets, by-law changes have taken place to allow a company to hold virtual or hybrid general shareholder meetings and reflect that general shareholder meetings should be fair, constructive and foster dialogue between company management and shareholders. In principle, the Adviser is supportive of proposals allowing shareholder meetings to be convened by electronic means so long as the flexibility in the format of the meetings contributes to enhancing access to the meetings and where shareholder participation rights are protected, regardless of whether physical or virtual.

●

The North America and Non-U.S. Guidelines include climate risk guidelines due to the Adviser’s view that climate change has become a material risk to the strategy and financial performance of many companies. The Adviser may vote against directors of companies, that, in the Adviser’s opinion, face material climate-related transition or asset risks, where such disclosures are not available or where the Adviser believes such disclosures are not meaningful. To provide shareholders with meaningful disclosures on how the company is addressing risks related to climate change, the Adviser encourages disclosure aligned with the reporting framework developed by the Task Force on Climate related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”). In addition, for companies in industries where the Adviser believes climate change risks pose material financial risks, the Adviser encourages more comprehensive reporting including scenario analysis to help under the resilience of a company’s strategy and disclosures of Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gases (“GHG”) emission targets, where decarbonization of a company’s operations and purchased energy has been identified by the company as a key part of a company’s strategy to manage climate change risks. In addition, for companies who have chosen to set long-term net zero targets, the Adviser encourages the company to make disclosures including scope of emissions included in such targets in order to allow the Adviser to evaluate the long-term credibility of transition plans. The Adviser may vote for shareholder resolutions requesting information where disclosure is unavailable or not meaningful.

Bank and Bank Holding Company Securities. The Board of Trustees has authorized the Adviser to further delegate proxy voting for certain bank and bank holding company securities (“Bank Securities”), that are held in the JPMorgan BetaBuilders U.S. Equity ETF, JPMorgan BetaBuilders U.S. Mid Cap Equity ETF and JPMorgan BetaBuilders U.S. Small Cap Equity ETF and that are identified from time to time by the Adviser to Egan-Jones Proxy Services to be voted in accordance with the Egan-Jones Voting Guidelines (“Egan-Jones Voting Guidelines”). The delegation described in this section may occur where

Part II - 140

the Adviser is restricted under applicable laws from voting a particular security or in order to permit the Adviser to utilize exemptions from limitations arising under the Bank Holding Company Act that might otherwise prevent the Adviser from acquiring Bank Securities on behalf of a Fund. A copy of the Egan-Jones Voting Guidelines is attached to the SAI Part II as Appendix B.

Proxy Voting Record. The Funds file their proxy voting record with the SEC on Form N-PX no later than August 31 of each year (or on the next filing date following August 31 if August 31 falls on a weekend or a day the SEC is closed). Following such filing, each Fund’s voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-338-4345 or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Such information can also be accessed from the J.P. Morgan Funds’ website at www.jpmorganfunds.com a reasonable time after the Form N-PX is filed with the SEC.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Trust is not required to hold a meeting of Shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees except that (i) the Trust is required to hold a Shareholders’ meeting for the election of Trustees at such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding office have been elected by Shareholders and (ii) if, as a result of a vacancy on the Board of Trustees, less than two-thirds of the Trustees holding office have been elected by the Shareholders, that vacancy may only be filled by a vote of the Shareholders. In addition, Trustees may be removed from office by a written consent signed by the holders of Shares representing two-thirds of the outstanding Shares of a Trust at a meeting duly called for the purpose, which meeting shall be called and held in accordance with the By-Laws of the Trust. Except as set forth above, the Trustees may continue to hold office and may appoint successor Trustees.

As used in the Trust’s Prospectuses and in this SAI, “assets belonging to a Fund” means the consideration received by the Trust upon the issuance or sale of Shares in that Fund, together with all income, earnings, profits, and proceeds derived from the investment thereof, including any proceeds from the sale, exchange, or liquidation of such investments, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds, and any general assets of the Trust not readily identified as belonging to a particular Fund that are allocated to that Fund by the Trust’s Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees may allocate such general assets in any manner it deems fair and equitable. It is anticipated that the factor that will be used by the Board of Trustees in making allocations of general assets to particular Funds will be the relative NAV of the respective Funds at the time of allocation. Assets belonging to a particular Fund are charged with the direct liabilities and expenses in respect of that Fund, and with a share of the general liabilities and expenses of the Trust not readily identified as belonging to a particular Fund that are allocated to that Fund in proportion to the relative NAV of the respective Funds at the time of allocation. The timing of allocations of general assets and general liabilities and expenses of the Trust to a particular Fund will be determined by the Board of Trustees and will be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Determinations by the Board of Trustees as to the timing of the allocation of general liabilities and expenses and as to the timing and allocable portion of any general assets with respect to a particular Fund are conclusive.

As used in this SAI and the Prospectuses, the term “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Trust, a particular Fund means the following when the 1940 Act governs the required approval: the affirmative vote of the lesser of (a) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust, such Fund or such class of such Fund, or (b) 67% or more of the shares of the Trust, such Fund or such class of such Fund present at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust, such Fund or such class of such Fund are represented in person or by proxy. Otherwise, the declaration of trust, articles of incorporation or by-laws usually govern the needed approval and generally require that if a quorum is present at a meeting, the vote of a majority of the shares of the Trust, such Fund or such class of such Fund, as applicable, shall decide the question.

Telephone calls to the Funds, the Funds’ service providers or a Financial Intermediary as Financial Intermediary may be recorded. With respect to the securities offered hereby, this SAI and the Prospectuses do not contain all the information included in the Registration Statements of the Trust filed with the SEC under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, certain portions have been omitted. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

Statements contained in this SAI and the Prospectuses concerning the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statements of the Trusts. Each such statement is qualified in all respects by such reference.

Part II - 141

APPENDIX A — PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS
BOOK ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Funds’ Prospectus entitled “Buying and Selling Shares.”

The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) acts as securities depositary for the Shares. Shares of a Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. Certificates will not be issued for Shares.

DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants (the “DTC Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and FINRA. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (the “Indirect Participants”).

Beneficial ownership of Shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in Shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of Shares.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the Shares holdings of each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding Shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all Shares. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in Shares as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of Shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such Shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants.

DTC may determine to discontinue providing its service with respect to the Shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Trust and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Trust shall take action either to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost or, if such a replacement is unavailable, to issue and deliver printed certificates representing ownership of Shares, unless the Trust makes other arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to the Exchange.

A-1

CREATION AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS

General

The Trust issues and sells Shares of the Funds only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without an initial sales load, at their NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined herein), of an order in proper form. An Authorized Participant (defined below) that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, will not be able to receive, as part of a redemption, restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A.

A “Business Day” with respect to the Fund is any day on which the Exchange is open for business. As of the date of this SAI, the Exchange observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

Continuous Offering

The method by which Creation Units are created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are issued and sold by a Fund on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the 1933 Act, may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner that could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery requirement and liability provisions of the 1933 Act.

For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the Distributor, breaks them down into constituent shares and sells such shares directly to customers or if it chooses to couple the creation of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a categorization as an underwriter.

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in Shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of Shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to Shares of a Fund are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Exchange is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Portfolio Deposit

The consideration for a purchase of Creation Units (except with respect to certain Funds) generally consists of the in-kind deposit of a portfolio of securities and other investments (the “Deposit Instruments”) included in each Fund and an amount of cash computed as described below (the “Cash Amount”). The Cash Amount together with the Deposit Instruments, as applicable, are referred to as the “Portfolio Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of a Fund. For certain Funds, Creation Units are issued partially or principally for cash, as specified in the Fund’s Prospectus and Part I of this SAI.

In the event a Fund requires Deposit Instruments in consideration for purchasing a Creation Unit, the portfolio of securities required may be different than the portfolio of securities the Fund will deliver upon redemption of Fund Shares.

In the event a Fund requires Deposit Instruments and a Cash Amount in consideration for purchasing a Creation Unit, the function of the Cash Amount is to compensate for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the Deposit Amount (as defined below). The Cash Amount would be an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the Shares (per Creation Unit) and the “Deposit Amount,” which is an amount equal to the aggregate market value of the Deposit Instruments. If the Cash Amount is a positive number (the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the Deposit Amount), the Authorized Participant will deliver the Cash Amount. If the Cash Amount is a negative number (the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the

A-2

Deposit Amount), the Authorized Participant will receive the Cash Amount. Computation of the Cash Amount excludes any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Instruments, which shall be the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant.

JPMIM, through the NSCC, makes available on each Business Day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m. Eastern time), the list of the names and the required number of shares of each Deposit Instrument to be included in the current Portfolio Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day), as well as information regarding the Cash Amount for a Fund. Such Portfolio Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, in order to effect creations of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next-announced Portfolio Deposit composition is made available.

In addition, the Trust reserves the right to accept a basket of securities or cash that differs from Deposit Instruments or to permit the substitution of an amount of cash (i.e., a “cash in lieu” amount) to be added to the Cash Amount to replace any Deposit Instrument.

Procedures for Creation of Creation Units

To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor to create Creation Units of a Fund, an entity or person either must be (1) a “Participating Party,” i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC; or (2) a DTC Participant (see “Book Entry Only System”); which, in either case, must have executed an agreement with the Distributor (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms) (“Participant Agreement”) (discussed below). A Participating Party and DTC Participant are collectively referred to as an “Authorized Participant.” All Creation Units of a Fund, however created, will be entered on the records of DTC in the name of Cede & Co. for the account of a DTC Participant.

Except as described below, and in all cases subject to the terms of the applicable Participant Agreement, all orders to create Creation Units, whether through the NSCC Clearing Process or outside the NSCC Clearing Process through DTC or otherwise, must be received by the Distributor no later than the closing time of the regular trading session on the Exchange (“Closing Time”) (ordinarily 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or, for Custom Orders (discussed below), such earlier time set forth in the Participant Agreement or the Authorized Participant Procedures Handbook), in each case on the date such order is placed in order for creation of Creation Units to be effected based on the NAV of a Fund as determined on such date. A “Custom Order” may be placed by an Authorized Participant in the event that the Trust accepts (or delivers, in the case of a redemption) a basket or securities or cash that differs from the published Deposit Instruments or Redemption Instruments (discussed below). The Business Day on which a creation order (or order to redeem as discussed below) is placed is herein referred to as the “Transmittal Date.” Orders must be transmitted by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement or Authorized Participant Procedures Handbook. Severe economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor, a Participating Party or a DTC Participant. Creation Units may be created in advance of the receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the Portfolio Deposit. In such cases, the Authorized Participant will remain liable for the full deposit of the missing portion(s) of the Portfolio Deposit and will be required to post collateral with the Trust consisting of cash at least equal to a percentage of the marked-to-market value of such missing portion(s) that is specified in the Participant Agreement. The Trust may use such collateral to buy the missing portion(s) of the Portfolio Deposit at any time and will subject such Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Trust of purchasing such securities and the value of such collateral. The Trust will have no liability for any such shortfall. The Trust will return any unused portion of the collateral to the Authorized Participant once the entire Fund Deposit has been properly received by the Distributor and deposited into the Trust.

Orders to create Creation Units of a Fund shall be placed with a Participating Party or DTC Participant, as applicable, in the form required by such Participating Party or DTC Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement, and that, therefore, orders to create Creation Units of a Fund may have to be placed by the investor’s broker through a Participating Party or a DTC Participant who has executed a Participant Agreement. At any given time there may be only a limited number of broker-dealers that have executed a Participant Agreement. Those placing orders to create Creation Units of the Fund through the NSCC Clearing Process should afford sufficient time to permit proper submission of the order to the Distributor prior to the Closing Time on the Transmittal Date.

A-3

Orders for creation that are effected outside the NSCC Clearing Process are likely to require transmittal by the DTC Participant earlier on the Transmittal Date than orders effected using the NSCC Clearing Process. Those persons placing orders outside the NSCC Clearing Process should ascertain the deadlines applicable to DTC and the Federal Reserve Bank wire system by contacting the operations department of the broker or depository institution effectuating such transfer of Deposit Instruments and Cash Amount.

The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants through the Participant Agreement or in the Authorized Participant Procedures Handbook. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions.

Placement of Creation Orders Using NSCC Clearing Process

Portfolio Deposits created through the NSCC Clearing Process, if available, must be delivered through a Participating Party that has executed a Participant Agreement.

The Participant Agreement authorizes the Distributor to transmit to the NSCC on behalf of the Participating Party such trade instructions as are necessary to effect the Participating Party’s creation order. Pursuant to such trade instructions from the Distributor to the NSCC, the Participating Party agrees to transfer, by the first (1st) Business Day (“T+1” basis) following the date on which the creation order is deemed received, the requisite Deposit Instruments (or contracts to purchase such Deposit Instruments that are expected to be delivered in a “regular way” manner on a T+1 basis) and the Cash Amount to the Trust, together with such additional information as may be required by the Distributor. Each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+1 if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. An order to create Creation Units of a Fund through the NSCC Clearing Process is deemed received by the Distributor on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Distributor not later than the Closing Time on such Transmittal Date and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed.

Placement of Creation Orders Outside NSCC Clearing Process — Domestic Funds

Portfolio Deposits created outside the NSCC Clearing Process must be delivered through a DTC Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. A DTC Participant who wishes to place an order creating Creation Units of a Fund to be effected outside the NSCC Clearing Process need not be a Participating Party, but such orders must state that the DTC Participant is not using the NSCC Clearing Process and that the creation of Creation Units will instead be effected through a transfer of securities and cash. The Portfolio Deposit transfer must be ordered by the DTC Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Instruments through DTC to the account of the Trust by no later than 11:00 a.m. Eastern time, of the next Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Instruments to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The cash equal to the Cash Amount must be transferred directly to the Custodian through the Federal Reserve wire system in a timely manner so as to be received by the Custodian no later than 2:00 p.m. Eastern time, on the next Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. An order to create Creation Units of a Fund outside the NSCC Clearing Process is deemed received by the Distributor on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Distributor not later than the Closing Time on such Transmittal Date; and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed. However, if the Distributor does not receive both the requisite Deposit Instruments and the Cash Amount in a timely fashion on the next Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date, such order may be cancelled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such cancelled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using the Portfolio Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the current NAV of the applicable Fund. The delivery of Creation Units so created will occur no later than the first (1st) Business Day following the day on which the creation order is deemed received by the Distributor. Each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other T+1 if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law.

Additional transaction fees may be imposed with respect to transactions effected outside the NSCC Clearing Process (through a DTC Participant) and in circumstances in which any cash can be used in lieu of Deposit Instruments to create Creation Units. (See “Creation Transaction Fee” section below.)

A-4

Placement of Creation Orders Outside NSCC Clearing Process — Foreign Funds

The Distributor will inform the Transfer Agent, the Adviser and the Custodian upon receipt of a Creation Order. The Custodian will then provide such information to the appropriate subcustodian. For each Fund, the Custodian will cause the subcustodian of such Fund to maintain an account into which the Deposit Instruments (or the cash value of all or part of such securities, in the case of a permitted or required cash purchase or “cash in lieu” amount) will be delivered. Deposit Instruments must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local custodian. The Trust must also receive, on or before the contractual settlement date, immediately available or same day funds estimated by the Custodian to be sufficient to pay the Cash Amount next determined after receipt in proper form of the purchase order, together with the creation transaction fee described below.

Once the Distributor has accepted a Creation Order, the Transfer Agent will confirm the issuance of a Creation Unit of the Fund against receipt of payment, at such NAV as will have been calculated after receipt in proper form of such order. The Transfer Agent will then transmit a confirmation of acceptance of such order.

Creation Units will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Trust of the Deposit Instruments and the payment of the Cash Amount have been completed. When the subcustodian has delivered to the account of the relevant subcustodian, the Distributor and the Adviser will be notified of such delivery and the Transfer Agent will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Units.

Acceptance of Creation Orders

The Trust and the Distributor reserve the right to reject or revoke acceptance of a creation order transmitted to it in respect of a Fund, for example, if (a) the order is not in proper form; (b) the purchaser or group of related purchasers, upon obtaining the Creation Units of Shares, would own 80% or more of the outstanding Shares of such Fund; (c) the acceptance of the Portfolio Deposit would, in the opinion of the Fund, be unlawful, as in the case of a purchaser who was banned from trading in securities; or (d) there exist circumstances outside the control of the Fund that make it impossible to process purchases of Creation Units of Shares for all practical purposes. Examples of such circumstances include: acts of God or public service or utility problems such as fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outage resulting in telephone, telecopy and computer failures; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the Funds, the Adviser, any sub-adviser, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian, the Distributor, DTC, NSCC or any other participant in the purchase process; and similar extraordinary events. The Transfer Agent will notify a prospective creator of its rejection of the order. The Trust, the Custodian, any subcustodian and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits to Authorized Participants nor shall either of them incur any liability to Authorized Participants for the failure to give any such notification. All questions as to the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Instruments and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the Trust, and the Trust’s determination shall be final and binding.

Creation Units of a Fund may be created in advance of receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the applicable Deposit Instruments as described below. In these circumstances, the initial deposit will have a value greater than the NAV of the Shares on the date the order is placed in proper form since, in addition to available Deposit Instruments, cash must be deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Cash Amount, plus (ii) at least 105%, which the Trust may change from time to time, of the market value of the undelivered Deposit Instruments (the “Additional Cash Deposit”) with the Fund pending delivery of any missing Deposit Instruments.

If an Authorized Participant determines to post an Additional Cash Deposit as collateral for any undelivered Deposit Instruments, such Authorized Participant must deposit with the Custodian the appropriate amount of federal funds by 10:00 a.m. New York, (or such other time as specified by the Trust) on the date of requested settlement. If the Custodian does not receive the Additional Cash Deposit in the appropriate amount by such time, then the order may be deemed to be rejected and the AP shall be liable to a fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. An additional amount of cash shall be required to be deposited with the Custodian, pending delivery of the missing Deposit Instruments to the extent necessary to maintain the Additional Cash Deposit with the Trust in an amount at least equal to 105% as required, which the Trust may change from time to time, of the daily marked to market value of the missing Deposit Instruments. To the extent that missing Deposit Securities are not received by the specified time on the settlement date, or in the event a marked-to market payment is not made within one Business Day following notification by the Distributor that such a payment is required, the Trust may use the cash on

A-5

deposit to purchase the missing Deposit Instruments. The Authorized Participant will be liable to the Trust for the costs incurred by the Trust in connection with any such purchases. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Instruments exceeds the market value of such Deposit Instruments on the Transmittal Date plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The Trust will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Instruments have been properly received by the Custodian or purchased by the Trust and deposited into the Trust. In addition, a transaction fee may be charged.

Creation Transaction Fee

A fixed creation transaction fee is generally imposed on each creation transaction regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased in the transaction. The variable fee is subject to the maximum fee limit described in “PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS” in the Part I of this SAI.

In the case of cash creations or where the Trust permits a creator to substitute cash in lieu of depositing a portion of the Deposit Instruments, the creator may be assessed an additional variable charge to compensate a Fund for the costs associated with purchasing the applicable securities. (See “Portfolio Deposit” section above.) As a result, in order to seek to replicate the in-kind creation order process, the Trust expects to purchase, in the secondary market or otherwise gain exposure to, the portfolio securities that could have been delivered as a result of an in-kind creation order pursuant to local law or market convention, or for other reasons (“Market Purchases”). In such cases where the Trust makes Market Purchases, the Authorized Participant may be required to reimburse the Trust for, among other things, any difference between the market value at which the securities and/or financial instruments were purchased by the Trust and the cash in lieu amount (which amount, at the Adviser’s discretion, may be capped), applicable registration fees, brokerage commissions and certain taxes. The Adviser may adjust the transaction fee to the extent the composition of the creation securities changes or cash in lieu is added to the Cash Amount to protect existing shareholders. Amounts in excess of any caps will be borne by a Fund. Creators of Creation Units are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Instruments to the account of the Trust.

Redemption of Creation Units

Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Distributor, only on a Business Day and only through a Participating Party or DTC Participant who has executed a Participant Agreement. The Trust will not redeem Shares in amounts less than Creation Units. Beneficial owners also may sell Shares in the secondary market, but must accumulate enough Shares to constitute a Creation Unit in order to have such Shares redeemed by the Trust. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of Shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit. See with respect to each Fund, the section entitled “Summary Information — The Fund’s Main Risks” and “More About the Fund — Investment Risks” in the applicable Prospectus.

JPMIM, through the NSCC, makes available on each Business Day prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m. Eastern time), the identity of a Fund’s securities and/or an amount of cash that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day. The securities a Fund delivers upon redemption (“Redemption Instruments”) may not be identical to Deposit Instruments that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. An Authorized Participant submitting a redemption request is deemed to represent to the Trust that it (or its client) (i) owns outright or has full legal authority and legal beneficial right to tender for redemption the requisite number of Shares to be redeemed and can receive the entire proceeds of the redemption, and (ii) the Shares to be redeemed have not been loaned or pledged to another party nor are they the subject of a repurchase agreement, securities lending agreement or such other arrangement which would preclude the delivery of such Shares to the Trust. The Trust reserves the right to verify these representations at its discretion, but will typically require verification with respect to a redemption request from a Fund in connection with higher levels of redemption activity and/or short interest in the Fund. If the Authorized Participant, upon receipt of a verification request, does not provide sufficient verification of its representations as determined by the Trust, the redemption request will not be considered to have been received in proper form and may be rejected by the Trust. Unless cash redemptions are permitted or required for a Fund, the redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit generally consist of Redemption Instruments as announced on the Business Day of the request for redemption, plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the Shares being redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a

A-6

request in proper form, and the value of the Redemption Instruments, less the redemption transaction fee and variable fees described below. Should the Redemption Instruments have a value greater than the NAV of the Shares being redeemed, a compensating cash payment to the Trust equal to the differential plus the applicable redemption transaction fee will be required to be arranged for by or on behalf of the redeeming shareholder. The Trust reserves the right to honor a redemption request by delivering a basket of securities or cash that differs from the Redemption Instruments.

The Trust may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment for Shares for more than seven days when:

(a)

trading on the Exchange is broadly restricted by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC;

(b)

the Exchange is closed for other than customary weekend and holiday closing;

(c)

the SEC has by order permitted such suspension; or

(d)

the SEC has declared a market emergency.

Redemption Transaction Fee

The fixed redemption transaction fee is the same no matter how many Creation Units are being redeemed pursuant to any one redemption request.

An additional variable charge for cash redemptions or partial cash redemptions (when cash redemptions are permitted or required for a Fund) may also be imposed to compensate each applicable Fund for the costs associated with selling the applicable securities. As a result, in order to seek to replicate the in-kind redemption order process, the Trust expects to sell, in the secondary market, the portfolio securities or settle any financial instruments that may not be permitted to be re-registered in the name of the Participating Party as a result of an in-kind redemption order pursuant to local law or market convention, or for other reasons (“Market Sales”). In such cases where the Trust makes Market Sales, the Authorized Participant may be required to reimburse the Trust for, among other things, any difference between the market value at which the securities and/or financial instruments were sold or settled by the Trust and the cash in lieu amount (which amount, at the Adviser’s discretion, may be capped), applicable registration fees, brokerage commissions and certain taxes (“Transaction Costs”). The Adviser may adjust the transaction fee to the extent the composition of the redemption securities changes or cash in lieu is added to the Cash Amount to protect existing shareholders. In no event will transaction fees charged by a Fund in connection with a redemption exceed 2% of the value of each Creation Unit. Investors who use the services of a broker or other such intermediary may be charged a fee for such services. To the extent a Fund cannot recoup the amount of Transaction Costs incurred in connection with a redemption from the redeeming shareholder because of the 2% cap or otherwise, those Transaction Costs will be borne by the Fund’s remaining shareholders and negatively affect the Fund’s performance.

Placement of Redemption Orders Using NSCC Clearing Process

Orders to redeem Creation Units of the Fund through the NSCC Clearing Process, if available, must be delivered through a Participating Party that has executed the Participant Agreement. An order to redeem Creation Units of a Fund using the Clearing Process is deemed received on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Distributor not later than 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on such Transmittal Date (or, for Custom Orders, such earlier time set forth in the Participant Agreement or the Authorized Participant Procedures Handbook); and (ii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed; such order will be effected based on the NAV of the Fund as next determined. An order to redeem Creation Units of the Fund using the NSCC Clearing Process made in proper form but received by the Fund after 4:00 p.m. Eastern time (or, for certain Custom Orders, such earlier time set forth in the Participant Agreement or the Authorized Participant Procedures Handbook), will be deemed received on the next Business Day immediately following the Transmittal Date. The requisite Redemption Instruments (or contracts to purchase such Redemption Instruments which are expected to be delivered in a “regular way” manner on a T+1 basis) and the applicable cash payment will be transferred by the first (1st)

A-7

Business Day following the date on which such request for redemption is deemed received. Each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+1 if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law.

Placement of Redemption Orders Outside NSCC Clearing Process — Domestic Funds

Orders to redeem Creation Units of a Fund outside the NSCC Clearing Process must be delivered through a DTC Participant that has executed the Participant Agreement. A DTC Participant who wishes to place an order for redemption of Creation Units of a Fund to be effected outside the NSCC Clearing Process need not be a Participating Party, but such orders must state that the DTC Participant is not using the Clearing Process and that redemption of Creation Units of the Fund will instead be effected through transfer of Creation Units of the Fund directly through DTC. An order to redeem Creation Units of a Fund outside the Clearing Process is deemed received by the Distributor on the Transmittal Date if (i) such order is received by the Distributor not later than 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on such Transmittal Date (or, for certain Custom Orders, such earlier time disclosed in the Participant Agreement or the Authorized Participant Procedures Handbook); (ii) such order is preceded or accompanied by the requisite number of Shares of Creation Units specified in such order, which delivery must be made through DTC to the Custodian no later than 11:00 a.m. Eastern time, on such Transmittal Date (the “DTC Cut-Off-Time”); and (iii) all other procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement are properly followed.

After the Distributor has deemed an order for redemption outside the NSCC Clearing Process received, the Custodian will initiate procedures to transfer the requisite Redemption Instruments (or contracts to purchase such Redemption Instruments) which are expected to be delivered within one Business Day and the cash redemption payment to the redeeming Beneficial Owner by the second Business Day following the Transmittal Date on which such redemption order is deemed received by the Custodian. Each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+1 if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law.

To the extent contemplated by the Participant Agreement, in the event the Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Unit to be redeemed to the Fund’s Transfer Agent, the Transfer Agent will nonetheless accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant’s delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash having a value (marked to market daily) of at least 105%, which the Trust may change from time to time, of the value of the missing shares.

The current procedures for collateralization of missing shares require, among other things, that any cash collateral shall be in the form of U.S. dollars in immediately available funds and shall be held by the Custodian and marked to market daily, and that the fees of the Custodian and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the cash collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Participant Agreement will permit the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, to purchase the missing shares or acquire the Deposit Instruments and the Cash Amount underlying such shares at any time and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Trust of purchasing such shares, Deposit Instruments or Cash Amount and the value of the collateral.

Placement of Redemption Orders Outside NSCC Clearing Process — Foreign Funds

Arrangements satisfactory to the Trust must be in place for the Participating Party to transfer the Creation Units through DTC on or before the settlement date. Redemptions of Shares for Redemption Instruments will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and a Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits or requires cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund could not lawfully deliver specific Redemption Instruments upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Deposit Securities under such laws.

In connection with taking delivery of Shares for Redemption Instruments upon redemption of Creation Units, a redeeming shareholder or entity acting on behalf of a redeeming shareholder must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Redemption Instruments are customarily traded, to which account such Redemption Instruments will be delivered. If neither the redeeming shareholder nor the entity acting on behalf of a redeeming shareholder has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of the Redemption Instruments in the applicable foreign jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or

A-8

Governance (Formerly Blended) Policy Overview

I. Governance Policy Overview

Recommendations are designed to prioritize shareholder returns and implement market-standard governance practices.

This policy emphasizes standard governance practices for both management and shareholder proposals. Shareholder proposals regarding environmental and social issues will generally be opposed.

Director elections

The Governance Policy generally supports candidates with a strong board accountability and governance record, including composition and independence of the board and key board committees1, attendance history, and over boarding. Additionally, the TSR of the Company over the director’s tenure is considered.

Director and executive compensation

The Governance Policy supports compensation packages based on total shareholder returns. Generally, higher compensation packages are supported if significant shareholder returns have also been delivered. Additionally, items such as responding to low approval of the say-on-pay vote and the presence of performance metrics are considered.

Governance

The Governance Policy generally supports corporate governance practices such as separating the chairman and CEO roles and declassifying the board but opposes more restrictive policies such as imposing retirement age requirements or introducing term limits.

Corporate operations (including human resources, health, safety, and environment)

The Governance Policy generally rejects shareholder proposals that seek reporting or policy implementation that would restrict the operations of the company, including hiring practices, environmental and sustainability reporting, or political contributions. The goal is to rely on management and the board to effectively run the company’s operations. In some cases, the Governance Policy supports environmental and social shareholder proposals when the company falls short in its reporting and transparency.

Procedure

The Governance Policy generally supports routine and procedural proposals such as those to elect a clerk or approve the previous board’s actions, so as to not be obstructive to standard practices.

Auditors

The Governance Policy generally supports management’s proposed auditor, given that the auditor does not generate outsized non-audit fees for the company. Also considered are auditor tenure and material disciplinary actions against the auditor. The goal is to support independent auditors.

_______________________________

See Appendix A for Egan-Jones’ Director Classification framework.

Egan-Jones Proxy Services, Since 2002 | research@ejproxy.com

Published December 2025|2

Governance (Formerly Blended) Policy Overview

II. Notable Recommendations

View recommendations of the Governance Policy from prior meetings.

Phillips 66

Annual Meeting
May 21, 2025
Opposition Proposal: Election of Directors

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends FOR the Elliott Nominees, as we believe their election is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. Over the past five years, PSX’s total shareholder return (TSR) has lagged its refining and midstream peers as well as the broader market. Additionally, the Company’s substantial financial losses have been driven largely by elevated operating expenses, particularly in labor, maintenance, and energy. We agree with the dissidents that a strategic shift—refocusing on core assets, especially within the refining segment—is necessary to enhance performance and support long-term value creation.

Harley-Davidson, Inc.

Annual Meeting
May 14, 2025
Management Proposal: Election of Directors

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends WITHHOLDING votes from management’s nominees for this withhold campaign. Harley-Davidson yielded -11% returns for investors over the same five-year period in which total market returns were 94%. We therefore recommended withholding votes from three long-standing directors as well as the CEO who have overseen long-term sustained underperformance of the Company.

Tesla Inc.

Annual Meeting
November 6, 2025
Management Proposal: Approval of the 2025 CEO Performance Award

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends AGAINST this proposal as we generally do not support approval of equity incentive plans that would result in potential shareholder dilution exceeding 10%. The dilution rate, based on the potential awards to be granted under the 2025 CEO Performance Award, amounts to 12.75%, surpassing our allowable threshold and is therefore considered excessive.

Egan-Jones Proxy Services, Since 2002 | research@ejproxy.com

Published December 2025|4

Governance (Formerly Blended) Policy Overview

AMC Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

Annual Meeting
November 24, 2025
Management Proposal: Advisory Vote to Approve Executive Compensation

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends AGAINST AMC Holdings’ say-on-pay proposal as we do not believe the compensation amount is in alignment with shareholders’ interests. Specifically, we review the total compensation of the highest paid NEO as compared to Company performance (as measured by TSR). In this case, the TSR during 2024 was -34.8% while the total compensation of the CEO was over $11 million. Additionally, the Company has a single-trigger change-in-control provision for equity awards, as unvested RSUs and PSUs automatically vest upon a change in control.

Origin Energy Ltd.

Annual Meeting
October 15, 2025
Management Proposal: Adoption of the 2025 Climate Transition Action Plan

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends FOR. The proposed report demonstrates the company’s commitment to sustainability and provides valuable information about its ongoing initiatives. This transparency enables shareholders to better understand the Company’s sustainability efforts and progress, aligning with best practices in corporate responsibility and long-term value creation.

Apple, Inc.

Annual Meeting
February 25, 2025
Shareholder Proposal: Report on Risks and Impacts of Charitable Giving

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends AGAINST. Apple already has a well-governed corporate donations program, including strict safeguards such as prohibiting the use of funds for lobbying or political campaigns. The company regularly discloses its charitable activities, making the requested additional report redundant and unlikely to provide meaningful shareholder benefit, while unnecessarily intruding into Apple’s ordinary business operations.

Amazon.com, Inc.

Annual Meeting
May 21, 2025
Shareholder Proposal: Audit Report on Warehouse Working Conditions

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends AGAINST. Considering Amazon has demonstrated a robust commitment to workplace safety, supported by measurable improvements in injury rates and extensive regulatory oversight, we believe that the proposed independent audit is unnecessary. Additionally, commissioning an audit could create legal and reputational risks by implying potential violations and providing a roadmap for future litigation, ultimately exposing shareholders to substantial long-term costs.

Egan-Jones Proxy Services, Since 2002 | research@ejproxy.com

Published December 2025|5

Governance (Formerly Blended) Policy Overview

Comcast Corporation

Annual Meeting
June 18, 2025
Shareholder Proposal: Adopt Policy for an Independent Chairman

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends FOR this proposal because we believe that there is an inherent potential conflict in having an Inside director serve as the Chairman of the board. Consequently, we prefer that companies separate the roles of the Chairman and CEO and that the Chairman be independent to further ensure board independence and accountability.

Coles Group Ltd.

Annual Meeting
November 11, 2025
Shareholder Proposal: Seafood Sourcing Policy

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends AGAINST because we believe approval of this proposal would result in the Company incurring unnecessary costs and expenses by duplicating efforts that are already underway and providing additional reports with information that is already available to shareholders.

FedEx Corp.

Annual Meeting

September 29, 2025
Management Proposal: Ratify the Appointment of Independent Auditor

Egan-Jones Governance Policy recommends AGAINST this proposal. We believe that auditor rotation every twenty years, a ratio of non-audit fees and total fees not exceeding 50%, a lack of significant and material disciplinary actions taken against the company’s auditor and reasonable total audit fees considering the size of the company should all be considered. In FedEx’s case, Ernst & Young has been serving as its independent auditors for more than 20 years.

Eli Lilly and Company

Annual Meeting

May 5, 2025

Management Proposal: Proposal to Amend the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to Eliminate Supermajority Voting Provisions

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends FOR the elimination of supermajority voting provisions in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as they grant disproportionate power to a minority of shareholders. Adopting a simple majority standard would ensure equal and fair representation for all shareholders and enable a more meaningful voting process.

Egan-Jones Proxy Services, Since 2002 | research@ejproxy.com

Published December 2025|6

Governance (Formerly Blended) Policy Overview

Core Scientific, Inc.

Special Meeting

October 30, 2025

Management Proposal: Approval of the Agreement and Plan of Merger

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends AGAINST the merger of Core Scientific with CoreWeave. We believe that while the proposed merger may offer operational synergies, the terms of the transaction materially undervalue Core Scientific relative to its intrinsic potential and the stock price. Additionally, given the all-stock nature of the transaction and the volatile share price of CoreWeave, the transaction is highly risky for Core Scientific shareholders. Given the company’s strong fundamentals, long-term contracts, and clear growth trajectory as a standalone entity, we believe shareholders are better served by rejecting the current offer.

ProPhase Labs, Inc.

Annual Meeting
November 24, 2025
Management Proposal: Authorization for Amendment to Authorize Additional Shares

Egan-Jones’ Governance policy recommends FOR the issuance of additional shares of common stock because we generally support proposals to issue more shares when the new proposed stock is less than 50% of total authorized shares of common stock, or when the increase is tied to a specific transaction or financing proposal or when the share pool was used up due to equity plans. The Company seeks to increase its authorized common stock to ensure sufficient unissued shares to satisfy obligations under its $3 million 20% OID senior secured promissory note and related July 2025 warrants. We believe this purpose is reasonable and therefore fair and advisable to shareholders.

Egan-Jones Proxy Services, Since 2002 | research@ejproxy.com

Published December 2025|7

Governance (Formerly Blended) Policy Overview

Proposals by management | Other

Proposal	Region(s) to Include	Region(s) to Exclude	Vote Recommendation
Amend other articles/bylaws/charter	World		This proposal is considered on a case-by-case basis by the guidelines committee.
Appoint a rating agency	Western Europe, Eastern Europe & Central Asia, Emerging & Frontier Asia- Pacific, Developed Asia-Pacific, Latin America		We generally recommend FOR because the appointment of the proposed rating agency is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.
Approve appointment of a (non-director) executive	Middle East & North Africa, Western Europe, Eastern Europe & Central Asia		We recommend FOR this Proposal, because according to our policy, approving the appointment of the executive ensures the company has the necessary management in place to support operational continuity.
Approve company related-party transactions	Emerging & Frontier Asia- Pacific, Developed Asia-Pacific, Western Europe		We recommend FOR the proposed transaction as we believe it will allow the company to execute on its operational and strategic objectives.
Approve other company policies	World		This proposal is considered on a case-by-case basis by the guidelines committee.

Egan-Jones Proxy Services, Since 2002 | research@ejproxy.com

Published December 2025|60

Governance (Formerly Blended) Policy Overview

IV. Legal Disclaimer

DISCLAIMER © 2025 Egan-Jones Proxy Services, a division of Egan-Jones Ratings Company and/or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. This document is intended to provide a general overview of Egan-Jones Proxy Services’ proxy voting methodologies. It is not intended to be exhaustive and does not address all potential voting issues or concerns. Egan-Jones Proxy Services’ proxy voting methodologies, as they apply to certain issues or types of proposals, are explained in more detail in reference files on Egan-Jones Proxy Services’ website – http://www.ejproxy.com. The summaries contained herein should not be relied on and a user or client, or prospective user or client, should review the complete methodologies and discuss their application with a representative of Egan-Jones Proxy Services. These methodologies have not been set or approved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory body in the United States or elsewhere. No representations or warranties, express or implied, are made regarding the accuracy or completeness of any information included herein. In addition, Egan-Jones Proxy Services shall not be liable for any losses or damages arising from, or in connection with, the information contained herein, or the use of, reliance on, or inability to use any such information. Egan-Jones Proxy Services expects its clients and users to possess sufficient experience and knowledge to make their own decisions entirely independent of any information contained in this document or the methodology reference files contained on http://www.ejproxy.com.

Egan-Jones Proxy Services, Since 2002 | research@ejproxy.com

Published December 2025|162

Governance (Formerly Blended) Policy Overview

Inside Director

A director is considered to be an inside director (non-independent) if any of the following are true:

Current employee or current officer2of the company or one of its affiliates3

Current employee of majority shareholder (more than 50 percent).

Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company’s voting power or employee of beneficial owner (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a group).

Director named in the Summary Compensation Table (excluding former interim officers)

_______________________________

The definition of officer will generally follow that of a “Section 1c officer” (officers subject to Section 1c of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1S34) and includes the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, or any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or policy function). Current interim officers are included in this category. For private companies, the equivalent positions are applicable. A non-employee director serving as an officer due to statutory requirements (e.g. corporate secretary) will be classified as an Affiliated Outsider due to material relationships with the company. However, if the company provides explicit disclosure that the director is not receiving additional compensation in excess of $10,000 per year for serving in that capacity, then the director will be classified as an Independent Outsider.

“Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company. Egan-Jones uses 50% control ownership by the parent company as the standard for applying its affiliate designation.

Egan-Jones Proxy Services, Since 2002 | research@ejproxy.com

Published December 2025|164

Governance (Formerly Blended) Policy Overview

Affiliated Outside Director

A director is considered to be an affiliated outside director (non-independent) if any of the following are true:

Tenure

Director whose tenure on the Board is 10 years or more

Former CEO/Interim Officer

Former CEO of the company within the past five years4, 5.

Former CEO of an acquired company within the past five years.

Former interim officer if the service was longer than 6 months.

Non-CEO Executives:

Former executives of merged companies that sit on the Board of the newly formed company.

Officer of a former parent or predecessor firm at the time the company was sold or split off from the parent/predecessor within the past five years.

Officer, former officer, or general or limited partner of a joint venture or partnership with the company.

Founder of the Company

Director declared non-independent by the Company

Family Member:

A director who is an immediate family member6 of a current or former officer of the company or its affiliates within the last five years.

Transactional, Professional, Financial, and Charitable Relationships

Currently provides (or whose immediate family member provides) professional services7 to the company, to an affiliate of the company or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates.

Is (or whose immediate family member is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an employee of, an organization which provides professional services to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or an individual officer of the company or one of its affiliates.

_______________________________

Includes any former CEO of the company prior to the company’s initial public offering (IPO).

When there is a former CEO of a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) serving on the board of an acquired company, Egan-Jones will generally classify such directors as independent unless determined otherwise taking into account the following factors: the applicable listing standards determination of such director’s independence; any operating ties to the firm; and the existence of any other conflicting relationships or related party transactions.

“Immediate family member” follows the SEC’s definition of such and covers spouses, parents, children, step- parents, stepchildren, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.

Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature, generally involve access to sensitive company information or to strategic decision-making, and typically have a commission- or fee-based payment structure. Professional services generally include, but are not limited to the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; legal services; property management services; realtor services; lobbying services; executive search services; and IT consulting services. The following would generally be considered transactional relationships and not professional services: deposit services; IT tech support services; educational services; and construction services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transactional (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship. “Of Counsel” relationships are only considered immaterial if the individual does not receive any form of compensation from, or is a retired partner of, the firm providing the professional service. The case of a company providing a professional service to one of its directors or to an entity with which one of its directors is affiliated, will be considered a transactional rather than a professional relationship. Insurance services and marketing services are assumed to be professional services unless the company explains why such services are not advisory.

Egan-Jones Proxy Services, Since 2002 | research@ejproxy.com

Published December 2025|165

Governance (Formerly Blended) Policy Overview

If a director’s immediate family member receives, more than $120,000 per year in direct compensation (base salary plus cash bonus) from the Company, as an employee or affiliate.

A director who (or whose immediate family member) has any material transactional relationship8 with the company or its affiliates (excluding investments in the company through a private placement) is not ‘independent’ until three years after falling below the threshold described as follows: If the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity exceeding the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).

A director who is (or whose immediate family member is) a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, an organization which has any material transactional relationship with the company or its affiliates (excluding investments in the company through a private placement) is not ‘independent’ until three years after falling below the threshold described as follows: If the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity exceeding the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).

Is (or an immediate family member is) a trustee, director, or employee of a charitable or non-profit organization that receives material grants or endowments from the company or its affiliates. Material is defined as follows: If the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity exceeding the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).

Other Relationships:

Has (or an immediate family member has) an interlocking relationship9 involving members of the board of directors. Should not be employed by another entity (public company) at which an executive officer serves as a director of the Company, and thereby be part of an interlocking relationship.

Founder of the company but not currently an employee

Any material relationship10 with the company

_______________________________

A material transactional relationship, including grants to non-profit organizations, exists if the company makes annual payments to, or receives annual payments from, another entity exceeding the greater of $1,000,000 or 2 percent of the recipient’s gross revenues. (The recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).

Interlocks include: executive officers serving as directors on each other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board); or executive officers sitting on each other’s boards and at least one serves on the other’s compensation or similar committees (or, in the absence of such a committee, on the board).

For purposes of Egan-Jones’s director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship (financial, personal, or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.

Egan-Jones Proxy Services, Since 2002 | research@ejproxy.com

Published December 2025|166

APPENDIX C — DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The following is a summary of published ratings by certain Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“NRSROs”). Credit ratings evaluate only the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of lower quality securities. NRSROs may fail to change credit ratings to reflect subsequent events on a timely basis. Although the Adviser considers security ratings when making investment decisions, it also performs its own investment analysis and does not rely solely on the ratings assigned by NRSROs.

The Funds only purchase securities that meet the rating criteria, if any, described in the Prospectus and/or the SAI. The Adviser will look at a security’s rating at the time of investment. If the securities are unrated, the Adviser must determine that they are of comparable quality to rated securities. Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by a Fund. The Adviser will consider such an event in determining whether a Fund should continue to hold the security and is not required to sell a security in the event of a downgrade. Securities issued by the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities are not rated by NRSROs and so the rating of such securities is determined based on the ratings assigned to the issuer by the NRSRO(s) or if unrated, based on the Adviser’s determination of the issuer’s credit quality. The Adviser may also use the ratings assigned by NRSROs to issuers that are issued by non-U.S. governments and their agencies and instrumentalities to determine the rating of such securities.

From time to time, NRSROs may not agree on the credit quality of a security and issuer and assign different ratings. Certain Funds use the NRSROs and methodology described in their prospectuses to determine the credit quality of their investments, including whether a security is in a particular rating category for purposes of the credit quality requirements specified below. For securities that are not rated by the applicable NRSROs, the Adviser must determine that they are of comparable quality to rated securities. If a Fund’s prospectus does not specify the methodology for determining the credit quality of securities that have received different ratings from more than one NRSRO, such securities will be considered investment grade if at least one agency has rated the security investment grade.

Certain Funds are rated by NRSROs. In order to maintain a rating from a rating organization, the Funds may be subject to additional investment restrictions.

DESCRIPTION OF SHORT-TERM CREDIT RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”)

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market, typically with an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

A-1	A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2	A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3	A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

C-1

B	A short-term obligation rated ‘B' is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
C	A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
D	A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Dual Ratings

Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, ‘AAA/A-1’ or ‘A-1+/A-1’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

P: This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only and that the interest is not rated.

Preliminary: Preliminary ratings, with the “prelim” suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P Global Ratings of appropriate documentation. S&P Global Ratings reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.

●

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.

●

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).

●

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P Global Ratings’ opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligations of these entities.

●

Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P Global Ratings would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.

C-2

●

A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

cir: This symbol indicates a counterparty instrument rating (CIR), which is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an issuer in a securitization structure with respect to a specific financial obligation to a counterparty (including interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and liquidity facilities). The CIR is determined on an ultimate payment basis; these opinions do not take into account timeliness of payment.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)

*: This symbol indicated that the rating was contingent upon S&P Global Ratings’ receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

c: This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer was lowered to below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds were deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.

G: The letter ‘G’ followed the rating symbol when a fund’s portfolio consisted primarily of direct U.S. government securities.

pi: This qualifier was used to indicate ratings that were based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. Such ratings did not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore could have been based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ suffix. Discontinued use as of December 2014 and as of August 2015 for Lloyd’s Syndicate Assessments.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating was provisional. A provisional rating assumed the successful completion of a project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements was largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, made no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion.

q: A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.

r: The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation would not exhibit extraordinary noncredit-related risks. S&P Global Ratings discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”)

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention (a long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity). Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1	HIGHEST SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2	GOOD SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3	FAIR SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

C-3

B	SPECULATIVE SHORT-TERM CREDIT QUALITY. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C	HIGH SHORT-TERM DEFAULT RISK. Default is a real possibility.
RD	RESTRICTED DEFAULT. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
D	DEFAULT. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short- term obligation.

Limitations of the Credit Ratings Scale

Specific limitations relevant to the Credit Ratings scale include:

●

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood or failure likelihood over any given time period.

●

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

●

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

●

The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer (or an obligation with respect to structured finance transactions) default, except in the following two cases:

●

Ratings assigned to individual obligations of issuers in corporate finance, banks, non-bank financial institutions, insurance and covered bonds.

●

In limited circumstances for U.S. public finance obligations where Chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code provides reliably superior prospects for ultimate recovery to local government obligations that benefit from a statutory lien on revenues or during the pendency of a bankruptcy proceeding under the Code if there is sufficient visibility on potential recovery prospects.

●

The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as a counterparty to trade credit.

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency‘s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default or in the case of bank Viability Ratings on its relative vulnerability to failure. For the avoidance of doubt, not all defaults will be considered a default for rating purposes. Typically, a default relates to a liability payable to an unaffiliated, outside investor.

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to a transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of an issuer and/or of each rated tranche or security.

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of extraordinary support likelihood over any given period.

In the case of bank Support Ratings and Support Rating Floors, the ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative likelihood of receiving external extraordinary support.

The ratings do not opine on the suitability of any security for investment or any other purposes.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”)

Moody’s global short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles and public sector entities. Moody’s short-term ratings, unlike its long-term ratings, apply to an individual issuer’s capacity to repay all short-term obligations rather than to specific short-term borrowing programs. Once assigned to an issuer, a short-term rating is global in scope; it applies to all the issuer’s senior, unsecured obligations with an original maturity of less than one year regardless of the currency or market in which the obligations are issued. An exception to the global nature of these ratings occurs if an issuer’s rating is supported by another entity through vehicles such as a letter of credit or guarantee.

C-4

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1	Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2	Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3	Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

DBRS Morningstar

The DBRS Morningstar short-term debt rating scale provides an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not meet its short-term financial obligations in a timely manner. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer and the relative ranking of claims. The R-1 and R-2 rating categories are further denoted by the subcategories “(high),” “(middle),” and “(low).”

R-1 (high)	Highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is exceptionally high. Unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.
R-1 (middle)	Superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is very high. Differs from R-1 (high) by a relatively modest degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.
R-1 (low)	Good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial. Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.
R-2 (high)	Upper end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.
R-2 (middle)	Adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.
R-2 (low)	Lower end of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events. A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.
R-3	Lowest end of adequate credit quality. There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due. May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.
R-4	Speculative credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.
R-5	Highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.
D	When the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to D may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use SD (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange.”

DESCRIPTION OF LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS

S&P

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P Global Ratings’ analysis of the following considerations:

●

The likelihood of payment — the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

●

The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise we impute; and

C-5

●

The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

An issue rating is an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA	An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA	An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.
A	An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.
BBB	An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
BB,B,CCC,CC and C	Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

BB	An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
B	An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
CCC	An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
CC	An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C	An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.
D	An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

C-6

Fitch

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns, insurance companies, and certain sectors within public finance, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs are also assigned to certain entities or enterprises in global infrastructure, project finance and public finance. IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default (including by way of a distressed debt exchange) on financial obligations. The threshold default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts.

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.

AAA	HIGHEST CREDIT QUALITY. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA	VERY HIGH CREDIT QUALITY. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A	HIGH CREDIT QUALITY. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB	GOOD CREDIT QUALITY. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB	SPECULATIVE. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments.
B	HIGHLY SPECULATIVE. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
CCC	SUBSTANTIAL CREDIT RISK. Default is a real possibility.
CC	VERY HIGH LEVELS OF CREDIT RISK. Default of some kind appears probable.
C	NEAR DEFAULT. A default or default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
	●the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation; ●the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; ●the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange; ●a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.
RD	RESTRICTED DEFAULT. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced:

C-7

●an uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other

material financial obligation, but

●has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or

other formal winding-up procedure, and

●has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include:

●the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

●the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance

period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other

material financial obligation;

●the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on

one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; ordinary

execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial

obligations.

DEFAULT. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into

bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up

procedure or that has otherwise ceased business.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Limitations of the Credit Rating Scale:

Specific limitations relevant to the credit rating scale are listed under Description of Short-Term Credit Ratings section.

Moody’s

Long-Term Obligation Ratings

Moody’s long-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles and public sector entities. Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa	Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal risk.
Aa	Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A	Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium-grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa	Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium- grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba	Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B	Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa	Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca	Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery in principal and interest.
C	Obligations rated C are the lowest-rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

C-8

Moody’s appends numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

DBRS Morningstar

Long-Term Obligations

The DBRS Morningstar long-term credit ratings provides opinions on the risk of default. DBRS Morningstar considers risk of default to be the risk that an issuer will fail to satisfy the financial obligations in accordance with the terms under which a long-term obligation has been issued. Ratings are based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuer, and the relative ranking of claims. All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low).” The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the credit rating is in the middle of the category.

AAA	Highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.
AA	Superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from AAA only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.
A	Good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than AA. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.
BBB	Adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.
BB	Speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.
B	Highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.
CCC/CC/C	Very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although CC and C ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the CCC to B range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the C category.
D	When the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to D may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use SD (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange.”

DESCRIPTION OF INSURANCE RATINGS

S&P

Insurer Financial Strength Rating Definitions

An S&P Global Ratings insurer financial strength rating is a forward-looking opinion about the financial security characteristics of an insurance organization with respect to its ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. Insurer financial strength ratings are also assigned to health maintenance organizations and similar health plans with respect to their ability to pay under their policies and contracts in accordance with their terms.

This opinion is not specific to any particular policy or contract, nor does it address the suitability of a particular policy or contract for a specific purpose or purchaser. Furthermore, the opinion does not take into account deductibles, surrender or cancellation penalties, timeliness of payment, nor the likelihood of the use of a defense such as fraud to deny claims.

Insurer financial strength ratings do not refer to an organization’s ability to meet nonpolicy (i.e. debt) obligations. Assignment of ratings to debt issued by insurers or to debt issues that are fully or partially supported by insurance policies, contracts, or guarantees is a separate process from the determination of

C-9

insurer financial strength ratings, and it follows procedures consistent with those used to assign an issue credit rating. An insurer financial strength rating is not a recommendation to purchase or discontinue any policy or contract issued by an insurer.

Insurer Financial Strength Ratings

AAA	An insurer rated ‘AAA’ has extremely strong financial security characteristics. ‘AAA’ is the highest insurer financial strength rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings.
AA	An insurer rated ‘AA’ has very strong financial security characteristics, differing only slightly from those rated higher.
A	An insurer rated ‘A’ has strong financial security characteristics, but is somewhat more likely to be affected by adverse business conditions than are insurers with higher ratings.
BBB	An insurer rated ‘BBB’ has good financial security characteristics, but is more likely to be affected by adverse business conditions than are higher-rated insurers.
BB, B, CCC, and CC	An insurer rated ‘BB’ or lower is regarded as having vulnerable characteristics that may outweigh its strengths, ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of vulnerability within the range and ‘CC’ the highest.

BB	An insurer rated ‘BB’ has marginal financial security characteristics. Positive attributes exist, but adverse business conditions could lead to insufficient ability to meet financial commitments.
B	An insurer rated ‘B’ has weak financial security characteristics. Adverse business conditions will likely impair its ability to meet financial commitments.
CCC	An insurer rated ‘CCC’ has very weak financial security characteristics, and is dependent on favorable business conditions to meet financial commitments.
CC	An insurer rated ‘CC’ has extremely weak financial security characteristics and is likely not to meet some of its financial commitments.
SD and D	An insurer rated ‘SD’ (selective default) or ‘D’ is in default on one or more of its insurance policy obligations. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on a policy obligation are at risk. A ‘D’ rating is assigned when S&P Global Ratings believes that the default will be a general default and that the obligor will fail to pay substantially all of its obligations in full in accordance with the policy terms. An ‘SD’ rating is assigned when S&P Global Ratings believes that the insurer has selectively defaulted on a specific class of policies but it will continue to meet its payment obligations on other classes of obligations. An ‘SD’ includes the completion of a distressed debt restructuring. Claim denials due to lack of coverage or other legally permitted defenses are not considered defaults.

Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

Fitch

Insurer Financial Strength Ratings

The Insurer Financial Strength (IFS) Rating provides an assessment of the financial strength of an insurance organization. The IFS Rating is assigned to the insurance company’s policyholder obligations, including assumed reinsurance obligations and contract holder obligations, such as guaranteed investment contracts. The IFS Rating reflects both the ability of the insurer to meet these obligations on a timely basis, and expected recoveries received by claimants in the event the insurer stops making payments or payments are interrupted, due to either the failure of the insurer or some form of regulatory intervention. In the context of the IFS Rating, the timeliness of payments is considered relative to both contract and/or policy terms but also recognizes the possibility of reasonable delays caused by circumstances common to the insurance industry, including claims reviews, fraud investigations and coverage disputes.

The IFS Rating does not encompass policyholder obligations residing in separate accounts, unit-linked products or segregated funds, for which the policyholder bears investment or other risks. However, any guarantees provided to the policyholder with respect to such obligations are included in the IFS Rating.

C-10

Expected recoveries are based on the agency’s assessments of the sufficiency of an insurance company’s assets to fund policyholder obligations, in a scenario in which payments have ceased or been interrupted. Accordingly, expected recoveries exclude the impact of recoveries obtained from any government sponsored guaranty or policyholder protection funds. Expected recoveries also exclude the impact of collateralization or security, such as letters of credit or trusteed assets, supporting select reinsurance obligations.

IFS Ratings can be assigned to insurance and reinsurance companies in any insurance sector, including the life & annuity, non-life, property/casualty, health, mortgage, financial guaranty, residual value and title insurance sectors, as well as to managed care companies such as health maintenance organizations.

The IFS Rating uses the same symbols used by the agency for its International and National credit ratings of long-term or short-term debt issues. However, the definitions associated with the ratings reflect the unique aspects of the IFS Rating within an insurance industry context.

Obligations for which a payment interruption has occurred due to either the insolvency or failure of the insurer or some form of regulatory intervention will generally be rated between ‘B’ and ‘C’ on the Long-Term IFS Rating scales (both International and National). International Short-Term IFS Ratings assigned under the same circumstances will align with the insurer’s International Long-Term IFS Rating.

Long-Term International IFS Ratings

The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. Ratings of ‘BBB-’ and higher are considered to be “secure,” and those of ‘BB+’ and lower are considered to be “vulnerable.”

AAA	EXCEPTIONALLY STRONG. ‘AAA’ IFS Ratings denote the lowest expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. They are assigned only in the case of exceptionally strong capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA	VERY STRONG. ‘AA’ IFS Ratings denote a very low expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. They indicate very strong capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A	STRONG. ‘A’ IFS Ratings denote a low expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. They indicate strong capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations. This capacity may, nonetheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB	GOOD. ‘BBB’ IFS Ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of ceased or interrupted payments. The capacity to meet policyholder and contract obligations on a timely basis is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impact this capacity.
BB	MODERATELY WEAK. ‘BB’ IFS Ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to ceased or interrupted payments, particularly as the result of adverse economic or market changes over time. However, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow for policyholder and contract obligations to be met in a timely manner.
B	WEAK. ‘B’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If obligations are still being met on a timely basis, there is significant risk that ceased or interrupted payments could occur in the future, but a limited margin of safety remains. Capacity for continued timely payments is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment, and favorable market conditions. Alternatively, a ‘B’ IFS Rating is assigned to obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted payments, but with the potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a recovery assessment of ‘RR1’ (Outstanding).
CCC	VERY WEAK. ‘CCC’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If obligations are still being met on a timely basis, there is a real possibility that ceased or interrupted payments could occur in the future. Capacity for continued timely payments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment, and favorable market conditions. Alternatively, a ‘CCC’ IFS Rating is assigned to obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted payments, and with the potential for average to superior recoveries. Such obligations would possess a recovery assessment of ‘RR2’ (Superior), ‘RR3’ (Good), and ‘RR4’ (Average).

C-11

EXTREMELY WEAK. ‘CC’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If

obligations are still being met on a timely basis, it is probable that ceased or interrupted

payments will occur in the future. Alternatively, a ‘CC’ IFS Rating is assigned to

obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted payments, with the potential for

average to below-average recoveries. Such obligations would possess a recovery

assessment of ‘RR4’ (Average) or ‘RR5’ (Below Average).

DISTRESSED. ‘C’ IFS Ratings indicate two possible conditions. If obligations are still

being met on a timely basis, ceased or interrupted payments are imminent. Alternatively,

a ‘C’ IFS Rating is assigned to obligations that have experienced ceased or interrupted

payments, and with the potential for below average to poor recoveries. Such obligations

would possess a recovery assessment of ‘RR5’ (Below Average) or ‘RR6’ (Poor).

Short-Term IFS Ratings

A Short-Term Insurer Financial Strength Rating (ST-IFS Rating) provides an assessment of the near-term financial health of an insurance organization and its capacity to meet senior obligations to policyholders and contract holders that would be expected to be due within one year. The analysis supporting the ST-IFS Rating encompasses all of the factors considered within the context of the IFS Rating, but with greater weight given to an insurer’s near-term liquidity, financial flexibility and regulatory solvency characteristics, and less weight given to longer-term issues such as competitiveness and earnings trends.

The agency will only assign a ST-IFS Rating to insurers that also have been assigned an IFS Rating. Currently, ST-IFS Ratings are used primarily by U.S. life insurance companies that sell short-term funding agreements.

The ST-IFS Rating uses the same international ratings scale used by the agency for short-term debt and issuer ratings.

F1	Insurers are viewed as having a strong capacity to meet their near-term obligations. When an insurer rated in this rating category is designated with a (+) sign, it is viewed as having a very strong capacity to meet near-term obligations.
F2	Insurers are viewed as having a good capacity to meet their near-term obligations.
F3	Insurers are viewed as having an adequate capacity to meet their near-term obligations.
B	Insurers are viewed as having a weak capacity to meet their near-term obligations.
C	Insurers are viewed as having a very weak capacity to meet their near-term obligations.

Recovery Ratings

Recovery Ratings are assigned to selected individual securities and obligations, most frequently for individual obligations of corporate finance issuers with IDRs in speculative grade categories.

Among the factors that affect recovery rates for securities are the collateral, the seniority relative to other obligations in the capital structure (where appropriate), and the expected value of the company or underlying collateral in distress.

The Recovery Rating scale is based on the expected relative recovery characteristics of an obligation upon the curing of a default, emergence from insolvency or following the liquidation or termination of the obligor or its associated collateral.

Recovery Ratings are an ordinal scale and do not attempt to precisely predict a given level of recovery. As a guideline in developing the rating assessments, the agency employs broad theoretical recovery bands in its ratings approach based on historical averages and analytical judgement, but actual recoveries for a given security may deviate materially from historical averages.

RR1	OUTSTANDING RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR1’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 91%–100% of current principal and related interest.
RR2	SUPERIOR RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR2’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 71%–90% of current principal and related interest.

C-12

RR3	GOOD RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR3’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 51%–70% of current principal and related interest.
RR4	AVERAGE RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR4’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 31%–50% of current principal and related interest.
RR5	BELOW AVERAGE RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR5’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 11%– 30% of current principal and related interest.
RR6	POOR RECOVERY PROSPECTS GIVEN DEFAULT. ‘RR6’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 0%–10% of current principal and related interest.

Limitations of the Recovery Ratings Scale

Specific limitations relevant to the Recovery Ratings scale include:

●

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of recovery should a default occur.

●

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

●

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

●

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative loss severity of the rated obligation should the obligation default.

●

Recovery Ratings, in particular, reflect a fundamental analysis of the underlying relationship between financial claims on an entity or transaction and potential sources to meet those claims. The size of such sources and claims is subject to a wide variety of dynamic factors outside the agency’s analysis that will influence actual recovery rates.

●

Out-of-court settlements are not contemplated by Fitch’s Recovery Ratings, other than in broad concession payments for some classes of junior-ranking bonds in some specific scenarios. In reality, out-of-court settlements will be influenced heavily by creditor composition and local political and economic imperatives, and Fitch does not attempt to factor these into its Recovery Ratings.

●

Creditor composition is outside the scope of Recovery Ratings. Concentration of creditors at a certain level of the capital structure, common ownership of claims at different levels in a capital structure or even differing entry prices of investors within a creditor class can have a profound effect on actual recovery rates.

●

Information flows for companies close to default can become erratic, which may reduce Fitch’s visibility on its Recovery Ratings.

●

Enterprise valuations play a key role in the allocation of recoveries across credit classes. Recovery Ratings assume cash-flow multiples or advance rates, which are driven by subjective forecasts of Fitch analysts of post-restructuring cash flow, achievable exit multiples and appropriate advance rates. All these parameters are subject to volatility before and during the restructuring process.

●

Recovery rates are strongly influenced by legal decisions. Potential legal decisions are not factored into Fitch’s Recovery Ratings.

Moody’s

Insurance Financial Strength Ratings

Moody’s Insurance Financial Strength Ratings are opinions of the ability of insurance companies to pay punctually senior policyholder claims and obligations and also reflect the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa	Insurance companies rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

C-13

Aa	Insurance companies rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A	Insurance companies rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa	Insurance companies rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba	Insurance companies rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B	Insurance companies rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa	Insurance companies rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca	Insurance companies rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C	Insurance companies rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*

*By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

Short-Term Insurance Financial Strength Ratings

P-1	Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2	Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3	Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
P-4	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

DESCRIPTION OF SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND RATINGS

S&P

Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

●

Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

●

Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1	Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2	Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3	Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

C-14

D	‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example, due to automatic stay provisions.

Moody’s

Short-Term Obligation Ratings

The Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) scale is used to rate US municipal cash flow notes, bond anticipation notes and certain other short-term obligations, which typically mature in three years or less. Under certain circumstances, the MIG scale is used for bond anticipation notes with maturities of up to five years.

MIG 1	This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2	This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3	This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG	This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Demand Obligation Ratings

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned. The components are a long-term rating and a short-term demand obligation rating. The long-term rating addresses the issuer’s ability to meet scheduled principal and interest payments. The short-term demand obligation rating addresses the ability of the issuer or the liquidity provider to make payments associated with the purchase-price-upon-demand feature (“demand feature”) of the VRDO. The short-term demand obligation rating uses the VMIG scale. VMIG ratings with liquidity support use as an input the short-term Counterparty Risk Assessment of the support provider, or the long-term rating of the underlying obligor in the absence of third party liquidity support. Transitions of VMIG ratings of demand obligations with conditional liquidity support differ from transitions on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

VMIG 1	This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 2	This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 3	This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG	This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have a sufficiently strong short-term rating or may lack the structural or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED SECURITIES RATINGS

DBRS Morningstar

Preferred Share Rating Scale

The DBRS Morningstar preferred share rating scale reflects an opinion on the risk that an issuer will not fulfil its obligations with respect to both dividend and principal commitments in respect of preferred shares issued in the Canadian securities market in accordance with the terms under which the relevant preferred shares have been issued. Every DBRS Morningstar rating using the preferred share rating scale

C-15

is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations relevant to the issuing entity. Each rating category may be denoted by the subcategories “high” and “low”. The absence of either a “high” or “low” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category.

Preferred shares issued in the Canadian securities markets are rated using the preferred share rating scale and preferred shares issued outside of the Canadian securities markets are rated using the long-term obligations scale. Because preferred share dividends are only payable when approved, the non-payment of a preferred share dividend does not necessarily result in a “D”. DBRS Morningstar may also use “SD” (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are affected, such as in the case of a “distressed exchange”.

Pfd-1	Preferred shares rated Pfd-1 are generally of superior credit quality, and are supported by entities with strong earnings and balance sheet characteristics. Pfd-1 ratings generally correspond with issuers with a AAA or AA category reference point1.
Pfd-2	Preferred shares rated Pfd-2 are generally of good credit quality. Protection of dividends and principal is still substantial, but earnings, the balance sheet and coverage ratios are not as strong as Pfd-1 rated companies. Generally, Pfd-2 ratings correspond with issuers with an A category or higher reference point.
Pfd-3	Preferred shares rated Pfd-3 are generally of adequate credit quality. While protection of dividends and principal is still considered acceptable, the issuing entity is more susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, and there may be other adverse conditions present which detract from debt protection. Pfd-3 ratings generally correspond with issuers with a BBB category or higher reference point.
Pfd-4	Preferred shares rated Pfd-4 are generally speculative, where the degree of protection afforded to dividends and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic adversity. Issuers with preferred shares rated Pfd-4 generally correspond with issuers with a BB category or higher reference point.
Pfd-5	Preferred shares rated Pfd-5 are generally highly speculative and the ability of the entity to maintain timely dividend and principal payments in the future is highly uncertain. Entities with a Pfd-5 rating generally correspond with issuers with a B category or higher reference point. Preferred shares rated Pfd-5 often have characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default.
D	When the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up or the issuer is in default per the legal documents, a downgrade to D may occur. Because preferred share dividends are only payable when approved, the non-payment of a preferred share dividend does not necessarily result in a D. DBRS Morningstar may also use SD (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange”. See the Default Definition document posted on the website for more information.

The reference point is a credit rating or intrinsic assessment on the relevant issuer expressed using the long-term obligations scale. For instance, it could be the issuer rating (for a corporate issuer), the intrinsic assessment (for a bank or a non-bank finance company), or the financial strength rating (for an insurance company).

C-16

against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, trustee, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant and the principal underwriter in connection with the successful defense of any action, suite or proceeding) is asserted against the Registrant by such director, trustee, officer or controlling person or principal underwriter in connection with the shares being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 31.

Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser

See “Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser” in Part B. The business or other connections of each director and officer of J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. is currently listed in the investment advisor registration on Form ADV for J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (File No. 801-21011) and is incorporated herein by reference.

See “Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser” in Part B. The business or other connections of each director or officer of JPMorgan Asset Management (Asia Pacific) Limited is currently listed in the investment advisor registration on Form ADV for JPMorgan Asset Management (Asia Pacific) Limited (File No. 801-114775) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 32.

Principal Underwriter

(1) JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. is the principal underwriter of the Registrant’s shares. JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker-dealer and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers. JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. is located at 1111 Polaris Parkway, Columbus, OH 43240. JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. acts as the principal underwriter for the following investment companies:

J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Fund Trust
J.P. Morgan Fleming Mutual Fund Group, Inc.
J.P. Morgan Mutual Fund Investment Trust
JPMorgan Trust I
JPMorgan Trust II
JPMorgan Trust IV
Undiscovered Managers Funds

(2) The directors and officers of JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. are set forth below. The business address of each director or officer is 1111 Polaris Parkway, Columbus, OH 43240.

Name with Registrant	Positions and Office with JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc.	Positions and Offices with the Funds
Wendy K. Barta	Director, President & Managing Director	None
Jason Chodos	Managing Director & Chief Risk Officer	None
Andrea L. Lisher	Director & Managing Director	None
Michael R. Machulski	Director & Managing Director	None
Joseph F. Sanzone	Director & Managing Director	None
Matthew J. Kamburowski	Managing Director	President & Principal Executive Officer
Frank J. Drozek	Executive Director & Assistant Treasurer	None
James A. Hoffman	Executive Director & Chief Administrative Officer	None
Rachel Horn	Executive Director & Assistant Secretary	None
Kevin Kloza	Executive Director & Chief Compliance Officer	None
Carmine Lekstutis	Executive Director & Chief Legal Officer	Assistant Secretary
Christopher J. Mohr	Executive Director & Assistant Treasurer	None
Christopher G. Sprules	Executive Director & Treasurer	None
Adetunji Ogunmefun	Vice President & Secretary	None
Sarah A. Clark	Vice President & Assistant Secretary	None
Andrea Belen Daneri	Vice President & Assistant Secretary	None
Chike N. Egbuniwe	Vice President & Assistant Secretary	None

Name with Registrant	Positions and Office with JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc.	Positions and Offices with the Funds
Ken Corrado	Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer	None
Alysee N. Pelletier	Vice President & Assistant Secretary	None
Emilia Wade	Assistant Secretary	None

Item 33.

Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books, records and documents required pursuant to Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder will be maintained at the offices of:

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc., the Registrant’s investment adviser, at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10179 (records relating to its functions as investment adviser).

Effective October 1, 2017, JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc., the Registrant’s distributor, at 1111 Polaris Parkway, Columbus, OH 43240 (records relating to its functions as distributor).

Prior to October 1, 2017, SEI Investments Distribution Co., the Registrant’s distributor, at One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456 (records relating to its functions as distributor).

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10179 (records relating to its functions as custodian and sub-administrator

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc., the Registrant’s administrator, at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10179 (relating to its functions as administrator).

Item 34.

Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 35.

Undertakings

Not applicable.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant, J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, has duly caused this Amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Columbus and State of Ohio on the 11th day of March, 2026.

J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Fund Trust
By:	Matthew J. Kamburowski*
	Name: Matthew J. Kamburowski
	Title: President and Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment to the registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 11, 2026.

Stephen P. Fisher*

Stephen P. Fisher

Trustee

Gary L. French*

Gary L. French

Trustee

Kathleen M. Gallagher*

Kathleen M. Gallagher

Trustee

Robert J. Grassi*

Robert J. Grassi

Trustee

Frankie D. Hughes*

Frankie D. Hughes

Trustee

Raymond Kanner*

Raymond Kanner

Trustee

Thomas P. Lemke*

Thomas P. Lemke

Trustee

Timothy J. Clemens*

Timothy J. Clemens

Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer

*By	/s/ Elizabeth A. Davin
	Elizabeth A. Davin
	Attorney-In-Fact

Mary E. Martinez*

Mary E. Martinez

Trustee

Marilyn McCoy*

Marilyn McCoy

Trustee

Shaun Real*

Shaun Real

Trustee

Emily A. Youssouf*

Emily A. Youssouf

Trustee

Robert F. Deutsch*

Robert F. Deutsch

Trustee

Nina O. Shenker*

Nina O. Shenker

Trustee

Matthew J. Kamburowski*

Matthew J. Kamburowski

President and Principal Executive Officer

Proposal	Region(s) to Include	Region(s) to Exclude	Vote Recommendation
Approve capital utilization/cash management	Emerging & Frontier Asia-Pacific		We recommend FOR this Proposal, because according to our policy, the proposed capital or cash utilization enables the company to support its strategic initiatives and efficiently finance its operations.
Approve credit and/or debt financing	Emerging & Frontier Asia-Pacific		We recommend FOR this Proposal, because according to our policy, approving credit or debt financing provides the company with the necessary capital to support strategic initiatives, maintain liquidity, and ensure financial flexibility.
Approve dividends	World	North America	We generally recommend FOR this Proposal, because according to our policy, the proposed dividend distribution is financially prudent, maintains sufficient liquidity, and supports consistent shareholder returns.
Change share par value	World		We generally recommend FOR when the new par value is less than or equal to old par value.

Proposal	Region(s) to Include	Region(s) to Exclude	Vote Recommendation
Increase authorized shares	World	Brazil	We generally recommend FOR except when one of the following conditions is met: 1) The new proposed stock is ˃50% of total authorized shares of common stock; 2) The increase is NOT tied to a specific transaction or financing proposal; and 3) The Share pool was NOT used up due to equity plans.
Increase authorized shares	Brazil		We generally recommend FOR except when one of the following conditions is met: 1) The increase is NOT tied to a specific transaction or financing proposal; and 2) The Share pool was NOT used up due to equity plans.

Proposal	Region(s) to Include	Region(s) to Exclude	Vote Recommendation
Issue shares upon exercise of warrants	World		We generally recommend FOR because according to our policy, the proposed issuance of shares will provide the Company with a source of capital to fund its corporate endeavors and activities.
Re-price options	World		We generally recommend FOR re-pricing options when external and uncontrollable market factors caused the stock price to decrease.
Repurchase and/or cancel shares	Emerging & Frontier Asia- Pacific, Western Europe		We recommend FOR this Proposal because, according to our policy, share repurchase/ cancellation can enhance shareholder value and provide the company with flexibility in managing its capital effectively.

Risk/Return Summary:
JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Value Plus ETF	1
More About the Fund	6
Additional Information About the Fund’s Investment Strategies	6
Investment Risks	8
Conflicts of Interest	16
Temporary Defensive and Cash Positions	16
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings	16
Additional Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement	16
The Fund’s Management and Administration	17
Purchase and Redemption of Shares	18
Buying and Selling Shares	18

APPENDIX A — PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS	A-1
APPENDIX B — EGAN-JONES PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES	B-1
APPENDIX C — DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS	C-1

(a) Articles of Incorporation
(a)(1)	Certificate of Trust dated February 25, 2010. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 21, 2013 (Accession Number 0001193125-13-405484).
(a)(2)	Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated February 19, 2014. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2014 (Accession Number 0001193125-14-067429).
(a)(3)	Amended Schedule A to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust as of February 12, 2026. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-071488).
(b) By-laws
	Amended and Restated By-Laws dated December 16, 2025. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-071488).
(c) Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders: Incorporated by reference to Exhibits (a) and (b).
(d) Investment Advisory Contracts
(d)(1)(a)	Management Agreement dated November 1, 2019. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2019 (Accession Number 0001193125-19-298434).
(d)(1)(b)	Amended Schedule A to the Management Agreement as of November 20, 2025. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-071488).
(d)(2)	Management Agreement dated March 11, 2019 for JPMorgan BetaBuilders 1-5 Year U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF and JPMorgan BetaBuilders U.S. Equity ETF. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2019 (Accession Number 0001193125-19- 182457).
(d)(3)(a)	Investment Advisory Agreement for converting JPMorgan Trust I and JPMorgan Trust IV Funds as of December 1, 2021. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2022 (Accession Number 0001193125-22-041226).
(d)(3)(b)	Amended Schedule A to the Investment Advisory Agreement for converted JPMorgan Trust I and JPMorgan Trust IV Funds as of February 13, 2025. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 22, 2025 (Accession Number 0001193125-25-12549).
(d)(3)(c)	Amended Schedule A to the Investment Advisory Agreement for converted JPMorgan Trust I and JPMorgan Trust IV Funds as of August 14, 2025. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 2025 (Accession Number 0001193125-25-246367).
(d)(4)	Investment Advisory Agreement for JPMorgan International Research Enhanced Equity ETF as of December 1, 2021. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2022 (Accession Number 0001193125-22-041226).
(d)(5)(a)	Investment Advisory Agreement for converted JPMorgan Trust II Funds as of December 1, 2021. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2022 (Accession Number 0001193125-22-041226).
(d)(5)(b)	Amended Schedule A to the Investment Advisory Agreement for converted JPMorgan Trust II Funds as of November 20, 2025. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 9, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-009079).
(d)(6)	Investment Advisory Agreement for JPMorgan Realty Income ETF as of December 1, 2021. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2022 (Accession Number 0001193125-22-041226).
(d)(7)	Sub-Advisory Agreement between JPMIM and JPMorgan Asset Management (Asia Pacific) Limited. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2023 (Accession Number 0001193125-23-065973).

(e) Underwriting Contracts
(e)(1)	Distribution Agreement dated October 1, 2017. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2017 (Accession Number 0001193125-17-332834).
(e)(2)	Amended Schedule A to the Distribution Agreement as of February 12, 2026. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-071488).
(f) Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts: Not applicable.
(g) Custodian Agreements
(g)(1)(a)	Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement dated October 1, 2017, between J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Fund Trust and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2017 (Accession Number 0001193125-17-332834).
(g)(1)(b)	Amendment to the Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement as of December 1, 2019, including Amended Schedule B. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 24, 2020 (Accession Number 0001193125-20-253233).
(g)(1)(c)	Amendment to the Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement as of February 1, 2020. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 16, 2021 (Accession Number 0001193125-21-192257).
(g)(1)(d)	Amendment to the Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement as of September 16, 2020. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2021 (Accession Number 0001193125-21-050282).
(g)(1)(e)	Form of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement as of December 1, 2025, including Schedules A and F. I Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-071488).
(g)(1)(f)	Form of Side Letter Amending Agreement, dated December 3, 2025, to the Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-071488).
(g)(1)(g)	Amendment to the Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement (as of February 12, 2026), including Amended Schedule A. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-071488).
(g)(2)(a)	Third Party Securities Lending Rider, dated June 18, 2018 to the Amended and Restated Global Custody and Fund Accounting Agreement, dated October 1, 2017 among J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Fund Trust, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 22, 2019 (Accession Number 0001193125-19-013831).
(g)(2)(b)	Form of Amendment to Third Party Securities Lending Rider, including Schedule A, as of February 12, 2025. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-071488).
(h) Other Material Contracts
(h)(1)(a)	Agency Services Agreement dated May 8, 2014. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2014 (Accession Number 0001193125- 14-198331).
(h)(1)(b)	Amendment to the Agency Services Agreement as of December 1, 2019, including Amended Exhibit B. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 24, 2020 (Accession Number 0001193125-20-253233).
(h)(1)(c)	Form of Amendment to the Agency Services Agreement as of December 1, 2025, including Amended Exhibit B. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-071488).
(h)(1)(d)	Amendment to the Agency Services Agreement effective as of February 12, 2026, including Amended Exhibit A. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-090928).

(h)(2)(a)	Sublicense Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 27, 2018 (Accession Number 0001193125-18-205847).
(h)(2)(b)	Amended Schedule A to the Sublicense Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2023 (Accession 0001193125-23- 143497).
(h)(3)	Form of License Agreement for JPMorgan Carbon Transition U.S. Equity ETF. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 4, 2020 (Accession Number 0001193125-20-310606).
(h)(4)(a)	Global Securities Lending Agency Agreement, dated June 18, 2018, between J.P. Morgan Exchange-Traded Fund Trust and Citibank, N.A. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 22, 2019 (Accession Number 0001193125-19-013831).
(h)(4)(b)	Amendment to the Global Securities Lending Agency Agreement as of October 4, 2018. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 22, 2019 (Accession Number 0001193125-19-013831).
(h)(4)(c)	Amendment to the Global Securities Lending Agency Agreement as of December 11, 2018. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 22, 2019 (Accession Number 0001193125-19-013831).
(h)(4)(d)	Form of Side Letter Amending Agreement, dated February 28, 2022, to the Global Securities Lending Agency Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 22, 2022 (Accession Number 0001193125-22-178621).
(h)(4)(e)	Amendment to the Global Securities Lending Agency Agreement, including Schedule I and Exhibit A (as of November 20, 2025). Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-090928).
(h)(5)(a)	Administration Agreement for certain JPMorgan Exchange-Traded Funds with an administration fee. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2022 (Accession Number 0001193125-22-041226).
(h)(5)(b)	Amended Schedule A to the Administration Agreement for certain JPMorgan Exchange-Traded Funds with an administration fee as of August 14, 2025. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 2025 (Accession Number 0001193125-25- 246367).
(h)(6)	Form of Fund of Funds Investment Agreement as of January 19, 2022. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2022 (Accession Number 0001193125-22-041226).
(h)(7)(a)	Fee Waiver Agreement dated February 28, 2022 for JPMorgan ActiveBuilders Emerging Markets Equity ETF. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 2, 2022 (Accession Number 0001193125-22-136496).
(h)(7)(b)	Fee Waiver Agreement dated March 10, 2023 for JPMorgan Equity Focus ETF, JPMorgan High Yield Municipal ETF, JPMorgan Limited Duration Bond ETF and JPMorgan Sustainable Municipal Income ETF. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 2023 (Accession Number 0001193125-23-177530).
(h)(7)(c)	Fee Waiver Agreement dated April 2, 2023 for JPMorgan BetaBuilders Emerging Markets Equity ETF. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2023 (Accession Number 0001193125-23-093823).
(h)(7)(d)	Fee Waiver Agreement dated July 1, 2025, for the FYE 2-28. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 25, 2025 (Accession Number 0001193125-25-146539).
(h)(7)(e)	Fee Waiver Agreement dated November 1, 2025, for the FYE 6-30 Funds. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 2025 (Accession Number 0001193125-25-246367).
(h)(7)(f)	Fee Waiver Agreement dated February 10, 2025, for JPMorgan Flexible Income ETF. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2025 (Accession Number 0001193125-25-014249).

(h)(7)(g)	Fee Waiver Agreement dated February 18, 2025, for the JPMorgan Fundamental Data Science Large Value ETF, JPMorgan International Hedged Equity Laddered Overlay ETF and JPMorgan Mortgage-Backed Securities ETF. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 21, 2025 (Accession Number 0001193125-25-032035).
(h)(7)(h)	Fee Waiver Agreement dated March 1, 2026 for JPMorgan International Research Enhanced Equity ETF. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-090928).
(h)(7)(i)	Fee Waiver Agreement dated May 22, 2025 for JPMorgan Flexible Debt ETF. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 22, 2025 (Accession Number 0001193125-25-12549).
(h)(7)(j)	Fee Waiver Agreement dated February 17, 2026. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125- 26-090928).
(i) Legal Opinion
	Opinion and consent of counsel. To be filed by amendment.
(j) Other Opinions
	Consent of independent registered accounting firm. Not applicable.
(k) Omitted Financial Statements: Not applicable.
(l) Initial Capital Agreements: Not applicable.
(m) Rule 12b-1 Plan: Not applicable.
(n) Rule 18f-3 Plan: Not applicable.
(o) Reserved.
(p) Codes of Ethics
(p)(1)	Code of Ethics of the Trust. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2014 (Accession Number 0001193125-14-198331).
(p)(2)	Code of Ethics of J.P. Morgan Asset Management, Inc., including JPMIM. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 21, 2025 (Accession Number 0001193125-25-032035).
(p)(3)	Code of Ethics of the Distributor dated February 1, 2005, as amended. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2017 (Accession Number 0001193125-17-332834).
(q) Power of Attorney
(q)(1)	Powers of Attorney for the Trustees. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 9, 2026 (Accession Number 0001193125-26-009079).
(q)(2)	Power of Attorney for Matthew J. Kamburowski, effective June 26, 2025. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 25, 2025 (Accession Number 0001193125-25-146539).
(q)(3)	Power of Attorney for Timothy J. Clemens, effective June 26, 2025. Incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 25, 2025 (Accession Number 0001193125-25-146539).